Nircon Construction: Contractor Document For EXPANSION of ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING at Yerwada Pune

t4"
E E{i 'i;${r*: Ss
R*8ts
work Eler
,rJ'r r'<r,r-
-
No. MSRDC/cE/sates'ra>r/ tzo13
1 g $tT ?019
Date -
To,
Nircon Construction
lnfrastructure,
502, Hi-Tech Town Centre
S. V. Road, Khar [Wl'
Mumbai - 400 052.
Expansion of Administrative Building fOr Sales Tax Department at Yerawada,

' Sub:- Pune.
Ref:- 1) Letter of Acceptance No MSRDC/C81373312O13/02 dated 2OlOgl2O13.
2)Yourletterdated24loglzol3regarding.submissionofBank
Guarantee against performance security.
Sir,
Your offer of Rs. 44,4O,2O,826t- (Rupees Forty four crores, Forty Lakh, Twenty
Thousand, Eight Hundred and Twenty Six Only) is accepted by Maharashtra State Road
Development Corporation (MSRDC) vide letter under reference no'1' (l'e'
percentage
offer at 7.SYo above estimated cost.)

you have submitted performance security of Rs. 88, 80,42Ol- (Rupees Eighty eight
Lakh, Eighty Thousand, Four Hundred & Twenty only) in the form of Bank
Guarantee vide
your letter under reference no' (2).
Therefore you are requested to register the agreement and to start the work
immediately under the instructions of the Engineer -in- charge / PMC
appointed for this
work. The time limit for the work is as under'

- 18 (Eighteen) Calendar months including monsoon from the date of issue of this work
order.
Tp-
-
--'-/ Engineer,
Chief
MSRDC Ltd,
Pune.
Copy submitted to-

of information.
ii .l'uro 0), MSRDC Ltd, Bandra, Mumbai for favourtflu-mbal
Zi iupeii"tending Engineer, MSRDq Ltd, Bandra, for favour of information.
gi e.i, MSRDC LId, eandra, Mumbai, for favour of information' 001 for
Xi srnif patil &,Associates, Sassoon Road, Opp. Wadia College, Pune - 411
favour of infoPmation. 'jr
t :\a.D.xumsr DE\5.1.i T.t BuildintvoA\wqt otd€''5'lo't3
t>
i i r r-;.r- r.r-'i,.i
:::.i
..i., n1, i
1 n b i-,t a. f. j:.
_6"
"J.:- tjt .
Sahakari Bank lJrJ.. pr
;;'^+^td$z--
nuaf,ns-eo fr-naores
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
,[i1::j,::.,?il:Sy:s,:;=J;:.:.3;lJ::ffi :;;i:,:l"p".*;::?
at puine.
at Pcine (herein -;:'^!:oean sea Road, Mumb
"ri:; ;;;ff:;"-Z1|'ad,
x!i:li"H{,?fl:i."lJr,s#iif Mumbai-
::3;I'{i{:?,,ffi ffi:;'; 'jjfl, having
"i - ex.pression
+o;i
";l]"^]Act,.1956,
";,J:::i:mi*:"*i"1;,1; :#H ::i,;i#x
ni:::'i,:TJf"*t;tffi:frT:ff
nj:['::Tj]:,1n"
successors or assign
gn
context
",o_f;:$il;';j:::T
ttre
the one part
shar, unress it
:i,",::isnsf
", "=",.,1^-;r^j:leantng
,t:.i.,,,.-r1 .,...i . .,,1.U,:-...'.]
And
M/s Nircon Constr
-'vrrvrt' travll]g
having
Center, s v e^-.-fttction' (W), its registered office at 502, Hi
center, S.V.noa.:
,,contractor,,) Murnbai 4oo Tech Town
*,^r,^_f_.r
oi the
or otn., ,"i, Iji,"l -q5{laner called
,î":::,::1,)
the, context o.ne.nin the
nt Ff
g ;5[o11, rnclude its S"t${.'psrep.qgnantto:lriali+.r-id.ilo.+.-i,*l
rid;r ''rr,^ ..ir-'-y6rflm

y#-':F'i?#;"8:'%?x,::,::
*:,, , --;
;?::.::'ili.'l;,,tl-T,I;=1l*'li'::*tJlluffi,?*'Fs&s:+ffi F:**,':::',-'i.*=.-
ri -
:.j;ii::, ""#i; *: ] ,;tffiI*l.DaFatrsre;t'
11.1_,4:"ffij[:,H:*
:* *1.***-.-
i;til:i-iffi:;?:*?""*':lli#".#*l*i'"*'-*t#s;?Ti"H:fl fff fu i
l"#f ;:*T?,,?,t%x"".:i:iili*:f; :ffi::,T.;lf [?*,*,**r*ffi
AND WHEREAS
the Corporation h
F:"',J"rT,#l;****r**1,:+:i,,lll;li".rffi,T#,ffi
stated in the bid
subjec,,;;;;:;1,,,or.
or contract
m
\,,
ts dr\
-=*#>-
E
zE d-E
?
EgE
=E#X
3 V E€;
:<
E=.
s
!!:(O
d!tl
$l
EEII[*',
'*a-F1l\
lq ffi
"\
EE-DftE
-x/)cc
Ler=Ar
8g '
r.til
Z.u)
E J EE=
\\F*"=
-
3 i tE*
a &&&.
E
,G EEs
gctrA
t s^$
I
t.o
lEU+=l
ts eEr
oeF t ca3s:
il \\\tlt-,-,e$'' .;l=E (6(E
Il\br*l
i FEEeE +-
loco
ffi -lllS Usodoo

duEls l?JsuaC 'tl
'qeul
vs EyvvHvsSV i;ffi". @l
rc
2ax
G.rwr Crr
*t p\G\
Ei e"wr*'t o
L
-r
i 'fi ''--T 1:r-- $ o

iqa..n*-r r*re.:} --.- i-w.--*.--+d
i-^-n^\r-:'-1
:iu.).=5i .l* fit
1. The documents which form a part of the contract are the Bid Notice,
General Bid Notice including corrigendum to Bid Notice, Volume-l
(lnstructions to Bidders and conditions of contract), Volume-ll (scope
of work), Volume-lll (Financiat Bid), Volunre- lv (specifications,
Technical Specifications & Drawings), Special Condition of contract,
common set of deviations, addendum's to bid. accepted technical
proposal, letters of correspondence for negotiatio - and tetter of
acceptance. lt is further agreed that the work order Nu. 3622, Dated
1911O12O13 shall construe the contract between the parties.
2. ln consideration of the payments to be made to the contractor for the

work to be executed by lrim, the contractor shall duly provide, execute,
complete the said work on or before the dates mentioned in the time
schedule of completion of work attached to the Tender documents and
shall maintain the same at his own cost during the defect liability period
thereafter and perform all such acts and things in the contract
mentioned or described or which are to be implied therefrom or may be
reasonably necessary for the completion of the said work at the time
and manner subject to the terms anrl conditions stipulated in the
Contract
3. ln consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of

the
said works, the corporation does hereby agree that the corporatiorr
will
pay to the contractor the respective amount for
the work actuaily done
'by,'him, as per the terms ancl conditions of the contract.
4, The contractor does hereby agree to pay to ilre corporation

the amount
as may be due to the corporation and such other sum
or sums as may
become payable to the Corporation towards loss of or
damage to the
corporation's equipment, materiars, construction prant
and machinery,
including those given on hire to the contractor, if any,
as set forth in the
said conditions of contract, such payments to be
made at such time and
in such manner as provided in the Contract.
5. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected

with this agreement
shalr be deemed to have arisen in pune and
onry the courts in pune
shallhave excrusive jurisdiction to try and adjudicate
over them.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO
HAVE SET AND SUB-
SCRIBED THEIR RESPECTIVE HANDS AND
SEALS TO THESE PRESENTS
IN DUPLICATE THE DAY AND YEAR FIRST
MENTIONED ABOVE.
3
t:'
"'-'<-----.-
., -J1 :.;T- q o
.-.t," -'.:-,-'.r,;: 1.,:,-..
.:, ^:..j.'i--- _ <.-
i
t;js/'':
ii;;f i,i i**r*5!2j
',r;,1 ,.--$:jf"frT;i i
1.\,;j..;,',.
t
i l, :.\ ) -
'' .-:_.r '.,1 .r;,,
-[ulvut.J
.' ,
| ,
::,, .' :,; F;
{
i",..'., .:,1" i--- -------..-.-' -'--''--'..'-.-*r+3 i

_ -,,-f.,:,''
'
". ;,-.: ,ir,.;'.i;,, .r-^r+-)1"
AT'ID DELIVERED FOR AND O1'1-9P.fiALf6dF MAHARASHTRA
"'O*=P
srATF F?oAp 6 tv,p 16 PMENT cof{P(}RA-n@{,.{ rl-TD.
,|
- ;-j
rtion
i:,'- a W\-W
!,
a)
Address-.
Signed and delivered for and on belralf of:
Signature
ln the presence of:
1) f] : v)b :49il='q aRe,s H

'T , .p\u.l-, F"..: S-.ff" i
bl.,lV_i$,,
&
"aJ*!'$):K.y3
l*) -..*.il /14,6r c.\_r.
.)v
L17...
Add+es-s- )r
I
No. MSRDCtCEt
Date:
3V33
LETT'ER OF ACCEPTANCE
lzole f o>_
ffi
Maharashtra .Siate
lload Oevr,k>pment
Corpn. Ltrt.
ryA,SEf 2013 (A Goveinment ol Maharashlia
li!,,l ., :\,,
To,
Nircon Construction
lnfrastructu r.e.
502,-Hi-Tech Town Gentre
Gold Field plaza_
S-. V. Road, Khar
Mumbai 4OO OSi. ffi,'
-
Subject:- Expansion of
Administrative Building for
Department at yeraw"Jr, prnu. Sales Tax
Reference:- _ 1) Financial Bid opening
Dt. Og/Og/2O13
,, no. MsRDC/26 :3/sate
I[ffffi?J..n", rav2013, dated
3) your tetter dated 1ZtOBt2O13.
Dear Sir,
This is to inform you that
;:T"T:"5'ilH*L:::i&:::*il;iiry:#:J::il";3;:nl;
Adrninistrative Buirdins
ror sares,;T::f:":l,r;l*:.,:.";:,,i"f"::]l*.;i
to pav performance securitv
Jffi;jli:Jffij:::ested and execution of asreement
as
1. PERFORMANCE SECURITY
( Ref. Clause No. 1, Volumr
-1' Pase No - 38' clause
Page No - 31 of the bid;"";;;;'e No - 31 of trB, Votume -1,
As per the terms and conditions
of the contract
are required to pav 4o/o (rour
,"JIi"IJo{u r",."u*l;1:*1,,T i:il'"^:"t:;,:l
pe rro rm ce :::il', =iT ;" rr:,4
an
"
", r, "
:f ; .::, # :IrJr:,.il,|*,li ;,]
:,,:ff:".r.:#,:l:._:^:,,".",:::::,::i,:*:^:ff, i.e. Rs. BB,8o,42ot_(Rs.
Eishty Eisht Lakh, Eishty
'!
Nr
rer ; 2368 u, ,r, r.[3%1T'::?X:11.r.'',#37,
5J:?i"i: y#:.,.r;ôoo_o35.
5E 4943 . E-mail : cao@msrdc.org
)
B q. ?*{r*""f o
Thousand' Four Hundrecl and

rwenty only.) in fornr of Demand
in the fornl of Bank Gua.antee Draft in favor of MsRDC or
furnished by any Nationarized
promoted by all lndia Financial Bank or sBr or Bank
lnstitution of lndia. The barance
i'e' Rs. BB, Bo.4zo/- (Rs. Eighty 50% performance security
Eight Lakh, Eighty Thousand,
only')' will be recovered from the Four Hundr"o;;; Twenty
R'A. bill at 4vo ofthe biil amount.
performance security rn case of fairure to pay
as above, the EMD/bid security
ffr: paid by you sha, be
2. AGREEMENT
' After payment of the performance
security, you wi, be required
agreement in the prescribed format in brd to s(,n an
document. The required
registration charges for the stamp duty and
agreement to be done with
MsRDC wifi have to be bome
by
All the terms and conditions alcng
with specifications stipurated
document including csD along in the or[inar
with Bid shall be applicable
to this contract.
You are now requested to take
immediate action to deposit
security and enter into an the performarrce
Agreement and start mobirizing
your man power. & mactrinery
the work under the directions for
of Engineer tn charge / project
you fail to enter into agreement Management cons'lant if
within 20 days after submitting
the performance security shall the performance secuity,
be forfeited.
The MSRDC wourd issue requisite
work order in your favor on only your
acceptance and compliance to
above requirements.
Yours Faittftrlly,
G>t--
,f"Hittl-1."ffi';..
to JivrD (r) MSRD. Ltd; Mumbaifor
,,-,-99Rv'submittecr favour of information.
Qopy to the supe'ntending Engineer, MSRDC
. Ltd. camp pune for information.
to the Executive Engineer, M.RDC
- frnv Ltd. camp pune for information-
to M/s' sunil Patit and Associates
, !-'"r'v J/v Fortress tnfrastructure for
inlormation.
O^c2rtily Deumnts/A. D- Xuhbh.. OElS.t
. Tax aufldlre/ NtrcorytoA,t1.9.t:
v[
*
;it'* ;
tt
7
r iffifr. .**i...,\r,oi-_.r.,-id
I
Volume I - Instructions to Bidders
Detailed Tender Notice
Conditions of Contract
Additional General Conditions
Contract Document for Construction of

EXPANSION OF ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING
FOR SALES TAX DEPARTMENT, AT YERWADA, PUNE.
Architects & Consultants

SUNIL PATIL & ASSOCIATES JV FORTRESS INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISORY SERVICES
SUNIL PATIL AND ASSOCIATES
ARCHITECTS & INTERIOR DESIGNERS

Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Ltd
Expansion of Administrative Building For Sales Tax Department, At Yerwada, Pune
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
VOLUME I
Contractor Employer Page 2

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INDEX
Sr .No. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.
1 BRIEF TENDER NOTICE 4 - 4
2 DETAILED TENDER NOTICE 5 - 8
3 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) 8 - 32
4 DECLARATION OF CONTRACTOR 33- 33
5 “B1” - FORM GENERAL RULES& DIRECTIONS 34- 37

FOR THE GUIDENANCE OF CONTRACTORS.
6 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 38- 62
7 CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL BROUGHT BY 63- 66

CONTRACTOR
8 PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE 67- 71
9 ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONDITIONS& 72- 120
SPECIFICATION
10 CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATION FOR GREEN 121- 124

BUILDINGS
11 ELECTRIAL INSTALLATION SPECIAL 125- 132

CONDITIONS
12 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR WATER 133 – 136
PROOFING
13 LETTER OF CONSENT BY ELECTRIAL & A/C 137- 137
CONTRACTOR
14 GUARANTEE BOND FOR WATER PROOFING 138 – 138
15 SAMPLE FORMS 139 – 154

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD DEVLEOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED, MUMBAI

Nepean Sea Road, Near Priyadarshini Park, Mumbai-400 036
Phone No – 022-23626112, Fax No. 022-23684943
1. BRIEF TENDER NOTICE
E-TENDER NOTICE
Online digitally signed percentage rate basis tender of below mentioned work is invited
By MAHARASHTRA STATE ROADDEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED,
MUMBAI from reputed and experienced and registered contractors with PWD GoM,
CPWD or such govt. organization. The Bid Documents are available on the official
website of MSRDC from 15.06.2013 to 01.07.2013
1
Description of work Expansion of Administrative Building For Sales Tax
Department, At Yerwada , Pune
2
Estimated cost Rs.41.30Cr (Rupees Forty One Crores Thirty lacs only)
3
Cost of Blank Bid form(Non- Rs.20,000/- per set (Tender Document can only be
Refundable) downloaded from www.msrdc.org using Credit / Debit
Card / Net Banking)
Detailed E-Tender Notice and all requisite information required for the submission of
Documents is available on the e-tendering website of MSRDC
i.e. https://msrdc.maharashtra.etenders.in
Notes :- For Additional Details Please refer to website www.msrdc.org of MSRDC
Sd/-
Vice Chairman & Managing
Director,
MSRDC (Ltd.), Mumbai.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD DEVELOPMENT

CORPORATION LIMITED, MUMBAI
(A Govt. Of Maharashtra undertaking)
Near Priyadarshini Park, Nepean Sea Road, Mumbai-400 036, INDIA.

Tel:-022-23686112, 23696109, Fax:-022 –23684943, 23696110
E-mail:-msrdc.org@gmail.com Website: - www.msrdc.org
E-Tendering Portal: https://msrdc.maharashtra.etenders.in
2. DETAILED E-TENDER NOTICE
Online percentage rate basis tenders of below mentioned works are invited by
MAHARASHTRA STATE ROADDEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED,
MUMBAI from reputed and experienced and registered contractors with PWD GoM,
CPWD or such govt. organization. The Bid Documents are available on the official
website of MSRDC from 15.06.2013 to 01.07.2013
1 Description Of Work Expansion of Administrative Building of Sale Tax Department
at Yerwada, Pune.
2 Estimated cost Rs.41.30 Cr (Rupees Forty one Crores and Thirty Lacs)
3 Period of Contract 18 Calendar months including monsoon.
4 Cost of Blank Tender Rs 20,000/- (Tender Document can only be downloaded
from www.msrdc.org using Credit/Debit Card/Net banking)
5 Bid Validity The proposal shall remain valid for a period of 120 days from
the last date of submission
6 Bid Security The EMD is Rs 20,65,000.00 only
a) Earnest Money Earnest Money Deposit is to be deposited electronically by
Deposit RTGS in the account of MSRDC at the below mentioned
details. Bidders are required to submit the details of EMD
payment at the time of submission of Bid.
BANK Details for EMD Payment through RTGS:
Bank Name – Canara Bank, Fort Main Branch, Mumbai.
RTGS Code -CNRB0000108
Account Number – 0108256705346
7 Eligibility Criteria for Bidders

1. Average Annual Financial Turnover during last 3 Yrs should be not less
than
55.00 Cr.
2. Experience of having successfully completed the similar type of works
during last 4 years ending last day of month previous to the one in which
applications are invited should be either of the following:-
3.
a).Three similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal to
16.00 Cr. each
or
b.) Two similar completed works of costing not less than the

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
amount equal to 20.00 Cr. each
or
c.) One Similar completed work costing not less than

amount equal to 32.00 Cr.
4. The bidder should have completed in his own name, at least one work of
similar nature with total built-up Area not less than14, 000 Sqm. in last 4
years.
5. Joint Ventures will not be allowed
6. Details of financial, technical, other eligibility criteria etc. are available in
the bid document.
8 Pre Bid Conference

Pre bid meeting will be held on 28th June 2013 at 15.00 hrs, at the office of MSRDC
Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project Office, Opp Reclamation Bus Depot, K. C. Marg, Bandra
(West), Mumbai 400050.
The bidders participating first time in e-Tendering Bids shall have to procure Digital
Signature Certificate from the competent authorities as per IT Act 2000 and its
subsequent amendments thereof. The bidders shall have to register them on
https://maharashtra.etenders.in and create a user id and password using which they
will be able to access the e-tendering portal.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Tender Schedule
Seq. No. MSRDC Stage Vendor Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date &
Time
15/06/2013 15/06/2013
1 Release Tender -
17:00 hrs.
15/06/2013 01/07/2013
2A Tender Download
17:01 hrs 15:00 hrs.
Receipt update on e- 15/06/2013 16/07/2013
2B -
Tendering portal 17:01 hrs. 15:00 hrs.
Online Bid
15/06/2013 16/07/2013
3 - Preparation &
17:01 hrs 15:00 hrs.
Submission
Close For 16/07/2013 16/07/2013
4 -
Technical offer 15:01 hrs. 15:45 hrs.
Close For Price 16/07/2013 16/07/2013
5 -
offer 15:01 hrs. 15:45 hrs.
Online Final
Confirmation(Control
Transfer 16/07/2013 17/07/2013
6 - Stage)&Offline 15:46 hrs. 15:00 hrs.
Technical Bid
submission
Technical offer 17/07/2013 17/07/2013

7 -
Opening 15:01 hrs. 17:30 hrs.
Price offer 26/07/2013 26/07/2013
8 -
Opening 15:01 hrs. 17:30 hrs.
Notes:
• The changes / corrigendum, if any will only be published on official website of
MSRDC.
• Right to reject any or all bids without assigning any reasons thereof are reserved by
the MSRDC.
• Bidders are required to make payment of Rs.1038/- as service provider fees at the
time of bid submission. Bidders have to submit Technical Bid and Financial Bid
online and technical bid offline as well.
• All requisite information required for the submission of documents is available in
the above said website.
• If any assistance is required for e-Tendering (upload / download) please contact
System Integrator (mob. No. 9167969601, 04, 14, Phone No.020-25315555 022-
2661 1117 Ext.-25/26)
• For any queries related to tender documents, please contact to MSRDC
Sd/-
Vice Chairman & Managing Director,
MSRDC (Ltd.), Mumbai.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
A. GENERAL
Introduction
Invitation: These Instructions to Bidders (“these instructions”) relate to the
Invitation for Bid (“the invitation”) in which a prospective Bidder is invited to
submit a Bid. The invitation inter alia covers:
Scope of Work as given in the Bid Data the requirements of eligibility and
qualification of Bidders’ as described in Clause 2 & 3 of volume I of these
instructions;
The manner of seeking clarifications and the information about a Pre Bid Meeting as
described in Clause 8.1 of these instructions;
The advice regarding a Site visit by Bidders’ is covered under Clause 6.0 of these
instructions;
The time by which Bids are to be submitted in accordance with Clause 19 of these
instructions(“Bid submission date”) and
The manner of opening, evaluation and award in accordance with Chapter E [Bid
Opening and Evaluation] and Chapter F [Award of Contract] - Clauses 22 to 32
respectively of these instructions.
The Bidding Documents can only be downloaded from www.msrdc.orgon payment

of Rs. 20,000/- (Rupees Twenty Thousand only) through Debit/Credit Card/Net
banking from 15/06/2013 to 01/07/2013
The Bid Documents shall comprise of:
Volume I Containing Instructions to bidders, Conditions of Contract and

Additional General Conditions
Volume II Containing the Scope of Work, Bid Data, Contract, Sample Forms.
Volume III Containing the Letter of Bid, Financial Bid and Schedules “B”
(BOQ) & Schedule “C”
Volume IV Containing Specifications, Drawings and Designs.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. SCOPE OF BID:
As per Bidding Data in Volume-II.
2. ELIGIBILITY OF BIDDERS:
This invitation to bid is open to bidders who have valid registration certificate of
Class-1 with PWD GOM, CPWD or such Government organizations and meeting
the following requirements:
2.1 Average Annual Financial Turnover during last 3 Yrs should be not less
than 55.00 Cr.
2.2 Experience of having successfully completed similar works during last 4

years ending last day of month previous to the one in which applications are
invited should be either of the following:-
a. Three similar completed works costing not less than the amount
equal to 16.00 Cr. Each
OR
b. Two similar completed works costing not less than the amount equal
to 20.00 Cr. Each.
OR
c. One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal
to 32.00 Cr.
2.3 The bidder should have completed in his own name, at least one work of
similar nature with total built-up Area not less than 14,000 Sq.m. in last 4
years.
2.4 The bidder should have bid capacity more than the estimated cost put to
tender as per bid capacity formula indicated as below.
Available Bid Capacity = (A x N x 2) – B
where A = Minimum value of Civil Engineering works executed in any one
year during the last 3 years (updated to the current year by a factor of
escalation of 10% per year) which will take into account the completed and
ongoing works.
B = Value of existing commitments and works (Ongoing) to be
completed in the period stipulated for completion of work in present
tender.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of present tendered
work, for which bids are invited.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.5 Joint Ventures shall not be allowed

2.6 Bidder shall not be affiliated with firms and entity
(i) That has provided consulting services related to the works to the
employer (MSRDC), during the preparatory stages of the works or of
the projects of which the works form a part
.
(ii) That has been hired by employer (MSRDC) as an Architect for the
contract.
3. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDER:
3.1. To be eligible for award of the contract the bidder shall provide satisfactory
evidence to the employer (MSRDC) of the eligibility, capability and
adequacy of resources to carry out work/contract effectively. For the purpose
of this, all the bids submitted shall include the information in the relevant
formats as stated in Clause 18.1 of ITB (Vol. I)
3.2. For the purpose of this contract, the bidder shall meet the qualifying criteria
as mentioned in Bidding Data in Volume-II as a minimum.
3.3. Joint Venture: The Joint Ventures shall not be allowed.
4. ONE BID PER BIDDER:
One firm can quote one bid only.
5. COST OF BIDDING:
The Bidder shall bear all the costs incurred in the preparation and submission of the
Bid, including site visits and other actions mentioned or implied in these
instructions. The Employer will not be responsible or liable for such costs
regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.
6. SITE VISIT:
The bidder is advised to visit and examine the site of work and its surrounding and
obtain himself at his own responsibility all information such as Site conditions,
topography, hydrological and climatic conditions, extent and nature of work, laws,
procedures and labor practices, availability of labor, material, machineries, fuel,
water, electricity etc. and such similar information that may be necessary for
preparation of the bid and entering in to the contract. The site visit(s) and collection
of information/data shall be at the Bidder’s own expense. A declaration to this effect
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
will have to be signed by the bidder in the format given in Form F7 (Declaration of
the Contractor) in Section-II – Vol. II
B. BIDDING DOCUMENT
7. CONTENTS OF BID DOCUMENTS:
The bid document shall consist of Volume-I (ITB & Conditions of Contract),
Volume-II (Scope of Work, Bidding Data, Contract Data), Volume-III (Financial
Bid), and Volume-IV (Specifications, Designs and Drawings) together with any
addendum thereto issued in accordance with Clause 9 of ITB and any common set
of deviations issued in accordance with Clause 8 of ITB. The bidder is expected to
examine carefully all instructions, conditions, terms, specifications and drawings
contained in various volumes / addendums / common set of deviations which is a
part of contract document. Failure to comply with the requirements of bid
submissions or with any other bidding requirements will be at the bidder‘s risk.
Pursuant to Clause 25 of ITB, the bids, which are not substantially responsive to the
requirements, will be rejected.
8 CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS:

In case any clarification is required by the bidder, he may obtain it personally or in
writing well in advance from the Employer. The clarification for which request has
been received prior to pre-bid meeting will be answered.
8.1. A pre-bid conference open to all prospective bidders will be held at the time
and place as per Bidding Data in Volume-II wherein the prospective
bidders will have an opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the bid
conditions and the work.
8.2. The prospective bidders are free to ask any additional information or
clarification, either in writing or orally and reply to the same will be give by
Employer. The copies of the question raised and the replies given will be
Furnished to all those attending the meeting (and subsequently to all
purchasers of bid documents). Any modifications of bid documents, which
may become necessary as a result of pre-bid Conference, shall be through
issuance of an addendum pursuant to Clause 9 of ITB of these instructions.
8.3. All the government resolutions and circulars mentioned in bidding

documents shall be procured by the bidders themselves and they are
applicable wherever mentioned.
9. AMENDMENTS TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bid, the Employer may
for any reason, whether at his own initiative or in response to a clarification
Requested by a prospective bidder, modify the bid document by issuance of
an addendum. The addendum will be uploaded online on the e-tendering
portal for incorporation and Bidders are requested to read carefully these
amendments before quoting. These amendments shall form part of the Bid
Document.
9.2 Amendments to Bid submission date: At any time, the Employer may
similarly issue an Addendum to the Bid Documents which amends the Bid
submission date. In that event, all rights and obligations of the Employer and
the Bidders previously related to the original date shall thereafter be subject
to the amended date
C PREPARATION OF BIDS
10. LANGUAGE OF BID:
The Bid and all communications between the Bidder and the Employer or his
representative(s) shall be typed or written in indelible ink. The language of the Bid
and all related correspondence shall be English.
11. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID:
11.1 The bid offer document shall comprise of:

1. Technical Bid
2. Financial Bid
The Technical Bid document shall contain Volume-I, Volume-II, Volume-IV and
CSD (addendum) issued if any and other documents as detailed in Clause -18.1 of
ITB and the Financial Bid document shall contain Vol-III, and CSD( Addendum)
issued if any as detailed in Clause 18.2 of ITB.
The bid to be prepared by the bidder shall comprise of the form of bid and
appendices thereto, the Bid Security, the information on eligibility and qualification,
the priced bill of quantities and other such relevant information and any other
material required to be completed and submitted in accordance with the instructions
to bidders embodied in bid document. The forms and the data provided in this
document shall be used without exception.
11.2. The Bid document issued to the Bidder including any

amendments/alteration/change to the bid document shall be used without any
further amendments by the bidder.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
12. BID OFFER:
The Bidder shall quote his offer as prescribed in bid form B1 “Tender for Works”
as mentioned in Volume-III only of the bid document to be submitted as per
procedure set in Clause-18 of ITB of volume I. If quoted elsewhere bidder will be
disqualified.
12.1. The Offer quoted by the bidder shall include all the costs towards executing
and completing the works including carrying out remedy for any defects therein,
maintenance and repairs of the work during and till the end of Defect Liability
period. The offer shall provide for all superintendence, labor, material, plant,
equipment and all other items required for work including all taxes, duties, royalties,
Octroi/LBT, outgoings and such charges except for the exemption if any provided in
the Bid documents. No taxes whatsoever in any increase will not be reimbursed.
12.2. The offer quoted by bidder shall be valid for the original contract period as
well as during extensions if any duly granted and shall not be subject to any further
adjustment by way of claim.
12.3. The bid price shall be inclusive of Royalty under Mining mineral Act 1968
payable directly to Revenue Department as per rates in force. The Royalty to be paid
shall not be reimbursed by MSRDC.
12.4. The agreement is to be registered with the competent authority, the expenses
towards registration, stamp duty etc. will have to be borne by the contractor /
bidder.
13. CURRENCIES OF BID AND PAYMENT:
All the prices and rates mentioned in the bid document are entirely in Indian
Rupees only. All the payments shall be made in Indian Rupees only. (INR)
14. BID VALIDITY:

Validity of the bid will be 120 days and shall be reckoned from the last date of
submission of bids and thereafter until it is withdrawn by notice in writing duly
addressed to the authority opening the bid. Such withdrawal by bidder after 120 days
shall be effective from the date of receipt of notice by the employer.
15. BID SECURITY (Earnest Money Deposit):
15.1. The bidder shall furnish as a part of his bid, a bid security of Rs.2065000/- as
per contract data in Volume II. (The Exemption Certificate for Bid
Security is not allowed.)

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
a. The Bid Security to be furnished shall be in the form of RTGS in favor of

MSRDC (Ltd.), Mumbai as per details given below:
Bank Name – Canara Bank, Fort Main Branch, Mumbai
RTGS Code – CNRB0000108
Acc. No. 0108256705346
b. Any bid not accompanied by the Bid Security shall be rejected by the
employer as non-responsive.
c. In the event of his bid being accepted the said amount if so requested by the
bidder be appropriated towards the amount of Performance security payable
by him under the conditions of contract.
d. If after submitting the bid, the bidder withdraws his offer or modifies the
same or if after acceptance of his bid fails or neglects to furnish the
performance security, without prejudice to any rights and power of the
Employer here under or in law, the Employer shall be entitled to forfeit the
full amount of Bid Security deposited by the bidder.
e. If the bidder does not accept the correction of the bid price, pursuant to
Clause 26.3 of ITB, the bid security shall be forfeited.
f. In the event of bid being not accepted, the amount of Bid Security deposited
by the bidder shall, unless it is forfeited as proposed above, be refunded to
him on passing of receipt thereto, without any interest.
16. ALTERNATIVE PROPOSAL OF BIDDERS:
Alternative or Conditional proposals are not allowed.
17. FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID:
17.1 The bid shall be signed, sealed and submitted as per the Guidelines
given hereunder in Chapter D [Submission of Bids]. All pages of Bid
documents (in original) shall be signed by a person or persons duly
authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder. All pages of the bid where
entries or amendments have been made shall be initialed by the
person or persons signing the bid. Proof of authorization, in the form
of written power attorney, shall be annexed to the letter of bid. All
pages of the appendix to the bid and schedules where entries or
amendments have been made shall be initialed by the person(s)
signing the letter of bid.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
17.2 The Bid shall contain no alterations or additions, except those to

comply with instructions issued by the Employer, or as necessary to
correct errors made by the bidder in which case such corrections
shall be initialed by the person or persons signing the bid.
17.3 The Bidder shall digitally sign all pages of volume I, II and IV with
the firm‘s seal and shall enclose with the bid document as content of
Technical Bid. Also, the bidder shall sign all pages of hard copies of
Volume I, II and IV [Technical Bid] as stipulated in the Guidelines,
Chapter D.
17.4 The Bidder shall digitally sign all pages of Vol. III with the firm‘s
seal and shall upload with the bid document as content of Financial
Bid.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D SUBMISSION OF BIDS
Guidelines to Contractors/Bidders/Consultants on the operations of

Electronic Tendering System of MSRDC
Website of MSRDC -http://www.msrdc.org

e-Tendering Portal of MSRDC - http://msrdc.maharashtra.etenders.in
Steps for participating in e-Tendering of MSRDC
Purchase Tender Document, drawings and any other supporting

document from the website of MSRDC i.e. http://www.msrdc.orgby
making online payment using Debit Card, Credit Card, Net Banking.
Register on the e-Tendering portal of MSRDC of Maharashtra i.e.

https://maharashtra.etenders.in.
Bidders should have valid class 2 or class 3 Digital Signature

Certificate (DSC). If bidders do not have they should purchase DSC
from any valid Certifying Authority. DSC forms are also available
on the e-Tendering website of MSRDC of Maharashtra.
Bidders should Prepare and Submit their Technical and Financial Bids
online
on the e-Tendering portal of MSRDC. Hard copy of the Technical Bid is
to be submitted at MSRDC Bandra office. The procedure for Bid
Preparation is mentioned below.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I Pre-requisites to participate in the Tenders processed by MSRDC:
a) Registration of Contractors on Electronic Tendering System of MSRDC:
The Contractors interested in participating in the e-Tendering process of MSRDC

shall be required to enroll on the Electronic Tendering System to obtain User ID and
Password.
After submission of application for enrolment on the System, the application

information shall be verified by the Authorized Representative of the Service
Provider. If the information is found to be complete, the enrolment submitted by the
Vendor shall be approved.
The Contractors may obtain the necessary information on the process of enrolment
either from Helpdesk Support Team or may visit the information published under
the link Enroll under the section E-Tendering Toolkit for Bidders on the Home
Page of the Electronic Tendering System.
b) Obtaining a Digital Certificate:
The Bid Data that is prepared online is required to be encrypted and the hash value of the
Bid Data is required to be signed electronically using a Digital Certificate (Class – II
or Class – III). This is required to maintain the security of the Bid Data and also to
establish the identity of the Contractor transacting on the System.
The Digital Certificates are issued by an approved Certifying Authority authorized

by the Controller of Certifying Authorities of MSRDC of India through their
Authorized Representatives upon receipt of documents required to obtain a Digital
Certificate.
Bid data / information for a particular Tender may be submitted only using the
Digital Certificate which is used to encrypt the data / information and sign the hash
value during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage. In case, during the
process of preparing and submitting a Bid for a particular Tender, the Contractor
loses his / her Digital Signature Certificate (i.e. due to virus attack, hardware
problem, operating system problem); he / she may not be able to submit the Bid
online. Hence, the Users are advised to store his / her Digital Certificate securely
and if possible, keep a backup at safe place under adequate security to be used in
case of need.
In case of online tendering, if the Digital Certificate issued to an Authorized User of

a Partnership Firm is used for signing and submitting a bid, it will be considered
equivalent to a no objection certificate / power of attorney to that User to submit the

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
bid on behalf of the Partnership Firm. The Partnership Firm has to authorize a
specific individual via an authorization certificate signed by a partner of the firm
(and in case the applicant is a partner, another partner in the same form is required
to authorize) to use the digital certificate as per Indian Information Technology
Act, 2000.
Unless the Digital Certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate
authority of the Authority User to bid on behalf of the Firm for the Tenders
processed on the Electronic Tender Management System of MSRDC of
Maharashtra as per Indian Information Technology Act, 2000. The Digital
Signature of this Authorized User will be binding on the Firm. It shall be the
responsibility of Partners of the Firm to inform the Certifying Authority or Sub
Certifying Authority, if the Authorized User changes, and apply for a fresh Digital
Signature Certificate. The procedure for application of a Digital Signature
Certificate will remain the same for the new Authorized User.
The same procedure holds true for the Authorized Users in a Private / Public
Limited Company. In this case, the Authorization Certificate will have to be signed
by the Director of the Company or the Reporting Authority of the Applicant.
For information on the process of application for obtaining Digital Certificate, the
Contractors may visit the section Digital Certificate on the Home Page of the
Electronic Tendering System.
c) Recommended Hardware and Internet Connectivity:
To operate on the Electronic Tendering System, the Contractors are recommended

to use Computer System with at least 1 GB of RAM and broadband connectivity
with minimum 512 kbps bandwidth. However, Computer Systems with latest i3 / i5
Intel Processors and 3G connection is recommended for better performance.
d) Set up of Computer System for executing the operations on the

Electronic Tendering System:
To operate on the Electronic Tendering System of MSRDC of Maharashtra, the

Computer System of the Contractors is required be set up. The Contractors are
required to install Utilities available under the section Mandatory Installation
Components on the Home Page of the System.
The Utilities are available for download freely from the above mentioned section.
The Contractors are requested to refer to the E-Tendering Toolkit for Bidders
available online on the Home Page to understand the process of setting up the
System, or alternatively, contact the Helpdesk Support Team on information /
guidance on the process of setting up the System.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) Payment for Service Provider Fees:
In addition to the Pre-bid / Pre-qualification / Main Bidding process fees payable to

MSRDC, the Contractors will have to pay Service Providers Fees of Rs. 1038/-
through online payments gateway service available on Electronic Tendering System.
For the list of options for making online payments, the Contractors are advised to
visit the link E-Payment Options under the section E-Tendering Toolkit for
Bidders on the Home Page of the Electronic Tendering System
II Steps to be followed by Contractors to participate in the E-Tenders processed

by MSRDC
i. Preparation of online Briefcase:
All Contractors enrolled on the Electronic Tendering System of MSRDC of

Maharashtra are provided with dedicated briefcase facility to store documents / files
in digital format. The Contractors can use the online briefcase to store their scanned
copies of frequently used documents / files to be submitted as a part of their bid
response. The Contractors are advised to store the relevant documents such as
Registration Certificate, PAN Card, VAT Registration Certificate, Professional Tax
Registration Certificate, EPF Registration Certificate, Certificates of Works
completed, ownership of Plant and Equipment in the briefcase, etc. so as to avoid
scanning / uploading process for each Tender.
In case, the Contractors have multiple documents under the same type (e.g. multiple
Work Completion Certificates) as mentioned above, the Contractors advised to
either create a single .pdf file of all the documents of same type or compress the
documents in a single compressed file in .zip or .rar formats and upload the same.
It is mandatory to upload the documents using the briefcase facility. Therefore, the
Contractors are advised to keep the documents ready in the briefcase to ensure
timely bid preparation.
Note: Uploading of documents in the briefcase does not mean that the documents
are available to MSRDC at the time of Tender Opening stage unless the documents
are specifically attached to the bid during the online Bid Preparation and Hash
Submission stage as well as during Decryption and Re-encryption stage.
ii. Online viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders:
The Contractors can view the Detailed Tender Notice along with the Time Schedule
(Key Dates) for all the Live Tenders released by MSRDC on the home page of
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MSRDC e-Tendering Portal on http://msrdc.maharashtra.etenders.in under the
section Recent Online Tender.
iii. Download of Tender Documents:
The Tender Documents are available for purchase and downloading by Contractors
from the website of MSRDC i.e. www.msrdc.org
iv. Online Bid Preparation and Submission of Bid Hash (Seal) of Bids:
Submission of Bids will be preceded by online bid preparation and submission of

the digitally signed Bid Hashes (Seals) within the Tender Time Schedule (Key
Dates) published in the Detailed Notice Inviting Tender. The Bid Data is to be
prepared in the templates provided by the Tendering Authority of MSRDC. The
templates may be either form based, extensible tables and / or up loadable
documents. In the form based type of templates and extensible table type of
templates, the Contractors are required to enter the data and encrypt the data using
the Digital Certificate.
In the up loadable document type of templates, the Contractors are required to select
the relevant document / compressed file (containing multiple documents) already
uploaded in the briefcase.
Notes:
a. The Contractors upload a single document or a compressed file containing

multiple documents against each up loadable option.
b. The Hashes are the thumbprint of electronic data and are based on one – way
algorithm. The Hashes establish the unique identity of Bid Data.
c. The bid hash values are digitally signed using valid Class – II or Class – III
Digital Certificate issued by any Certifying Authority. The Contractors are
required to obtain Digital Certificate in advance.
d. After the hash value of bid data is generated, the Contractors cannot make any
change / addition in its bid data.
e. This stage will be applicable during Technical and Financial Bidding Processes.
v. Close for Bidding (Generation of Super Hash Values):

After the expiry of the cut – off time of Bid Preparation and Hash Submission
stage to be completed by the Contractors has lapsed, the Tender will be closed by

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
the Tender Authority.
The Tender Authority from MSRDC shall generate and digitally sign the Super
Hash values (Seals).
This stage will be applicable during both Technical and Financial Bidding
Processes.
Decryption and Re-encryption of Bids (submitting the Bids online):
In case of Online Bid Submission (Technical and Financial)
After the time instant for Generation of Super Hash values by the Tender Authority
from MSRDC has lapsed, the Contractors have to make the online payment of
Rs.1038/-towards the fees of the Service Provider.
After making online payment towards Fees of Service Provider, the Contractors are
required to submit the hard copy of the Technical Bid (only) with MSRDC at the
below mentioned address:
Tender Clerk, Tender Section, Block II, MSRDC Ltd, Opposite BEST reclamation
bus depot, Bandra (W), Mumbai 400050.
The Contractors are required to decrypt their bid data using their Digital Certificate
and immediately re-encrypt their bid data using the Public Key of the Tendering
Authority of the MSRDC. The Public Key of the Tendering Authority is attached to
the Tender during the Close for Bidding stage.
The details of the Earnest Money Deposit and Processing Fees shall be verified and
matched during the Main Tender Opening event.
Note: At this time, the Contractors are also required to upload the files for which
they generated the Hash values during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission
stage.
The Bid Data and Documents of only those Contractors who have submitted their
Bid Hashes (Seals) within the stipulated time (as per the Tender Time Schedule),
will be available for decryption and re-encryption and to upload the relevant
documents from Briefcase. A Contractor who has not submitted his BidPreparation
and Hash Submission stage within the stipulated time will not bellowed to decrypt /
re-encrypt the Bid data / submit documents. This stage will be applicable during
both, Pre-bid / Pre-qualification and Financial Bidding Processes.
vii. Short listing of Contractors for Financial Bid Opening:

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Tendering Authority will first open the Technical Bid, Qualification
document/Technical Documents etc. on the prescribed date and time as mentioned in
bidding data Volume-II and after scrutinizing these documents will shortlist the Contractors
who are eligible for Financial Bid opening. The shortlisted Contractors will be intimated by
email.
viii. Opening of the Financial Bids:
The qualified Contractors may remain present in the Office of the Tender Opening
Authority at the time of opening of Financial Bids as intimated vide vii above.
ix. Tender Schedule (Key Dates):
The Contractors are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times allocated to each
stage under the column Vendor Stage as indicated in the Tender Schedule in the
Detailed Tender. All the online activities are time tracked and the Electronic
Tendering System enforces time-locks that ensure that no activity or transaction can
take place outside the Start and End Dates and Time of the stage as defined in the
Tender Schedule.
At the sole discretion of the Tender Authority, the Tender schedule of the Tender
stages may be extended.
18. SUBMISSION OF BID ONLINE
18.1 TECHINICAL BID:
The bid shall be submitted as per the e-tendering guidelines as stated above. The
date and time of receipt of bid shall strictly apply in all cases. The technical Bid
documents to be submitted shall contain Volume I, II, IV, CSD, (addendum) and
the documents as listed below as indicated in Bidding Data - Volume II.
A) FOR CIVIL WORKS
a) Bid Security in form prescribed in Clause 15 of ITB.

b) Certificate of Registration as a Contractor in original (or a true copy duly
attested by Gazetted officer of Govt. / Semi Government organization)
valid on the date fixed for receipt of bids.
c) The documents for qualifying criteria including liquid assets, annual
financial turnover and bid capacity as mentioned in Bidding Data in
Section III of Volume-II.
d) Details of Income Tax Circle or ward of the district in which the tenderer
is assessed to Income Tax, Tenderer's PAN and complete postal

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
address with Pin Code and telephone Numbers. Attested copy of Income
Tax Return for the immediate previous financial year.
e) Professional Tax Registration Certificate in form PTR.
f) Sales Tax Registration Certificate: Under Maharashtra Value added Tax
Act 2005(VAT) Rule 8 & 9 as provided by Maharashtra State Sales Tax
Act or undertaking thereof.
g) Copy of Audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account for the
immediate Three previous years along with tax audit report.
h) Details of Building works carried out by the bidders during last five years
(Form F1 of Section II Vol. II signed by the officer not below rank of
Executive Engineer.)
i) Details of other works in hand and proposed to be completed / ongoing
during next three years (Form F2 of Section II Vol. II signed by the
officer not below rank of Executive Engineer)
j) List of plant and machinery available with the bidder which shall be
available on this work (FormF3 of Section II Vol. II ) the evidence of
the ownership shall be produced.
k) List of technical personnel employed by the bidder and who are likely to
be available on this work (Form F4 of Section II Vol. II with
Professional Tax Certificate).
l) Activities work schedule and proposed site organization (Form F5 of
Section II Vol. II) to be filled by bidders and proposed week wise target
of work as per work plan and Preliminary site organization chart,
description of relationship between head office and site Management.
m) The statement showing the information regarding Litigation/ Arbitration
during last five(5) financial years in which the bidder/ Its Partners or
Directors are involved, the parties’ concerned and disputed amount and
the present status of the case.(Schedule-M of Section II Vol. II).
n) Details of proposed sub-contracting, if any, shall be furnished in
Schedule ‘D’ attached in Section II Vol. II Sample Form & Schedule.
o) The declaration of the contractor as per Clause 6 of ITB in Form 7 of
Section-II Volume II.
p) Attested copy of Registered Partnership Deed , Memorandum and
Articles of Association of a registered company and Power of
Attorney in favor of the signatory of the bid.
B) FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
a) Attested Photostat copy of registration certificate for electrical work.

b) Satisfactory completed (from start to finish) as a prime contractor of at least
one similar work value not less than Rs. 2.87 Cr is not more than one contract
of current price level. Financial turnover and cost of completed works of
pervious years shall be given weight age of 10% per year based on Rupee

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
value to bring them to current price level.
c) Achieved a minimum annual financial turnover of Rs. 8.60 Cr in any one year
d) Copy of Certificate of completed work of similar nature and magnitude
executed by Electrical Contractor during last five years. Certificate from head
of office not below rank of Executive Engineer to be attached.
e) Attested Photostat copy of valid Electrical Contractor License.
f) Details of equipment machinery (FORM F-3 Section II Vol.-II) immediately
available with the tenderer for use on this work as per proforma, Details of
technical persons who will be exclusively spared for this work by the tenderer
as per FORM F-4. .
g) Attested copy of registered/notarized agreement between Civil Contractor and
Electrical Contractor of appropriate class or above for the electrical works
included in the tender on appropriate stamp paper.
h) Attested copy of Registered Partnership Deed , Memorandum and
Articles of Association of a registered company and Power of Attorney in favor
of the signatory of the bid.
18.2 FINANCIAL BID
The financial bid document shall contain Volume-III containing FORM B1,
SCHEDULE B (BOQ) ,SCHEDULE C, SPECIFICATIONS and CSD (addendum)..
The bidder shall submit these documents duly filled in the offer price at appropriate
place in B1 form at “TENDER FOR WORKS” in Vol-III.
19. DEADLINE OF SUBMISSION OF BID:
19.1. The bid shall be received by the (As per Bidding Data in Volume-II) at the
address mentioned in ITB not later than (As per Bidding Data in Volume-
II). The Employer may at his discretion extend the deadline for submission
of bid issuing an addendum in accordance with Clause-9 of ITB, in which
case, all rights and obligations of the employer and bidders previously
subjected to the original dead line shall therefore be subjected to new
deadline as extended.
20. LATE BIDS:
Bid submitted after the deadline for submission will either not be received or
if received inadvertently, will not be opened and shall be handed over
unopened to the bidder on receipt of written request of the bidder.
21. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID:
If after submission of the bid the bidder withdraws his offer or modifies the same,

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
without prejudice to any other rights and power of the Employer hereunder or in
law, the Employer shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the Bid Security
deposited by bidder.
E. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION
22. BID OPENING:
22.1 The bids will be opened in the presence of bidders / their authorized
representatives who choose to remain present at the date, time and
place stipulated in bidding Data in Volume II.
22.2 Procedure as mentioned in the guidelines in chapter D shall be

adopted for opening of the bids. First of all information about the
numbers of bids will be announced.
22.3 Technical Bid of each bidder will be opened serially. Documents in

the envelope will be verified by the bid opening authority to check
their validity is as per requirements. If any particular document of any
bid is either missing or does not meet the requirements specified then a
note to that effect will be made by the bid opening authority. After
opening of Technical Bid, the Employer will carry out the process of
scrutiny and analysis of various documents / data submitted in the
Technical Bid.
22.4 After the analysis and scrutiny of the documents with respect to
requirements of technical bidding is over, the employer shall declare
the outcome of scrutiny and shall intimate the date and time of opening
of financial bid to the qualified bidders.
22.5 On the specified date, opening of the Financial Bid of the qualified
bidders shall be as per the procedure given in the guidelines in chapter
D.
22.6 The procedure for opening of the Bids, as mentioned hereinbefore,

in the guidelines to Bidders on the operation of Electronic Tendering
System of MSRDC shall be followed.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
23) PROCESS TO BE CONFIDENTIAL:
The information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, comparison of

bids and recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be disclosed to
bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until the
award of the contract to successful bidder has been announced.
Any effort by a bidder to influence the Employer in the process of examination,
clarification, evaluation, comparison of bids and in decision concerning the award
of contract may result in rejection of bid.
24) CLARIFICATION OF BID:

To assist in examination, evaluation of bid, the employer may ask bidders
individually for clarification of their offer including break up of costs, reasons in
case of very high / very low offer. Such request shall be in writing and the response
shall also be in writing. But no change in the price or substance of the bid shall be
sought, offered or permitted except as required to confirm the correction of the
arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the bids in
accordance with Clause 27 of ITB.
25) BID LIABLE FOR REJECTION:
The bid is likely to be rejected if on opening, it is found that
a. The bidder has not strictly followed the procedure laid down for submission
of bid.
b. The bidder has proposed conditions, which are inconsistent with or
contrary to the terms and conditions specified.
c. Additions, corrections or alternation are made by the bidder on any page
of the bid document, without affixing signature / initials.
d. Any page or pasted slips are missing.
e. The bidder has not signed each page of the bid.
f. The bidder has specified any additional condition.
g. The bidder has not attached the addendum, Common Set of Deviations and
documents to the main bid volume as stated in Clause 9 and Clause 18.2 of
ITB.
h. The available bid capacity of the bidder shall be assessed by the formula
(As per Bidding Data in Volume II). The available bid capacity shall be
more than the cost of work quoted by the bidder. In case the bidder does not
satisfy the bid capacity, the bid shall be treated as non- responsive and
rejected.
i. The Bidder shall submit detailed information about all completed (works
done) and on-going works (work in hand and work in progress) (Form F1 &

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
F2 of Section II Volume II). All information shall be furnished duly signed
by the officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer. The Employer
reserves the right to inspect the sites of the completed/on-going works to
ascertain the correctness of the information submitted by the bidder at the
Bidders cost. If false information is found to have been submitted, the
bidders bid shall be liable for rejection.
j. Information not submitted (i) in the prescribed format of Sample Forms in
Section-II Volume-II (ii) Calculation of bid capacity as per formula
(Bidding Data Volume II), declaration of turnover & liquid assets on
separate sheets duly Certified by Chartered Accountant and (iii) other
information related to Qualification criteria as per Bidding Data Volume-II.
k. Information not submitted regarding Litigation and Arbitration cases as
Provided in Clause 18.1 of ITB.
26) CORRECTION OF ERRORS:
26.1. Bids determined to be substantially responsive will be checked by the

Employer for any arithmetic errors. Errors will be corrected by the employer
as follows:
i. In case of lump-sum bid, if there is any discrepancy between the offer

quoted in figures and in words, the lower of the two will be treated as the
offer.
ii. In case of percentage rate bid, if there is any discrepancy between the
percentage quoted in figures and in words, the lower of the two will be
treated as the offer.
iii. In case of item rate bid, if there is any discrepancy between the rates in
figures and in words, the lower of the two will govern and where there is
discrepancy between the unit rate and the item total resulting from
multiplying unit rate by the quantity, the unit rate as quoted will govern.
iv. If there is any arithmetical error in totaling of items, the correct total shall
be computed by the Employer and the same shall govern.
26.2. The amount stated in the bid will be adjusted by the employer in accordance with
the above procedure for the correction of errors and it shall be considered as binding
upon the bidder.
26.3. If the bidder does not accept the corrected bid price, the bid will be rejected and the
bid security shall be forfeited in accordance with Sub Clause 15.1(e) of ITB.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
27) EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS
27.1 The Employer will evaluate and compare only the bids determined to be
substantially responsive in accordance with Clause 22 of ITB.
27.2 The estimated effect for the price adjustment provisions of the
Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the
Contract shall not be taken into account in bid evaluation.
27.3 The decision of the Employer regarding post qualification and opening of
bids shall be final and binding on all the bidders.
F AWARD OF CONTRACT
28) AWARD CRITERIA:
28.1. Subject to Clause 28.3 below the Employer will award the contract to a
bidder whose bid has been found to satisfy all the requirements of bid
document and who has offered the lowest price.
28.2. Price Bid (Financial Bid containing Volume-III) of only such bidders who
qualify as per Clause 3 and Sub Clause 18.1 of ITB shall be opened.
Provided however that bidders who otherwise qualify as aforesaid, shall be
liable to be disqualified if they have -
•
Made misleading or false representations in any of the forms,
statements and attachments submitted in proof of the
qualification requirements;
•
A record of poor performance in respect of the works e.g. not
properly completing contracts, inordinate delays in completion,
bad quality of work, litigation history or financial failures etc.
28.3. Deciding award of contract:

The process of decision and award of the contract shall be as under:
a. Only bids that qualify pursuant to Clause 28.2 above shall be

considered for further evaluation. The Financial Bid of non-
qualifying bids shall not be opened. The decision of the Employer
regarding the post qualification and opening of bids shall be final and
binding on all bidders.
b. The bidder with the lowest correct bid price, determined as per
Clause 26 of ITB will be invited for further negotiations as may be

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
necessary. If the negotiations with the firm are successful, the award
will be made to that bidder. If, however, it is seen that a contract with
reasonable terms cannot be concluded with the bidder with the lowest
corrected bid price, the bidder with the second lowest corrected bid
price, will be invited for negotiations. The process will be repeated
until an agreed contract is concluded.
c. The Employer reserves the right to reject any or all offers received
from the bidders without assigning any reasons.
29) EMPLOYERS RIGHT TO REJECT:
Notwithstanding the Clause-25 of ITB the Employer reserves the right to accept or
reject any bid, to cancel or suspend the bid process at any stage and reject all the
bids at any time prior to award of contract without there by incurring any liability to
the affected bidders or any obligation to inform affected bidders of the ground for
Employer‘s action.
30) NOTIFICATION OF AWARD:

Prior to the expiration of bids validity period or any such extended period, the
Employer will notify the successful bidder in writing by a registered letter that his
bid has been accepted. This letter (herein after and in conditions of contract called
letter of acceptance) shall mention the rate (percentage above/below the estimated
rates), which the employer will pay to the Contractor as prescribed in the contract.
After receiving the letter of Acceptance, the successful bidder shall submit the
performance security in accordance with clause 31 of ITB. Upon furnishing the
performance security by the successful bidder in accordance with the Clause 31 of
ITB, the bidder shall enter into agreement with the employer in the prescribed
format. This agreement shall be made by the bidder as per the guidelines of
MSRDC. The order to start work will then be issued. The work order shall be
accompanied by a true copy of the agreement bearing the number under which it is
registered in the office of the Employer.
After or before signing the Agreement/Award of Contract if the Contractor is found

ineligible for any reason or default at any stage of any terms and conditions as
provided in the document is committed by the Contractor the Performance Security
deposited by the Contractor shall stand forfeited without reference to the contractor
and the work would be awarded at his risk and cost to another Contractor as
provided in clause 28.3 (Award of Contract). The Agreement shall be signed not
later than 15 days from the date of issuance of LOA.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
31) PERFORMANCE SECURITY:

The successful bidder whose bid has been accepted will have to pay 4%
Performance Security (SD) (As per Contract Data in Volume-II) as performance
security. It shall carry no interest.
31.1 The successful Bidder shall have to pay 50% initial performance
security in DD in favor of, MSRDC or Bank Guarantees from a
Nationalized Banks /Schedule banks or banks promoted by All India
Financial Institution of India, in the enclosed form and complete the
contract documents failing which his earnest money/ Bid security will be
forfeited. The balance 50% performance security will be recovered from
the R.A. bill at 4% of the bill amount. Amount of total performance
security to be paid shall be 4% of the cost of accepted tender or estimated
cost put to tender whichever is higher.
31.2 All compensation or other sums payable by the Contractor under the
terms of this contract or any other contract or on any account may be
deducted from his performance security or from any sums which may be
due to him or may become due to him by MSRDC on any account and in
the event of the security being reduced by reason of any such above
noted deductions, the Contractor shall within 10 days of receipt of notice
of demand from the MSRDC make good the deficit.
31.3 There shall be no liability on MSRDC to pay any interest on the

performance security deposited by or recovered from the Contractor.
31.4 The performance security shall be refunded after completion of defect

liability period prescribed for this contract in accordance with the
provisions in Clause 1 and 20 of the conditions of contract.
32) CORRUPT OR FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
32.1 The Employer requires that the Bidders /Suppliers/Contractors shall

observe the highest standard of ethics during the execution of contracts.
In pursuance of this policy, MSRDC defines, for the purposes of this
provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
1 ‘Corrupt practice’ means the offering, giving, receiving or
soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of a
public official in the procurement process or in contract
execution; and

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2 ‘Fraudulent practice’ means a misrepresentation of facts in

order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a
contract to the detriment of the Employer,
32.2 Will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder
recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in
competing for the contract in question;
32.3 Will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of
time, to be awarded any MSRDC contract, if it at any time determines
that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing
for, or in executing MSRDC contracts.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
I/ We hereby declare that I / We have made myself / ourselves thoroughly conversant

by visiting and examined and have collected all information relating to the site
conditions, topography, geo technical investigation details, hydrological and climatic
conditions, extent and nature of work, laws, procedures and labor practices, availability
of labor, material, machineries, fuel, water, electricity, and also examined the local
conditions regarding all materials ( such as stone, murum, sand etc.) and labour etc. of
which I /We have accordingly based my / our rates for this work. The specification,
conditions bore results and lead of materials on this work have been carefully studied
and understood by me / us before submitting this tender. I / We undertake to use only
the best materials approved by Engineer or his representative or his duly authorized
representative during execution of the work and to abide by the decision.
I/We here by further declare that my / our tender is unconditional in every matter
of whatsoever in nature.
I / We hereby undertake to pay the laborers engaged on the work as per Minimum
Wages Act 1948 applicable to the zone concerned.
I/We have quoted my/our offer in percentage rate in words as well as in figures.
I/We further undertake to enter into contract in regular “B-1” form.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR(s)

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. FORM B-1
Percentage Rate Tender and Contract for Works
Employer : Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation

(A Govt. Of Maharashtra Under taking)
Region : Pune
Name of Work : Expansion of Administrative Building For Sales Tax
Department, At Yerawada Pune.
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractor
1. All works proposed to be executed by Contractor shall be notified in a form of

invitation to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Engineer and
signed by the Engineer.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and
opening tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of
Bid Security to be deposited with the tender, and the amount of the Performance
Security to be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be
deducted from bills..Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings and
estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with
the work signed by the Engineer for the purpose of identification shall also be open
for inspection by contractors at the office of the Engineer during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications

recommended by a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of
the MSRDC such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part of the
accepted tender.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a registered partnership firm, it must be
signed separately by each partner thereof, or in the event of the absence of any
partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney
authorizing him to do so. Incase of a private / public ltd co. also it shall be signed by
a power of attorney holder.
2A i) The contractor should pay along with the Tender Rs 20, 65,000/-
(Rupees Twenty Lacs Sixty five Thousand only) as and by way of Bid
Security. The contractor shall forward along with his tender, Demand Draft /
Pay Order of any Nationalized / scheduled Bank banks promoted by “All
India Financial Institution in Mumbai” for the like amount. The said amount
of Bid Security shall not carry any interest.
ii) In the event of his Tender being accepted subject to the provisions of sub-
clause
iii) Below the said amount of Bid Security shall be appropriated towards the
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
amount of Performance Security payable by him under condition of General
Conditions of Contract.
iv) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer, or modifies
the same, or if after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or
neglects to furnish the balance of Performance Security, within 10 days from
the date of letter of intent without prejudice to any other rights and powers of
the MSRDC, hereunder or in law, MSRDC shall be entitled to forfeit the full
amount of the Bid Security deposited by him. Please see Clause 1 of
conditions of contract.
v) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of Bid Security
deposited by the contractor shall, unless it is prior thereto forfeited under the
provisions of sub-clause (iii) above, be refunded to him on his passing
receipt thereof.
3. DELETED.
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form, stating at what
percentage above/below the estimated rates for the items specified in Schedule “B”
(Memorandum showing items of work to be carried out ) shall be named in figures
as well as in words. Tenders which propose any alteration in the works specified in
the said form of invitation to tender or in the time allowed for carrying out the work
or which contain any other conditions of any nature will be liable for rejection.
5. The Engineer or his duly authorized representative shall open tenders in the presence
of contractors who have submitted tenders or their authorized representatives who
may be present at the time and he will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a
comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted the
contractor shall, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications
and other documents mentioned in Rule 1. In the event of tender being rejected, the
Engineer shall authorize the Accounts Office concerned to refund the amount of the
Bid Security deposited to the contractor taking the tender, on his giving a receipt for
the return of the money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or
any of the tenders.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to
any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on
MSRDC unless it is signed by the Engineer.
8. The memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in and completed by the
office of Engineer before the tender form is issued. If a form issued to an intending
tenderer has not been so filled in and completed he shall request the said office to

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
have this done before he completes and delivers his tender.
9. All work shall be measured out by the standard measure and according to the rules
and customs of the PWD and their rates shall be subject to any local customs.
10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for
any items in this contract.
11. Every registered Contractor should produce along with his tender the certificate of
registration as approved Contractor in the appropriate class and renewal of such
registration with date of expiry.
12. All corrections and additions or pasted slips should be initialed.
13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual method in use in the
PWD and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The
Engineer’s decision as to what is “The usual method in use in the PWD” will be
final.
14. The tendering contractor shall furnish a declaration along with the tender showing all
works for which he has already entered into contract, and the value of the work that
remains to be executed in each case on the date of submitting the tender duly signed
by the competent authority not below the rank of Executive Engineer.
15. Every tenderer shall furnish along with the tender, information regarding the
Income-Tax Circle or Ward of the District in which he is assessed.
16. No foreign exchange would be released by the MSRDC for the purchase of plant and
machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for.
17. Contractor should produce a year-wise list of works carried out during the last 4
financial years duly signed by the competent authority not below the rank of
Executive Engineer.
18. The contractor shall also give a list of machinery in their possession and which they
propose to use on the work in the form F3 with the evidence of ownership of those
machineries.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
19. Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting authority
a valid and current license issued in his favor under the provisions of Contract
Labour (Regulations and Abolition) Act 1973 before starting work failing which
acceptance of the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money will be
forfeited to MSRDC. (Reference Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation and Power
Department’s letter No.LAB 1076/1181/ (666E-(17), dated 8/9/1976).
20. The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961 and the
rules and orders issued there-under from time to time. The contractor shall also
comply with all the provisions of Labor legislation such as Minimum wages act,
Payment of wages act, Workman’s compensation act, P.F. act, ESI act etc. If he
fails to do that, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the MSRDC, may
cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable, for any pecuniary liability and
penalty arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the Act. The
employer in no case will be responsible or liable for the same.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Performance Clause-1.- The person/persons whose tender may be accepted
(hereinafter called the Contractor, which expression shall unless
excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs,
Security / Security
executors, administrators, and assigns) shall (A) within 10 days
(Which may be extended by the Engineer- in charge concerned up
deposit to 15 days if the Engineer- in charge thinks fit to do so) of the
receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender
deposit with the MSRDC in Demand Draft or Govt. securities
endorsed to MSRDC of sum sufficient which will make up the full
security deposit specified in the tender or (B) (permit MSRDC at
PWD Resolution No.
the time of making any payment to him for work done under the
CAT/1087/CR-94- contract to deduct such sum as will amount to * four percent of
all moneys so payable such deductions to be held by MSRDC by
Bldg 2 dt. 14-6-89 way of performance security). Provided always that in the event of
the contractor depositing a lump sum by way of security deposit as
contemplated at (A) above, then and in such case, if the sum so
deposited shall not amount to four percent of the total estimated
cost of the work, it shall be lawful for MSRDC at the time of
making any payment to the contractor for work done under the
contract to make up the full amount of four percent by deducting
a sufficient sum from every such payment as last aforesaid until
the full amount of the performance security is made up. All
compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to
MSRDC under the terms of the contract may be deducted from the
performance security or from the interest arising there from, or
from any sums which may be due or may become due by MSRDC
to the contractor under any other contract or transaction of any
nature on any account whatsoever and in the event of his
performance security being reduced by reason of any such
deduction as aforesaid the contractor shall, within ten days
thereafter, make good in cash(DD) any sum or sums which may
have been deducted from his performance security or any part
thereof.
If the amount of performance security to be paid in a lump sum

within the period specified at (A) above is not paid the tender
/Contract already accepted shall be considered as cancelled and
legal steps taken against the contractor for recovery of the
amounts. The amount of the final bill, if the date up to which the
contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over.
If such date is not over, only 50% amount of performance
security shall be refunded along with the payment of the final
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
bill. The amount of the security deposit retained by the MSRDC
shall be released after expiry of period up to which the contractor
PWD Resolution No. has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the event
CAT/1087/CR-94- of the contractor failing or neglecting to complete rectification
Bldg 2 dt. 21-6-2004 work within the period up to which the contractor has agreed to
maintain the work in good order, then subject to provision of
Clauses 17 and 20 hereof the amount of performance security
retained by MSRDC shall be adjusted towards the excess cost
incurred by the MSRDC on rectification work.
Compensation for Clause 2- The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered
Delay in the tender shall be strictly observed by the Contractor and shall
be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work
is given to the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated
period of the contract be proceeded with, with all due diligence
(time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of
the Contractor) and the Contractor shall pay as compensation an
amount, Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may
decide, of the amount of the estimated cost of the whole work as
shown by the Bidders for every day that the work remains un-
commenced, or unfinished after the proper dates. And further to
ensure good progress during execution of the work, the contractor
shall be bound, in all cases in which the time allowed for any work
exceeds one month to complete.
The program for completion of work is attached in the form of bar

chart. The contractor is supposed to carry out the work and keep
the progress as per bar chart. The Contractor should complete the
work as per phase period given below, which is arrived from the
bar chart.
1/4th Of the work in 1/4th of the time
1/2 Of the work in 1/2 of the time
3/4th Of the work in 3/4th of the time
Full work to be completed in 18 calendar months (Including

monsoon)
**Note- The quantity of the work to be done within a

particular time to be specified above shall be fixed and
inserted in the blank space kept for the purpose by the
officer competent to accept the contracts after taking into
consideration the circumstances of each case and abide by

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
the programme of detailed process laid down by the
Engineer in charge The following proportion will usually be
found suitable in 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 of the time. Reasonable
progress of earthwork. 1/6, 1/2, 3/4 of the total value of the
work to be done. Reasonable progress of masonry 1/10,
4/10, 8/10 of the total value of the work to be done. In the
event of the contractor failing to comply with this conditions
he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to
one percent or such smaller amount as the Engineer in
charge(whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide
of the said estimated cost of the whole work for every day
the due quantity of the work remains incomplete provided
always that the total amount of compensation to be paid
under the provisions of this clause shall not exceed 10
percent of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the
tender. Engineer in charge should be the final authority in
this respect, irrespective of the fact that the tender is
accepted by the Engineer in charge or His Authorized
Representative.
Action when whole of Clause-3.-In any case in which under any clause of this contract
performance security the contractor shall have rendered himself liable to pay
forfeited compensation amounting to the whole of this performance security
whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments or in the case
of abandonment of the work owing to serious illness or death of
the contractor or any other cause the Engineer in charge on behalf
of the MSRDC, shall have power to adopt any of the following
courses, as he may deem best suited in the interest of MSRDC.
a) To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice in writing
to the contractor under the hand of Engineer in charge shall be
conclusive evidence) and in that case the performance security of
the contractor shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the
disposal of MSRDC.
b) To carry out the work or any part of the work departmentally
debiting the contractor with the cost of the work, expenditure
incurred on tools and plant, and charges on additional supervisory
staff including the cost of work charged establishment employed
for getting the unexecuted part of the work complete and crediting
him with the value of the work done departmentally in all respects
in the same manner and at the same rates as if it had been carried
out by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The
certificate of the Engineer in charge as to the costs and other allied
expenses so incurred and as to the value of the work so done

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
departmentally shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
c) To order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to

take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of his hands, and
to give to another contractor to complete, in which case all
expenses incurred on advertisement for fixing a new contracting
agency, additional supervision staff including the cost of work
charge establishment and the cost of work executed by the new
contract agency will be debited to the contractor and value of the
work done or executed through the new contractor shall be
credited to the contractor in all respects and in the same manner
and the same rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor
under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Engineer in
charge as to all the cost of the work and other expenses incurred as
aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by the new
Contractor and as to the value of the work so done shall be final
and conclusive against the contractor.
In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause (a) above, the
contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum for
any work therefore actually performed by him under this contract
unless and until the Engineer in charge shall have certified in
writing the performance of such work and the amount payable to
him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the
amount so certified. In the event of either of the courses referred
to in clause(b) or (c) being adopted and the cost of the work
executed departmentally or through a new contractor and other
allied expenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the
contractor, the amount of excess shall be deducted from any
money due to the contractor by MSRDC under the contract or
otherwise howsoever or from his performance security provided,
howsoever, that contractor shall have no claim against MSRDC
even if the certified value of the work done departmentally or
through a new contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work
and allied expenses, provided always that whichever of the three
courses mentioned in clause (a), (b) or (c) is adopted by the
employer, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for
any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or
procured any materials, or entered into any engagements, or made
any advance on account of or with a view to the execution of the
work or the performance of the contract.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Action when the Clause 4– If the progress of any particular portion of the work is
progress of any unsatisfactory the Engineer in charge shall notwithstanding that
particular portion of the general progress of the work is in accordance with the
the work is conditions mentioned in clause 2, be entitled to take action under
unsatisfactory clause 3(b) after giving the contractor 10 day’s notice in writing.
The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss
sustained by him owing to such action.
Clause 5- In any case in which any of the power conferred upon

the Engineer in charge by Clause 3 & 4 hereof shall have become
Contractor remains exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised the non-
liable to pay
exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiving of any of the
compensation if
action is not taken conditions hereof and such power shall notwithstanding be
under clause 3 & 4. exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the
contractor for which under any clause hereof he is declared liable
to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his performance
security and the liability of the contractor for past and future
compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the
Power to take Engineer in charge taking action under sub-clause (b) or (c) of
possession of or clause 3, he may, if he so desires, take possession of all any tools
require removal of or & plant, materials and stores in or upon the work of the site
sell contractor’s plant thereof or belonging to the contractor, or procured by him and
intended to be used for the execution of work or any part thereof
paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rates, or
in the case of contract rates not being applicable at current market
rates to be certified by the Engineer in charge whose certificate
thereof shall be final. As an alternative the employer may, after
giving, notice in writing to the contractor, or his authorized
representative, require him to remove such tools and plant,
materials, or stores from the premises within a time to be specified
in such notice, and in the event of the contractor failing to comply
with any such requisition, the Engineer in charge may remove
them at the contractor’s expense or sell them by auction or private
sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all respects and
the certificate of the Engineer in charge as to the expenses of any
such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any
such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
Extension of time. Clause 6- If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for
completion of work on the ground of his having been unavoidably
hindered in its execution or on any other grounds, he shall apply in
writing to the Engineer in charge before the expiration of the
period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
from the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which
the cause for asking for extension occurred, whichever is earlier
and the Engineer in charge if in his opinion there were reasonable
grounds for granting an extension, grant such extension as he
thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the employer in this
matter shall be final.
Final Certificate. Clause 7- On the completion of the work the contractor shall be
furnished with a certificate by the Engineer in charge(hereinafter
called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion; but no such
certificate shall be given nor shall the work be considered to be
complete until the contractor shall have removed from the
premises on which the work shall have been executed, all
scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have cleaned
off, the dirt from all wood work, doors, windows, wall, floor or
other parts of any building in or upon which the work has been
executed, or of which he may have had possession for the purpose
of executing the work, nor until the work shall have been
measured by the Engineer-in-charge or where the measurements
have been taken by his subordinates until they have received
approval of the Engineer-in-charge the said measurements being
binding and concluding against contractor. If the contractor shall
fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the
removal of scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and the
cleaning of dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of
the work the Engineer-in-charge may at the risk and expense of
the contractor, remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and
rubbish, and dispose of the same as he thinks fit and clean off
such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay the
amount of all expenses so incurred, but shall have no claim in
respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid
except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof.
Clause 8 - No payment shall be made for any work estimated to

cost less than Rupees One Thousand till after the whole of work
Payment on shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. But
intermediate in the case of works estimated to cost more than Rupees One
certificate to be Thousand the contractor shall on submitting a monthly bill
regarded as thereof, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of
advances. the work then approved and passed by the Engineer-in-charge,
whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum so
payable shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. All
such intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by way

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
of advance against the final payments only and not as payments
for work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the
Engineer-in-charge from requiring any bad, unsound imperfect or
unskillful work to be removed or taken away and reconstructed or
re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered as an
admission of the due performance of the contract or any part
thereof in any respect or the occurring of any claim nor shall it
conclude, determine or effect in any other way the powers of the
Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the
accounts or otherwise or in any other way vary or effect the
contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within
one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work,
otherwise the Engineer-in-charge’s certificate of the
measurements and of the total amount payable for the work shall
be final and binding on all parties.
Clause 9- The rates for several items of work estimated to cost

more than Rs. 1000 agreed within shall be valid only when the
Payment at reduced item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in
rates on account of accordance with the sanctioned specifications. In cases where the
items of work not items of work are not accepted as so completed, by the Engineer-
accepted as in-charge he may make payment on account of such items at such
reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of
completed to be at
final or on account bills.
the discretion of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Bill to be submitted Clause10– A bill shall be submitted by the contractor in each

monthly. month or before the date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all
works executed in the previous month, and the Engineer-in-charge
shall take or cause to be taken the requisite measurements for the
purpose of having the same verified and the claim, so far as it is
admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days from the
presentation of the bill. If the contractor does not submit the bill
within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may
depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence
of the contractor or his duly authorized representative whose
counter signature to the measurements list shall be sufficient
warrant, and the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such
list which shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
Bills to be on printed Clause 11- The Contractor shall submit all bills on the printed
forms forms to be had on application at the office of the Engineer-in-
charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered
at the rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work
ordered in pursuance of these conditions, and not mentioned or
provided for in the tender, at the rates hereinafter provided for

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
such work.
Clause 12-DELETED
Works to be executed Clause13- The contractor shall execute the whole and every part
in accordance with of the work in the most substantial and workmanlike manner and
specifications, both as regards materials and every other respect in strict
drawings, orders etc. accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also confirm
exactly, fully and faithfully to the designs, drawings and
instructions in writing related to the work signed by the Engineer-
in-charge and lodged in his office and to which the contractor
shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at
such office or on the site of the work during office hours. The
contractor will be entitled to receive three sets of contract drawing
and working drawings as well as one certified copy of the
accepted tender along with the work order free of cost. Further
copies of the contract drawings and working drawings if required
by him, shall be supplied at the rate of Rs.200/- per drawings
except where otherwise specified.
Alteration in Clause 14 – The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make

specifications and any alteration in or additions to the original specifications,
designs not to drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be
invalidate contracts. necessary or advisable during the progress of the work and the
contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance with
any instruction in this connection which may be given to him in
writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alteration shall
not invalidate the contract and any additional work which the
contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as
part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor on the same
Rates for works not conditions in all respect on which he agreed to do the main work,
entered in estimate or and at the same rates as are specified in the tender for the main
schedule of rates. work. And if the additional and altered work includes any class of
work for which no rate is specified in the contract then such class
of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in the Schedule of
Rates of PWD Division or at the rates mutually agreed upon
between the Engineer-in-charge & the Contractor, whichever are
lower. If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered
in the Schedule of Rates of the Division is ordered to be carried
out before the rates are agreed upon then the contractor shall
within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the order to
carry out the work, inform the Engineer-in-charge of the rate
which it is his intention to charge for such class of work and if the
Engineer-in-charge does not agree to this rate, he shall by notice in
writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of
work and arrange to carry out in such manner as he may consider
advisable provided always that if the contractor shall commence
work or incur any expenditure in regards thereto before the rates
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
shall have been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then
in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the
Extension of time in work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date
consequence of of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate
addition or or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of
alterations a dispute, the decision of the Engineer in charge will be final.
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in
the proportion that increase in its cost occasioned by alterations or
additions bears to the cost of the original contract work, and the
certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall be
conclusive.
Clause15 – (1) If at any time after execution of the contract

documents the Engineer-in-charge shall for any reason what-so-
No claim to any ever ( other than default on the part of the contractor for which the
payment or MSRDC is entitled to rescind the contract) desires that the whole
compensation for or any part of the work specified in the tender should be
alteration in or suspended for any period or that the whole or part of the work
should not be carried out at all he shall give to the contractor a
restriction of work.
notice in writing of such desire and upon the receipt of such notice
the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the work wholly or
in part as required, after having due regard to the appropriate stage
at which the work should be stopped or suspended so as not to
cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger
the safety there of provided that the decision of the Engineer as to
the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or could
have been safely stopped or suspended shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall have no
claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or
in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid, on account of any
suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified
hereinafter.
(2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid
continued for a continuous period exceeding 90 days the
contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual
obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to the
unexecuted part of the work by giving a 10 days prior notice in
writing to the Engineer, within 30days of the expiry of the said
period of 90 days, of such intention and requiring the Engineer to
record the final measurement of the work already done and to pay
final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor shall be deemed
to have been discharged from his obligations to complete the
remaining unexecuted work under his contract. On receipt of such
notice the Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurements
and make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
within a period of 90 days from the receipt of such notice in
respect of the work already done by the contractor.
Such payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the
contractor to any further compensation under the remaining
provision of this clause.
(3) Where the Engineer required the contractor to suspended the
work for a period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in
the aggregate, the contractor shall be entitled to apply to the
Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such
suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of
pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery
remained idle on the site or on the account of his having to pay the
salary or wages of labour engaged by him during the said period
of suspension provided always that the, contractor shall not be
entitled to any claim in respect of any such working machinery,
salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the
aggregate of such suspension or in respect or any suspension
whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any other default
on his part. The decision of the Engineer in charge in this regards
shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
(4)In the event of :-

i. Any total stoppage of work on notice from Engineer under
sub clause (1) in that behalf.
ii. Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual
obligations to complete the remaining unexecuted work
under sub-clause (2) on account of continued suspension of
work for a period exceeding 90 days. OR
Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on
account of any alteration, omission on substitution in the
specification, drawings, designs or instructions under clause (14) 1
where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity and the value of
the quantity curtailment beyond 25% at the rates for the item
specified in the tender is more than 0.25% of accepted tender cost.
It shall be open to the contractor within 90 days from the service
of (i) the notice of stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of
withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract on
account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice under
clause 14(1) resulting in such curtailment to produce to the
No claim Engineer satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased
compensation on or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work,
account of loss due to before receipt by him of the notice of stoppage, suspension or
delay in supply of curtailment and require the MSRDC to take over on payment such

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
material by MSRDC material at the rates determined by the Engineer, provided,
however, such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the
same was acquired by the contractor. The MSRDC shall thereafter
take over the materials so offered provided the quantities offered,
are not in excess of requirements of the unexecuted work as
specified in the accepted tender and are of quality and
specifications approved by the Engineer.
Clause 15A-DELETED.
Time limit for Clause 16- Under no circumstance whatever shall the contractor
unforeseen claims. be entitled to any compensation from MSRDC on any account
unless the contractor shall have submitted a claim in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge within one month of the case of such claim
occurring.
Action and Clause 17- If any time before the performance security or any
compensation part thereof is refunded to the contractor it shall appear to the
payable in case of Engineer-in-Charge or his representative in charge of the work,
bad work. that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or
PWD resolution No. unskillful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality, or
CAT-1087/CR- that any materials or articles provided by him for the execution of
94/BLDG-2 the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted
dt. 14-6-89 for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be
lawful for the Engineer-in-Charge to intimate this fact in writing
to the contractor and then notwithstanding the fact that the work,
materials or articles complained of may have been inadvertently
passed , certified and paid for, the contractor shall be bound
forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so
specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or if so
required shall remove the materials or articles so specified and
provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own
charge and cost and in the event of his failing to do so within a
period to be specified by the Engineer-in-Charge in the written
intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay
compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of estimate
for every day not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure so
continues and in the case of any such failure the Engineer-in-
Charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work or remove,
and replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may
be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor. Should
the Engineer-in-Charge consider that any such inferior work or
materials as described above may be accepted or made use of it
shall be within his discretion to accept the same at such reduced

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
rates as he may fix therefore
Work to be open to Clause 18- All works under or in course of execution or executed
inspection. in pursuance of the contract shall at all times be open to inspection
and supervision of the Engineer-in-Charge and his representative,
and the contractor shall at all time during the usual working hours,
Contractor or and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of
authorized the Engineer-in-Charge and his representative to visit the work
representative to be shall have been given to the contractor either himself be present to
present. receive orders and instructions or have authorized representatives
present for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor’s duly
authorized representative shall be considered to have the same
force and effect as if they had been given to the contractor
himself.
Notice to be given Clause 19- The contractor shall give not less than five days notice
before work is in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative in
covered up. charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing
beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same
may be measured and correct dimensions thereof taken before the
same is so covered up or placed beyond measurements and shall
not cover up or place beyond the reach of measurements any work
without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative in charge of the work, and if any work shall be
covered up or places beyond the reach of measurement, without
such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall
be uncovered at the contractor’s expense and in default thereof no
payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the
materials with which the same was executed.
Contractor liable for Clause 20- If during the period of 24 months from the date of
damage done and for completion as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge pursuant to
imperfections. Clause 7 of the contract, the said work is defective in any manner
whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in
that behalf from the Engineer-in-Charge duly commence
execution and completely carry out at his cost in every respect all
the work that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right the
defects specified therein including dismantling and reconstruction
PWD resolution No.
of unsafe portions strictly in accordance with and in the manner
CAT-1087/CR-
prescribed and under the supervision of the Engineer in charge In
94/BLDG-2 dt. 14-6-
the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to commence
89
execution of the said rectification work within the period
prescribed there for in the said notice and/or to complete the same
as foresaid as required by the said notice, the Engineer in charge
shall get the same executed and carried out departmentally or by
any other agency at the risk on account and at the cost of the

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to the
MSRDC the amount of such costs, charges and expenses sustained
or incurred by the MSRDC of which the certificate of the
Engineer in charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.
Such costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of
land revenue and on the event of the contractor failing or
neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without
prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the MSRDC the
same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land
revenue. The MSRDC shall also be entitled to deduct the same
from any amount which may then be payable or which may
thereafter become payable by the MSRDC to the contractor either
in respect of the said work or any other work whatsoever or from
the amount of performance security retained by the MSRDC.
The defect liabilities period in particular for waterproofing
treatment (building works) shall be 7 years.
Contractor to supply Clause 21- The contractor shall supply at his own cost all
plant, ladder, materials plant, tools appliances, equipments, ladders, cordage,
scaffolding etc. tackle. Scaffolding and temporary work requisite or proper for the
proper execution of the work, whether, in the original, altered or
substituted form and whether included in the specification or other
documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these
conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of
satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-
And is liable for Charge as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is
damages arising from entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together
non provisions of with the carriage there for to and from the work. The contractor
light, fencing etc. shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons
with the means and materials necessary for the purpose of setting
out works and counting, weighing and assisting in the
measurement or examination at any time and from time of the
work or the materials, failing which the same may be provided by
the Engineer-in-Charge at the expenses of the contractor and the
expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor
under the contract or from his performance security. The
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required
to protect the public from accident and shall also be bound to bear
the expense of defense of every suit, action or other legal
proceeding, that may be brought by any person for injury
sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay
any damages and cost which may be awarded in any such suit
action or proceeding to any such person or which may with
consent of the contractor be paid for compromising any claim by
any such person.
List of machinery in contractor’s possession and which they
propose to use on the works should be submitted along with the

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
tender.
Clause 21(A) – The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and

working platforms, gangways and stairways and shall comply with
Contractor to the following regulations in connections therewith :-
provide scaffolds,
platforms etc. (a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all
works that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by other
means.
(b) A scaffold shall not be contracted, taken down or
substantially altered except
(i) Under the supervision of a competent and
responsible person and
(ii) As far as possible by competent workers possessing
adequate experience in this kind of work.
(c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and
ladders shall
(i) be of sound material
(ii) be of adequate strength having regard to which they
will
(iii) be subjected and be maintained in proper
conditions
(d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can

be displaced in consequence of normal use.
(e) Scaffolds shall not be over loaded and so far as practicable

the load shall be evenly distributed.
(f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special

precautions shall be taken to ensure the strength and
stability of the scaffolds.
(g) Scaffold shall be periodically inspected by the competent

person.
(h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the

contractor shall, whether the scaffolds has been erected by
his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies
fully with the regulations here-in-specified.
(i) Working platform, gangways shall

(i) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly
or unequally.
(ii) Be so constructed and maintained having regard to
prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as
practicable risks of persons tripping or slipping and
(iii) Be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(j) In the case of working platform, gangways, working places

and stairways at the height exceeding 3 meters.
(i) Every working platform and every gangway shall be
closely boarded unless other adequate measures are
taken to ensure safety.
(ii) Every working platform and gangway shall have
adequate width and
(iii) Every working platform, gangway, working place
and stairway shall be suitably fenced.
(k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working

platform shall except for the time and to the extent
required to allow the excess of persons or the transport or
shifting or materials be provided with suitable means to
prevent the fall of persons or materials
(l) When persons are employed on roof where there is a
danger of failing from a height exceeding 3 meters suitable
precaution shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or
materials
(m)Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons
being struck by articles which might fall from scaffold or
other working places.
(n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working
platforms and other working places.
Clause 21(B)- The contractor shall comply with the following
regulations as regards the Hoisting Appliances to be used by him
Use of Hoisting :-
appliances etc.
(a) Hoisting machine and tackle, including their attachments,
anchorages and support shall-
(i) Be of good mechanical construction, sound
material and adequate strength and free from patent
defect.
and
(ii) Be kept in good repair and in good working order.
(b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a

means of suspension shall be of suitable quality and
adequate strength and free from patent defect.
(c) Hoisting machine and tackle shall be examined and

adequately tested after erection on the site and before use
and re-examined position at intervals to be prescribed by
the Architect/Employer.
(d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle swivel and pulley block
used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of
suspension shall be periodically examined.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be
properly qualified.
(f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be in
control of any hoisting machine, including any scaffold
which, or give signals to the operator.
(g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain,
ring, hook, shackle, swivel pulley block used in hosting or
lowering or as means of suspension, the safe working load
shall be ascertained by adequate means.
(h) Every hosting machine and all gear referred to in
preceding regulation shall be plainly marked with the safe
working load.
(i) In the case of hoisting machine having a variable safe
working load, each safe working load and the conditions
under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.
(j) No part of any hosting machine or of any gear referred to
in regulation (g) above shall be loaded beyond the safe
working load except for the purpose of testing.
(k) Motors, gearing transmissions, electric wiring and other
dangerous part of hosting appliances shall be provided
with efficient safeguards.
(l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as
will reduce to minimum the risk of the accidental descent
of the load.
(m)Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a
minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load
becoming accidentally displaced.
Measure for Clause 22– The contractor shall not set fire to any standing
prevention of Fire. jungle, trees, brushwood or grass without a written permit from
the competent authority. When such permit is given, and also in
all case when destroying cut or dug up trees, brushwood, grass
etc. by fire the contractor shall take the necessary measure to
prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding
property. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for
drinking water for the labor employed by him and provide
sanitary and other arrangements.
Liability of Clause 23- Compensation for all damages done intentionally or

Contractor for any unintentionally by contractor’s labour whether in or beyond the
damage done in or limits of MSRDC property including any damage caused by the
outside work area spreading of fire mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the
Engineer-in-Charge or such other officer as he may appoint and the
estimate of the Engineer-in-Charge subject to the decision of Vice
Chairman and Managing Director on appeal shall be final and the
contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed
compensation on demand without any demur, failing which, the
same will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the
manner prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-
Charge from any sums that may be due or become due from

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
employer to contractor under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or
other legal proceeding that may be brought by any person for
injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precaution to prevent
the spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that
may be awarded by the court in consequence.
Employment of Clause 24-The employment of female labours on works in

female labours neighbor-hood of soldier’s barracks should be avoided as far as
possible. The contractor shall employ the labour with the nearest
employment exchange.
Work on Sunday Clause 25-No work shall be done on a Sunday without the
sanction in writing of Engineer-in-Charge.
Work not to be Clause 26- The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without
sublet. the written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and if the
contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt so to do,
or become insolvent or commence any proceeding to get himself
adjudicated and insolvent or make any composition with his
creditors, or attempt so to do or if bribe, gratuity, gift, loan,
perquisite, reward or advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall
Contract may be
either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the
rescinded contractor or any of his servants agents to any public officer or
&performance person in the employ of MSRDC in any way relating to his office
security forfeited for or person shall become in anyway directly or indirectly interested
subletting it without in the contract, the Engineer-in-Charge may thereupon by notice
approval or for in writing rescind the contract, and the performance security of
bribing a public the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at
the disposal of employer and the same consequences shall ensure
officer or if
as if the contract had been rescinded under clause 3 hereof and in
contractor becomes addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid
insolvent for any work therefore actually performed under contract.
Sums payable by a Clause 27- All sums payable by a contractor by way of

contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as
compensation as reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of MSRDC
reasonable without reference to the actual loss damage sustained, and whether
compensation any damage has or has not been sustained.
without reference to
the actual loss
Change in the Clause 28- In the case of tender by partners, any change in the
constitution of a firm constitution by partners, any change in the constitution of a firm
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
to be notified. shall be forthwith notified by the contractor to Engineer-in-Charge
for his information.
Clause 29-All works to be executed under the contract shall be

executed under the direction and subject to the approval in all
Direction & Control respects of the Engineer in charge, who shall be entitled to direct
of the Engineer in at what point or points and in what manner they are to be
Charge commenced, and from time to time carried on.
Direction & Control Clause 30- (1)Except where otherwise specified in the contract,
of the Engineer in the decision of the Engineer in charge for the time being shall be
Charge final, conclusive , and binding on the contractor upon all question
relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs, drawings,
and instructions hereinbefore mentioned and as to the quality or
workmanship or materials used on the work, or as to any other
question, claim, right matter, or thing whatsoever, in any way
arising out of, or relating to the contract, designs, drawings,
specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions,
or otherwise concerning the works or the execution, or failure to
execute the same, whether arising during the progress of the work,
or after the completion or abandonment thereof.
(2) The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of
any order passed by the Engineer-in-charge as aforesaid appeal
against it to the Vice Chairman and Managing Director of
MSRDC, who, if convinced that prima-fascia the contractor’s
claim rejected by Engineer-in-charge/ Joint Managing Director is
not frivolous and that there is some substance in the claim of the
contractor as would merit a detailed examination and decision by
Vice Chairman and Managing Director or Board of Directors
(BOD) of MSRDC for suitable decision.
Clause 31-DELETED.
Lump sums in Clause 32- When the estimate on which a tender is made includes
estimate lump sums in respect of parts of the work the contractor shall be
entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the
part of the work in question at the same rates as per payable under
this contract for each item, or if the part of work in question is not
in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge capable of measurement,
the Engineer-in-Charge may as his discretion pay the lump sum
amount entered in the estimate and the certificate in writing of the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under
the provision of this clause.
Action where no Clause 33- In the case of any class of work for which there is no
such specifications as is mentioned in rule 1 of Form ‘B-1’ such

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
specifications work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with all
instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Definition of work Clause 34- The expression ‘works’ or ‘work’ where used in these
conditions shall unless there be some things in the subject or
context repugnant to such construction, be constructed to mean the
work or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the
contract, whether temporary or permanent and whether original,
altered, substituted or additional.
Contractor’s Clause 35- The percentage referred to in the tender shall be

percentage whether deducted from/added to the gross amount of the bill before
applied to net or deducting the value of any stock issued.
gross amount of bill.
Payment of quarry Clause 36- All quarry fees, royalties, octroi /LBT dues and ground
fees and royalties. rent for stacking materials, if any shall be paid solely by the
contractor as per the Government resolution ( R&F department No
G.R.No. Misc.
Gaunkhani 10/1009/CK/309KH-3 Mantralaya Mumbai 400032
02/05/(291) Buildg.2.
dated 11/02/2010)
dated 11/9/2003
Compensation under Clause 37- The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay
the workman’s any compensation to his workmen payable under the Workman’s
compensation Act compensation Act 1923 (VII of 1923) (hereinafter called the said
Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such compensation
payable is paid by MSRDC as principal under sub-section (1) of
section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be
recoverable by MSRDC from the contractor under sub-section (2)
of the said section. Such compensation shall be recovered in the
manner laid down in clause 1 above.
Clause 37(A) - The contractor shall be responsible for and shall

pay the expenses of providing medical aid to any workmen who
may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such
expenses are incurred by MSRDC the same shall recoverable from
the contractor forthwith and be deducted without prejudice to any
other remedy of employer from any amount due or that may
become due to the contractor.
Clause 37 (B)- The contractor shall provide all necessary personal

safety equipment and first aid apparatus available for the use of the
persons employed on the site and shall maintain the same in
condition suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply
with the following regulations in connection therewith.
(a) The workers shall be required to use the equipments so
provided by the contractor and the contractor shall take

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by
those concerned.
(b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where
there is a risk or drawing all necessary equipment shall be
provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps shall
be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.
(c) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid
treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the
course of the work.
Govt. Circular No. Clause 37 (C)- The contractor shall duly comply with the
PWD/IID.CAT- provisions of ‘the Apprentices Act, 1961’ (III of 1961) the rules
6076/3336/(400)/Bldg- made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to
time under the act of the said rules and on his failure or neglect to
2 Dated 16.08.1985
do so, he shall be subject to all the liabilities and penalties
provided by the said Act and said Rules.
Claim for quantities Clause 38

entered in the tender
1) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the
or estimate. tender are approximate and no revision in the tendered rate
shall be permitted in respect of any of the items so long as,
subject to any special provision contained in the
specifications prescribing a different percentage of
permissible variation in the quantity of the item does not
exceed the tender quantity by more than 25% and so long
as the value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the
rate of the item specified in the tender is not more than
0.25% of accepted tender cost.
2) The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer
so to do, also carry out any quantities in excess of the limit
mentioned in sub clause (1) hereof on the same conditions
as and in accordance with the specifications in the tender
and at the same rates (i) derived from the rates entered in
the current schedule of rates and in the absence of such
rates (ii) at the rate prevailing in the market, the said rates
being increased or decreased as the case may be by the
percentage which the total tendered amount bears to the
estimated cost of the work as put to tender based upon the
schedule of rates applicable to the year in which the
tenders were accepted. (For the purpose of operation of
this clause, this cost shall be worked out from the DSR
prevailing at the time of acceptance of tender.)
3) Claims arising out of reduction in the tendered quantity of
any item beyond 25% will be governed by the provision of
clause 15 only when the amount of such reduction beyond
25% at the rate of the item specified in the tender does not
exceed 0.25% of accepted tender cost. (The clause in not

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
applicable to extra items)
4) This clause is not applicable to extra items
5) There is no change in the rate if the excess is more than

25% of the tendered quantity, but the value of the excess
work at the tendered rates does not exceed 0.25% of
accepted tender cost. Ss
6) The quantity to be paid at the tendered rates shall include:-
a) Tendered quantity plus.

b) 25% excess of the tendered quantity or the excess
quantity of the value of 0.25% of accepted tender cost
at the tendered rate whichever is more.
Employment of Clause 39 - The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or
famine labour etc. other labour of a particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do
so by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Claim for Clause 40 – No compensation shall be allowed for any delay

compensation delay caused in the starting of the work on account of acquisition of land
in starting the work or in the case of clearance works on account of any delay in
according to sanction of estimates or on account of whatsoever
reason.
Claim for Clause 41 - No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the
compensation delay execution of the work on account of water standing in borrow pits
in execution the work or compartments. The rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil,
excavation in mud, soil, water standing in borrow pits and no
claim for an extra rate shall be entertained, unless otherwise
expressly specified.
Entering upon or Clause 42 - The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any
commencing any portion of work except with the written authority and instructions
portion of work. of the Engineer-in-Charge or of his representative. Failing such
authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for
measurements of or payment for work.
Minimum age of Clause 43-

persons employed,
I. No contractor shall employ any person who is under the
the employment of age of 18 years.
donkeys and other II. No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with
animals and the breeching of string or thin rope. The breeching must be at
payment of fair least three inches wide and should be of tape (Nawar)
wages III. No animal suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation or
which is immature shall be employed on the works.
IV. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative is authorized
to remove from the work any person or animal found
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
working which does not satisfy these conditions and no
responsibility shall be accepted by MSRDC for any delay
caused in the completion of the work by such removal.
V. The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages to the
workmen employed by him. In the contract undertaken by
him. In the event of any dispute arising between the
contractor and his workmen on the ground that the wages
paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be
referred without delay to the Engineer –In- charge who
shall decide the same. The decision of the Engineer –In-
charge. shall be conclusive and binding on the contractor
but such decision shall not in any way affect the conditions
in the contract regarding the payment to be made by
MSRDC at the sanctioned tender rates.
VI. Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the
workers.
VII. Contractor has to take precaution against accidents which
takes place on account of labour using loose garments
while working near machinery.
All facilities provided in the Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition Act. 1970). the Maharashtra Contract Labour
Regulation and Abolition Rule 1971, should be provided.
Method of payment Clause 44 – All Payment to contractor shall be made by cross

cheque.
Acceptance of Clause 45 - Any contractor who does not accept these conditions
conditions shall not be allowed to tender for works.
compulsory before
tendering the work.
Clause 46– DELETED.
Clause 47 - DELETED.
Government of Clause 47 (A)- The tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates,
Maharashtra P.W.D. cesses and outgoings are also be inclusive of the leviable tax in
Government respect of sale by transfer of property in goods involved in the
Resolution No. BDG - execution of works contract under the provision of Rule 58 of
2005/CR-324/ Bldg- Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act 2005, for the purpose of levy
2/Mantralaya of Tax. (Maharashtra Act No. XIX of 1985)”. No increase in the
Mumbai 400032./ all taxes, rates, cesses and outgoings will be reimbursed.
rd
Dated 3 March
2006.
Clause 48– The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be

inclusive of sales tax. No extra payment on this account will be
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
made to the contractor.
Clause 49- DELETED.
P.W.D. Government Clause 50- The contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be
Resolution No. CAT - employed by him on the said work from locally available labour
1097/CR-478/ Bldg- and shall give preference to those persons enrolled under
2/Mantralaya / Dated Maharashtra Government Employment and self Employment
23rd March 1998. Department scheme. Provided however, that if the required
number of unskilled labors are not available locally, the contractor
Employment to shall in the first instance employ such number of persons as is
unskilled labor available and thereafter may with previous permission in writing
of the Engineer-in-Charge of the said work, obtain the rest of the
requirement of unskilled labour from outside the above scheme.
Clause 51- Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled laborers

engaged by the contractor.
The contractor shall pay the laborers skilled and unskilled
according to the wages prescribed by the Minimum wages Act of
1948 applicable to the area in which the work of the contract is
located.
The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the
Apprentices Act, 1961 and the Rules and Orders issued there
under from time to time, if he fails to do so, his failure will be a
breach of the contract and the Engineer in charge may in his
discretion cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable
for any pecuniary liability arising out on account of any violation
by him of the provisions of Act.
The contractor shall pay the labors-skilled & unskilled- according
to wages prescribed by Minimum wages Act, 1948 applicable to
the area in which the work of the contractor is in progress.
Clause 52– DELETED
Government Clause 53- The contractor shall duly comply with all the
Circular No. CAT provisions of the contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act,
1284(120)/Building-2 1970 ( 37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra contract labour
Mantralaya (Regulation and Abolition) rules, 1971 as amended from time to
Mumbai, 400032 time and all other relevant statutes and statutory provisions
dated 14-8-1985 concerning payment of wages particularly to workmen employed
by the contractor and working on the site of the work. In
particular the contractor shall pay wages to each worker
employed by him on the site of the work at the rates prescribed
under the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) rules, 1971. If the contract fails or neglects to pay
wages at the said rates or marks short payment and the MSRDC

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
makes such payment of wages in full or part thereof less paid by
the contractor to such workers shall be deemed to be arrears of
Land Revenue and the MSRDC shall be entitled to recover the
same as such from the contractor or deduct same from the amount
payable by the MSRDC to the contractor hereunder or from any
other amounts payable to him by the MSRDC.
Clause 54- The contractor shall preferably engage apprentices

such as brick layer, carpenter, wiremen, plumber, as well as
blacksmith recommended by the state apprenticeship Advisor
Director of Technical Education, Dhobi Talaw, Mumbai 400001.
in the construction work.(as per MSRDC of Maharashtra,
Education Department No. TSA/5170/T/56689, Dated
07.07.1972).
Malaria Eradication Clause 55- Government of Maharashtra, P.W.D. Resolution No.

and draining away CAT-1086/CR 243/K/Bldg.2, Mantralaya Mumbai
water. dated11/8/1987).
a) The anti-malaria and other health measures shall be as
directed by the joint Director (malaria & filarial) of Health
Services, Pune.
b) The contractor shall see that mosquitogenic conditions are
not created so as to keep vector population to minimum
level.
c) The contractor shall carry out anti-malaria measures in the
area as per guidelines prescribed under National Malaria
Eradication Programmed and as directed by the joint
Director (malaria & filarial) of Health Services, Pune.
d) In case of default in carrying out anti-malaria measures
resulting in increase in malaria incidence, contractor shall
be liable to pay to MSRDC the amount spent by the
MSRDC on anti-malaria measures to control the situation
in addition to fine.
e) The contractor shall make sufficient arrangements for
draining away the sewerage water as well as water coming
from the bathing and washing places and shall dispose of
this water in such a way as not to cause any nuisance. He
shall also keep the premises clean by employing sufficient
number of sweepers. The contractor shall comply with all
rules, regulations, bye-laws and directions given from time
to time by any local or public authority in connection with
this work and shall pay fees or charges which are leviable
on him without any extra cost to MSRDC. (Government of
Maharashtra P.W.D. Resolution No. CAT-1086/CR-
243/D/Bldg. 2 Mantralaya, Mumbai. Dated11.09.1987).

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Insurance for Clause 56- The contractor shall take out necessary
contract work and Insurance Policy/ Policies (viz. contractor’s All Risks
employers Insurance Policy, Erection All Risks Insurance Policy etc. as
decided by the Directorate of Insurance) so as to provide
adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded
contract work for total contract value and complete contract
period. Similarly all workmen appointed to complete the
contract work are required to be insured under the
Workmen’s compensation Insurance Policy. If the contractor
has not taken out the insurance policy from the “Directorate
of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai” or has
effected Insurance with any Insurance Company, the same
will not be accepted and 1% of the tender amount or such
amount of premium calculated by the MSRDC, insurance
fund will be recovered directly from the amount payable to
the contractor for the executed contract work and paid to the
Directorate of Insurance Fund, Maharashtra State, Mumbai.
The Director Insurance reserves the right to distribute the
risks of insurance among the other insurers.
Government in Clause 57– Government - Industries Power and labour

P.W.D. letter (in department letter no BCA/ bldng/2002/ Pra. Kra 108/ labour
Marathi) no. 7A, Mumbai Dated 3/7/2010 and MSRDC of Maharashtra
Misc./10/09/ PWD Mantralaya, Mumbai ja. no./10/09/ Pra. Kra. 277/
Pra.Kra.277/ Bldg- bldg-2, Dated 17/8/2010 Building and other construction
2/Mantralaya, labour Welfare as per sales clause 1996 provision 1% cess
Mumbai.32 / Dated on MSRDC and private building excluding land rate from
17/08/2010 total amount will be recovered.

Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Ltd.
Expansion of Administrative Building of Sales Tax Department at Yerawada, Pune.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. CONDITIONS FOR MATERIALBROUGHT BY

CONTRACTOR.
(CEMENT, M.S., T.M.T. BARS, ASPHALT, R.C.C. PIPES ETC.)
1. All the materials such as steel, cement etc. shall be procured by the contractor
from approved Companies as directed by Engineer-in-Charge only. The material
shall be brought at the site of work well in advance by the contractor. The gate
pass and invoice of cement, steel etc. shall be examined by the authorized
representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2. The contractor shall submit periodically as well as on the completion of work, an

account of all materials used by him on the work. In addition, a separate register
shall be maintained on site for recording daily item wise steel, cement
consumption and also item wise consumption of other materials. This shall be
signed daily by contractor or his representative and authorized representative of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
3. All the materials such as steel, cement, etc. shall be procured by the contractor
from approved Institution or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The materials
from any other source in lieu of the approved institutions shall be allowed except
under written permission from the Engineer in charge In such case, certificate for
its quality shall be produced by the contractor and samples of materials shall be
tested from any Government Laboratory by the contractor at his own cost and the
test result be supplied to MSRDC. The materials not confirming to the required
standard shall be removed at once from the site of work by the contractor at his
own cost. All the materials such as Steel, cement etc. required for use in the work
shall be confirming to the concerned B.I.S/IS/MORTH specifications. The
contractor shall get necessary tests carried out to the frequency specified for each
material in the specification and submit the test result to the Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorized representative. These materials shall be used on work by the
contractor, only if the test thereof is found satisfactory to the results Engineer-in-
Charge or his authorized representative. For the purpose of daily testing of
material, such as metal sand rubble etc. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements to install a well equipped Laboratory at the site of work at his own
cost. The contractor shall employ qualified personnel at the site of work at his
own cost. The responsibility of carrying out tests to the frequency specified for
each material shall rest with the contractor. The extract of register shall be
submitted to the Engineer in charge with each bill. Copy of register for the entire
period shall be submitted along with the final bill.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The contractor shall construct at his own cost shed/sheds as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge for storing the materials and provide double locking
arrangements. The store shed such constructed shall be removed on completion
of work. The contractor shall take all necessary steps to guard the materials
brought by him.
5. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the safe custody of the
materials brought by him on site of work.
6. The charges for conveying of materials from the place of purchase by the
contractor to the site of work and the actual spot on work site shall be entirely
borne by the contractor. No claims on this account shall be entertained.
7. Separate registers shall be maintained by the contractor on the site for recording
detailed item wise Cement and Steel consumption on the work. These registers
shall be signed by contractor or his authorized representative and got signed from
the representative of Engineer-in-Charge.
8. The material required only for this work shall be kept in the godown at site. No
material shall be shifted outside of the godown except for the work for which this
agreement is entered, without prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
9. The contractor shall produce sufficient documentary evidence i.e. bill for the
purchase, octroi/LBT, receipts etc. for the purchase of material brought on the
work site at once if so requested by MSRDC..
10. All these materials i.e. cement, steel etc. shall be protected from any damages
rains etc. by the contractor at his own cost.
11. The contractor will have to erect temporary shed of approved specifications
storing of above materials at work site at contractors cost .
12. If required, the weight of cement bags/steel etc. brought by the contractor shall
be carried out by the contractor at his own cost.
13. The contractor shall not use cement and other materials for the item to be
executed outside the scope of this contract except for such ancillary small item as
are connected and absolutely necessary for execution of this work as may be
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
14. The MSRDC shall not be responsible for the loss in cement, steel, etc. during
transit to work site. The cement brought by the contractor at the work site store
shall mean 50 kg. equivalent to 0.0347 cubic meters per bag by weight. The rate
quoted should correspond to this method of reckoning. In case of ordinary/

________________________________________________________________________________________________
controlled concrete, if cement is found short, the shortage/ shortages will be

made good by the contractor at his cost.
15. The R.C.C. pipes required for the work shall be procured from the reputed
manufacturing company or MSSIDC. The payment toward providing and fixing
NP2/NP3/NP4 pipe will be released only after the contractor submits the bills of
MSSIDC to authenticate that the pipes have been purchased from the MSSIDC.
No payment towards the item of providing and laying of the pipe will be released
in absence of the submission of requisite document. After completion of these
items in the particular kilometer the withheld payment will be finally released.
16. INDEMNITY: - The condition regarding indemnity as defined at Sr. No 4 in the

additional general conditions and specifications will apply mutatis mutandis in
case of materials brought by contractor at the site for the execution of the work
being executed under this contract.
17. In case the materials brought by the contractor become surplus owing to the
change in the design of the work, the materials should be taken back by the
contractor at his own cost after prior permission of Engineer-in-Charge.
18. Empty Cement bag shall be the property of the contractor and the same shall be
removed immediately after completion of work.
19. All empty cement bags shall be returned by the contractor to MSRDC and if
directed by Engineer-in-Charge, contractor shall preserve them for one year as
token of proof of use of cement in proper proportion in work.
ARRANGEMENT OF MATERIALS
1. The contractor shall make his own arrangement for supply of materials including
cement and steel R.C.C. pipes /collars. The contractor shall be responsible for all
transportation and storage of the materials at site and shall bear all the related
costs. The Engineer shall be entitled at any time, to inspect or examine all such
materials. The contractor shall provide reasonable assistance for such inspection
or examination as may be required.
2. The contractor shall keep an accurate record of use of materials like cement and
steel used in the works in a manner prescribed by the Engineer.
3. After receiving the Material like cement and steel, authorized Challan/ gate pass
should be obtained from company and it should be handed over to MSRDC for
each consignment.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. While transportation of material and machinery through transport, pass should be

obtained from the corporation/ municipality through which material is passed
and same should be handed over to the authorized representative of the Engineer.
5. If there is any doubt regarding the materials received the same should be tested
from the Government laboratory at the cost of the contractor, and if the results
are substandard, the material or the work executed with such materials will be
rejected.
6. The day to day record of the receipt/ utility/ balance of material should be kept
by the contractor at plant site /site of work/ store and same will be checked by
the Engineer-in-Charge or authorized engineer at any time.
7. The procurement of cement/steel etc. should be from authorized manufacturing

company and the vouchers regarding purchase thereof shall be submitted to
Engineer-in-Charge.
8. The testing charges of material brought by the contractor shall be entirely borne
by the contractor.
Ready mix concrete:
It shall be mandatory on the part of contractor to erect READY MIX

CONCRETE PLANT at work site / in the vicinity to ensure the requirement of
the project. The contractor shall communicate the schedule of arrival of concrete
mix to the Engineer- in – charge. Apparatus and equipment for testing grade of
Mix shall be made available by the contractor at site. If the grade of concrete mix
is found as per specification, written permission will be granted for unloading
otherwise written instructions will be given for not using same on site.
Contractor shall deploy all the necessary machinery such as Ready Mixed
concrete transit Mixer, Pump etc. as required during the execution of work and it
shall be maintained in good condition throughout the construction period at his
own cost.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE

If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below,
there shall be any variation in the Consumer Price Index (New Series) for
Industrial workers for Pune centre as per the Labour Gazette published by the
Commissioner of Labour, Government of Maharashtra, Advisor, Ministry of
Industry, Government of India, or in the price of Petrol/Oil and Lubricants, and
major construction materials like Bitumen, Cement. Steel, various types of metal
pipes etc, then subject to other conditions below, price adjustment on account of
1) Labour Component
2) Material Component
3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricants Component
4) Bitumen Component
5) T.M.T / HYSD and Mild Steel Component
6) Cement Component
Calculated as per the formulae hereinafter, appearing shall be made. Apart from
these, no other adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any reasons
whatsoever. Component percentage as given below is as of the total cast of work
put to tender. Total of Labour, Material and POL components shall be 100
and other components shall be as per actual’s.
Labour Component K1 Civil 16.6%
Material Component K2 Civil 81.5%
POL Component K3 Civil 1.9%
TOTAL 100%

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note :- If Cement, Steel. Bitumen, C.I. and D.I. pipes are supplied on Schedule
‘A’, Then respective component shall not be considered. Also if particular
Component is not relevant same shall be deleted.
1) Formula for Labour Component
V1= 0.85 X P X (K1/100 X (L1-L0)/L0)
Where,
V1 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for labour component.
P= Cost of work done during the quarter under Consideration.
Minus the cost of Cement, T.M.T/HYSD and Mild Steel, bitumen, C.I and D.I
Pipes calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender
consumed
During the quarter under consideration.
(These star rates shall be specified here )
Cement :- Rs. 6,100/- Per M.T.
Mild Steel :- Rs. 48,800/- Per M.T.
T.M.T FE 500 :- Rs. 49,000/- Per M.T.
Structural Steel :- Rs. 50,000/- Per M.T.
K1 = Percentage of Labour component as indicated above.

L0 =Basic consumer price index for Pune centre shall be average consumer price
index for the quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for
receipt of tender, falls.
L1 =Average consumer price index for Pune centre for the quarter under
consideration.
(2) Formula for Materials Component
V2 =0.85 x P x {K2 / 100 x (M1-M0) / M0}

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Where,
V1 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to de allowed for Materials
component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component
K2 = Percentage of material component as indicated above.
M0 = Basic wholesale price index shall be average wholesale price
index for the quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed
for receipt of tender falls,
M1 = Average wholesale price index during the quarter under
consideration.
(3) Formula for Petrol, Oil, and Lubricant Component
V3 =0.85 x P x {K3 / 100 x (P1-P0) / P0}

Where,
V3 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to de allowed for POL
component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component.
K3 = Percentage of Petrol, Oil, and Lubricant component
P0 = Average price of HSD at Pune during the quarter preceding the month
in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls,
P1 = Average price of HSD at Pune during the quarter under consideration.
(4) Formula for Bitumen Component
V4 = QB x (B1 – B0)
Where,
V4 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to de allowed for Bitumen
component.
QB = Quantity of Bitumen (Grade) in metric tonnes used in the permanent
works and approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.
B1= Current, average ex-refinery price per metric tonne of Bitumen (Grade)
under consideration including taxes (Octroi/LBT, Excise, Sales Tax) during the
quarter under consideration.
B0= Basic rate of Bitumen in Rupees per metric tonne as considered for working
out value of P of average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric ton including
taxes (Octroi/LBT, Excise, Sales Tax) of Bitumen under consideration for
prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for
receipt of tender, falls, whichever is higher.
(5) Formula for TMT/HYSD and Mild steel component
V5= (S0 (SI1-SI0)/SL0) X T

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Where,
V5= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for TMT/HYSD/Mild
Steel component.
S0 = Basic rate of TMT/HYSD/Mild Steel in rupees per metric ton as considered
for working out value of P.
SI1= Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under
consideration.
SI0= Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter preceding the
month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T= Tonnage of Steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under
consideration.
(6) Formula for cement Component

V6= {C0 (CI1-CI0)/CI0} X T
Where,
V6 = Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed Cement component.
C0= Basic rate of Cement in Rupees per metric ton as considered for working
out value of P.
CI1= Average of Cement index published in the RBI Bulletin for the quarter
under consideration.
CI0= Average Cement index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter preceding
the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T= Tonnage of Cement used in the permanent works for the quarter under
consideration.
The following conditions shall prevail:
(i) The operative period of the contractor shall mean the period commencing
from the date of the work order issued to the contractor and ending on the date
on which the time allowed for the completion of the works specified in the
contractor for work expires, taking into consideration the extension of time, if
any for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the relevant clause of
the conditions of contract in cases other than those where such extension is
necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer
as regards the operative period of the contractor shall be final and binding on the
contractor. Where any compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the
contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the

________________________________________________________________________________________________
relevant contractor provisions, the price adjustment amount for the balance work
from the date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out by pegging the
indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, SI1 & CI1 to the levels corresponding to the date
from which such compensation is levied.
(ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B-1/B-2 and C
forms but shall not apply for piece works. The price variation shall be
determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause.
(iii) The price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items
required to be executed during the completion of the work and also on the excess
quantities of items payable under the provisions of clause 38 of the contract form
B-1/B-2 respectively. Since the rates payable for extra or the extra quantities
under clause 38 is to be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to
yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words, when the
completion / execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under clause 38
of the contract form B-1/B-2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR then
rates payable for the same beyond the date shall be revised with reference to the
current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance
with mutual agreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less.
(iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated above
is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed to
the contractor and if it is on the negative side, the MSRDC shall be entitled to
recover the same from the contractor and the amount shall be deductible from
any amounts due and payable under the contract.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
9. ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONDITIONS AND

SPECIFICATIONS
1 These are to apply as additional specifications and conditions, unless
otherwise already provided for contradictorily elsewhere in contract.
2 CONTRACTOR TO STUDY SITE CONDITIONS:-
The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work and
site conditions including labour, the general and the special conditions,
specifications schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have visited
the site of the work and to have fully informed himself regarding the local
conditions and carried out his own investigations to arrive at rates quoted
in the tender. In this regard, he will be given necessary information to the
best of knowledge of employer but without any guarantee about it.
If he shall have any doubt as to the meaning of any portions of these

general conditions or the special conditions, or the scope of work or the
specifications and drawings or any matter concerning the contract, he shall
in good time, before submitting his tender, set forth the particulars thereof
and submit them to the Engineer-In -Charge in writing in order that such
doubts may be clarified authoritatively before tendering. Once a tender is
submitted the matter will be decided according to tender conditions in the
absence of such authentic pre-clarification.
3 DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR:-

The contractor should sign the declaration form (Sr.no 4 of volume I.)
4 INDEMNITY
The contractor shall indemnify the MSRDC against all actions, suits,
claims and demands brought or made against him in respect of anything
done or committed to be done by the Contractor in execution of or in
connection with the work of this contract and against any loss, expense,
cost, damage etc. to the MSRDC in consequence of any action or suit
being brought against the contractor for anything done or committed to
be done in the execution of the work of this contract. The MSRDC may
at its discretion and entirely at the cost of the contractor defend such suit,
either jointly with the contractor or singly in case the latter chooses not
to defend the case.
5 DEFINITIONS

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Unless excluded by or repugnant to the context.

A The following additional words and expressions shall have the
meanings assigned to them, except where the context otherwise
requires:
a) Corporation or Department or Employer shall mean MSRDC Ltd.

or its Successors in office and assigns.
b) Employer shall be “Vice Chairman and Managing Director”
Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation Limited and
shall mean the official who is designated as such for the time
being.
c) The “Joint Managing Director” shall mean the official who is
designated as such for the time being.
d) The “Chief Engineer” shall mean the officer of MSRDC (Ltd.)
who is designated as such for the time being in whose jurisdiction
the work lies.
e) The “Superintending Engineer” shall mean the officer of
MSRDC (Ltd.) who is designated as such for the time being in
whose jurisdiction the work lies.
f) The “Executive Engineer” shall mean the officer of MSRDC
(Ltd.) who is designated as such for the time being in whose
jurisdiction the work lies.
g) The “Architect and PMC” shall mean the Architect and Project
Management Consultant appointed / nominated by the Employer
from time to time who is consultant to the Employer to perform
the duties and the responsibilities of the consultant in supervising
contract work.
h) The Expression “Engineer” or “Engineer-in-Charge” as used in
the tender papers shall mean the Chief Engineer of MSRDC Ltd
who is designated as such for the time being.
i) The expression “Contractor / Bidder” used in the tender paper
shall mean the successful Bidder whose tender has been accepted
and who has been authorized to proceed with the work.
j) The expression “Contract” as used in tender papers shall mean
the deed to contract together with its original accompaniment and
those later incorporated in it by mutual consent.
k) The expression “Plant” as used in the tender papers shall mean
every temporary and necessary or considered necessary by the
Engineer to execute, construct, complete and maintain the works

________________________________________________________________________________________________
and used in altered, modified, substituted and additional work

ordered in the time and the manner herein provided and all
temporary materials and special and other articles or appliances of
every sort, kind and description whatsoever intended or used
thereof.
l) “Drawings” shall mean the drawings referred to in the
specifications and any modifications of such drawings approved
in writing by the Engineer and such other drawings as may from
time to time be furnished or approved in writing by the Engineer.
m) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean an assistant of the
Engineer or Engineer In charge notified in writing to the
contractor by the Engineer.
n) “provisional sum’ or ‘provisional lump sum” shall mean lump
sum included by MSRDC in tender documents and shall represent
the estimated value of work for which details are not available at
the time of issue of tender.
o) “Provisional items” shall mean items for which approximate
quantities have been included in the tender documents.
p) The ‘Site’ shall mean the lands and/or other places, on or under,
in or through which the work is to be executed under the contract
including any other lands or places which may allotted by
MSRDC or used for the purpose of contract.
q) The ‘Work’ shall mean the works to be executed in accordance
with the contract or part(s) thereof as the case may be and shall
include all extra or additional, altered or substituted works as
required for performance of the contract.
r) The “Contract Sum” shall mean the sum for which the tender is
accepted.
s) The “Accepting Authority” shall mean the officer competent to
accept the tender.
t) The “Day” shall mean a day of 24 hours from midnight to
midnight irrespective of the number of hours worked in any day in
that week.
u) A “Week” shall mean 7 consecutive days without regard to the
number of hours worked in any day in that week.
v) Month and Year and all dates shall be as per the Gregorian
calendar and time referred to shall be Indian Standard Time.
w) “Temporary Works” shall mean all temporary works of every
kind required in or about the execution, completion, or
maintenance of the works.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
x) “Urgent Works” shall mean any measure which, in the opinion

of the Engineer-in-Charge becomes necessary during the progress
of the works to obviate any risk or accident or failure or which
becomes necessary for security of the work or the persons
working thereon.
Where the context so requires, words importing the singular only also
include the plural and vice-versa.
Heading and marginal notes, if any, to the general conditions shall not
be deemed to form part thereof or be taken into consideration in the
interpretation or construction of contract.
Wherever there is mention of “Schedule of rates” of the Division or
simply D.S.R. in this tender, it will be taken to mean as “the Schedule
of the rate of the Division in whose jurisdiction the work lies.”
B. Designations and Addresses:
The employers personnel are:
i) Vice Chairman and Managing Director
Address : Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project
Office, Opp Reclamation Bus Depot,
K. C. Marg, Bandra (West), Mumbai
400050.
Telephone No 022 - 26517970
Fax No. 022 - 26417893
ii) Chief Engineer
Address: Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project
Office, Opp Reclamation Bus
Depot, K. C. Marg, Bandra
(West), Mumbai 400050.
Telephone No 022 - 26517797
Fax No. 022 - 26417893
iii) Superintending Engineer
Address: Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project
Office, Opp Reclamation Bus Depot,
K. C. Marg, Bandra (West), Mumbai
400050.
Telephone No 022 – 26519733
Fax No 022- 26417893
iv) Executive Engineer

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Address: MSRDC Camp office, New

Administrative Bldg.
1st floor, Opp Council Hall, Pune-411001
Telephone No020-26111831,26051761
Fax 020-26111831
6 ERRORS OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES
a) In case of errors, omissions and/or disagreement between written

and scaled dimensions on the drawings or between drawing and
specification etc. the following order of preference shall apply.
(i) Between actual scaled and written dimensions or description
on a drawing, the latter shall be adopted.
(ii) Between the written shown description or dimensions in the
drawing and corresponding one in the specifications, the latter
shall apply.
(iii) Between the quantities shown in schedule of quantities and
those arrived at the drawing, the latter shall be preferred.
(iv) Between the written description of the item in the schedule of
quantities and the detailed description in the specifications of
the same items, the latter shall be adopted.
b) In case of discrepancy between percentage rate quoted in figures and
words, the lowest of the two will be considered for acceptance of
tender.
c) In all cases of omissions and/or doubts or discrepancies in the
dimension of any item or specification, a reference shall be made to
the Engineer-In-Charge, whose elucidation elaboration or decision
shall be considered as authentic. The contractor shall be held
responsible for any errors which may occur in the work through lack
of such reference and precaution.
The special provision in detailed specifications and wording of any item
shall gain precedence over corresponding contradictory provision (if
any) in the Standard Specifications of Public Works Department Hand
Book where reference to such specifications is given without
reproducing the details in contract.
7 PROGRAMME OF WORK :-
The work is required to be completed within a stipulated period of

18(Eighteen) months (including the monsoon period). The tentative

________________________________________________________________________________________________
programme may be as per the Bar-chart.
A. METHODOLOGY OF CONSTRUCTION AND

ONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS:-
Contractor shall furnish at least 15 days in advance his programme of
commencement of item of work, the details of actual methods that would
be adopted by the contractor for the execution of various item of work
such as well sinking, cast-in-situ, super-structure for Bridge work and
earth work, W.B.M. Black topping items etc. for Road works supported
by necessary drawing and sketches including those of the plant and
Machinery that would be used, and Locations, arrangement for conveying
and handling materials etc. and obtain prior approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge well in advance of starting of such item of work. The Engineer-
in-Charge reserves the right to suggest modifications of make complete
changes in the method proposed by the contractor, whether accepted
previously of not at any stage of the work to obtain the desired accuracy,
quality and progress of the work which shall be binding on the Contractor
and no claim on account of such change in method of execution will be
entertained by MSRDC so specifications of the item remain unaltered.
The sole responsibility for the contractor, irrespective of any approval
given by the Engineer.
In case of slippage from the approved work programme at any stage, the
contractor shall furnish revised programme to make up the slippage within
the stipulated time schedule and obtain the approval of the Engineer to the
revised programme.
A) CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS AND LOCATION:-

i) The contractor shall be required to give a trial run of the equipments
for establishing their capability to achieve the laid down
specification and tolerance to the satisfaction of the Engineer before
commencement at all times, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer
and no equipment or personnel will be removed from site without
permission of the Engineer.
.PROGRESS SCHEDULE:-
The Contractor shall furnish within the period of one month of the
order to start the work, the programme of work in CPM/ PERT
charts in quadruplicate indicating the date of actual start, the
monthly/ progress expected to be achieved and the anticipated

________________________________________________________________________________________________
completion date of each major item of work to be done by him,

also indicating dates of procurement and setting up of materials,
plant and machinery. The schedule is to be such as is practicable of
achievement. towards the completion of the whole works in time
limit, particular items, if any, on the due dates specified in the
contract and shall have the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
No revised schedule shall be operative without such acceptance in
writing. The Engineer is further empowered to ask for more
detailed schedule of schedules say; week by week for any item or
items in case of urgency of work as will be directed by him and the
contractor shall supply the same as and when asked for.
The Contractor shall furnish sufficient plant, equipment and labour

as may be necessary to maintain the progress of schedule. The
working and shift hours restricted to one shift a day for operations
to be done under the MSRDC supervision shall be such as may be
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. They shall not be varied
without the prior approval of the Engineer. Night work which
requires supervision shall not be permitted, except when
specifically allowed by Engineer, each time if requested by the
contractor. The contractor shall provide necessary lighting
arrangements etc. for night work as directed by Engineer in Charge
without extra cost to MSRDC.
Further, the contractor shall submit the progress report of work in

prescribed forms and charts etc. at periodical intervals as may be
specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. Schedule shall be in the form
or progress charts, forms progress statement and/or reports as may
be approved by the Engineer.
The contractor shall maintain pro-forma,charts, details regarding

machinery, equipment, labour, materials, personnel etc. as may be
specified by the Engineer and submit periodically return thereof as may be
specified by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8 AGENT AND WORK-ORDER BOOK
a.) The contractor shall himself manage the work or engage and
authorized all-time agent on the work capable of managing and guiding
the work and understanding the specifications and contract conditions. A
qualified and experienced, Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor as
his agent for technical matter in case the Engineer-in-Charge considered

________________________________________________________________________________________________
this as essential for the work and so directs contractors. He will take
orders as will be given by the Engineer in charge or his representative and
shall be responsible for carrying them out. This agent shall not be changed
without prior intimation to the Engineer in charge and his representative
on the work site. The contractor shall supply to the Engineer the details of
all supervisory and other staff employed by the Contractor and notify
changes when made, and satisfy the unquestionable right to ask for
changes in the quality and numbers of contractor’s supervisory staff and to
order removal from work of any of such staff. The contractor shall comply
with such order and effect replacements to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. A work order book shall be maintained on site and it
shall be the property of MSRDC and the contractor shall promptly sign
orders given therein by Engineer in charge or his representative and his
superior officers, and comply with them. The compliance shall be reported
by the contractor to the Engineer in charge in good time so that it can be
checked. The blank work order book will be provided by MSRDC free of
charge for this purpose. The contractor will be allowed to copy out
instructions therein from time to time.
b.) Material register has to maintained at site in the prescribed form for
materials like cement, reinforcement steel, structural steel etc.
9 SETTING OUT
i) FOR ROAD WORKS:-

9.1. The contractor shall establish working bench marks in the area soon
after taking possession of the site. The reference Bench mark for the
area shall be as indicated in the contract Documents. The working
bench marks/shall be at the rate of per KM and also at or near all
drainage structures, over bridge and underpasses. The working bench
marks/levels should be got approved from the Engineer. Checks
must be made on these bench marks once every month and
adjustments if any got agreed with the Engineer and recorded. An up
to date record of all bench marks including approved adjustment, if
any shall be maintained by the contractor and also a copy supplied to
the Engineer for his record.
9.2. The lines and levels of formation, side slopes, drainage, carriage
ways and shoulders shall be carefully set out and frequently, checked
care being taken to ensure that correct gradients and cross sections
are everywhere obtained.
9.3. In order to facilitate the setting out of the works, the centre line or

________________________________________________________________________________________________
the carriageway or highway must be accurately established by the

contractor and approved by the Engineer. It must then be accurately
reference in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, every 50M
intervals in plain and rolling terrain and 20M intervals in hilly terrain
and in all curve points as directed by the Engineer, with marker pegs
and chainage boards set in or near the fence line, and a schedule of
reference dimensions shall be prepared and supplied by the
contractor to the Engineer. These markers shall be maintained until
the works reach finished formation level and are accepted by the
Engineer.
9.4. On construction reaching the formation level stage the center line
shall again be set out by the contractor and when approved by the
Engineer shall be accurately referenced in a manner satisfactory to
the Engineer by marker pegs set at the outer limits of the formation.
9.5. No reference peg or marker shall be moved or withdrawn without the
approval of the Engineer and no earthwork or structural work shall
be commenced until the centre line has been referenced.
9.6. The contractor will be the sole responsible party for safeguarding all
survey monuments, bench marks beacons etc. the Engineer will
provide the contractor with the data necessary for the setting out of
the centre line. All dimensions and levels shown on the drawings or
mentioned in documents forming part of or issued under the contract
shall be verified by the contractor on the site and he shall
immediately inform the Engineer of any apparent errors or
discrepancies in such dimensions or levels. The contractor shall after
or in connection with the setting out of the centre line, survey the
terrain along the road shall submit to the Engineer for his approval, a
profile along the road centre line and cross sections at intervals as
required by the Engineer.
9.7. After obtaining approval of the Engineer, work on earthwork can
commence and the profile and cross sections shall form the basis for
measurements and payment. The contractor is responsible for
checking that all the basic traverse points are in place at the
commencement of the contract and if any are missing, or appear to
have been distributed, the contractor shall make arrangement in re-
establish these points. A “Survey File” containing the necessary data
will be made available for this purpose. If in the opinion of the
Engineer, design, modifications of the centre line or grade are
advisable, the Engineer will issue detailed instruction to the
contractor and the contractor shall perform the modifications in the

________________________________________________________________________________________________
field, as required and modify the ground levels on the cross sections
accordingly as many times as required. There will be no separate
payment for any survey work performed by the contractor. The cost
of these services shall be considered as being included in the cost of
the items of work in the Bill of Quantities.
9.8. The work of setting out shall be deemed to be a part of general
works preparatory to the execution of work and no separate payment
shall be made for the same.
SETTING OUT FOR (BUILDING WORKS):-
The Engineer-in-Charge shall furnish the contractor with only the four
corners of the works site and level bench mark and the Contractor shall set
out the works and shall provide an efficient staff for the purpose and shall
be solely responsible for the accuracy of such setting out. The Contractor
shall provide, fix and be responsible for the maintenance of all stacks,
templates, level marks, profiles and other similar things and shall take all
necessary precautions to prevent their removal or disturbance and shall be
responsible for the consequence of such removal or disturbance should the
same take place and for their efficient and timely reinstatement. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for the maintenance of all existing
survey marks, boundary marks, distance marks and centre line marks,
either existing or supplied and fixed by the Contractor. The work shall be
set out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The approval thereof
or joining with the Contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge in setting out the
work, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities. Before
beginning the work, the Contractor shall at his own cost provide all
necessary reference and level posts, pegs, bamboos, flags, ranging rods,
strings and other materials for proper layout of the work in accordance
with the scheme for bearing marks acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge.
The centre longitudinal or face lines and cross lines shall be marked by
means of small masonry pillars. Each pillar shall have distinct mark at the
centre to enable the theodolite to be set over it. No work shall be started
until all these points are checked and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
in writing but such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his
responsibilities. The Contractor shall also provide all labour, material and
other facilities as necessary for the proper checking of layout and
inspection of the points during construction. Pillars bearing geodetic
marks located at the sites of units of works under construction should be
protected and fenced by the Contractor. On completion of works, the
Contractor must submit the geodetic document according to which the

________________________________________________________________________________________________
work was carried out.
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR LEVEL AND ALIGNMENT :-
The Contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the

horizontal and vertical alignment, the levels and correctness of every part
of the work and shall rectify effectually any errors or imperfections
therein such rectifications shall be carried out by the Contractor, at his
own cost when instructions are issued to that effect by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
10 LEVELING INSTRUMENTS:-
If measurements of items of the work are based on volumetric
measurements calculated from levels taken before and after construction
of the item, a large number of leveling staves tapes etc. will have to be
kept available by the Contractor at the site of work for this purpose. Lack
of such leveling staves, tapes, etc. in required numbers may cause delay in
measurements and the work the contractor will have therefore to keep
sufficient number of these readily available at site.
11 AUTHORITIES OF THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE’S

REPRESENTATIVE:-
The duties of the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge are to watch

and supervise the work and to test and examine any materials to be used
or workmanship employed in connection with the works.
The Engineer-in-Charge may from time to time, in writing delegate to his

representative any powers and authorities vested in the Engineer-in-
Charge and shall furnish to the Contractor a copy of all such delegations
of powers and authorities. Any written instruction of approval given by
the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge to the Contractor within the
terms of such delegations (but not otherwise) shall bind the Contractor and
the MSRDC as though it had been given by the Engineer-in-Charge,
provide always as follows.
Failure of the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge to disapprove

any work or materials shall not prejudice the power of the Engineer-in-
Charge thereafter to disapprove such work or materials and so order the
putting down, removal or breaking up thereof.
12 CO-ORDINATION:-
When several agencies for different sub-work of the Project are to work

________________________________________________________________________________________________
simultaneously on the project site, there must be full co-ordination and co-
operation between different Contractors to ensure timely completion of
the whole Project smoothly. The scheduled dates for completion specified
in each contract shall therefore be strictly adhered to. Each contractor may
make his independent arrangement for water, power, housing etc. if they
so desire. On the other hand the contractor is at liberty to make mutual
agreement in this behalf and make joint arrangements with the approval of
the Engineer. No single contractor shall take or cause to be taken any
steps or action that may cause disruption, discontent, or disturbance of
work, labour or arrangement etc. of other contractor in the Project
localities. Any action by any contractor which the Engineer in his
unquestioned discretion may consider as infringement of the above code
would be considered as breach of the contract conditions and shall be
dealt with accordingly.
In case of any dispute, disagreement between the contractors, the

Engineer’s decision regarding the co-ordination, co-operation and
facilities to be provided by any of the contractors shall be final and
binding on the contractors concerned and such a decisions or decisions
shall not vitiate any contract nor absolve the contractor (s) of his/their
obligations under the contract nor consider for the grant for any claim or
compensation.
13 ASSISTANCE IN PROCURING PRIORITIES, PERMITS ETC:-
The Engineer, on a written request by the contractor, will, if in his

opinion, the request is reasonable and in the interest of work and its
progress, assist the contractor in securing the priorities for deliveries,
transport permits of controlled materials etc. where such are needed. The
MSRDC will not however be responsible for the non-availability of such
facilities or delay in this behalf and no claims on account of such failures
or delays shall be allowed by the MSRDC.
The Contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for machinery
required for the work. However, such machinery, if conveniently available
with the MSRDC it may be spared as per the rules in force on recovery of
necessary performance security and rent with agreement in the prescribed
form. Such an Agreement shall be independent of this contract and the
supply of machinery shall no form a ground for any claim or extension of
time limit for this work.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
14 QUARRIES:-
14.1. No quarries are available with MSRDC. The Contractor(s) shall

have to arrange quarries himself/themselves.
14.2. The quarrying operations shall be carried out by the Contractor
with proper equipment such as compressors, Jack-hammers, drill
bits, explosives etc. and sufficient number of workmen shall be
employed so as to get required output.
14.3. The contractor shall carry out the work in the quarries in
conformity with all the rules and regulations already laid down
from time to time by Government. Any cost incurred by MSRDC
due to non-compliance of any rules or regulations or due to
damage by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall be given full
facilities by the Contractor for inspection at all times of the
working the quarry records maintained, the stocks of the
explosives and detonators etc. so as to enable him to check that the
working records and stores are all in accordance with the relevant
rules. The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall at any
time be allowed to inspect the work buildings, and equipment at
the quarters.
14.4. The Contractor shall maintain at his own cost the books, registers
etc. required to be maintained under the relevant rules and
regulations and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. These
books shall be open for inspection at all times by the Engineer-in-
Charge or his representative and the Contractor shall furnish the
copies or extracts of books or registers as and when required.
14.5. All quarrying operations shall be carried out by the Contractor in
organized and expeditious manner, systematically and with proper
planning. The contractor shall engage licensed blasters and adopt
electric blasting and/or any other approved method which would
ensure complete safety to all the men engaged in the quarry and its
surroundings. The contractor shall himself provide suitable
magazines and arrange to procure and store explosive etc. as
required under the rules at his own cost. The designs and location
of the magazine shall be got approved in advance from the Chief
Inspector of Explosives and the rules and regulations in this
connection as laid down by the Chief Inspector of Explosives from

________________________________________________________________________________________________
time to time shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor. It is

generally experienced that it takes time to obtain the necessary
license for blasting and license for storage of materials from the
concerned authorities. The contractor must therefore take timely
advance action for procuring all such licenses so that the work
progress may not be hampered.
14.6. The approach roads to the quarrying place from the existing public
roads shall have to be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost,
and the approaches shall be maintained by the Contractor at his
own cost till the work is over.
14.7. The quarrying operations shall be carried out by the Contractor to
the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and the
development of the quarry shall be made efficiently so as to avoid
wastage of stones. Only such stones as are of the required quality
shall be used on the work. Any stone which is in the opinion of the
Engineer-in-Charge, not in accordance with the specifications or of
required quality will be rejected at any time, at the quarry or at the
side of work. The rejected stones shall not be used on the work and
such rejected materials shall be removed to the place shown at the
Contractor’s cost.
14.8. Since all stones quarried from Government quarry (if made
available) by the Contractor including the excavated over burden
are the property of the Government. No stones or earth shall be
supplied by the Contractor to any other agencies or work is
allowed to be taken away for any other works. All such surplus
quarried materials not required for work under this contract shall
be property of the Government , and shall be handed over by the
Contractor to Government/MSRDC free of cost at quarry site
duly heaped at the spots indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
rates for several items shown in the Schedule-‘B’ are inclusive of
royalties to be paid to the Government on minor minerals and
metals under relevant acts. Full rate for any every item shall be
paid only after production of sufficient proof of having paid the
royalty to Government . In Absence of such proof, the item shall
be paid at such reduced rates the Engineer-in-Charge may deem fit.
If however, the Government/MSRDC does not require such
surplus materials the contractor may be allowed to dispose off or
use such material elsewhere with prior written permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Leaving off a quarry face or opening of a new
quarry face shall be done only on the approval of the Engineer-in-

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Charge.
14.9. Quarrying permission will have to be directly obtained by the
Contractor, from the Collector of the District concerned. All quarry
fees, royalty charges, octroi/LBT duties, ground rent for staking
materials etc. if any to be paid, shall be paid directly by the
Contractor as per rules in force.
14.10. The contractor will be permitted to erect at his own, risk and cost
at the quarry site if suitable vacant space of Government area is
available for the purpose, his own structures for stores, offices, etc.
at places approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. On completion of
the work the contractor shall remove all the structure erected by
him and restore the site to its original condition.
The Contractor shall not use any land in the quarry either for cultivation or
for any other purpose accept that required for breaking or stacking or
transporting stones.
15 COLLECTION OF MATERIALS:-
i) Where suitable and approved Government’s quarries exist, the
contractor or piece worker will be allowed if otherwise is no
objection to obtain the materials to the extent required for the
work from the quarry. He will be however, liable to pay
compensation, if any damage is caused to the quarry either
deliberately or through negligence or for wastage of materials by
himself or his staff or labour. The contractor shall pay necessary
royalty in advance and claim refund according to rules, if
admissible and shall submit detailed accounts of materials from
quarries as directed.
ii) Where no suitable Government’s quarries exist or when the
quantity of the material required cannot be obtained from a
Government’s quarry the contractor or piece-worker shall make
his own arrangements to obtain the material from existing or a
new quarry in Government waste land, private land or land
belonging to other states or talukas, etc. After opening the quarry
but before starting collection, the quarry shall be got approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge or his representatives. The contractor or
piece worker shall pay all royalty charges compensation etc. No
claims or responsibility on account of any obstructions caused to
execution of the work by difficulties arising out of private
owners of land will be entertained.
iii) The rates in the tender include all incidental charges such as

________________________________________________________________________________________________
opening of a new quarry, opening out a new portion in an

existing quarry, removing top soil and the unsuitable material
dewatering a quarry, cost of blasting powder and fuse, lift, lead,
repairs to existing cart tracks, making new cart tracks, charges,
central/State Government or Municipal taxes, Local Boards Cass
etc.
iv) The rates in the tender are for the delivery of the approved
material on road side properly stacked at the places specified by
the Engineer-in-Charge and are inclusive of conveyance charges
in respect of the leads and lifts. No claim on account of charges
in lead will be entertained.
v) No material shall be removed from the land within the road
boundary or from the land touching it without the written
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized agent. If
any material is unauthorized obtained from such places, the
contractor or piece worker shall have to make good the damages
and pay such compensation in addition as may be decided by the
Engineer in Charge and will have to stop further collection.
vi) Any material that falls on any P.W.D. Road from the cart etc.
during conveyance shall immediately picked up and removed by
the contractor or piece worker. Falling which it will be got
removed departmentally at his cost. No heap shall be left prior to
stacking even temporarily on the road surface or in any way so as
to cause any obstruction or danger to the traffic. The contractor
or the piece worker shall be liable to pay for any claims of
compensation etc. arising out of any accident, etc. Any such
materials causing obstruction or danger etc. will be got removed
departmentally at his cost and no claims for any loss or damage
to the material, thus removed, will be entertained. The contractor
shall also be responsible for the damage or accident etc. arising
out of any material that falls on the road or track, not in charge or
the MSRDC and shall attend to any complaint which may be
received.
vii) The materials shall not be stacked in place where it is liable to be
damaged or lost due to traffic passing over it, to be washed away
by rain or floods, to be buried under the land slide etc. or slip
down an embankment or hill side etc. No claims for any loss due
to these and similar cause will be entertained.
viii) Before stacking, the materials shall be free from all earth, rubbish
vegetable matter and other extraneous substance and in the case

________________________________________________________________________________________________
of metal, screened to gauge, if so directed when ready. It shall be

stacked entirely clear of the road way, on ground which has been
cleaned of vegetation and leveled. On high banks, ghat roads etc.
Where it may not be practicable to stack if entirely clear of the
roadway it may be stacked with permission of the Engineer-in-
Charge on terms in such a way as to cause minimum danger and
obstruction to the traffic or as may be directed by him.
ix) The size of the stacks for materials other than rubble shall be
such size as may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and all
but one stack 200 shall be of the same uniform size and shall be
uniformly distributed over whole lengths. One stack (at the end)
in each 200 M may be of length different from the rest in order to
adjust total quantity to be required but its width and height will
be the same as those of the rest.
x) The Engineer in Charge shall supply the contractor with
statement showing 200 M wise quantities that will be required
and the order in which the collection is to be done. No materials
in excess of requirements in the 200 M shall be stacked. Any
excess quantity shall be removed at the expenses of the
contractor or piece worker to where it is required before the
material in that 200 M is finally measured.
xi) In stacking materials the deposition shall commence at the end of
the KM farthest from the quarry and be carried continuously to
the other and (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge). Stacking in one 200 M shall be completed before it is
started in another unless directed otherwise, in writing by the
Engineer in Charge. Measurements of the materials stacked in a
200 M will not be recorded authorized by Engineer in writing.
Collecting and spreading shall not be carried out at the same in
one and the same KM or in two adjoining KM except with the
written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
xii) Unless otherwise directed, the materials shall be collected in the
following order according to availability of space :- (1) Rubble
(if included in tender) (2) Metal (3) Soft murum and (4) Hard
Murum. Hard Murum shall be stacked on the side opposite to
that on which soft murum has been stacked. Similarly, metal
collected for petty repairs shall be stacked on the side opposite to
metal for new layer. Where metal for each layer shall be stacked
on the opposite sides of the road.
xiii) All road material shall be examined and measured before it is

________________________________________________________________________________________________
spread. The labour for measurements (and check measurements

wherever carried out) shall be supplied by the contractor or piece
worker. Immediately after the measurements are recorded the
stacks shall be marked by the contractor or piece worker by white
wash or otherwise as may be directed by the Engineer in Charge
to prevent from any possibility of the same material being
measured and recorded over again and to prevent any
unauthorized tempering with the stacks. If the contractor or the
piece worker fails to attend the measurements of materials after
receiving the notice from the Engineer in Charge or his
subordinate stating date and time of the intention to measure the
work, the same shall be measured never-the –less and no
complaint in this respect will be entertained later on. If the
contractor or piece worker fails to supply sufficient labour for the
materials required at the time of measurements or check
measurements or check measurements after due notice has been
given to him, the expenses incurred on account of employing
departmental labour or material etc. shall be charged against his
account.
No deduction will be made for voids.
16 TEMPORARY QUARTER AND SITE OFFICE:-
The contractor shall at his own expense maintain sufficient experienced

supervisory staff etc. required for the work and shall make his own
arrangement, provide housing for them with all necessary agreements,
including fire preventive measures etc. as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. General layout plan for such structures shall be got approved
from the Engineer-in-Charge. It will be the responsibility of the
Contractor to get his layout plan of temporary structure approved from
the local competent authority.
The contractor shall provide, furnish, maintain and remove on

completion of the work, a suitable office on the work site for the use of
Executive Engineer’s representative. The covered area exclusive of
verandah should be less than 40 Sqm. It may have bamboo matting walls
and asbestos or corrugated iron roof, paved floor should be 45cm above
ground level. He should provide a basket type latrine, urinals, and keep
them clean daily. This will be supposed to be included in his rate.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
17 TREASURE-TROVE:-
In the event of discovery by the contractor or his employees, during the

progress of the work of any treasure, fossils, minerals or any other
articles of value or interest the contractor shall give immediate intimation
thereof to the Engineer and forthwith hand over to the Engineer such
treasure or things which shall be the property of MSRDC/Government.
18 PATENTED DEVICE, MATERIALS AND PROCESSES :-
Whenever the contractor desires to use any designed devices, materials or

process covered by the letter of patent or copy right, the right for such use
shall be secured by suitable legal arrangement and agreement with patent
owner and the copy of their agreement shall be filed with the Engineer-in-
Charge if so desired by the letter.
19 EXPLOSIVES:-
The contractor shall at his own expense construct and maintain proper
magazines, if such are required for the storage of explosives for use in
connection with the work and such magazine being situated, constructed
and maintained in accordance with the Government Rules applicable in
that behalf. The contractor shall at his own expenses obtain such licensee
or licenses as may be necessary for storing and using explosives.
Notwithstanding that the location etc. or storage of explosives are
approved by the Engineer in charge, the MSRDC, shall not be incurring
any responsibility whatever in connection with storage and use of
explosives on the site or any accident or occurrence what-so-ever in
connection therewith all operations in or for which explosives are
employed being at the risk of the contractor and upon his sole
responsibility and the contractor hereby gives to MSRDC an absolute
indemnity in respect thereof.
20 DAMAGE BY FLOODS OR ACCIDENTS:-
The contractor shall take all precautions against damage by floods or like
or from accident etc. No compensation will be allowed to the Contractor
on this account or for correcting and repairing any such damage to the
work during construction. The contractor shall be liable to make good at
his cost any plant materials belonging to the MSRDC, lost or damaged by
floods or from any other cause, which is in his charge.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
POLICE PROTECTION:-
For the Special Protection of camp and of the contractors’ work , MSRDC
will help the contractor as far as possible to arrange for such protection
21 with the concerned authorities, if so required by the contractor in writing.
The full cost of such protection shall be borne by the contractor.
22 TRAFFIC REGULATION FOR THE ROAD WORKS:-

22.1. Unless separately provided for in the contract. The Contractor
shall have to make all necessary arrangements for regulating
traffic, day and night during period of construction to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer. This includes the construction and
maintenance of diversions if necessary. The contractor shall have
to provide necessary caution boards, barricades, flags, lights and
watchmen etc. so as to comply with the latest Motor Vehicles
rules and regulation and for traffic safety and he shall be
responsible for all claims from accidents which may arise due to
his negligence whether in regulating the traffic or in stacking
materials on the roads, or due to any other reasons.
22.2. The contractor shall at all times carry out the work on the road in
manner creating least interference to the flow of traffic, while
consistent with the satisfactory execution of the same. For all
works involving improvements to the existing road, the
Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of the
Engineer-in-Charge, provide and maintain, during the execution
of work a passage for traffic, either along or part of the existing
carriageway under improvement or along a temporary diversion
constructed close to the road.
22.3. TRAFFIC REGULATION FOR BRIDGES AND C.D.WORKS:-
It is to be clearly understood that whatever work carried out by the
Contractor for construction of diversion road including earthwork.
W.B.M. bituminous surface dressing, R.C.C. pipe drains etc. will
be paid for only once. If due to floods or due to any other cause,
this diversion road and/or the R.C.C. drain gets damaged it shall be
repaired by the Contractor in good condition till completion of the
whole work at his own expenses. Traffic safety and control shall
be as per clause No. 112.4 of M.O.S.T. Specification for Roads
and Bridges (4rth Revision, August 2001 Edition)

________________________________________________________________________________________________
23 SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION OF WORKS AND QUALITY

CONTROL :-
SUPERVISION:-
The Contractor shall either himself supervise the execution of the works
or shall appoint the competent agent approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge, to act on his behalf. If in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge,
the Contractor has himself no sufficient knowledge and experience of
receiving instructions or cannot give his full attention to the works, the
Contractor shall at his own expenses employ as his accredited agent a
qualified Engineer approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Order given to the Contractor’s agent shall be considered to have the
force as if these had been given to the Contractor himself. If the
Contractor fails to appoint a suitable agent as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have full power to suspend the
execution of the work until such a date a suitable agent is appointed and
the Contractor shall be responsible for the delay so caused to the works
and the Contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation on this
behalf.
INSPECTION:-
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-Charge in writing when any
portion of the work is ready for inspection giving him sufficient notice to
enable him to inspect the same without affecting the further progress of
the work. The work shall not be considered to have been completed in
accordance with the terms of the contract until the Engineer-in-Charge
shall have certified in writing to that effect. Approval of materials or
workmanship or approval of part of the work during the progress of
execution shall not bind the Engineer-in-Charge or in any way affect him
even to reject the work which is alleged to be completed and to suspend
the issue of his certificate of completion until such alteration and
modifications or reconstruction have been effected at the cost of the
Contractor as shall enable him to certify that the work has been
completed to his satisfaction.
The Contractor shall provide at his cost necessary ladders and such
arrangements as to provide necessary facilities and assistance for proper
inspection of all parts of the work at his own cost.
24 INITIAL MEASUREMENTS FOR RECORD:-
Where, for proper measurement of the work it is necessary to have an

initial set levels or other measurements taken, the same as recorded in
the authorized field book or measurement book of MSRDC by the

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Engineer or his authorized representative will be signed by the

contractor who will be entitled to have a true copy of the same made at
his cost. Any failure on the part of the contractor to get such levels etc.
recorded before starting the work will render him liable to accept the
decision of the Engineer as to the basis of taking measurement. Like-
wise the contractor will not cover any work which will render its
subsequent measurements difficult or impossible without first getting the
same jointly measured by himself and the authorize representative of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The record of such measurements on the MSRDC
side will be signed by the contractor and he will entitled to have a true
copy of the same made at his cost.
25 SAMPLES AND TESTING OF MATERIALS:-
Contractor shall set up and get it checked and certified by the Engineer-in-
Charge, a field laboratory with necessary equipments for testing of all
materials, finishing products used in the construction as per requirements
of relevant specifications. The testing of all materials shall be carried out
by the Engineer or his representative for whom the Contractor shall make
all the necessary arrangements and bear the entire cost.
At least 30% of the tests of those required as per frequency chart given in
Clause 25 shall be carried out in Government laboratories of vigilance and
Quantity control Circle of PWD. All the tests which cannot be carried out
in field laboratory shall be carried out 100% at the Contractor’s cost in
Vigilance and Quantity control laboratory.
The tests which cannot be carried out both in field laboratory and
Vigilance and Quality Control Circle’s laboratories, shall be carried 100%
in the laboratories of Government Engineering College / Government
polytechnic at the entire cost of the Contractor.
i. All materials to be used on work shall be got approved in advance

from the representative of Engineer in charge and shall pass the
test and or analysis required by him, which will be
(a) as specified in the specifications for the items concerned and/or
(b) Red Book.
(c) as specified by the Indian Road Congress Standard Specification
and Code of Practice for Road and Bridges 4rth revision section
900.
(d) I. S. I. Specifications (Whichever and Wherever applicable) or
(e) Quality control for road and building work.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
(f) Such recognized specifications acceptable to Engineer-in-Charge

as equivalent thereto or in absence of such recognized
specifications
(g) Such required test and/or analysis as may be specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge in order of precedence given above.
ii. The contractor shall at his risk and cost make all arrangement
and/or shall provide for all such facilities as the Engineer-in-
Charge may require for collecting, preparing required number of
samples for tests or for analysis at such time to such place or
places as may be directed by the Engineer and bear all charges and
cost of testing. Such samples shall also be deposited with the
Engineer-in-Charge.
iii. The contractor shall if and when required to submit at his cost the
samples of materials to be tested or analyzed and if so directed,
shall not make use of incorporate in the work any materials
represented by the samples until the required tests or analysis have
been made and the materials are finally accepted by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
iv. The contractor shall not be eligible for any claim or compensation
either arising out of any delay in the work or due to any corrective
measures required to be taken on account of and as result of testing
of the materials.
v. The contractor or his authorized representative will be allowed to
remain present in the laboratory while testing samples furnished by
him. However the results of all the tests carried out in the
laboratory in the presence or absence of the contractor or his
authorized representative will be binding on the contractor.
vi. The Contractor shall at his own cost set up laboratory to carry out
the routine tests of construction materials listed above which are to
be used on the work. 70% tests shall have to be carried out in his
field laboratory and 30% in Quality Control Laboratory of
PWD. In case where there is no field laboratory 100% tests
shall be carried out in the nearest quality control laboratory of
the PWD. In respect of other construction material which is not
mentioned in the following table 50% test shall be carried out in
the Contractor’s field laboratory and 50%tests in the nearest
quality control laboratory of PWD.
vii. In case of materials procured by the Contractor, testing as required
by the codes and specifications shall be arranged by him at his
own cost. Testing shall be done in the presence of authorized

________________________________________________________________________________________________
representative of the Engineer-in-Charge at the nearest approved

laboratory. If additional testing other than as required by
specification is ordered, the testing charges shall be borne by
MSRDC, if the test result is satisfactory and the contractor if the
same are not satisfactory.
viii.
a) The test shall be carried out in accordance with the Clause
“Samples & Testing of materials” given under “ Additional
General Conditions & Specifications” of this tender document.
b) The testing of materials shall be carried out as per the frequency
specified by the Superintending Engineer, Vigilance & Quality
Control Circle, Pune and shall be the responsibility of Contractor.
c) The material required for testing shall be sent by the contractor to

the specified laboratory at his own risk and cost.
d) In case the desired results are not obtained during testing or the
material is rejected due to unsatisfactory results, the testing
charges shall not be paid to the contractor.
e) It shall be obligatory on contractor to produce the test results along

with receipt of payment made to the Laboratory , for releasing
payment towards Testing Charges.
f) In case additional testing of material is found necessary due to

change in source, no separate payment shall be made and it shall
be the entire responsibility of contractor.
g) Testing charges mentioned in the tender items are in view of rates

published by the Superintending Engineer, Vigilance & Quality
Circle, Pune vide their letter No. DSR 2011 – 12/2071/2011 dated
22/09/2011 and revised till the submission of offer to this tender.
No difference shall be payable to the contractor, in case testing

charges are revised / increased by the Laboratory in future.
h) Material Testing shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer –

in – charge.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF MINIMUM APPARATUS REQUIRED FOR BUILDING

WORKS
Nos
Sr.
Name of Apparatus (minimum)
No.
required
1. 30 Meter and 50 Meter tape 2 Nos
2. Vernier calipers, screw gauge 1 No.
3. Cube moulds for concrete / Cube moulds for cement mortar 6 Sets each
4. Silt jar for sand silt testing. 4 sets

Balance 20 Kg. capacity – self indicating type with set of
5. 1 No.
weights.
6. Electronic Balance 5 Kg. capacity, accuracy 0.5 gm. 2 Nos.
Water bath – electrically operated and thermostatically
7. 1 No.
controlled with adjustable shelves, sensitivity 100C
Thermometers : Mercury – in – glass thermometer, range
8. 00 to 2500 C. Mercury – in – steel thermometer with 30 cm. 4 Nos.
stem, range up to 3000 c
9. Kerosene or gas stove or electric hot plate. 1 No.
Set of IS sieves with lid and pan :
1 set
450 mm. diameter
63 mm, 53mm., 37.50mm, 26.50 mm, 13.20mm, 9.50mm,
10. 6.70 mm. and 4.75 mm, size/
200 mm, diameter,
2.36 mm., 2.0 mm. 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 425 micron, 300
2 Set
micron, 150 micron, and 75 micron
11. Water testing Kit 1Set
12 Atterbergs Limits (Liquid and plastic limit) 1 Set
Aggregate Impact Value Test apparatus.
13. 1 Set
Los Angles Abrasion Test apparatus
14. Flakiness and Elongation Test Gauges 1 Set
15. Vicat apparatus for testing setting times 1 Set
16. Slump testing apparatus 4 sets
Compression and Flexural Strength Testing Machine . 200 1 No.
17.
Tone capacity with additional dial for flexural testing
QUALITY CONTROL TESTS AND FREQUENCY TABLE

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Sr. Material Test Frequency

No.
1. Masonary Stone Compressive Strength. A set of 5 stones for

each quarry and for
Crushing Value doubtful quality.
2. Metal Crushing Value One test per 200 Cum

or part thereof/
Impact Value Change in quarry.
Abrasion Value
Water Absorption
3. Bricks Crushing Strength A set of 15 bricks for

each 50,000
Water Absorption consignment or part
thereof.
4. Manglore Tiles Breaking Load A set of 6 tiles for

each 50,000 tiles or
Water Absorption part thereof.
5. Flooring Tiles Flexural Strength A set of 12 tiles for

each 2,000 tiles or
Water Absorption part thereof.
6. Glazed Tiles Water Absorption A set of 16 tiles for

each 200 tiles
7. Cement Compressive Strength One set for each

consignment of
Initial setting time 50M.T. (100 bags) or
Final setting time part thereof.
Specific Gravity
Soundness
Fineness
Standard Consistency

________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. Steel Weight per meter One test for every

5.00 M.T. or part
Ultimate tensile stress thereof for each
Yield stress diameter.
Elongation
9. Granular Density of compacted layer One test per 200 cum

as required
C.B.R.
10 Lime/ cement Quality of lime/cement

stabilized soil sub
base Degree of pulverization
Lime/cement content
CBR or unconfined
compressive strength test on
a set of 3 specimen
Density of compacted layer -

------------
11 Water Bound Aggregate impact value One test per 200 Cum.
Macadam
Flaking and Elongation
Index
12 Wet Mix Impact Value One test per 200 Cum.

Macadam
Flakiness and Elongation One test per 500m2.
Index
Density of Compacted layer
13 Prime Coat/ Quality of Binder No. of sample per lot

Surface Dressing and tests as per IS-73,
IS-217, IS-8887 as
applicable
14 Seal Coat/ Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13

Surface Dressing. One test per 50 Cum.
Impact Value/ Los Angle’s
Abrasion Value For each source of

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Flakiness and Elongation supply subsequently

Index by charge in the
quality of aggregates.
Water Absorption
15 Open / Close Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13

graded premix
surfacing Impact Value/ Abrasion
Value
Flakiness and Elongation

Index
Water Absorption
16 Bituminous Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13

Macadam
Impact Value/ Los Angle’s Same as sr. No. 14
Abrasion Value
One test per 250Sqm.
Index
Water Absorption
Density of Compacted layer
17 Bituminous Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13

penetration
Macadam, Built Impact Value/ Abrasion One test per 200 Cum
up spray Grout Value
Same as sr. No. 14
Flakiness /Elongation Index
Water Absorption
18 Dense Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13

Bituminous
Macadam/ Semi Impact Value/ Abrasion One test per 50 Cum
dense Bituminous Value
Same as sr. No. 14
Concrete/ Flakiness and Elongation
Bituminous Index For each 400 tonnes
Concrete. of mix product
Water Absorption
One set per 250 Sqm

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Stability of Mix area.
Density of Compacted Layer
Job mix design
19 Mastic Asphalt Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13
Impact Value/ Abrasion One test per 50 Cum

Value
Same as sr. No. 14
Index
Water Absorption
20 Slurry Seal Quality of Binder Same as sr. No. 13
21 Modified Binder Softening point Initially one

submission thereafter
Penetration at 25o C & 4 o daily if site blended,
C. Weekly if pre-
Elastic Recovery blended.
Ductility Initially on
submission
Flash point
Viscosity
Thin film oven test,

penetration softening point,
Elastic recovery of residue,
loss on heating.
22 Thermoplastic Glass beed contents and One test for 3 Km.

paint grading Analysis work.
Reflectance and yellowness
index
Flow ability
Drying Time
23 Interlocking Compressive Strength A set of 8 block for

________________________________________________________________________________________________
concrete paving Flexural Test every 10,000 blocks

block
Resistance to wear
24 Wood work End immersion tests ----------

(shutters)
Knife test
Glue adhesion test
25 Cement Concrete Mix design At the beginning and

if there is change in
source.
26 Asphalt Concrete Job mix design with all tests At the beginning and
on basic material. if there is change in
source.
27 Reinforcement Tensile strength One test for every 5.0

steel bars M.T. or pert thereof
% Elongation for each diameter
28 Sand Fineness Modulus At the beginning and

if there is change in
Silt Content source.
26. CHANGE OF CEMENT CONTENT ETC:-
The tendered rates for any item, involving the use of cement, shall apply
to the quantity of cement specified for the mix for that item in the
specifications. Likewise if any additives, compounds, water proofing
material etc are ordered by the Engineer to be added to the mortar or
concrete no extra rate shall be payable for this change which shall be
carried out as per directions of Engineer in charge, provided cost of such
additives etc is borne by the employer if these are supplied free of cost to
contractor at site by the MSRDC.
27 CEMENT CONCRETE :-
GENERAL:-
(a) All concrete shall be controlled concrete and machine mixed,
unless otherwise directed by Engineer-in-Charge. For controlled

________________________________________________________________________________________________
or High grade concrete, the grading of aggregates shall be got

approved from the Engineer.
(b) The correct proportions and the total amount of water for the mix
will be determined by means of preliminary tests and shall be got
approved from the Engineer. However such approval does not
release the Contractor from his responsibility regarding the
minimum works strength requirements. Work test shall taken in
accordance with relevant codes and specifications. All
proportioning of aggregates shall be done by weight if so ordered
by the Engineer.
(c) All mixing shall be done by mechanical means in approved
mixers. The Engineer may be his discretion allow in writing,
hand mixing of concrete for minor items where small quantities
are involved but in that case the Contractor shall increase the
cement content of the mixture by 10% without any extra cost to
the MSRDC.
(d) The form work used shall be made preferably of steel or with
lining of steel. Wooden shutters may be allowed at the discretion
of the Engineer e.g. lintels, small slabs and beams coping etc.
(e) The concrete shall be mechanically vibrated for proper
compaction by the method approved by the Engineer.
(f) The concrete shall be cured only by a sweet potable water for full
21 days after the time of the period specified in the detailed
specification or as may be directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Minimum cement content of concrete shall be as per M.O.R.T. & H.
specification for Road and Bridge works Clause 1700 table 1700.3 on
page no.462 considering normal condition.
28 MISCELLANEOUS
1.1 Rate shall be inclusive of S.T. General Tax and other taxes
etc.
1.2 For providing electric wiring or water lines etc. recesses
shall be provided if necessary through walls, slabs, beams
etc. & later on refilled up with bricks or stone chipping,
cement mortar without any extra cost.
1.3 In case it becomes necessary for the due fulfillment of
contract for the Contractor to occupy land outside Site
limits the Contractor will have to make his own
arrangements with the land owners and to pay such rents if

________________________________________________________________________________________________
any which are payable as mutually agreed between them.

1.4 The special provision in detailed specifications or wording
of any item shall gain precedence over corresponding
contradictory provision (if any) in the standard
specifications or P.W.D. Hand Book where reference to
such specifications is given without reproducing the details
in contract.
1.5 Suitable separating Barricades and enclosures shall be
provided to separate material brought by contractor and
material issued by the MSRDC, to contractor under
schedule ‘A’ same applies for the material obtained from
different sources of supply.
1.6 The stacking and storage of construction material at site
shall be in such manner as to prevent deterioration or
intrusion of foreign matter and to ensure the preservation of
their quality, properties and fitness for the work. Suitable
precautions shall be taken by the contractor to protect the
material against atmospheric actions, fire and other hazards.
The materials likely to be carried away by wind shall be
stored in suitable stacks or with suitable barricades and
where there is likely-hood of subsidence of soil, such heavy
materials shall be stored on approved platforms.
1.7 For Road and Bridge works the contractor shall in addition
to the specification cited here. Comply with requirements of
relevant I.R.C. Code practice.
1.8 The contractor shall be responsible for making good the
damages done to the existing property during construction
by his men.
1.9 If it is found necessary from safety point of view to test any
part of the structures, the test shall be carried out by the
contractor at his own cost as directed by Engineer in
Charge.
1.10 Defective work is liable to be rejected at any stage. The
contractor on no account can refuse to rectify the defects
merely on reasons that further work has been carried out.
No extra payment shall be made for rectification.
1.11 In the schedule ‘B’ the work has been divided into sections

________________________________________________________________________________________________
but notwithstanding this, every part of it shall be deemed

supplementary to and complementary of every other part.
1.12 General directions or detailed description of work,
materials and items coverage of rates given in the
specification are not necessary repeated in the Bill of
Quantities. Reference is, however, drawn to the appropriate
section clause(s) of the General specifications in
accordance with which the work is to be carried out.
1.13 In the absence of specific direction to the contrary, the rates
and prices inserted in the items are to be considered as the
full inclusive rates and prices for the finished work
described there under and are to cover all labour, materials,
wastage, temporary work, plant overhead charges and
profits as well as the general liabilities, obligations and
risks arising out of the General Conditions of contract.
1.14 The quantities set down against the item in the schedule ‘B’
are only estimated quantities of each kind of work included
in the Contract and are not to be taken as a guarantee that
the quantities scheduled will be carried out or required or
that they will not be exceeded.
1.15 All measurement will be made in accordance with the
methods indicated in the specification and read in
conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract.
1.16 The details shown on drawings and all other information
pertaining to the work shall be treated as indicative and
provisional only and are liable to variation as found
necessary while preparing working drawing which will be
supplied by the MSRDC, during execution. The contractor
shall not, on account of such variation be entitled to any
increase over the ones quoted in the tender which are on
quantity basis.
1.17 The recoveries if any due from contractor will be affected
as arrears of land revenue through the collector of the
District.
1.18 Clause 101 to 107 of Specifications of Road and Bridges
work adhered herewith will be applicable to works as per
Schedule ‘B’ unless specified otherwise in the detailed

________________________________________________________________________________________________
specifications of the relevant items.

1.19 All materials used in the construction shall conform to the
requirement of Specification Clause under section-1000,
“Materials for structure” of Specification of Road and
Bridge Work, M.O.S.T. august 2001 edition.
1.20 Extraneous materials and steps to minimize dust nuisance
during construction shall be as per clause 111 of M.O.S.T.
specification New Delhi, August 2001 edition.
PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE CABLE AND
AERIAL TELEPHONE WIRES AND POLES, TRANSMISSION
TOWERS, ELECTRICAL CABLES AND WATER SUPPLYING
LINES:-
During the execution of work, it is likely that the contractor may meet
with telephone cable, electrical cables, water supply lines etc. it will
therefore be the responsibility of the contractor to protect them carefully.
All such cases should be brought to the notice of the Engineer In Charge,
by the Contractor and also to the concerned Department. Any damage
what-so-ever done to these cables and pipe lines by the Contractor shall
be made good by him at his own cost.
29 MEDICAL AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS TO BE
PROVIDED FOR LABOUR EMPLOYED IN THE
CONSTRUCTION BY THE ONCTRACTOR.
a) The contractor shall provide an adequate supply of portable water

for the use of laborers on work and in Camps.
b) The contractor shall construct trench or semi permanent latrines
for the use of the laborers. Separate latrines shall be provided for
men and women.
c) The contractor shall build sufficient number of huts on a suitable
plot to land for use of the laborers according to the following
specifications.
Huts of Bamboos and grass maybe constructed.
1) A good site not liable to submergence shall be selected on
high ground remote from jungle hut will provided with
trees, shall be chosen wherever it is available. The
neighborhood of tank, jungle, grass or woods should be
particularly avoided Camps should not be established close
to large cutting of earth work.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
2) The lines of huts shall have open spaces of at least ten

yards between rows. When a good natural site cannot be
produced, particular attention should be given to the
drainage.
3) There should be no over crowing. Floor space at the rate of
30 Sq.ft. per head shall be provided; care should be taken
to see that the huts are kept clean and in good order.
4) The contractor must find his own land and if he wants
MSRDC, land, he should apply for it. Assessment for it, if
demanded will be payable by contractor. However the
MSRDC does not bind itself for making available the
required land.
5) The contractor shall construct a sufficient number of
bathing places. Washing places should also be provided for
the purpose of washing clothes.
6) The contractor shall make sufficient arrangements for
draining away the surface and sullage water as well as
water from the bathing and washing places and shall
dispose of this waste in such way as not to cause any
nuisance. He shall also keep the premises clean by
employing sufficient number of sweepers.
d) The contractor shall engage a Medical Officer with a traveling
dispensary for a Camp containing 500 or more persons if there is
no MSRDC, or other private dispensary situated within 8
Kilometers from the Camp. In case of emergency the contractor
shall arrange at his cost for transport quick medical help to his sick
worker.
e) The contractor shall provide the necessary staff for effecting a
satisfactory drainage system and cleanliness of the Camp to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. At least one sweeper per 200 persons
should be engaged.
f) The assistant Director of Public-Health shall be consulted before
opening a labour camp and his instruction on matters such as water
supply, sanitary convenience, the camp site accommodation and
food supply shall be followed by the Contractor.
g) The contractor shall make arrangements for all anti-malaria-
measures to be provided for the labour employed on the work. The
anti malaria measure shall be provided as directed by the Assistant
Director of Public Health.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
In addition to above all provisions of the relevant labour act pertaining to

basic amenities to be provided to the labour shall be applicable which
will be arranged by the contractor.
30 SAFETY CODE:-
Suitable scaffolds shall be provide for workmen for all works that cannot
safely be done from the ground, or from solid construction except such
short period works as can be done safely from ladders. When ladder is
used an extra mazdoor (labour) shall be engaged for holding the ladder
and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds
and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be
given an inclination not steeper than 1 to 4 (1 horizontal and 4 vertical).
Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 m above the ground or floors,

swing or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary
supports, shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and
otherwise assured at least 1m high above the floor or platform of such
scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside
and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for the
delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as
to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.
Working platform, gangways and stairways shall be so constructed that

they do not sag unduly or is more than 3.25 m above ground level or floor
level, it shall be closely boarded, have adequate width and be suitably
fenced as described in 2 above.
Every opening in floor of the building or in a working platform shall be

provided with suitable protection to prevent fall of persons or materials by
providing suitable fencing or railing with minimum height of 1 meter.
Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other
working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single
ladder shall be over 9 m in length; width between side rails in a rung
ladder shall in no case be less than 30 cms for ladders up to and including
3m in length. For longer ladder this width shall be increased at least 6mm
for each additional 30 cms of length. Uniform step spacing shall not
exceed 30 cm.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical

equipments. No materials on any of the site shall be stacked or placed as
to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The

________________________________________________________________________________________________
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect public
from accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defense of every
suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person
for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precaution and to pay
any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or
proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the
contractor, to be paid to compromise any claim by any such person.
EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:-
All trenches, 1.5 meters or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied
with at least 1 ladder for each 30 meter in length or fraction thereof.
Ladder shall be extended from bottom of trench to at least 1 meter above
surface of the ground, sides of a trench which is 1.5 meters or more in
depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope, or security held by
timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. Excavated
materials shall not be placed within 1.3 meter of edge of trench or half of
depth of trench whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to
bottom under no circumstances shall undermining or undercutting be
done.
DEMOLITION
Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of
the work:-
a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be
closed or suitably protected.
b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of

danger or a cable or apparatus used by operator shall remain
electrically charged.
c) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to person

employed, from risk or fire or explosion or hooding. No floor, roof
or other part of a building shall be so overloaded with debris of
materials as to render it unsafe.
All necessary personal safety equipments as considered adequate by

the Engineer-in-Charge shall be available for use of persons employed
on the site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use
and the contractor shall take adequate step to ensure proper use of

________________________________________________________________________________________________
equipment by those concerned.
i. Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials cement and lime

mortars concrete shall be provided with protective footwear and
protective goggles.
ii. Those engaged in handling any materials, which is injurious to
eyes shall be provided with protective goggles.
iii. Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s
protective eye shields.
iv. Stone breakers shall be provided with protection goggles and
protective clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
v. When workers are employed in sewers and manholes which are in
use, the contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened
and manholes are ventilated at least for an hour before workers are
allowed to get into them. Manholes opened shall be cordoned off
with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards
to prevent accident to public.
vi. The contractor shall not employ, men below the age of 18 and
women of the work of painting with products containing lead in
any form wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the
work of lead painting the following precautions shall be taken.
(i) No paint containing lead product shall be used except in the
form of paste or readymade paint.
(ii) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers

when paint is applied in the form of spray or surface having
lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped.
vii. Overalls shall be supplied by the contractor to workmen and

adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to
wash during and on cessation of work.
viii. When work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning
all necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use
and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any person in
danger and adequate provision made for prompt first aid treatment
of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.
ix. Use of hoisting machines and shackles including the attachments,
anchorage supports shall confirm to the following:-
a) These shall be of good mechanical construction, round materials
and adequate strength and free from potent defects and shall be
kept in good repair and good working order.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
ii) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as means

of suspension shall be of durable quality and of adequate strength
and free from potent defects.
b) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly

qualified and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in
charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding.
c) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook,

shackle ownel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as
means of suspension safe working load shall be ascertained by
adequate means. Every hoisting machines and all gear referred to
above shall be plainly marked with safe working loads.
In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load,

each safe working load and the conditions under which it is
applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or of
any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded
beyond safe working load except for the purpose of testing.
d) As regards contractor’s machines the contractor shall notify safe

working load of each machine to the Engineer-in-Charge
whenever, he brings it to site of work and get it verified by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous

parts of hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as
will reduce to the minimum risk of accidental descent of load.
Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to the minimum the
risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally
displaced, when workers are employed. On electrical installations
which are already energized insulating materials wearing approved
such as gloves, sleeves and coats as may be necessary shall be
provided. Workers shall not wear any rings, watches and carry
keys or other materials which are good conductors of electricity.
All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or

described herein shall be maintained in a safe condition and no
scaffold ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is
in use. Adequate washing facilities shall be provided at or near
places of work.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all

concerned by display on a notice board at a prominent place at the
work spot. Person’s responsible ensuring compliance with the
safety code shall be named therein by the contractor.
i. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and

regulations relating to safety precautions, arrangements
made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his representatives and the
inspecting officers.
ii. Failure to comply with the provisions hereunder shall make

the contractor liable to pay to the MSRDC as penalty an
amount not exceeding Rs.50/- for each default and decision
of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding.
Notwithstanding the above conditions 1 to 14 the Contractor is not

exempted from the operation of any other Act or rules enforce.
31 SCOPE OF RATES FOR DIFFERENT ITEMS OF WORK:-
For item rate contracts, the contract until rates for different items of work
shall be payment in full compensation for all the operations detailed in
the relevant sections of these specifications under “Rates”. In the
operations of any direction to the contrary, the rates are to be considered
as the full inclusive rate for finished work covering all labour materials,
wastage, temporary work, plant, equipment, overhead charges and profit
as well as the general liabilities, obligations and the risks arising out of
the General conditions of contract.
The item rates quoted by the contractor shall unless otherwise specified
also include compliance with/supply of the following:-
i. General works such as setting out, clearances of site before setting

out and clearance of works after completion.
ii. A detailed program for the construction and completion of the
work (using CPM/PERT Techniques) giving, in addition to
constructed activities, detailed network activities for the
submission and approval of materials, procurement of critical
materials and equipment, fabrication of special
products/equipments and their installations and testing and for all
activities of the employer that are likely to effect the progress of

________________________________________________________________________________________________
work, etc. including updating of all such activities on the basis of

the decision as taken at the periodic site review meeting or as
directed by the Engineers.
iii. Samples of various materials proposed to be used on the work for
conducting tests thereon as required as per the provisions of the
contract.
iv. Design of mixes as per the relevant clauses of the specifications

giving proportions of ingredients, sources of aggregates and binder
along with accompanying trial mixes as per the relevant clauses of
these specifications to be submitted to the Engineer for his
approval before use of the works.
v. Detailed design calculation and drawings for all temporary works

(such as formwork, staging, centering, specialized constructional
handling and launching equipment and the like.)
vi. Detailed drawings for templates support and end anchorage,

details for pre-stressing cable profiles, bar bending and cutting
schedules for reinforcement, material lists for fabrication of
structural steel, etc.
vii. Mill test reports for all mild and high tensile steel and cast steel as
per the relevant provisions of the specifications.
viii. Testing of various finished items and materials including bitumen,

cement, concrete, bearings as required under these specifications
and furnishing test reports/certificates.
ix. Inspection reports in respect of formwork, staging, reinforcement

and other items of work as per the relevant specifications.
x. Any other data which may be required as per these specifications

or the conditions of contract or any other annexure/schedules
forming part of the contract.
xi. Any item of work which is not specifically provided in the Bill of
Quantities but which is necessary for complying with the
provisions of the contract; and
xii. All temporary works, formwork and false works.
Portions of road works beyond the limits and or any other work may be

________________________________________________________________________________________________
got constructed by the employer directly through other agencies.

Accordingly other agencies employed by the employer may be working in
the vicinity of the work being executed by the contractor. The contractor
shall liaise with such agencies and adjust his construction program for the
completion of the work accordingly and no claim or compensation due to
any reason whatsoever will be entertained on this account. The employer
will be indemnified by the contractor for any claims from other agencies
on this account.
32 PAYMENT :-
RUNNING BILLS:- One payment in month will be granted by the

Engineer-in-Charge if the progress is satisfactory. Contractor should
submit bills to the Engineer-in-Charge in appropriate forms.
FINAL BILL :- The contractor should submit final bill within three
months after completion of the work and the same will be paid if is in
order. Disputed item and claims if any shall be excluded from the final bill
and settled separately later on.
33 HANDING OVER OF WORKS:-
All the work and materials before finally taken over by MSRDC will be
entire liability of the Contractor for guarding; maintaining and making
good making good may damages of any magnitude. Interim payment
made for such work will not alter this position. The handing over by the
contractor and taking over by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative will be always in writing of which copies will go to the
Engineer in Charge or his authorized representative and the contractor. It
is however understood that before taking over such work MSRDC will not
put it into regular use as distinct from casual or incidental one, except as
specifically mentioned elsewhere in this contract, or as mutually agreed
to.
34 CLAIMS:-
Bills for extra work or for any claim shall be paid separately apart from
the interim bills for the main work. The payment of bills for the main
work shall not be with held for want of decision on the extras or claims
not covered in the appendices.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Claims for extra work shall be registered within 30 days of occurrence of

the event. However, bills for these claims including supporting
data/details may be submitted subsequently.
35 MAINTENANCE:-
i. The contractor shall maintain the finished and completed item of

civil work as per Schedule ‘B’ and specification for a period
10(Ten)years for water proofing and 7 (seven) years for
polyurethane and 2 (Two) years for remaining items after the
completion of work without any extra cost to MSRDC irrespective
of designs, standards and specifications etc. The contractor shall
get done the civil work as per specifications and drawing and keep
the building in good condition throughout the 10 years for water
proofing and polyurethane and 2 years for remaining items. 5%
(Five Percent) amount of the total work done shall be withheld
from running account bill for 12 months, out of which 1% (One
Percent) amount of the work done shall be withheld for 10 years
towards water proofing and 7 years for polyurethane from the date
of actual completion of work as maintenance charges of the
maintaining and keeping the building in good condition. This 5%
amount withheld towards shall be allowed to replace with bank
guarantee or other recognized form and intermediate state if so
desired in writing. This maintenance charges shall be in addition
to performance security.
ii. ROADS:-
a) The contractor shall maintain the finished surface of the road for
a period mentioned in clause no.20 after the completion of the
work without any extra cost to MSRDC irrespective of the
designs, standards and specifications and the actual traffic etc. the
contractor shall get the pot holes filled up with asphalt mix
materials and keep the road surface in good condition throughout
the year. 4% amount of the total work done shall be recovered
from running account bill and shall be withheld for period
mentioned in clause no.20 from the date of actual completion of
work as maintenance charges of maintaining and keeping the road
in good condition. This 4% amount with held towards
maintenance charges shall be allowed to be replaced with bank
guarantee or other recognized forms at intermediate stage. If so

________________________________________________________________________________________________
desired in writing. This maintenance charges shall be in addition to

performance security.
b) On completion of the work in all respects, necessary certificates

will be issued by the concerned Engineer-in-Charge and the
defects liability period will be counted from the date of issue of
such certificates.
c) All damages during execution shall be made good by the

contractor at his cost. He will be responsible for any damages to
the road surface including B.T. surface in rainy seasons and during
construction and guaranteed maintenance period and no separate
payment will be made for restoring such damages.
“Any defects noticed in finished black topped surface such as pot

holes, damaged etc. within a period mentioned in clause no.20
after completion of work (including Monsoon) will have to be
repaired by the contractor at his own cost. 4% (Four Percent) of
the amount payable under B.T. items in addition to the
performance security will not be released till the defect liability
period mentioned in clause no.20 is over. The contractors will
examine existing road its camber, soil conditions, existing crust
etc. before quoting for Tender No. claims on this account will be
accepted. The contractor will have to maintain the road surface in
good condition till defect liability period is over”.
d) Defective work is liable to be rejected at any stage. The contractor

on no account can refuse to rectify the defects merely on reasons
that further work has been carried out. No extra payment shall be
made for such rectification.
It will be the responsibility of the contracting agency to maintain total

road length under work portion of this contract Agreement in good
condition from the date of issue of work orders, till completion of defect
liability period as per clause -20 and this shall be treated as part of total
scope of this contract Agreement. In case the contractor fails to maintain
road length properly including rectification of the defect pointed out by
MSRDC within a period of 7 days from the date of a written notice by the
Engineer-in-Charge rectification/ repairs to such defects will be carried
out by MSRDC at contractor’s risk and cost. The expenditure incurred on
such rectification work shall be recovered from the amount withheld as

________________________________________________________________________________________________
per clause 35(i) / 35 (ii) for Buildings/ Roads respective
36 ln super session to whatever has been defined in Clause 10 and - 11 of B

– 1 agreement form of elsewhere in the N.I.T documents the Contractor
shall submit detailed measurements of work done along with each
Monthly bill. The Engineer-in-charge shall effect necessary checking of
the measurements and then affect payment within 10 days of submission
of measurements, if possible .lf it is proved that the measurements are
mindfully and swollen incorrect / irrelevant the Engineer-in-charge shall
deduct 25% of the actual payment due, towards compaction for avoidable
labour enforced.
Working Drawing :-
The Contractor shall submit two sets of working drawings on the base of
which the measurements as aforesaid; shall be based.
37 TECHNICAL COMPLETION REPORT :-

The Contractor shall submit Technical Contractor report along with his
final bill, which shall include.
i. Detailed measurements
ii. Working Drawings
iii. Details of material brought on site and consumed in the work

which shall also indicate standard consumption and deviation, if
any, with reasons.
iv. Test results of all materials used in work with an abstract of total
tests carried out and required as per frequency of tests as laid down
in the relevant M.O.S.T specifications.
v. Rough -meter survey data as laid down in acceptance criteria
vi. Design calculations / Job-formula etc
Maintenance-manual.
38 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MAINTENANCE ( FOR WORKS

COSTING NORE THAN 100 LAKHS ):-
Ensure the specified quality of work which will also include necessary
surveys, temporary works etc the Contractor shall prepare a quality

________________________________________________________________________________________________
assurance plan and get the same approved from the Engineer-in charge
within one month from the date of work order. For this the Contractor
shall submit an organization chart of his technical personnel to be
deployed on the work along with their qualification job descriptions
defining the functions of reporting, supervising, inspecting and approving
The Contractor shall also submit a list of tools equipment and the
machinery and instrumentation which he proposes to use for the
construction and for testing in the field and /of in the laboratory and
monitoring. The Contractor shall modify /supplement the organization
chart and the list of machinery, equipment, etc. as per the direction of the
Superintending Engineer and shall deploy the personnel and equipment of
the filed as per the approved chart and list respectively. The contractor
shall submit written method statements detailing his exact proposals of
execution of the work in accordance with the specification. He will have
get these approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The quality of the work
shall be properly documented through certificate, records, checklists and
logbooks of results, etc. such records shall be complied from the
beginning of the work and be continuously updated and supplemented and
this will be the responsibility of the contractor. The forms should be got
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge.
39 PHOTOGRAPHS:-
So as to observe the progress of work at different stages of execution of
the works the contractor shall take out colored photograph at 3 stages
i.e. 1) Before Execution 2) During Execution 3) After Completion of
work contractor shall take out at least 15 photographs of different location
of each sub works at each stage. The photographs will be of post card size
same shall be submitted along with the running bill in duplicate. No extra
cost shall be paid to the contractor on this account.
40 Role of PMC: MSRDC monitors the work through appointed Project

Management Consultant (PMC). The role of PMC shall be that of the
Engineer’s representative. In such case, contractor shall work as directed
by the PMC / Engineer-in-charge. PMC’s role shall be as follows:
a) Designing the structure. Supplying all working drawings / details

for work.
b) Carry out day to day supervision of work.
c) Record measurements, Quality control.
d) Access suitability of excavated rock/materials, propose best

________________________________________________________________________________________________
utilisation, exercise control in using dumping sites and leads and

its classification.
e) Certify measurements and corresponding payments for Works
executed.
f) Ensure quality planning and quality assurance.
g) Review and approval of contractor’s methodology, construction
procedures and works programs.
h) Work of supervising testing of materials, concrete, steel,
equipment, etc.
i) Conduct regular Project Review meetings to assess quality,
schedule, safety, etc. and advice corrective action, if any.
j) Review of safely implementation program of the contractors,
revision with appropriate changes, if necessary, for development
of comprehensive Project Safety Program and ensuring the
contractors adherence to it.
k) Regular inspection of work areas to ensure that contractor’s
practices good housekeeping and participates in overall site
cleanliness program.
l) Ensure that contractor regularly disposes off the construction
debris, trash and waste properly at designated locations.
m) Conduct periodic Technical, safety and quality audits for
identification of any unsatisfactory works/materials/processes and
preparation or reports.
n) To maintain the work order book, material register and all other
records incidental to the project work.
o) Co-ordinate between the contractor and the employer for full
achievement and execution of the work.
p) To instruct, put on communication to contractor on behalf of the
employerwith prior approval of the Engineer In Charge.
41 FIXING OF INFORMATION BOARDS:-
The two information sign boards as shown in below, in rectangular shape

made out of 16 gauge (1.6mm) thick M.S sheet painted with one coat of
zinc chromate stoving primer and two coats of blue stove enamel paint
of front side and grey stove enamel paint on back side and border/
messages / symbols etc with cut out of white retro reflecting sheeting of
Engineer or his representative giving grade including M.S Angle iron
frame of 35x35x3mm and two M.S. Angle iron post of size
65x65x6mm, 4.35 m, properly crossed braced with Angle iron of

________________________________________________________________________________________________
50x50x5mm etc and fixing the board in 1:4:8 concrete block of size
60x60x75cm shall be fixed on the site (each on one side). It is incidental
to the work and no extra payment will be made to the contractor.
42 Mobilization / Machinery Advance:-
No Mobilization / Machinery Advance will be given to the contractor.
43. Name plate (board) on Site.
The name plate as depicted below shall be fixed by the contractor within 10
days from work order at the location and materials to be used for the name
plate, approved by Engineer in charge, without any cost or liability to
MSRDC/Employer.

________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR

GREEN BUILDINGS
(A) Provide minimum level of sanitation / safety facilities for construction
workers.
1. The contractor shall strictly follow the provisions contained in this document and
for providing basic amenities to the workers. The contractor shall ensure cleanliness
of workplace with regard to the disposal of waste and efficient provide clean
drinking water and latrines and urinals as per applicable standard.
2. The contractor shall comply with the national Building Code 2005 norms on
construction safety for ensuring safety during construction. The National Building
Code 2005 have provisions for clean and hygienic accommodation, toilet facilities,
purified drinking water, general store, a subsidized canteen, medical facilities, day
care centre and onsite safety equipments, etc.
3. The contractor shall adopt additional best practices and prescribed norms as in
NBC 2005.
4. The contractor shall submit sufficient documentary & photographic evidences in

compliance to above three paras.
(B) Reduce air pollution during construction:
1. The contractor shall ensure proper screening, covering stockpiles,

covering brick and loads of dusty materials, wheel-washing facility and
water spraying facility to reduce air pollution during construction. The
site roads should be regularly sprayed with water and wheels of all
vehicles should be washed to prevent air pollution. The contractor shall
transfer, handle / store dry loose materials such as bulk cement and dry
pulverized flay ash inside a totally enclosed system.
2. The contractor shall install dust screen ( at least 3 M high) around the
disturbed area to prevent air pollution and spillage to undisturbed site
area.
3. The contractor shall undertake the responsibility to prevent air

pollution ( dust& smoke), ensure availability of adequate water supply
for dust suppression, devise methodology to minimize impact of dust on
the surrounding environment and ensure that these methods are
implemented. The contractor shall provide documentary evidence

________________________________________________________________________________________________
regarding the method of working, plant equipment and air – pollution –

control system being adopted on the site.
4. The contractor shall efficiently use the natural resources (water,

energy & material) and takes measures to conserve the natural resources.
(C) Efficient water use during construction:
1. The contractor shall prevent wastage of water during curing. The

contractor shall also make efforts to minimize use of potable water
during construction by proper & efficient construction water
management on site.
2. The contractor shall construct Sedimentation tank for collecting of

excess curing water at his own cost.
(D) Utilization to fly ash in building structure :
1. The PPC cement to be used in the construction shall be as per condition

stipulated in the Additional Conditions mentioned in tender document under
heading “Technical Specification”. The PPC cement shall have fly ash content as
per prevailing IS Code with prior approval to this from Engineer – in – charge and
duly supported by test results from the supplier / manufacturer.
(E) Reduction in waste during construction, efficient waste segregation,

Storage and disposal of wastes & Resource recovery from waste:
1. The contractor shall ensure maximum resource recovery and safe

disposal of wastes generated during construction and reduce the burden
on landfill. The contractor shall segregate inert, chemical and hazardous
wastes separately. The contractor shall make all efforts to recycle / safe
disposal of segregated wastes (oil, paint, batteries & asbestos). The
contractor shall dispose – off the inert waste at landfill sites duly
approved by local body / Engineer – in – charge and no extra claim shall
be entertained for this.
2. The contractor shall keep record of all waste generated during

construction activity and storage facility for segregated inert and
hazardous waste before recycling and disposal.
3. The contractor shall use multi – colored bins for waste segregation at
source his own cost.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The contractor shall (in consultation with Engineer- in- charge)

allocate separate space for the collected waste before transferring to the
recycling / disposal stations.
5. The contractor shall make arrangements for recycling of waste

through local (Junk) dealers. The contractor shall also keep record of
such transactions and provide the same to MSRDC as and when
required.
6. The contractor shall make all efforts for achieving zero waste
generation by adopting appropriate resource recovery measures.
(F) Use low – VOC paints / adhesives / sealants:
1. The contractor shall use zero / low – Volatile Organic Compound paints duly
approved by Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall use water-based acrylic paints
duly approved by Engineer-in-charge and shall not use solvent based oil paints. The
contractor shall also submit certificates & vouchers from suppliers / manufacturers
that the paint used are zero / low – volatile Organic Compound paints.
The prescribed Volatile Organic Compound limits for paints to be used are given in
the table below :-
Paint applications VOV limits
(g of VOC per litre)
Interior coatings Flat <50
Non – Flat <150
Exterior coatings Flat <200
Non-Flat <100
Anti corrosive Glass/Semi gloss/ flat <250
2. The contractor shall use water based low – volatile Organic Compound sealants
(acrylics, silicones and siliconized acrylics )& adhesives (acrylics or phenolic resins)
duly approved by Engineer-in-charge. The solvent oil based/low in oil solvent
content sealants (urethanes and butyls) & adhesives shall not be used in the
construction. The contractor shall also submit certificates & vouchers from
suppliers/manufactures that the sealants/ adhesives used are low-volatile Organic
Compound sealants / adhesives.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. The contractor shall not use wood in construction. The composite wood products
shall be free from urea- formaldehyde resins. The flush door proposed to be used as
per the item of this tender document shall confirm to PWD Specification with upto
date correction slips. The contractor shall also submit certificates & vouchers from
suppliers/manufacturers that the composite wood products are free from urea-
formaldehyde resins.
(G) Minimize ozone depleting substances:
1. The contractor shall employ 100% zero ODP (ozone depletion potential), HCFC (
hydrochloric-fluorocarbon) free and CFC (chloro-fluorocarbon)free insulation such
as HCFC free rigid form insulation, mineral fiber cellulose insulation, glass fiber,
wood fiber board, cork wool, expanded (bead) polystyrene, recycled newspaper and
jute & cotton duly approved by Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall not use
materials which are not inherently. Zero-ODP such as polyurethane foams and
polyisocyanurates. The contractor shall also submit certificates & vouchers from
suppliers/manufacturers that the insulation used are ODP/CFC/HCFC free.
(H) Ensure Water Quality:
1. The contractor shall ensure that water used in construction meets the water quality
norms as prescribed in the Indian Standards for various applications. The contractor
shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability of use in the works and get
written approval from the Engineer-in-charge before he proceeds with the use of
same of execution of works. If the water is not suitable, the contractor shall arrange
Municipal water or from any other sources at his own cost and nothing extra shall be
paid to the contractor on this account. The water shall be got tested at frequency
specified in latest PWD specification/BIS code.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION CONDITIONS
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

Scope of work covered under this tender shall be mentioned but not limited to
following:
Internal electrification, design, Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning.
1. The necessary permission along with the approved plans for electrical
installation shall be got approved from appropriate authority/ authorities by
entrepreneur and on completion of these works further NOC/ permission for use of
those also be obtained by the entrepreneur and submitted to Engineer-in-charge.
2. The electrical supply for the other activities than these will have to be obtained
separately from electrical supply company by the contractor.
1.1 STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

All electrical work shall be carried out as per
1. The relevant Indian standards formulated by Bureau of Indian standards
New Delhi.
2. Indian Electrical Rules 1956 (Revised)
3. National electrical board
4. Chapter 16 of PWD Hand book – MSRDC of Maharashtra
5. Development control regulations.
6. Development control regulations of Maharashtra state and rules of local
bodies pertaining of E.I. works.
1.2 WIRING ON SURFACE OF WALL/ CEILING
I) Wiring in PVC casing capping

PVC casing-n-capping type wiring to be adopted with its accessories such as T,
bends, elbows etc.
PVC casing-n-capping and its accessories shall be conform to IS 14927 Part I.

The route of casing-n-capping on wall and ceiling should be approved prior to
fixing by Engineer-in-charge.
II) Wiring in PVC Conduit
Conduit wiring system with Rigid Non-metallic, conduit to be fixed on wall and
ceiling as per design requirement. The conduit shall conform to IS: 9537 (Part-

________________________________________________________________________________________________
3) and corresponding accessories shall conform to IS: 3419. Conduits shall be

joined by means or compiling. For long urns, junction inspection type couplers,
junction boxes shall be provided at intervals not exceeding junction
1.3 BUNCHING OF INSULATED WIRES

Conductors for concealed and wiring on surface of all ceiling in conduits shall
be bunched. The number of insulated cables that may be drawn in to single
conduits is given in the following table. In this table the space factor should not
exceed 40%
Size of conduit (mm) outside diameter

Nominal 20 25 32 38 50
cross
section area
mm
No. of cables, Max.
2.5 5 10 14 - -
4.0 3 6 10 14 -
6 2 5 8 11 -
10 - 4 7 9 -
16 - 2 4 5 12
25 - - 2 2 6
35 - - - 2 5
50 - - - 2 3
1) Design of wiring, Mains shall be such that voltage drop shall be

limited to 1% of the system voltage for single phase and 1.5% of the
system voltage for motor load like pumps. Lifts etc. and 2% of the
system voltage for other thee phase loads.
2) Conductor for surface wiring in casing-in-capping shall be
restricted to occupy not more than 60% the space in casing-in-capping
on it fixing position on wall ceiling.
1.4 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER’S DISTRIBUTION BOARD:

Distribution boards along with the controlling MCB’s /fuse or Isolator as shown
shall be fixed in sheet enclosure suitable for recessed mounting in wall
distribution boards shall be made of 16WG sheet steel duty rust inhibited

________________________________________________________________________________________________
through a process of degreasing acid pickling and spray painting to an approved

color over a coat of red oxide primer.
Three phase boards shall have phase barrier and a wire channel on three sides
Neutral bar shall be a solid tinned copper bar with tapped holes and chase
headed screws. For tree phase DB’s independent neutral bars shall be provided.
All DB’s shall be internally pre-wired using PVC insulated copper wires
brought to terminal grip of appropriate rating for outgoing feeders.
Conduit knockouts shall be provided as required / shown on drawings and the
entire boards shall br rendered dusts and vermin proof with necessary rubble
gaskets.
MCB’s shall have quick make and break non welding self wiping silver alloy
contacts for 10 K.V. short circuit both on the manual and automatic operation.
Each pole of breaker shall be provided both inverse time thermal over load and
instantaneous over current tripping with trip free mechanism. In case of multi
pole breakers, the tripping must on all the poles and operating shall be common
to IS: 8828.
Pressure clamp terminals for standard / solid conductor insertions are acceptable
up to 4 Sq.mm. Aluminum of 2.5 Sq.mm.copper and for high rating, the
terminal shall be suitable shrouded wherever MCB isolators are specified they
are without the tripping element s.
Fuse shall be HRC links. Bottle type fuse are not acceptable. Fuse carrier
terminals shall be suitable shrouded rewire able fuse carrier shall be porcelain.
Distribution boards shall have HRC/ rewire able fuse as shown on schedule and
drawing. Board shall be with the requirements of IS: 2675 and making
arrangement of bus bars shall be in accordance with IS: 2675 bus and bars shall
be suitable for the incomer switch rating and sized for temperature rise of 35c
over …ambient. Each board shall have two separate earthing terminals. Circuit
diagram indicating the load distribution shall be posted on the inside of the DBs
shall be provided with an earth strip connecting the brass studs and ECC earth
bars.
In case of MB distribution boards , the backup fuses wherever shown shall be

not less than 63Amp. With delayed characteristics and a minimum prearcing
time of 0.5 sec at 9 KA fault current.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
All outgoing feeders shall terminate on a terminal strip which in turn is

interconnected to the MCB fuse base by means of insulated single conductor
copper wire as follows:
Upton 15Amps - 2.5 sq.mm.

25 Amps. - 4.0 sq.mm
63 mps. - 10 sq.mm
1.5 EARTHING
Earthing shall be done in accordance with IS-3043 of 1987
System of earthing- Equipment and portion of installation shall be deemed to be
earth only if earth in accordance with the directed earthing system. In all cases,
the relevant provisions of Rule 33 and 61 of the Indian Electricity Rule,1956
shall be complied with.
EARTH ELECTODES TYPE
Earth plate electrodes shall be provided and they shall be less than 60 cm. x 60
cm. x 6 mm. copper Clause 9.2 of IS-3043.
Installation Electrodes shall as far as possible be embedded permanent

moisture level. In addition, they shall be at a depth of not less than 3 M.
Complete installation be as per IS-3043 and as per plate No.4 of Chapter PWD
Handbook
Earth station shall be 60 cmX60 cmX6 mm. copper buried in
Specifically prepared earth pit so as to keep top of earth plate 3 M. below

ground with 40 Kgs. each charcoal and salt ( with alternate layers of charcoal
and salt) mm. 19 mm dia. GI pipe provide with funnel with a wire mesh for
watering and brick masonry block, CI cover etc. complete as per Para 9 of IS-
3043 of 1987 with necessary length of double copper earth strip of adequate
size bolted with lug to the plate and covered in adequate size GI pipe 2.5 M
long complete connected to the switch gear with end socket as per direction and
duly tested by earth tester and recording results.
Difference between two earth pits shall not be less than 6 Meters i.e. double the
depth of each electrode.
General Rules Applying to all system of earthing
Method of Earthing :
A. Connection of Earthing conductors:

________________________________________________________________________________________________
1)Main earthing copper strip shall be laid from the earth station provided the
substation, H.T. Equipment, VBC, Stabilizer and Transformer shall be earthed
in the sub stations as per the provision of IS 3043 - 1987.
2)Main L T panel connection shall be taken from earth electrode provided near
main L T panel room.
3)There will be copper strip of vertical risers from the earth pits independently
provided for earthing of distribution floor panels located at different floors.
4) Interloping of sub panels to room DB's shall be done with PVC insulated
copper conductor of appropriate size.
B. Cable sheathing and armouring:
These shall be earthed at the ends adjacent to switch boards at which they
originate or otherwise at the commencement of the run by an earthing
conductor connected to an earth clip, clamp or gland in effective electrical
contract with cable sheathing and armouring.
C. EarthingConductor :
Every earthing conductor shall be either stranded strips or circular or
rectangular bar. Protection against mechanical injury shall be provided where
necessary. The earth conductor may be of high conductivity copper. The size
of earthing conductors shall corresponds to the load current as given below
Size of earth conductors form main switch board to sub main switches or DB’s.
Cross section area Cross section area of current carrying conductor
of current carrying copper
conductor copper
(Sq.mm) (Sq.mm) (Sq.mm)
4 4 12
6 4 12
10 6 10
16 10 8
25 16 8
35 16 8
50 25 6
70 35 2
95 50 20X3 mm
120 70 25X3mm
LIST OFAPPROVED MATERIALS TO BE USED ON
WORK

________________________________________________________________________________________________
PVC cables Copper CCI, Finolex, Gloster, Polycab, RR cables.
PVC Insulated Finolex, Piroflex, Polycab, Anchor, RR

cables
PVC Rigid conduits Finolex, Precision, Diamond, Modi, Asian

ISI Mark
Distribution boards, MDS Legrand, Hager,

MCBs 9 KA (L&T),Siemens,Havells
ELCB/RCCB / MCB MDS Legrand, Hager,
(L&T),Siemens,Havells
Electrical fittings Philips, Bajaj , Crompton, Wipro
(fluorescent, CFL,
MV, metel halide
etc.)
Ceiling fans, Exhaust Crompton, orient ,Khetan, Havells
fans
HRC switch fuse GEC, (L&T),Siemens
unit
Cable, gland and Siemens, Dowels, Braco
lugs
Industrial sockets Crompton, MDS, Siemens
Fluorescent Tubes Philips, Bajaj , Crompton, Wipro

and bulbs
Electronic fan MK India, Anchor, Roma, MDS
regulator (step type)
MCCBs L&T),Siemens ,Crompton Electrical (MG),
ABB,MDS Legrand, Havells

________________________________________________________________________________________________
ADDITIONAL TENDER CONDITIONS SPECIAL ATTENTION TO

CONTRACTORS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
As the contract includes work of Electrical Installations, the successful Bidders

shall submit an application in the appropriate form to the concerned officer of the
Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited (hereinafter
referred as MSEDC Ltd. and make the necessary payment to the MSEDC Ltd.)
After submission of the payment receipt issued by the MSLDC Ltd. the same
will be reimbursed to the contractor at actual. Liasoning with appropriate
authority / authorities for obtaining the necessary permissions, NOC’s /
approvals by Contractor shall be the part of the tender and additional cost will
not be entertained for this work.
Contractor should supply and get the Energy Meter tested by the MSEDC Ltd.
On completion of work, the Electrical Contractor shall submit the test report of
the installation to the Engineer–in-charge as well as to the MSEDC Ltd. and
obtain the supply of energy. The final payment to the contractor will be released
only after the energy supply is released by the MSEDC Ltd.
The necessary permission along with the approved plant for Electrical
Installation, shall be got approved from appropriated authority /authorities by
Contractor and on completion of these works further NOC/ Permission for use of
those also be obtained by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer – in –
charge. Contractor, at his own cost, shall obtain Work completion report (WCR)
from MSEDC Ltd and Charging Permission from electrical inspector and submit
them to MSRDC.
If the work is not executed as per the milestones referred in Clause 2 of B-1
agreement, the penalty of Rs. 1,000/- ( Rs. One Thousand) per day will be levied
from the date of work falling in to arrears.
The contractor should specifically note that work must be completed in Due Date
Only.
As the contract includes work of Electrical Installation, with Civil Work, the
Civil contractor not having the “B” Class or above Registration for carrying out
above mentioned electrical and allied works may go in for Joint Ventures with
“B” Class or above Electrical Contractor registered with Maharashtra State P.W.
Department and can sublet the respective electrical and allied works to the
eligible “B” Class or above electrical contractor. The agreement should be made
with concerned agencies for erection, testing commissioning till handing over of

________________________________________________________________________________________________
work and attested copy of the agreement should be enclosed. However, the
responsibility of whole work (Civil, Electrical and allied works) in connection
with electrical works lies with the Civil Contractor Only.
If during execution of Civil Contractor intends to get electrical work done

through another agency OR MSRDC directs Civil contractor to get executed
electrical work from other agency due to bad work / slow work etc. by original
electrical agency, in such case Civil Contractor will enter into agreement with
new agency for electrical portion of work after prequalification by MSRDC as to
experience of new agency and financial standing , valid registration in approved
class and nature and magnitude of similar works executed with Govt.
Departments. A copy of such agreement shall be submitted to MSRDC who will
then issue fresh order to proceed with the work by the new agency.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
12. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR

WATERPROOFING WORK FORREFERAENCE OF
CONTRACTOR
(NOTE: The Contractor is required to give detailed specifications for each
item of waterproofing work).
1. Roof Slab and Terrace :
Providing average 112 mm.thick, cement based waterproofing treatment with

brick bat coba bedding by keeping the treatment minimum 75 mm. thick at the
rain water pipe point and keeping the gradient not flatter than 1 in 100.
a) Cleaning the surface to the requirements.
b) Giving a coat of wash mixed with cement.
c) Providing 12 mm. thick cement mortar bed with admixture of

waterproofing compound to form a bed for brick bats. Special care
shall be taken at the junction of parapet and terrace slabs to ensure
gaps, if any , are properly sealed.
d) Placing brickbats of varying sizes ( Average 80 mm thick) to a

proper slope and grouting their joints with chemical process in
cement mortar with 2% with waterproofing compound.
e) Providing all around the terrace large waterproof wattas (rounding’s)

up to a height of 30 cm. in P.C.C or as directed above the finished
level of waterproof treatment.
f) Finishing and curing for 14 days.
g) Carrying out the test. Payment for the item shall be released only
after results of pond test are satisfactory.
2. Toilets :
a) Cleaning the surface to the MSRDC’s requirements.
b) Giving a coat of wash mixed with cement.
c) Providing 25mm.thick waterproof treatment to the bottom of toilet

floors.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) Providing 20 mm. to 25 mm. thick cement mortar waterproof

treatment to the walls of toilets up to the heights of 1.00 meter
above the finished floor level.
e) Providing waterproof wattas all around the toilets.
f) Grouting the mouths of inlets and outlets
g) Filling sunk portion with brick bats including waterproof mortar and
the top surface left rough to form a key for tiles.
OVERHEAD TANK:
The work under some items in Schedule “B” of the tender pertains to
construction of underground / overhead water tank. After completion of the
work, water tank as a while shall be tested for water tightness and leakages,, if
any shall be rectified forth while without any extra cost to the MSRDC .

________________________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL CONDITIONS/ SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERPROOFING

Rates for respective items shall include for the additional specifications:
1. The work of waterproofing described in the following items shall be carried out
by the contractor only through a renowned specialist waterproofing agency using
cement waterproofing compounds, as approved in writing by the Executive
Engineer.
2. The Contractor shall give before actual execution, detailed specifications for
each item of work of waterproofing to be executed according to the
specifications of the specialist agency he proposes to employ, for approval. The
work shall not be started unless approval in writing is given by the Engineer-in-
charge to the said specification.
3. The contractor shall give a guarantee bond on requisite stamp paper for a period
of 10 years for all the items of waterproofing done. During the guarantee period,
the contractor shall entirely be responsible to rectify any defect at his own cost
to maintain the work in waterproof condition. The waterproofing, contractor
shall also have rectification work at his own cost. The form of written guarantee
shall be on a legal stamped agreement acceptable to the MSRDC. The guarantee
shall be given within one month from the date of completion of Waterproofing
treatment but any delay in furnishing the guarantee shall not relieve the
contractor from the implications of this clause.
4. DELETED.
5. Waterproofing agency shall provide and install at its own cost the following for
its own use and remove the same after completion of the work.
i. Two pumps electrical/diesel operated for watering and curing at

any level in the building. Curing for all items shall be carried out
for a minimum period of 14 days.
ii. Temporary Mild steel water storage tank
iii. Temporary galvanized iron piping’s and fittings for water line.
iv. Flexible hose lengths.
v. Cement godown, site office.
6. Injections to reinforced cement concrete slab, wherever required have to be by

________________________________________________________________________________________________
undertaken by the contractor free of cost
7. Before starting the waterproofing work, the surface receiving the treatment shall
be cleaned properly.
8. The item of waterproofing as given in the Schedule “B” applies for work in any
position and on any height. The lift of materials shall not form any criteria for
extra payment.
9. For the reference of contractor, guideline specifications for waterproofing are

attached herein with the General Specifications for waterproofing.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
13. LETTER OF CONSENT

To,
The Vice Chairman & Managing Director, MSRDC
Nepean Sea Road, Near Priyadarshini Park,
Mumbai-400 036
Subject:- Your office Tender Notice No. of
Name of Work:
Sir,
I/We____________________________________________________________
Am / are ready to execute the said electrical installation on behalf of the
as per the terms and conditions agreed between The Vice Chairman & Managing
Director, MSRDCandthe Civil Contractor
____________________________________________________________
Further it is hereby agreed that I / We
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––(Name of Firm) will go into

joint venturewith___________________________________________________
Under the supervision of MSRDC which will be valid till the defects liability
period of this contract.
Date : Name of Firm and address
Place :

________________________________________________________________________________________________
14. GUARANTEE BOND FOR WATERPROOFING

AND POLYURETHANE
(On stamp paper worth Rs.200/-)
NAME OF WORK:
NAME OF AGENCY:
Agreement No.
The Contractor thereby declared that the waterproofing work carried out under
this contract shall be of the best quality and workmanship and shall be strictly in
accordance with the specifications and particulars contained / mentioned in the
clause hereof and the contractor hereby guarantee that the said work would
continue to conform to the description and quality aforesaid for a period of ten
years from the date of handing over the said work to the MSRDC and
notwithstanding the fact that the MSRDC may have inspected and or approved
the said work. If during the aforesaid period of ten years, the said work be
discovered not to conform to the description and quality aforesaid or have
deteriorated (and the decision of the Engineer-in-charge' in that behalf will be
final and conclusive) the MSRDC will be entitled to reject the said work or such
portion thereof as may be discovered not to conform to the said description and
quality. On such rejection, the work will be at the Contractor's risk and all the
provisions herein contained relating to rejection of work shall apply. The
contractor shall, if so called upon have to make good the work etc. or such
portion thereof, as is rejected by the Engineer-in-charge, otherwise the contractor
shall pay to MSRDC, such damages, as may arise by the reason of the breach of
the condition herein contained. Nothing herein contained shall prejudice any
other right of MSRDC in that behalf under this contract or Otherwise.
Date:
Place:
Contractor

________________________________________________________________________________________________
15.SAMPLE FORMS
SAMPLE FORMS

________________________________________________________________________________________________
A. FORM OF BID
FORM B-1
Percentage Rate Tender and Contract for Works
Employer : Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation

(A Govt. Of Maharashtra Under taking)
Region : Pune
Name of work : Expansion of Administrative Building For Sales Tax

Department at Yerawada, Pune
1. All works proposed to be executed by Contractor shall be notified in a

form of invitation to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office of the
Engineer and signed by the Engineer.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for
submitting and opening tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out
the work, also the amount of Bid Security to be deposited with the
tender, and the amount of the Performance Security to be deposited by
the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from
bills. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties,
octroi/LBT dues and ground rents will be granted. Copies of the
specifications, designs and drawings and estimated rates, scheduled rates
and any other documents required in connection with the work shall be
signed by the Engineer for the purpose of identification shall also be
open for inspection by contractors at the office of the Engineer during
office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the
specifications recommended by a contractor and approved by a
competent authority on behalf of the MSRDC such specifications with
designs and drawings shall form part of the accepted tender.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed

separately by each partner thereof, or in the event of the absence of any
partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of
attorney authorizing him to do so.
2) A i) The contractor should pay along with the Tender Rs --------/-

________________________________________________________________________________________________
(In words..Rupees _____________) as and by way of Bid Security.

The contractor shall forward along with his tender, Demand Draft /
Pay Order of any Nationalized / scheduled Bank or banks promoted
by All India Financial Institution in Mumbai for the like amount.
The said amount of Bid Security shall not carry any interest.
ii) In the event of his Tender being accepted subject to the provisions
of sub-clause (iii) below the said amount of Bid Security shall be
appropriated towards the amount of Performance Security payable
by him under condition of General Conditions of Contract.
iii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer,
or modifies the same, or if after the acceptance of his tender the
contractor fails or neglects to furnish the balance of Performance
Security, within 10 days from the date of letter of intent without
prejudice to any other rights and powers of the MSRDC, hereunder
or in law, MSRDC shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the
Bid Security deposited by him. Please see Clause 1 of conditions of
contract.
iv) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of Bid
Securitydeposited by the contractor shall unless it is prior thereto
forfeited under theprovisions of sub-clause (iii) above, to be
refunded to him on his passing receipt thereof.
3. DELETED
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form,
stating at what percentage above/below the estimated rates for the items
specified in Schedule “B” (Memorandum showing items of work to be
carried out) shall be named in figures as well as in words. Tenders which
propose any alteration in the works specified in the said form of
invitation to “tender” or in the time allowed for carrying out the work or
which contain any other conditions, will be liable for rejection.
5. The Engineer or his duly authorized Representative shall open tenders in

the presence of contractors who have submitted tenders or their
authorized representatives who may be present at the time and he will
enter the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a
suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted the contractor
shall, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications

________________________________________________________________________________________________
and other documents mentioned in Rule 1. In the event of tender being

rejected, the Engineer shall authorize the Accounts Office concerned to
refund the amount of the Bid Security deposited to the contractor taking
the tender, on his giving a receipt for the return of the money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of
rejecting all or any of the tenders.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in

regard to any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid
and binding on MSRDC unless it is signed by the Engineer.
8. The memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in and

completed by the office of Engineer before the tender form is issued. If a
form issued to an intending tenderer has not been so filled in and
completed he shall request the said office to have this done before he
completes and delivers his tender
9. All work shall be measured out by the standard measure and according to
the rules and customs of the PWD and their rates shall be subject to any
local customs.
10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim

enhanced rates for any items in this contract.
11. Every registered Contractor should produce along with his tender
certificate of registration as approved Contractor in the appropriate
class and renewal of such registration with date of expiry.
13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual method
in use in the PWD and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be
accepted. The Engineer’s decision as to what is “The usual method in
use in the PWD” will be final.
14 The tendering contractor shall furnish a declaration along with the tender
showing all works for which he has already entered into contract, and the
value of the work that remains to be executed in each case on the date of
submitting the tender duly signed by the competent authority not below
rank of Executive Engineer.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
15 Every tenderer shall furnish along with the tender, information regarding
the Income-Tax Circle or Ward of the District in which he is assessed to
Income-Tax,
16 No foreign exchange would be released by the MSRDC for the purchase

of plant and machinery required for the execution of the work contracted
for.
17 Contractor should produce a year-wise list of works carried out during

the last 4 financial years duly signed by the competent authority not
below rank of Executive Engineer.
18 The contractor shall also give a list of machinery in their possession and
which they propose to use on the work in the form F 3 with the evidence
of ownership of those machineries.
19 Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the

accepting authority a valid and current license issued in his favour under
the provisions of Contract Labour (Regulations and Abolition) Act 1973
before starting work failing which acceptance of the tender will be liable
for withdrawal and earnest money will be forfeited to MSRDC.
(Reference Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation and Power
Department’s letter No.LAB 1076/1181/ (666E-(17), dated 8/9/1976).
20 The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act
1961 and the rules and orders issued there-under from time to time. The
contractor shall also comply with all the provisions of Labor legislation
such as Minimum wages act, Payment of wages act, Workman’s
compensation act, P.F. act, ESI act etc. If he fails to do that, his failure
will be a breach of the contract and the MSRDC, may cancel the
contract. The contractor shall also be liable, for any pecuniary liability
and penalty arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions
of the Act. The employer in no case will be responsible or liable for the
same

________________________________________________________________________________________________
TENDER FOR WORKS
1. I / We hereby tender for the execution, for the Maharashtra State

Road Development Corporation (hereinbefore and hereinafter referre
to as “MSRDC”) of the work specified in the underwritten
memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum at
*In figures as well as in --------------------------------------------------------------------------
words -------------------------------- percent (%) below / above the estimated
rates entered in “Schedule B” (Memorandum showing items of work
to be carried out) and in accordance in all respects with the
specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred
to in Rule-1 hereof
MEMORANDUM
(a) General Description –

(a) If several sub works are
included they should be
detailed in a separate list
(b) Estimated Cost
i) Civil WorkRs _________

(b) Total Estimated cost of the
work. ii) Electrical and Other Works Rs __________
Total for Civil + Electrical Rs __________

and other works.
Total Estimated Cost of Project Rs __________
(c) Bid Security / Earnest Money Rs __________

(c) The amount of earnest
money Bid Security to be
deposited shall be in
.
accordance with the provisions
of paras 206 & 207 of the
M.P.W Manual.
(d) Performance Security
(d) Performance Security shall i) Demand Draft Rs __________

be in accordance with the or Bank Guarantee
provisions of paras 213 & 214
of the M.P.W Manual
ii) To be deducted from Rs __________
running bills (in Cash)
_________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________
Total Performance deposit Rs __________
Total Time Period - 18 (Eighteen) Calendar Months
(e) Percentage, if any to be deducted from bills so as to make up

(e) This percent where no
the total amount required as performance security deposit, by the
performance security is taken
will vary from 5% to 10%
time, half the work, as measured by the costs, is done -- 4%
according to requirement of the (four percent).
case where performance
security is taken. See note 1 to
Clause 1 of conditions of
contract
(f) Give Schedule where

necessary showing dates by (f) Time allowed for the work from the date of return order to
which the various items are to commence – 18 Calendar months (Eighteen Calendar months
be completed. including Monsoon)
2. I/we agree that the offer shall remain open for acceptance for
minimum period of 120 days from the last date of submission of
the tender and thereafter until it is withdrawn by me/us by notice
in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the tenders and
sent by registered post A.D. or otherwise delivered at the office
of such authority. The Demand draft No.______ dated in respect
to the sum of Rs.____________________/- (in words rupees
_______________________________________only)
representing the earnest money / bid security is herewith
forwarded. The amount of earnest money / bid security shall not
bear interest and shall be liable to be forfeited to the MSRDC
should I /We fail to i) abide the stipulation to keep the offer
open for the period mentioned above or ii) Sign and complete the
contract documents as required by the Engineer and furnish the
performance security as specified in item (d) of the memorandum
contained in paragraph (1) above. Within the time limit laid
down in Clause (1) of the annexed General Conditions of
Contract. The amount of earnest money / bid security may be
adjusted towards the performance security or refunded to me/us
if so desired by me/us in writing unless the same or any part
thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.
3. Should this tender be accepted I /We hereby agree to abide by

and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the Conditions of the
Contract annexed hereto so far as applicable and in default
thereof to forfeit and pay to the MSRDC the sum of money

________________________________________________________________________________________________
mentioned in the said conditions.
Demand draft No.______ dated from_________________ bank

in respect of sum of Rs.____________________/- (in
*Amount to be specified in
words__________________________________________) is
figures as well as in words
herewith forwarded representing the earnest money/ bid security
as the value of which is to be absolutely forfeited to MSRDC
should I /We not deposit the full amount of performance security
specified in the above memorandum in accordance with clause 1
(A) of the said Conditions of Contract, otherwise the said amount
of Rs. -________________/- (in words
_____________________________________________) shall be
refunded.
Signature of the Contractor

before submission of tender. Contractor : _________________________________
Address: _________________________________________
________________________________________________
Dated: the _____ day of _________2013
Signature of the Witness to Witness: _______________________________________

Contractor’s Signature Address: _______________________________________
Occupation: ____________________________________
The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of

Signature of the officer by MSRDC
whom accepted.
Dated __________day of __________2013
Vice Chairman & Managing Director
Or his representative.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
B. FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY
1. In Consideration of the MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD DEVLEOPMENT CORPORATION

LIMITED (hereinafter called “the MSRDC”) having agreed to exempt
____________________________________ (hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)" from the

demand, under the terms and conditions of an Agreement dated __________ made between the
Chief Engineer, MSRDC and ______________________________________
for __________________________________________________________________
(hereinafter called “the said Agreement”), of Performance Security for the due fulfillment by the
said contractor(s) of the terms and conditions contained in the said Agreement, on production of a
Bank Guarantee for Rs. ______________ (Rupees
_________________________________________________________________________).
We,________________________________________________________________
(hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”) at the request of
_______________________________________ (contractor(s) do hereby undertake to pay to the

MSRDC an amount of not exceeding Rs. _______________ against any loss or damage caused to or
suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the MSRDC by reasons of any breach by the said
contractor(s) of any of the terms and conditions contained in the said Agreement.
2. We, ________________________________________________ (indicate name of the bank) do

hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demur
merely on a demand from the MSRDC stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or
damage to or would be caused to or suffered by the MSRDC by reason of breach by the said
contractor(s) of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reasons of the
contractor(s) failure or repudiation to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the
bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this guarantee.
However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.
__________
3.We undertake to pay the MSRDC any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or

________________________________________________________________________________________________
disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal
relating thereto, our liability under these presents being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so
made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and
the contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.
4. We, _________________________________________________ (indicate name of the

Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during
the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and that it shall continue
to be enforceable till all the dues of the MSRDC under or by virtue of the said Agreement have been
fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till the Chief Engineer of MSRDC certified that
the terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said
Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this
guarantee is made on to us in writing on or before the_________________________________ we
shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.
5. We, ___________________________________________________ (indicate the name of

Bank) further agree with the MSRDC that the MSRDC shall have the fullest liberty without our
consent and without affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and
conditions of the said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor(s) from
time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the
MSRDC against the said Contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions
relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reasons of any such
variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act or
commission on the part of the MSRDC or any indulgence by the MSRDC to the said Contractor(s)
or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for
this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein above, this guarantee is limited to

Rs.__________________ shall remain in force until ___________ All claims hereunder must be
presented to the guarantor, not after the said date, all your right under the said guarantee shall be
forfeited and we shall be discharged from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.
7. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s) / Supplier(s).

________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We,____________________________________________________
(indicate the name of Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency.
Dated _____________ Day of ________ 2013
For ____________________________________
(Indicate the name of the Bank)

________________________________________________________________________________________________
C. FORM OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT

(Agreement will be drawn separately on the stamp paper of Rs. 100/- denomination)
AGREEMENT FOR the work of Construction of ……………………… at
This agreement made in Mumbai this day of 2013 between Maharashtra State Road Development
Corporation Ltd., a Govt. of Maharashtra undertaking, incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956,
having its registered office at Nepean Sea Road, Mumbai.
– 400 036. (herein after called the Corporation, which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the
context or necessary thereof, include its successor or successors or assign or assignee) of the one
part and ………………………………………….(hereinafter called the
“Contractor”) of the other part.
WHEREAS the Corporation is desirous that the Contractor execute the work of .........
enumerated or referred to in the Bid Notice, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of Contract,
Special Conditions of Contract, Scope of Work, Specifications, Technical
Specifications and other documents constituting the Bid and acceptance thereof, copy thereto
annexed, all of which are designed to form of this Contract and are in the term
“CONTRACT” wherever herein used.
AND WHEREAS the Corporation has accepted the bid of the Contractor for the provision and the
execution of the said work at……………….. amount as stated in the bid subject
to the conditions of contract.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor has deposited with the Corporation, the sum of Rs.
…………………………….(Rupees……only) being the Performance Security payable by them ,

being .....% of the Contract Value and undertakes to allow corporation to make such deductions
provided in the contract from the bill payable to them.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESS AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY BETWEEN THE

PARTIES AND DECLARED AS FOLLOWS.
1. The document which forms part of the Contract will be the Bid Notice, General Bid Notice
including Corrigendum to Bid Notice, Volume-I (Instructions to Bidders) , Volume-II
(Scope of Work) , Volume-III (Financial Bid), Volume- IV (Specifications & Drawings),
common set of deviations, addendum‘s to bid, accepted technical proposal, letters of
correspondence for negotiation and letter of acceptance thereof. It is further agreed that the
work order No. ……………………………… Dated ……………shall construe the contract
between the parties.
2. In consideration of the payments to be made to the Contractor for the work to be executed by
him, the Contractor shall duly provide, execute, complete the said work on or before the
dates mentioned in the time schedule of completion of work attached to the Tender
documents and shall maintain the same at his own cost during the defects liability period
thereafter and perform all such acts and things in the Contract mentioned or described or
which are to be implied there from or may be reasonably necessary for the completion of the
said works at the time and manner subject to the terms and conditions stipulated in the
Contract
3. In consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of the said works, the
Corporation does hereby agree that the Corporation will pay to the contractor the respective
amount for the work actually done by him as per the terms and conditions of the contract.
4. In consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of the said works, the
Contractor does hereby agree to pay to the Corporation the amount as may be due to the
Corporation and such other sum or sums as may become payable to the
Corporation towards loss of or damage to the Corporation’s equipment, materials,
construction plant and machinery, including those given on hire to the Contractor, if any as
set forth in the said conditions of contract, such payments to be made at such time in such
manner as provided in the Contract.
5. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be deemed to
have arisen in Mumbai and only the courts in Mumbai shall have jurisdiction to try and
adjudication over them.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE SET AND SUB- SCRIBED THEIR
RESPECTIVE HANDS AND SEALS TO THESE PRE- SENTS IN DUPLICATED THE DAY
AND YEAR FIRST MENTIONED ABOVE.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNED AND DELIVERED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD.
Signature
Designation
In the presence of :
1) ………………………………..
Address …………………………
2) …………………………………
Address ………………………….
Signed and delivered for and on behalf of:
Signature
In the presence of :
1) ……………………..
Address ……………….
2) ……………………….
Address ………………

________________________________________________________________________________________________
D. FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

No.: Date:-
To,
————————————————————
————————————————————
————————————————————
————————————————————
Subject:- (Name of Work)
Reference:- Your bid Dated ——————————————
Dear Sirs,
This is notify that your bid dated ………………………… for ………….............. for the Contact
Price of Rupees……........... .........................................only (Rs……………) amount in words and
figures as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted.
You are hereby requested to furnish Performance Security in the form as detailed in para 31 of
ITB bid document for an amount equivalent to Rs…………………………….. Within 15 days of
the receipt of this letter of acceptance and sign the contract, failing which action as stated in Para
15.5 of ITB will be taken.
Yours Faithfully,
M.S.R.D.C(Ltd.)

________________________________________________________________________________________________
E. SAMPLE FORM OF WORK ORDER
No.:Date:-
To,
————————————————————
————————————————————
————————————————————
————————————————————
Subject:- (Name of Work)
Reference:- 1. ………………………………………………
2. ………………………………………………
Sir,
Your offer for Rs. …....................................….i.e. …….% above/ below the estimated cost
(Rupees. ….....… only) , is accepted by the Corporation vide letter under reference no. 1 You have
submitted performance security of Rs.………… (Rupees………………………………only) in the
form of Bank guarantee vide your letter at reference no. 2 The agreement for the work is also signed
by your authorized signatory on ………………
Therefore, you are requested to start the work immediately and complete it within…18.....calendar
months, including monsoon from the date of issue of this work order. Certified copy of the
agreement (Agmt. No. ……) is enclosed.
Encl.:- One Agreement Copy.
Yours Faithfully,
For M.S.R.D.C (Ltd.)

II
Volume II - Scope of Work
Sample forms & Schedules
Bidding Data
Contract Data

FOR SALES TAX DEPARTMENT, AT YERAWADA, PUNE.
Sunil Patil & Associates JV Fortress Infrastructure Advisory

Services

Expansion of Administrative Building For Sales Tax Department, At Yerawada, Pune
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
VOLUME II

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INDEX
SR.No. SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE No.
1 I SCOPE OF WORK 3 - 14
2 II SAMPLE FORMS & 15- 26

SCHEDULES
3 III BIDDING DATA 27 - 31
4 IV CONTRACT DATA 32 - 33

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION I
SCOPE OF WORK

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK
1.0 Introduction
Pune city is located near the western margin of the Deccan Plateau. It lies between
18° 32"North latitude and 73° 51" East longitude. It has an altitude of 559 meters
from the sea level. The city stands at the confluence of Mula and Mutha rivers, which
are tributaries of the Bhima. The Sinhagad-Katraj-Dive Ghats range forms the
Southern Boundary of the urban area. The highest point in the city is Vetal Hill (800
m or 2625 ft above sea level) whereas the highest point just outside the city is the
Sinhagad Fort (1300 m or 4265 ft above sea level). The city is surrounded by hills
from three sides which make the geographical condition more pleasant.
It is located at a distance of approximately 180 km east of Mumbai. The City spans
over an area of 146 square kilometers with around 40 per cent of area under greenery.
Pune lies in the seismically active zone of Koyna Region, which is about 100 km
south of the city. The city is well connected by important roads and with all industrial
centers of the country. The site is located at northern zone of the city on Airport road
at Yerawada.
2.0 Site Location & Metrological Data
2.1 Site location

The Sales Tax office (site) is located within Pune Municipal Corporation Limits at
Airport road, Pune.
2.2 Climate
Pune city is having a very pleasant climate because of tropical wet and dry climate
classifications. The temperature ranges from 15 degrees C to 39 degrees C. The
Winter Period falls from mid-Nov to mid-Feb, characterized by cold nights and
pleasantly warm days. The spring falls in between Mid-Feb to end-March having
warm days and pleasant nights. The summer is comparatively hot starting from early-
April to late-May. The Monsoon starts in Early June and ends in early October. The
annual average rainfall is recorded as 68 cm. In between the July month is the wettest
month of the year.
2.3 Geology
The underlying rock type at site is generally Basalt rock and is at a depth varying
from 4M to 20M from top of Building.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.0 Brief Description of Work

The project envisages construction of Sales Tax Building at Yerawada.
This new Administrative Building of Sales Tax Department is proposed to be
constructed as G+ 4 structure with two basements for parking on Plot having 24510
sqm. area. The details for the work to be executed as per Schedule “B” (BOQ) and
Schedule “C”(Specifications, designs and drawings) enclosed in Volume III and
Volume IV of document.
Sr. Floor Area of the floor Details

No
1 Basement 1 3317.23 Sqm Parking with
ramps &
staircases,
Record room
2 Basement 2 3464.00 Sqm Parking with
ramps &
staircases,
Record room
3 Ground floor 2535.28Sq.m Offices, Kitchen
,Dinning,
Record room
and support
facilities.
4 1 st floor 2260.93 Sqm Offices, Record
room and
support
facilities.
5 2nd floor 2270.41 Sqm Offices, Record
room and
support
facilities.
6 3 rd floor 2271.55 Sqm Offices, Record
room and
support
facilities.
7 4 th floor 1849.59 Sqm Offices, Record
room and
support
facilities.
Total 17968.99 Sqm

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A part from the above constructed area with its finishing, the specialized
works such as Fire protection system with its appliances, Passenger lifts, Electrical &
plumbing works with fixtures, Landscaping & Horticulture works etc. to be
completed by the bidder in all respects to the satisfaction of consultant & Engineer-in
charge including commissioning.
A) Foundation: - RCC Raft foundation for columns having

i) Excavation of 6.00 m depth below average G.L.
ii) 0.15m thick soling of 80mm metal.
iii) 0.10m - 0.15m thick bed concrete in M-15 grade concrete.
iv) M-30 grade concrete for columns; & RCC Raft.
B) Flooring:-
IPS / Vitrified / Granite / Glazed & Antiskid tiles in floor & dado as directed.
C) Superstructure:-
1) i) R.C.C. M-30 for beam & lintel
ii) R.C.C. M-30 for slab.
iii) R.C.C. M-30 for Columns.
vi) R.C.C. M-30 for Chajja & Fins.
2) i) 0.23 mt. thick Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks masonry in CM

1:6.
ii) 100mm thick wall as partition in toilet blocks in cm 1:4
3) i) External plaster - sand faced cement plaster 15mm base coat &
6 to 8 mm thick sand faced treatment in CM 1:4, textured plaster.
ii) Internal plaster 12mm & 20mm thick in single coat in CM
1:5 without neeru finish, POP Finish.
iii) 6mm thick cement plaster in single coat in CM 1:3 with out
neeru finish to concrete surface.
4) All misc. items such as S.S railing, rolling shutter, collapsible gate,
structural glazing, paver blocks etc. as directed.
D) Interior and Exterior Paint:-
a) Washable acrylic emulsion paint.

b) Premium emulsion paint for internal paint.
E) FINISHES:
i) Flooring: Providing and laying vitrified 1mtr x 1 mtr tiles, granite or natural
stone laid over cement mortar screed [1:4] and neat cement paste, matching
color jointing and pointing using white cement and pigment, in flooring
including landings of steps etc. complete all as directed. The color and design
pattern of the flooring tile shall be got approved from the Engineer.
ii) Wall Dado: Providing and fixing vitrified 600mm x 600 mm tiles will be
used.
iii) Treads and Risers: The tread shall be 300mm wide and the clear height of

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
risers shall be 150mm. Provide and lay grey flamed granite(rough) as per
approval of the Engineer in Treads and risers including half rounded nose,
three grooves in treads as directed over cement mortar [1:3] screed/backing
coat, neat cement paste, matching color jointing and pointing using white
cement and pigment etc. complete.
iv) Soffit of Top Slab: The surface of soffit of RCC Top slab shall be smooth
and even and all minor undulations in this surface shall be made good by the
Contractor using cement mortar and painted with a primer coat and minimum
two coats of synthetic enamel paint (matt finish) of approved color.
F) Miscellaneous Items:
a. Open Storm Water Surface Drain/Catchment Pit: Providing and
constructing an open Storm Water Drain of minimum size 300mm wide and
300mm deep including providing and fixing Ductile Iron Grating “NECO” make
or equivalent approved make including providing necessary slope in the drain and
connecting to RCC Catchment pit at suitable location. The Catchment pit shall be
designed and shall be not less than 750mm x 1200mm x 1200mm size (internal
dimensions) and shall be connected to the Storm Water Drainage Pipeline
including CI Heavy duty Grating, MS rungs for climbing down etc. complete all
as directed by Engineer.
b. Box-type Waterproofing: The external surface of the entire structure in contact
with ground including bottom of foundation, raft foundation, foundation sides,
wall sides etc. shall be treated with Box-type waterproofing using 40mm to 50mm
thick Rough Shahabad Stones, Cement mortar backing/finishing coats using
approved make waterproofing compound etc. all as specified and as directed with
a Guarantee of ten years. External face of part of the Under pass will be treated
with chemical/Epoxy/Membrane-type Waterproofing manufactured by reputed
Companies
Such as BASF [Master flex], PIDILITE etc. after getting the scheme approved
from the Engineer with a Guarantee of ten years. The Contractor will have to
submit a Bank Guarantee for a period of Ten years in the standard approved
format against Waterproofing work after completion of the work.
c. External Plaster as well as external finishes like Heritage or equivalent will be

used along with glass work.
d. Collapsible Door: Providing and fixing collapsible steel gate in one / two leaves
as shown in GAD including one coat of red lead primer & oil painting etc.
complete. As per (I.S. 10521-1983) & Spec. No. Bd T-57 Page No. 511
e. Hand Rail: Providing and fixing stainless steel pipe railing of minimum50mm
diameter including brackets, bends etc. of approved make on both sides of the
Steps and Ramps etc. complete as directed by Engineer.
f. Site clearance including dismantling and disposal of existing dismantled

structures, services, compound wall, cutting of trees, shrubs with approval,
permission of concerned authorities etc. required for the scope of work as per Bid

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
g. Blasting of Rock:
Blasting of Rock/Boulder etc., is not permitted. Only chiseling should be
resorted total
Plot is surrounded by constructed buildings all around.
G) Submission of Detailed work plan :

The contractor has to prepare detailed work plan and submit along with the bid
which shall take into account, the traffic position, milestones specified in the
tender, availability of man power, material, machinery and shuttering material etc.
with him. Intended Traffic management plan during construction shall be prepared
by the bidder and submitted along with the bid.
4.0 Facilities to be given to MSRDC
4.1 Site Office :

Providing and maintaining well furnished air conditioned temporary site office
for the MSRDC Executive Engineer and his staff as well as for Consultants
staff. It shall have adequate area (70 Sqm Carpet area min.) for office
including well furnished one meeting hall of minimum 25 persons capacity
equipped with computer / OHP facility for presentation, white board, display
boards etc., shall include all items like electric supply, all electrical items,
telephone, lights, fan and complete wiring, drinking water supply and toilet
facilities etc shall be provided by the contractor and maintained properly
during the contract period and also in extended contract period if any.
Site office & field laboratory shall have following minimum specifications:
1. Brick/CC block walls with Cement Plaster.
2. Asbestos sheet roofing.
Minimum furniture for site office shall be 6 tables of size 3’ x 5’, 12 chairs
and 3 Godrej cupboards of 6’ height, two Executive Chairs. One PC of
minimum configuration comprising Core i7 processor, 3.01 GHz Second
Generation, 4 GB RAM, 1 GB Graphics, 500 GB HDD, Intel mother Board,
Circle Cabinet SMPS, 18.5 inch Samsung LCD, Auto Cad 2010, Microsoft
Office 2007,Logitech Mouse & Keyboard ,Color printer, A3size Scanner
make HP 9120 & power backup and broadband (Internet) facility. The site
office with all furniture including electrical equipments shall be the property
of the contractor & the same shall be removed by contractor on completion of
the work. Payment of Water Supply / Electrical / Telephone bills for site
office shall be made by the contractor. Construction & Maintenance of site
office and field laboratory will be carried by the contractor at his own cost
during entire construction period.
Contractor has to provide all the required licensed softwares as directed by the
Engineer in Charge at the contractors own cost.
3. Ceramic tile flooring. Steel or Aluminum frame door/windows.

4. Documentation :

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Providing documentation such as video cassettes, CDs, photographs as built

drawings etc. as specified in the tender. All drawings shall be on Auto CAD
of latest version.
4.2 Furniture and Equipment details for Site Office and

Conference room
Sr.no Make No
Descriptio
n
Executive
Table ( Make - Godrej model No.
For The 1
1 T -108 or equivalent
Engineer)
2 Executive Make - Godrej model No. 1

Chair ( PCH -701 or equivalent
For The
Engineer)
3 Table ( Make - Godrej model No. 3

For The T -104 or equivalent
Engineer ,
Accountan
t & Head
Clerk)
4 Ordinary Make - Godrej model No. 3

chair type CHR -6 or equivalent
1( For The
Engineer,
Accountan
t & Head
Clerk)
5 Table (For Make - Godrej model No. 2

all other T -101 or equivalent
staff).
6 Ordinary Type II 6
chair type
1 (For all
other staff
and
visitors).
7 Water 1
cooler for

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
drinking
purpose
8 Steel
Cupboard Godrej Model No. 1 1
Storewel Plain or
1980mmX equivalent
915mmX4
85mm
9 Racks – 5 1800mm x 900mm x 3

Tier 375mm –made
of slotted angles and MS
sheets of
Godrej make
10 Ceiling 1400mm size. Ceiling 2

Fans fans shall be of approved
make and colour
Core i7 processor, 3.01

11 Personal GHz Second Generation, 2
Computer 4 GB RAM,1 GB
Graphics, 500 GB HDD,
Intel mother Board, Circle
Cabinet SMPS, 18.5 inch
Samsung LCD, Auto Cad
2010, Microsoft Office
2007,Logitech Mouse &
Keyboard ,Color printer,
A3size Scanner make HP
9120 & power backup,
broadband (Internet)
facility

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.3 The air conditioned site office with all service furniture and fittings shall be
the property of the contractor during the period of contract. It shall be
removed after the work is over. Payment of Electric /
Telephone bills will be made by the contractor. Maintenance will
be carried by the contractor. If the contractor fails to make necessary
payments for the electric & telephone bills and also to fails to
maintain the site office with all services furniture and
fittings, MSRDC will levy penalty on the contractor.
4.3.1 Contractor will have to make his own arrangement at his own cost for
minimum 2 telephone connections at work site office – one for
Engineer and the other in Contractor office.
4.3.2 The contractor shall arrange to provide four mobile with STD facility
to Executive Engineer and other engineering staff of MSRDC Ltd.,
Pune and this facility shall be maintained till the completion of the
project. This facility shall be considered incidental to the work and no
additional payment whatsoever will be made for the same. The mobile
phone shall be provided within fifteen days from the date of work
order. In case of contractor failing to do so, an amount of Rs.5000/- per
month per mobile or part thereof shall be debited to the contractor’s
account. The maximum bill liability of the contractor shall be limited
to Rs.2500/- per month per mobile.
4.3.3 Contractor should provide, to MSRDC Engineer, a project vehicle

(AC) Maruti Ertiga high end model or equivalent along with the
driver, and should bear the cost of maintenance & fuel with usual
running of 3200 km/month. All the expenditure in this regard should
be borne by the contractor. No separate payment will be made in this
regard. MSRDC reserves the right at own Discretion, to deduct the
expenditure max. up to Rs 50,000 per month, in case of non
compliance. The said project vehicle shall be provided within 10 (Ten)
days from the date of work order.
All the above 4.3.1 to 4.3.3 facilities shall have to be provided till the
completion of the entire work in all respect.
4.3.4 Temporary Staff for MSRDC Office

Following staffs are required to be provided by the contractor in the
office Of MSRDC Ltd.
i) One Civil Engineer.
ii) One Account officer.(MSRDC, Mumbai)
iii) Two Office Assistants as Steno-Cum-Computer Operator (Marathi and
English).
iv) Two Peons.
Staff pattern may vary as per requirement; in that case financial

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
liabilities as specified below will remain same. The above staffs are
required to be provided till completion of work and the person posted
shall have good knowledge of concerned field. Preferably with
adequate experience or retired persons from the reputed organizations
shall be deputed in consultation with SE/EE, MSRDC Ltd., Pune.
These facilities shall be considered incidental to the work and no
additional payment whatsoever be made for the same. These staff shall
be provided within 15 days from the date of work order. In case of
failure by the contractor to do so, the staff shall be engaged by
MSRDC Ltd., and the amount incurred will be recovered from the
contractors interim bill Rs.2000 per day for Civil Engineer, an amount
of Rs.900/- per day for Account officer Rs.750/- per day for Office
Assistant for Steno cum Computer operator and Rs.400/- per day for
Peon shall be debited to contractors account if he fails to provide
above staff within the above period.
4.4 Laboratory :
Providing and maintaining an adequately equipped field laboratory as required for
site control on the quality of material and the works. It shall have adequate area for
the entire equipment and working as directed by the Engineer.
The field laboratory of adequate floor area shall be located on the site as shown or as
directed and approved by the Engineer. It shall be provided with all amenities like
water supply, electric supply etc.
EQUIPMENTS FOR FIELD LABORATORY

The following items of laboratory equipment shall be provided in the field laboratory
to be established by the Contractor: as per sub clause 7.4.1 of Volume I
1 General Nos.
(i) Oven – Electrically operated, Thermostatically controller, range
1
up to 2000 C sensitivity 10 C.
(ii) Platform balance 300 kg. Capacity. 1
(iii) Balance 20 kg. Capacity. 1

(iv) Electronic Balance 5 kg. Capacity 0.5 g. 2
accuracy
(v) Water bath-electrically operated and Thermostatically controlled 1
with
0
adjustable shelves, sensitivity 1 C.
(vi) Thermometers: 4
Mercury-in-glass thermometer range
0 0
0 C to 250 C.
Mercury-in-steel thermometer with 30 cm Stem, range up to
0
300 C.
Kerosene or gas stove or electric hot 1
(vii) plate

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
As
Glass-wares, spatulas, wire gauges, Steel scales, measuring requir
(viii) tape, ed.
casseroles, Karais, enameled trays of assorted sizes, pestle-mortar,
porcelain dishes, gunny bags, plastic bags, chemicals, digging
tools
like pickaxes, shovels etc.
1
(ix) Set of IS sieves with lid and pan: Set
450 mm diameter:
63 mm, 53 mm, 37.5 mm, 26.5 mm, 13.2 mm, 9.5 mm, 6.7 mm
and
4.75 mm size.
200 mm diameter:
2.36 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.18 m, 600 micron, 425 micron, 300 micron,
150
micron and 75 micron.
1
(x) Water testing kit Set
1
(xi) First aid box Set
2 For Soils and Aggregates Nos.

(i) Riffle Box 1
(ii) Atterberg Limits (liquid and plastic limits)
Determination apparatus
Compaction Test equipment both 2.5 and 4.5 kg. 1
(iii) Rammers (light and Set
heavy compaction efforts)
Dry Bulk Density Test apparatus (sand pouring 1
(iv) cylinder, tray, can Set
etc.) Complete.
1
(v) Rapid Moisture Meter complete with chemicals Set
Standard measures of 30, 15 and 3 liters capacity along 1
(vi) with standard Set
tamping rod
1. Identification of equipments shall be good.
2. Housekeeping in laboratory shall be good.
3. Retrieved samples shall be kept to verify operational status of equipment used for
testing.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. For Cement and Cement Concrete Nos.

1
(i) Vicat apparatus for testing setting times Set
4
(ii) Slump testing apparatus Set
Compression and Flexural strength testing machine of 1
(iii) 200 tonne Set
capacity with additional dial for flexural testing
3
(iv) Needle Vibrator Set
1
(v) Air Meter Set
Vibrating hammer for vibrating dry mix as for Dry Lean 1
(vi) Cement Set
Concrete sub-base
(vii) Cube moulds for cement and concrete tests 6
(viii) Cube moulds for concrete tests 30
Surface moisture and density meter for soil, aggregate
(ix) and concrete. 1
(x) Concrete Penetrometer 1
(xi) Concrete elcometer 1
Compl
(xii) All NDT equipment’s cube testing /steel testing machine ete Set
(xiii) Density Bucket. 1
(xiv) Computer, printer,& Internet Connection: Core i7
processor, 3.01 GHz Second Generation, 4 GB RAM,1
GB Graphics, 500 GB HDD, Intel mother Board, Circle
Cabinet SMPS, 18.5 inch Samsung LCD, Auto Cad 2010,
Microsoft Office 2007,Logitech Mouse & Keyboard,
Color printer & power backup
Sieve shaker to accommodate 450 dia. and 200 dia.
(xv) sieves 1
Note:-
1. All equipment in the field laboratory shall be calibrated/ verified before use.
2. Frequency of calibrations shall be got approved from Engineer subject to use of
equipment at site.
3. Identification of equipments shall be good.
4. Housekeeping in laboratory shall be good.
5. Retrieved samples shall be kept to verify operational status of equipment used for
testing.
6. Period of retrieved sample shall be got approved subject to quantum of work of each
item to be executed.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION II
SAMPLE FORMS & SCHEDULES

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F1
DETAILS OF WORK EXECUTED DURING LAST FIVE YEARS BY THE BIDDER
Name of bidder: —
Name and address of organization Name of work executed Tendered Time Cost of work Cost of work yet to be done
Sr. for whom work is carried out Period during the
Cost In year. Rs. Lacs Rs. Lacs
No months
. Rs. Lacs
1 2 3 4 5 8 9
( $ ) :- Preceding five years to be reckoned from the 31st March of the immediate last financial year.
Signature of Chartered Accountant of Bidder Signature of Bidder

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F2
DETAILS OF WORKS IN HAND PROPOSED TO BE COMPLETED /ON GOING IN NEXT THREE YEARS BY THE BIDDER
Name of bidder: —
Name and address of Time Cost of work

Tendered Cost of work
Sr. organization from Name of Place of period for Date of done during the
cost Rs. yet to be done
No. whom work is carried Work work tender In work order years ($) Rs.
Lacs Rs. Lacs
Out months Lacs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
($):- 31st March of the immediate last financial year.
Signature of Chartered Accountant of Bidder Signature of Bidder

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F3
LIST OF MACHINERY AVAILABLE WITH THE BIDDER WHICH WILL BE USED ON THIS WORK
Name of bidder:
Sr. No Name No. of Kind and Capacity Age of Present Present Whether the
Make condition of Location with machinery is
of Equipment Units Machinery Machinery name and hypothecated
address of to any bank or
organization institution
where
machinery is in
use
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Signature of the Bidder

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F4
LIST OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL AVAILABLE WITH THE BIDDER TO BE APPOINTED ON THIS WORK
Name of bidder : —
Designation / Post held Academic
Sr. No Name of Person / Qualifications and Remarks
Status Experience in
Similar Works
1 2 3 4 5

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F5
Sr.No Item of Week wise Program (in the form of a Bar Chart)
Activity 1st, 2nd , etc are weeks from the start of work order
(Work)
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
2.3.5 Preliminary Site Organization chart.

2.3.6 Narrative Description of Site Organization chart.
2.3.7 Description of Relationship between Head Office and Site Management.
Note: Indicate clearly which responsibility and what authority have been delegated to site management.
Signature of the Bid

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F6
QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
ELEMENT OF QUALITY SYSTEM (ISO – 9001 – 1994)
The applicant(s) are required to provide details of their Quality Assurance Systems for
criteria stipulated below, preferably in the form of their Quality Manual to be enclosed
separately, in case the system is not finished in total, the extent to which it is completed
and documented may be submitted.
2.3.6 Management
Quality Policy Responsibility
Organization
Responsibility and Authority
Resources
Management Representative
Management Review
2.3.7 Quality System
2.1 General Quality Manual (ISO : 10013)
2.2 Quality System Procedure
2.3 Review
3. Contract Review
3.1 General document procedure
3.2 Review
3.3 Amendment to a contract
3.4 Records
4. Design control
4.1 General Document procedure to DC

4.2 Design & Development planning
4.3 Organization 7 technical Inter Phases
4.4 Design Input
4.5 Design output
4.6 Design Review
4.7 Design Verification
4.8 Design validation
4.9 Design Charges

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Document & Data control

5.1 General ( Documented Procedures to control Documents & Data )
5.2 Document & Data Approval and Issue
5.3 Documents & Data changes
6. Purchasing
6.1 General ( Documented Procedures to control product)
6.2 Evaluation of Sub- Contractors.
6.3 Purchasing Data
6.4 Verification of purchased Product
6.4.1 Supplier verification of Sub.

6.4.2 Customer verification of subcontracted product.
7. Control of customer supplied product.
8. product Identification and Traceability
9. Process Control
a) Documented procedures
b) Suitable Equipment
c) Compliance of Quality Plan with respect to relevant codes.
d) Monitoring and control of Indicator properties.
e) Approval of process and Equipment
f) Workmanship
10. Inspection and Testing
10.1 General Documented for procedures equipment for inspection and testing
10.2 Receiving inspection and testing
10.3 In-process inspection and testing
10.4 Final inspection and testing
10.5 Inspection and Test records

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
11 Control Inspection Measuring and Test
4. General
5. Control Procedure
12 Inspection Test Status
13 Control of non-conforming product

1.0 General product
1.1 Review and disposition of non-conforming product

14 Corrective and Preventive
2.0 General Action
2.1 Corrective and Preventive
2.2 Preventive Action
3.0 Handling Storage
General packing preservation
Handling and delivering
Storage
Packing
Preservation
Delivery
3.1 Control of Quality Records
3.2 Internal Quality Audit
3.3 Training
3.4 Servicing
3.5 Statistical Technique
20.1 Identification of need
20.2 Procedure

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM F7
DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
I/ We hereby declare that I / We have made myself / ourselves thoroughly conversant by

visiting the site, with the site and the subsoil conditions, topography, geo technical
investigation details, hydrological and climatic conditions, extent and nature of work,
laws, procedures and labor practices, availability of labor, material, machineries, fuel,
water, electricity, the local conditions regarding all materials (such as stone, murum, sand
etc.) and labour etc. of which I /We have based on my / our rates for this work. The
specification, conditions bore results and lead of materials on this work have been
carefully studied and understood by me / us before submitting this tender. I / We
undertake to use only the best materials approved by Engineer or his representative or his
duly authorized representative during execution of the work and to abide by the decision.
I/We here by further declare that my / our tender is unconditional in every matter of
whatsoever in nature.
I / We hereby undertake to pay the laborers engaged on the work as per Minimum Wages
Act 1948 applicable to the zone concerned.
I/We have quoted my/our offer in percentage rate in words as well as in figures. I/We
further undertake to enter into contract in regular “B-1” form.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCHEDULE – ‘D’
SAMPLE FORM OF DETAILS OF PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTORS /
SPECIALISED SUB-CONTRACTORS
Proposal for sub contracting components of the works amounting to more than 10% of
the contract price
Secti Approx. Name and Description,

on of Value 1* Address(s) of Location,
Wor Similar Works
ks Sub-Contractor(s) previously
executed by Sub-
Contractor
1
.
2
.
3
.
4
.
5
.
6
.
1
* Value in Indian Rupees Equivalent.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCHEDULE – ‘M’
Information regarding Litigation / Arbitration during last five years in which the bidder is
involved, the parties concerned and disputed amount.
Y A
ea m
S r o
r ($ Short Name of the u Prese
. ) Description Authority nt nt
in
v
ol
N v
o against whom e
. the d Status
litigation is
pending
1
2
3
4
5
C
ur
re
6 nt
Y
ea
r
st
( $ ) Preceding 5 years to be reckoned from the 31 . March of the last financial year.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION III
BIDDING DATA

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
BIDDING DATA
1 SCOPE OF BID:
Construction of works as detailed in bid documents detailed in Volume I
to Volume IV.
2. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA:
Qualification of the prospective bidders shall be done to ensure that the
2.1 works
are opened only for those bidders who shall fulfill qualification
criteria mentioned below in all respect.
2.2 The bidder should have valid Registration Certificate of Class I with
PWD/GoM, CPWD or such govt. organization.
1. Average Annual Financial Turnover during last 3 Yrs

should be not less than 55.00 Cr.
2. Experience of having successfully completed similar works

during last 4 years ending last day of month previous to the
one in which applications are invited should be either of the
following:-
a. Three similar completed works costing not less than

the amount equal to 16.00 Cr. Each
OR
b. Two similar completed works costing not less than the
amount equal to 20.00 Cr. Each.
OR
c. One similar completed work costing not less than the
amount equal to 32.00 Cr.
3. The bidder should have completed in his own name, at least

one work of similar nature with total built-up Area not less
than 14,000 Sqm. in last 4 years.
4. Joint Ventures shall not be allowed.
Note:
1. A weightage of 10% compounded annually shall be given
for equating the financial turnover of previous years, to the
. current year.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The certificate from the chartered Accountant which shall
not be dated prior to date of publication of Tender notice
shall be furnished for annual turnover
3. Audited Annual Accounts for last 3 years including Tax
audit report for preceding 3 years
4. “Work Completion Certificate” indicating name and address

of the Principle Employer(s), particulars about contract
agreement(s), date(s) of physical completion of works and
completion cost(s) as against contract amount(s) shall be
furnished. Any other document(s) shall not be entertained
while evaluating compliance of this criterion.
2.3 The bidder should have liquid assets of Rs. 5.00 Crores (In this
regard, certificate of Chartered Accountant shall be furnished). A
suitable comfort letter from nationalized bank shall be attached.
2.4 The bidder should have bid capacity more than the estimated cost
put to tender as per bid capacity formula indicated as below.
Available Bid Capacity = (A x N x 2) – B

where A = Minimum value of Civil Engineering works executed in
any one year during the last 3 years (updated to the current year by
a factor of escalation of 10% per year) which will take into account
the completed and ongoing works.
B = Value of existing commitments and works (Ongoing) to be

completed in the period stipulated for completion of work in
present tender.
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of present tendered

work, for which bids are invited.
Note:- The statements showing the value of existing commitments

and ongoing works as well as the stipulated period of completion,
remaining for each of the works listed should be counter signed by
the respective Employer or his authorized representative.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.5 The bidder should have following machinery in the name of the firm.
Sr. Equipment Type and Characteristics Maximum Minimum

No. Age in Number required
years on
31-
03-13
1 Automatic Ready mix Concrete Plant 5 1
(capacity 30cum/hr.) owned by the bidder
2 Concrete Pumps – 30cum./hr. 5 4
3 Grouting equipment [pressure 5 2
capacity10Kg/sq.cm]
4 Excavator with Rock Drilling 5 3
attachment [1.25cu.m bucket capacity –
minimum]
5 Portable Air Compressor of capacity 5 1
300cft/mt
6 Captive Power Generation Facility up 5 1
to 500KVA capacity
7 Total Station 3 1
8 Auto Levels 3 2
9 Lab and Testing Equipments As specified
Section I In Vol.
II
10 Impact Compactor 3 1
11 Winch 3 1
12 Vibratory Needles 60mm/40mm/25mm 2 Minimum 4 nos.
of each diameter
13 Plate vibrator 3 4
14 Vibratory shuttering 3 500 Sqm
15 Centering material 2 4500 Sqm
16 Dumpers and Trucks 5 15 No
17 Porta cabins for labour, office staff of 5 4
contractor etc.
18 Pumps 3 5
19 Tower crane Mast height 30mtr 3 1

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
List of all machineries available with the bidder shall be furnished in the prescribed Form
(F-3) pursuant to the Clause 18.1 (g) in the Section “Instructions to Bidders”
2.6 The bidder shall also submit the following qualification documents.
Audited Annual Account for 3 years including tax audit report.

Evidence of adequacy of working capital for this contract (access to lines of
credit and availability of other financial resources.) In addition, CA Certificate
for liquid assets & comfort letter from nationalized bank will be required to be
submitted by bidder
Authority to seek references from the bidders bankers.
Justification of the bidder for their capability of completing the work as per
milestone specified within the stipulated period of completion with the following
documents.
Proposed Work Plan.
Equipment, Planning and Development with broad calculation.
Quality control procedure.
2.7 Τhe bidders should submit the documents specified under para 18 of ITB
of volume I, each document should be strictly in the respective format given in
volume I.
3. Joint Ventures Are Not Allowed.

4. Date, Time and Place o the Pre Bid Meeting:
Pre-bid meeting will be held on 11/07/2013 at 15.00 at the office of MSRDC,
Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project Office, Opp Reclamation Bus Depot, K. C. Marg,
Bandra (West), Mumbai 400050.
5. Bid Submission and Opening

5.1 Dead Line of online submission of Bid is up to 30/07/2013 up to 15.00
hours and Manual Technical Document at the office of MSRDC, Rajiv
Gandhi Sea Link Project Office, Opp Reclamation Bus Depot, K. C. Marg,
Bandra (West), Mumbai 400050.
5.2 Online Technical Bid opening will be on 31/07/2013 up to 15.00 hours at
the office of Tender cell, MSRDC, Rajiv Gandhi Sea Link Project Office,
Opp Reclamation Bus Depot, K. C. Marg, Bandra (West), Mumbai 400050.
6. Bid Validity
Validity of the bid will be 120 days and shall be reckoned from the last date of
submission of bids and thereafter until it is withdrawn by notice in writing duly
addressed to the authority opening the bid. Such withdrawal after 120 days shall
be effective from the date of receipt of notice by the employer.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION IV
CONTRACT DATA

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DATA (APPENDIX TO BID)
[Note: with the exception of the items for which the Employer's requirements have been
inserted, the following information must be completed before the Tender is submitted].
Sr.No Item Data
1 Employer's name and The Vice Chairman & Managing Director,
Address Maharashtra State Road Development
Corporation Ltd. Near Priyadarshini Park,
Nepean Sea Road Mumbai - 400 036.
(INDIA)
2 Contractors Name And Address
3 Consultant’s (Architects and Sunil Patil And Associates JV Fortress Infra.
PMC) Name and Address Advisory Services Office no.6,Gold Field Plaza,
1st Floor, Sasoon Road, Opp. Wadia College,
Pune- 411001 or any other Engineer as employed
by MSRDC.
4 Time For Completion For Work 18 Calendar Months including monsoon.
5 Defects Notification 2 years after date of issuance of Completion
Period Certificate.
6 Electronic transmission Systems Fax, e-mail, soft copies in CD / DVD
7 Governing Law Laws of India and local law applicable to
site of work
8 Ruling language English
9 Language for Communications English/ Marathi / Hindi
10 Time for access to the Site As per the Local conditions to be verified
by the contractor
11 Estimated Cost Rs. 41.30 Cr (Forty one Core and Thirty
Lacs only)
12 Bid Security(EMD) Rs.20,65,000.00 (Twenty Lacs Sixty Five
thousand only)
13 Performance Security (SD) 4% of the Contract amount

14 Period for submission of the 20 Days after the receipt of work order
work program
15 Delay Damages for the As per clause 2 of conditions of contract
Works
16 Maximum amount of As per clause 2 of conditions of contract
delay damages.
17 Payment Certificate Minimum amount of Interim bill 10% of
contract value
18 Currency/currencies of Indian Rupees (INR) payable in India
payment
19 Periods for submission of Within 7 days of the Commencement of
insurance works

III
Volume III - Financial Bid
Form of Bid,
Schedule ‘B’
Schedule ‘C’

EXPANSION OF ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING FOR SALES TAX
DEPARTMENT AT YERWADA, PUNE.

SUNIL PATIL & ASSOCIATES JV FORTRESS INFRASTRUCTURE ADVISORY SERVICES

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
VOLUME III

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INDEX
SR.No. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1 BID FORM B1 (TENDER FOR WORKS) 3-9
2 SCHEDULE ‘B’ BILL OF QUANTITIES 10 - 177
3 SCHEDULE ‘C’ DETAILED SPECIFICATION 178- 239

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FORM B-1
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
Department : Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation

(AGovt Of Maharashtra Under taking)
Region : Pune
Name of work : Expansion of Administrative Building for Sales Tax Department

At Yerawada, Pune
1. All works proposed to be executed by Contractor shall be notified in a form of invitation

to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Engineer and signed by the
Engineer.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and
opening tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of Bid
Security to be deposited with the tender, and the amount of the Performance Security to
be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from
bills. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground
rents will be granted. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings and estimated
rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with the work
shall be signed by the Engineer for the purpose of identification shall also be open for
inspection by contractors at the office of the Engineer during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications

recommended by a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the
MSRDC such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part of the accepted
tender.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a registered partnership firm, it must be
signed separately by each partner thereof, or in the event of the absence of any partner, it
shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him to
do so. Incase of a private / public ltd co. also it shall be signed by a power of attorney
holder.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2) A i) The contractor should pay along with the Tender Rs 20,65,000/-

(Rupees Twenty Lacs Sixty five Thousand Five hundred only) as and by way of
Bid Security. The contractor shall forward along with his tender, Demand Draft /
Pay Order of any Nationalized / scheduled Bank or banks promoted by All India
Financial Institution in Mumbai for the like amount. The said amount of Bid
Security shall not carry any interest.
ii) In the event of his Tender being accepted subject to the provisions of sub-
clause (iii) below the said amount of Bid Security shall be appropriated towards
the amount of Performance Security payable by him under condition of General
Conditions of Contract.
iii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer, or
modifies the same, or if after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or
neglects to furnish the balance of Performance Security, within 10 days from the
date of letter of intent without prejudice to any other rights and powers of the
MSRDC, hereunder or in law, MSRDC shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount
of the Bid Security deposited by him. Please see Clause 1 of conditions of
contract.
iv) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of Bid Security
deposited by the contractor shall unless it is prior thereto forfeited under the
provisions of sub-clause (iii) above, to be refunded to him on his passing receipt
thereof.
3. DELETED
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form, stating at what
percentage above/below the estimated rates for the items specified in Schedule “B”
(Memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) shall be named in figures as

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
well as in words. Tenders which propose any alteration in the works specified in the said
form of invitation to “tender” or in the time allowed for carrying out the work or which
contain any other conditions, will be liable for rejection.
5. The Engineer or his duly authorized Representative shall open tenders in the presence of
contractors who have submitted tenders or their authorized representatives who may be
present at the time and he will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative
statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted the contractor shall,
for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications and other documents
mentioned in Rule 1. In the event of tender being rejected, the Engineer shall authorize
the Accounts Office concerned to refund the amount of the Bid Security deposited to the
contractor taking the tender, on his giving a receipt for the return of the money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any
of the tenders.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any
matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on MSRDC unless
it is signed by the Engineer.
8. The memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in and completed by the
office of Engineer before the tender form is issued. If a form issued to an intending
tenderer has not been so filled in and completed he shall request the said office to have
this done before he completes and delivers his tender.
9. All work shall be measured out by the standard measure and according to the rules and
customs of the PWD and their rates shall be subject to any local customs.
10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for any
items in this contract.
11. Every registered Contractor should produce along with his tender certificate of
registration as approved Contractor in the appropriate class and renewal of such
registration with date of expiry.
13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual method in use in the
PWD and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Engineer’s
decision as to what is “The usual method in use in the PWD” will be final.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
14 The tendering contractor shall furnish a declaration along with the tender showing all
works for which he has already entered into contract, and the value of the work that
remains to be executed in each case on the date of submitting the tender duly signed by
the competent authority not below rank of Executive Engineer.
15 Every tenderer shall furnish along with the tender, information regarding the Income-Tax
Circle or Ward of the District in which he is assessed to Income-Tax,
16 No foreign exchange would be released by the MSRDC for the purchase of plant and
machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for.
17 Contractor should produce a year-wise list of works carried out during the last 4 financial
years duly signed by the competent authority not below rank of Executive Engineer.
18 The contractor shall also give a list of machinery in their possession and which they
propose to use on the work in the form F3 with the evidence of ownership of those
machineries.
19 Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting authority a
valid and current licence issued in his favour under the provisions of Contract Labour
(Regulations and Abolition) Act 1973 before starting work failing which acceptance of
the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money will be forfeited to MSRDC.
(Reference Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation and Power Department’s letter
No.LAB 1076/1181/ (666E-(17), dated 8/9/1976).
20 The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961 and the
rules and orders issued there-under from time to time. The contractor shall also comply
with all the provisions of Labor legislation such as Minimum wages act, Payment of
wages act, Workmans compensation act, P.F. act, ESI act etc. If he fails to do that, his
failure will be a breach of the contract and the MSRDC, may cancel the contract. The
contractor shall also be liable, for any pecuniary liability and penalty arising on account
of any violation by him of the provisions of the Act. The employer in no case will be
responsible or liable for the same.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TENDER FOR WORKS

1. I / We hereby tender for the execution, for the Maharashtra State
Road Development Corporation (hereinbefore and hereinafter referre
to as “MSRDC”) of the work specified in the underwritten
memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum at -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
*In figures as well as in --------------------------------percent (%) below / above the estimated
words rates entered in “Schedule B” (Memorandum showing items of work
to be carried out) and in accordance in all respects with the
specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred
to in Rule-1 hereof
MEMORANDUM
(a) General Description – Expansion of Administrative Building
(a) If several sub works are
For Sales Tax Department, At Yerawada, Pune
included they should be
detailed in a separate list (b) Estimated Cost
(b) Total Estimated cost of the i) Civil Work Rs 32,68,48,220.00
work ii) Electrical and Other Works Rs 8,61,94,409.00
Total for Civil + Electrical Rs 41,30,42,629.00
and other works.
(c) The amount of earnest Total Estimated Cost of Project Rs 41,30,42,629.00
money
. Bid Security to be
deposited shall be in (c) Bid Security / Earnest Money Rs 20,65,000.00
accordance with the
provisions of paras 206 & 207
of the M.P.W Manual. (d) Performance Security
i) Demand Draft Rs.82,61,000.00
(d) Performance Security shall or Bank Guarantee
be in accordance with the ii) To be deducted from Rs. 82,61,000.00
provisions of paras 213 & 214 running bills (in Cash)
of the M.P.W Manual _________________________
Total Performance deposit Rs. 1,65,22000.00
Total Time Period - 18 (Eighteen) Calendar Months
(e) Percentage, if any to be deducted from bills so as to make up
(e) This percent where no the total amount required as performance security deposit, by the
performance security is taken time, half the work, as measured by the costs, is done -- 4%
will vary from 5% to 10% (four percent).
according to requirement of the
case where performance
security is taken. See note 1 to
Clause 1 of conditions of
contract
(f) Time allowed for the work from the date of return order to
(f) Give Schedule where commence – 18 Calendar months (Eighteen Calendar months
necessary showing dates by including Monsoon)
which the various items are to
be completed.
2. I/we agree that the offer shall remain open for acceptance for
minimum period of 120 days from the last date of submission of

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
the tender and thereafter until it is withdrawn by me/us by notice

in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the tenders
and sent by registered post A.D. or otherwise delivered at the
office of such authority. The Demand draft No.______ dated in
respect to the sum of Rs.____________________/- (in words
rupees _______________________________________only)
representing the earnest money / bid security is herewith
forwarded. The amount of earnest money / bid security shall not
bear interest and shall be liable to be forfeited to the MSRDC
should I /We fail to i) abide the stipulation to keep the offer
open for the period mentioned above or ii) Sign and complete the
contract documents as required by the Engineer and furnish the
performance security as specified in item (d) of the
memorandum contained in paragraph (1) above. Within the time
limit laid down in Clause (1) of the annexed General Conditions
of Contract. The amount of earnest money / bid security may be
adjusted towards the performance security or refunded to me/us
if so desired by me/us in writing unless the same or any part
thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.
3. Should this tender be accepted I /We hereby agree to abide by
and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the Conditions of the
Contract annexed hereto so far as applicable and in default
thereof to forfeit and pay to the MSRDC the sum of money
mentioned in the said conditions.
Demand draft No.______ dated from_________________ bank
in respect of sum of Rs.____________________/- (in
*Amount to be specified in words__________________________________________) is
figures as well as in words herewith forwarded representing the earnest money/ bid security
as the value of which is to be absolutely forfeited to MSRDC
should I /We not deposit the full amount of performance security
specified in the above memorandum in accordance with clause 1
(A) of the said Conditions of Contract, otherwise the said
Signature of the Contractor amount of Rs. -________________/- (in words
before submission of tender. ____________________ _________________________) shall
be refunded.
Contractor : _________________________________
Address: _________________________________________
Signature of the Witness to
________________________________________________
Contractor’s Signature
Dated: the _____ day of _________2013
Witness: _______________________________________
Address: _______________________________________
Occupation: ____________________________________
Signature of the officer by The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of
whom accepted. MSRDC
Dated __________day of __________2013
Vice Chairman & Managing Director

Or his representative.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCHEDULE ‘B’
A. CIVIL WORK ABSTRACT
Sr.N Item No. and Quantity Description of Item Rate Unit Amount
o. Specification
no.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 DSR Item Item No.1 : Excavation for foundation
No.1 Bd-A in earth, soil of all types sand, gravel
1Page No.7 and soft murum, including removing the
Item Code excavated materials up to a distance of
No.-Bd-A 1 50m. beyond the building area & stacking
Page no. 259 and spreading as directed, dewatering,
preparing the bed for the foundation and
necessary back filling , ramming,
watering including and strutting etc. Rupees Ninety
complete. By mechanical means ( lift Three and Cubic
5212.10 upto 1.5m.) 93.30 Thirty Paise Meter 486288.93
2 DSR Item Item No.2 :Excavation for

No.2 Bd-A 2 foundation in , hard murrum,
Page No.7 including removing the excavated
Item Code material upto a distance of 50 metres
No.- Bd-A 2 beyond the building area and stacking
Page no. 259 and spreading as directed, dewatering,
preparing the bed for foundation and
necessary backfilling, ramming,
watering, including shoring and Rupees One
strutting etc. complete. By mechanical Hundred Five Cubic
3445.33 means (Lift upto 1.5m ) 105.00 Only Meter 361759.65

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3 DSR Item Item No.3:Excavation for foundation

No.3 Bd-A 3 in hard murum and boulders
Page No.7 including removing the excavated
Item Code materials up to a distance of 50m.
No.- Bd-A beyond the building area & stackinh
3Page no. and spreading as directed, dewatering,
259 preparing the bed for the foundation
and necessary back filling , ramming, Rupees One
watering including and strutting etc. Hundred
complete. By mechanical means (Lift Twenty Seven
1.5 m to 3.0m) and Twenty Cubic
1631.86 127.25 Five Paise Meter 207654.19
No.4 Bd-A 4 foundation in soft rock and old
Page No.8 cement and lime masonry foundation
Item Code including removing the excavated
No.- Bd-A 4 materials up to a distance of 50m.
Page no. 259 beyond the building area & stackinh
and spreading as directed, dewatering,
preparing the bed for the foundation
and necessary back filling , ramming,
watering including and strutting etc. Rupees Three
complete. By mechanical means (Lift Hundred
1.5 to 3.0m) Three and Cubic
4630.97 303.30 Thirty Paise Meter 1404573.20

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.7 Bd-A 6 foundation in hard rock by
Page No.9 12xidized12 wedging, line drilling
Item Code etc. including trimming and leveling
No.- Bd-A the bed by cheiselling where necessary
6Page no. and removing the excavated materials
259 and stacking it in measurable heaps
form the building area including Rupees Eight
dewatering and back filling with Hundred Four
available earth, murum, watering and Ninety Cubic
14995.49 ramming completed at all Levels. 804.90 Paise Meter 12069869.90
6 DSR Item Item No.6 : Filling in plinth and floors
No.9 Bd-A 10 with approved excavated materials in
Page No.9 15cm to 20cm layers including watering
Item Code and compacting complete.
No.- Bd-A 10 Rupees Fifty
Page no. 262 Seven and
Twenty Five Cubic
6397.10 57.25 Paise Meter 366233.98
7 DSR Item Item No.7 : Providing dry rubble stone

No.11 Bd-A soling of trap metal in 15 cm to 20 cm .
12 Page No.9 thick including filling voids with sand/
Item Code grit ramming , watering complete.
No.- Bd-A 12
Page no. 264
Rupees One
Thousand Two
Hundred Two
and Eighty Cubic
1289.48 1202.85 Five Paise Meter 1551051.02

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8 DSR Item Item no.8 :- Conveying and shifting of

No.19 Rd 18 material obtained from all type of
Page No.129 excavation to the tip, out side the site
Item Code premises with their own arrangements.
Rd 18 Page The place for dumping such material will
no. 197 not be provided by client or engineer. It
will be contractors responsibilityto
identify and use such place.
Rupees One
Hundred Fifty
Nine and Cubic
A 8291.66 Lime, Murrum ,Rabish 159.70 Seventy Paise Meter 1324178.10
Rupees Two
Hundred
Eighty Nine
Excavated Rock and Sixty Cubic
B 10399.54 289.60 Paise Meter 3011706.78
9 DSR Item Item No.9 :- Providing and laying in situ

No.1 Bd-E 1 cement concrete M-15 of Rupees Five
Page No.13 trap/Quartz/Granite metal for foundation Thousand
Item Code and bedding including bailing out water , Three Hundred
No.- Bd-E 1 form-work, compacting and curing etc. Ninety Three
Page no. 287 complete. and Forty Cubic
738.17 5393.40 Paise Meter 3981246.08

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10 DSR Item Item No.10 :-Providing and laying in situ

No.12 (ii) a Readymix cement concrete M-30 of
BDF-3 Page trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss/metal for
No.20 Item R.C.C. work in foundation like raft,
Code No.- grillages, strips,foundation ,grillages
BdF-3 and footings of R.C.C.columns and steel
Page no. 298 stanchions including bailing out water, Rupees Six
and B.7, Page formwork, cover block, compaction Thousand Eight
no.38 curing and roughening the surface if Hundred Forty
special finish is to be provided.( Four and
Excluding Reinforcement and Structural Eighty Five Cubic
2624.28 Reinforcement) complete. 6844.85 Paise Meter 17962802.96
11 DSR Item Item No.11 :-Providing and casting in situ Rupees Eight
No.13 (iii) a Readymix cement concrete M-30 of Thousand
BDF-5 Page trap/granite/14xidized14/gneiss metal for Seven Hundred
No.20 Item R.C.C.columns as per detailed designs Sixty Three
Code No.- and drawing or as directed including and Thirty Five Cubic
BdF-5 BF & G.F 265.89 centering form-work,compacting and 8763.35 Paise Meter 2330087.13
Page no. 300 roughening the surface if special finish is
and B.7, Page to be provided and curing Rupees Eight
Thousand Eight
no.38 complete.(Excluding Reinforcement)
Hundred Seven
and Fifteen Cubic
F.F. 105.35 8807.15 Paise Meter 927833.25
Rupees Eight
Thousand Eight
Hundred Fifty Cubic
S.F. 105.35 8851.00 One Only Meter 932452.85
Rupees Eight
Thousand Nine
Hundred Thirty
Eight and Sixty Cubic
T.F. 98.30 8938.60 Paise Meter 878664.38

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Nine
Thousand
Twenty Six and
Twenty Five Cubic
F.F 79.41 9026.25 Paise Meter 716774.55
12 DSR Item Item No.12 :-Providing and casting in situ Rupees Eight
No.14 (iii) a Readymix cement concrete M-30 of Thousand Nine
BDF-6 Page trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for Hundred Forty
No.21 Item R.C.C.Beams and Lintels as per detailed Eight and
Code No.- drawing and designs or as directed Ninety Five Cubic
BDF-6 BF & G.F. 523.02 including centering form-work, cover 8948.95 Paise Meter 4680479.83
Page no. 300 blocks, compacting and roughening the
and B.7, Page surface if special finish is to be provided Rupees Eight
Thousand Nine
no.38 and curing complete.(Excluding
Hundred
Reinforcement) Ninety Three
and Seventy Cubic
F.F. 174.34 8993.70 Paise Meter 1567961.66
Rupees Nine
Thousand
Thirty Eight
and Forty Five Cubic
S.F. 174.34 9038.45 Paise Meter 1575763.37
Rupees Nine
Thousand One
Hundred
Twenty Seven
and Ninety Cubic
T.F. 174.34 9127.95 Five Paise Meter 1591366.80
Rupees Nine
Thousand Two
Hundred
Seventeen and
Forty One Cubic
F.F 130.76 9217.42 Paise Meter 1205269.64

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
13 DSR Item No Item No.13:-Providing and casting in situ Rupees Nine

15 (iii) a Readymix cement concrete M-30 of Thousand One
BDF-8 Page trap granite/ quartzite/ gneiss metal for Hundred Fifty
No.21 Item R.C.C.Slabs and Landings,Chajja, and Forty Five Cubic
Code No.- B.F& G.F 1745.97 canopy , waist slab as per detailed 9150.45 Paise Meter 15976411.19
BDF-8 designs and drawing or as directed
Page no. 302 including centering form-work, cover Rupees Nine
Thousand One
and B.7, Page blocks, compacting and roughening the
Hundred
no.38 surface if special finish is to be provided Ninety Six and Cubic
F.F. 429.70 and curing complete.(Excluding 9196.20 Twenty Paise Meter 3951607.14
Reinforcement) Rupees Nine
Thousand Two
Hundred Forty
One and Ninety Cubic
S.F. 429.70 9241.95 Five Paise Meter 3971265.92
Rupees Nine
Thousand
Three Hundred
Thirty Three
T.F 429.70 9333.45 Paise Meter 4010583.47
Rupees Nine
Thousand Four
Hundred
Twenty Four
and Ninety Six Cubic
F.F 322.28 9424.96 Paise Meter 3037477.24
14 DSR Item Item No.14:-Providing and casting in situ Rupees Nine
No.6 BDF-11 cement concrete M-30 of Thousand Five
Page No.18 trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for Hundred
Item Code R.C.C pardi 75mm thick fins including Seventy Three
No.- BDF-11 centering, formwork , compacting, and and Sixty Cubic
B.7 BF & G.F 688.00 roughening the surface if special finish is 9573.60 Paise Meter 6586636.80

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page no. 304 to be provided and and curing complete Rupees Nine
38-40 Excluding reinforcement) Thousand Six
Hundred
Twenty One
F.F. 13.91 9621.45 Paise Meter 133834.37
Rupees Nine
Thousand Six
Hundred Sixty
Nine and
Thirty Five Cubic
S.F. 13.91 9669.35 Paise Meter 134500.66
Rupees Nine
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Sixty Five and Cubic
T.F 13.91 9765.05 Five Paise Meter 135831.85
Rupees Nine
Thousand Eight
Hundred Sixty
and Eighty Cubic
F.F 13.91 9860.81 Paise Meter 137163.84
15 DSR Item Item No.15:-Providing and casting in situ
No.7 BDF-12 cement concrete M20 of trap / granite /
Page No.18 quartzite / gness metal for R.C.C. coping
Item Code to plinth or parapet and sills of doors
No.- BDF-12 and 17xidize, moulded as per detailed
B7 drawing & design, or as directed
Rupees Six
Page no. 304 including centering, formwork,
Thousand One
38 compacting & roughening the surface if
Hundred
special finish is to be provided & curing
Ninety Eight
complete. (Excluding reinforcement)
and Twenty Cubic
7.80 6198.25 Five Paise Meter 48346.35

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
16 DSR Item Item No.16 : Providing and fixing in Rupees Sixty

No.8 BDF-17 position T.M.T. Fe 500 bar Six Thousand
Page No.18 reinforcement of various diameters for Three Hundred
Item Code R.C.C pile caps, footing, foundations, Eighty Seven
No.- BDF-17 slabs, beams, columns, canopies, and Thirty Metric
Page no. 306 B.F & G.F 443.55 staircase, newels, chejjas, lintels pardis, 66387.30 Paise Tonne 29446086.92
coping, fins, arches etc, as per detailed
drawings and 18xidized18 including Rupees Sixty
Six Thousand
cutting, bending , hooking the bars,
Seven Hundred
binding with wires or tack welding and Nineteen and
supporting as required completed. Twenty Five Metric
F.F. 79.85 66719.25 Paise Tonne 5327532.11
Rupees Sixty
Seven
Thousand Fifty
One and Metric
S.F. 79.95 67051.15 Fifteen Paise Tonne 5360739.44
Rupees Sixty
Seven
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Fifteen and Metric
T.F 77.95 67715.05 Five Paise Tonne 5278388.15
Rupees Sixty
Eight Thousand
Three Hundred
Seventy Eight
and Ninety One Metric
F.F. 59.80 68378.92 Paise Tonne 4089059.36

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
17 Mild Steel Item No.17 :-Providing and fixing in

DSR (11-12) position Mild Steel bar reinforcement of
Item No.8 various diameters for R.C.C pile caps,
Page No.18 footing, foundations, slabs, beams,
BDF-17 Page columns, canopies, staircase, newels,
No.306 chejjas, lintels pardis, coping, fins, arches
etc, as per detailed drawings and Rupees Fifty
19xidized19 including cutting, bending , Five Thousand
hooking the bars, binding with wires or Five Hundred
tack welding and supporting as required Five and Fifty Metric
14.79 completed. 55505.50 Paise Tonne 820926.35
18 DSR Item Item No.18 :- Providing structural steel

No.4 BD-C 8 work for 19xidize,trusses & similar
Page No.11 members & purlins 0f Tata Square Pipe or
Item Code Equivalent with all bracing, gusset plates
No.- Bd-C.8 etc. as per detailed designs and drawing or
as directed including cutting, fabricating,
hoisting, erecting, fixing in position, Rupees Eighty
making riveted/bolted/welded connections One Thousand
and one coat of anticorrosive paint and Six Hundred
over it two coats of spray painting Fifty Eight and Metric
21.70 complete. 81658.50 Fifty Paise Tonne 1771989.45

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
19 Item No.19 : Providing Autoclaved

Areated Concrete Blocks of Ecolite or
equivalent mech. Of size (
625x240x225) mm in 225 mm thick
masonry in extra fine jointing mortar of
fixoblock of UltraTech or equivalent in
foundations and plinth of inner walls/in
plinth external walls including scaffolding
, bailing out water, striking joints on Rupees Seven
unexposed faces, racking out joints on Thousand
exposed faces and watering, etc. Three Hundred Cubic
B.F.1&2 118.07 Complete. 7370.00 Seventy Only Meter 870175.90
20 Item No.20 : Providing Autoclaved Rupees Seven

Areated Concrete Blocks of Ecolite or Thousand Five
equivalent mech. Hundred Fifty
Size(625x240x225)mm in 225 mm thick and Fifty Five Cubic
G.F 216.82 masonry in extra fine jointing mortar of 7550.55 Paise Meter 1637110.25
fixoblock of UltraTech or equivalent in
superstructure including scaffolding , Rupees Seven
Thousand Five
striking joints, raking out joints, watering
Hundred
and scaffolding etc. Complete. Eighty Eight
and Thirty Cubic
F.F. 148.29 7588.30 Paise Meter 1125269.01
Rupees Seven
Thousand Six
Hundred
Twenty Six and Cubic
Rupees Seven
Thousand
Seven Hundred Cubic
T.F 148.29 7701.55 One and Fifty Meter 1142062.85

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Five Paise
Rupees Seven
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Seventy Seven Cubic
F.F 111.22 7777.07 and Six Paise Meter 864965.34
21 Item No.21 : Providing Autoclaved Rupees One
Areated Concrete Blocks of Ecolite or Thousand
equivalent mech. Three and Square
G.F. 23.85 Size(625x240x100)mm in 100 mm thick 1003.90 Ninety Paise Meter 23943.02
masonry in extra fine jointing mortar of
fixoblock of UltraTech or equivalent in Rupees One
Thousand Eight
half brick thick wall including mild steel
and Ninety Square
F.F. 26.10 longitudinal reinforcement of 2 bars of 1008.90 Paise Meter 26332.29
6 mm diameter / 2 hoop iron strips 25 mm Rupees One
x 1.6 mm at every third course, properly Thousand
bend and bonded at ends scaffolding, Thirteen and
racking out joints and watering complete. Ninety Five Square
S.F. 26.10 1013.95 Paise Meter 26464.10
Rupees One
Thousand
Twenty Four Square
T.F. 26.10 1024.00 Only Meter 26726.40
Rupees One
Thousand
Thirty Four and Square
F.F. 19.58 1034.02 One Paisa Meter 20246.05
22 DSR Item Item No.22 :-Providing and laying Rupees Seven
No.8 BD-j jointless Polydee-LM jointless a highly Hundred Ten
Page No.32 flexible elastometric coating for and Fifty Five Square
Item Code G.F 76.72 RCC/cementitious surface for terrace 710.55 Paise Meter 54513.40

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
No.- Bd-J waterproofing on B.B.Coba / R.C.C, Rupees Seven

after application of TP-42 Primer on Hundred
perfectly clean substrate(free from loose Fourteen and Square
F.F. 41.81 714.10 Ten Paise Meter 29856.52
dust and foreign matter)application of 1st
Rupees Seven
coat of Polydee-LM@ 700 gms/sqm
Hundred
applying 2nd coat of Polydee- LM @700 Seventeen and
gm/sqm and finishing the same with Sixty Five Square
S.F. 34.01 sprinkling the AG-10 granules on the wet 717.65 Paise Meter 24407.28
coating.(After finishing covering the Rupees Seven
treatment with 25mm cement plaster for Hundred
protection with fibrillated 6mm Plyplast Twenty Four
and Seventy Square
T.F 37.91 fibre @125 gms per sqm to be paid in 724.75 Five Paise Meter 27475.27
separate item.)with 7 years guarantee on Rupees Seven
court fee stamp of 100. Hundred Thirty
One and Eighty Square
F.F 37.91 731.87 Six Paise Meter 27745.06
Rupees Seven
Hundred Thirty
One and Eighty Square
Tr.F 2864.62 731.87 Six Paise Meter 2096529.44
23 DSR Item Item No.23:-Providing Chemical Water Rupees Six
No.9 BD-J proofing by applying a base coat Hundred
Page No.32 comprising of 1 Kg Polydee-MC and 1 Twenty and Square
Item Code G.F. 0.00 Kg fresh cement after wetting the surface 620.40 Forty Paise Meter 0.00
No.- Bd-J followed by drying the surface for 2 days,
apply primer coat of TP-40 and after Rupees Six
Hundred
drying, applying Polydee-11 two
Twenty Three Square
F.F. 152.01 component (mixing ratio 2 A: 1 B) with 7 623.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 94778.24
years guarantee on court fee stamp of Rupees Six
100/- etc. complete. Hundred
Twenty Six and Square
S.F. 152.01 626.60 Sixty Paise Meter 95249.47

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Six
Hundred Thirty
Two and Square
T.F. 77.09 632.80 Eighty Paise Meter 48782.55
Rupees Six
Hundred Thirty
Nine and One Square
F.F 114.00 639.01 Paisa Meter 72847.37
24 DSR Item Item No.24 :- Providing and fixing 25
No.10 BD-J to 30 mm thick rough 23xidized box
Page No.33 type waterproofing for basement or
Item Code underground floor on a base of
No.- Bd-J Cement concrtete 1:3:6, including sub
Page no. 355 base of 2.50 centimeter thick Cement
mortar 1:3 with conseal, setcrete (
RMW ), Algiproof or other alike
watere proofing liquids, raking of
joints upto 35 mm depth, filling the
joints with 6 mm size crushed metal,
hand grouting with cement slurry,
curing and cleaning, with 7 years Rupees Eight
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- Hundred
with ponding test etc complete. Forty Six and
(excluding Cement concrtete 1;3:6 Forty Five Square
3281.53 base concrete ) 846.45 Paise Meter 2777651.07

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
25 DSR Item Item No.25 :-Providing and fixing 20

No.11 BD-J to 25 mm thick rough 24xidized box
Page No.33 type waterproofing treatment to
Item Code vertical outside faces of Reinforced
No.- Bd- Cement concrete walls of basement
JPage no. or underground floor including
355 filling the gap of 25 mm between
rough 24xidized and Reinforced
Cement concrete walls with cement
grout mixed with water proofing
liquid Algiproof or other alike with
one tile lift method, brushing the joints
horizontally with cement slurry mixed
with water oproofing liquid for width
30 to 35 mm and sloping coping over
topmost tile with cement mortar 1:3,
butting the bottam most with Cement
concrtete 1;2:4 mixed with water
proofing liquid, curing,with 7 years Rupees Seven
with ponding test etc complete. Ninety Five
(excluding Cement concrtete 1;3:6 and Fifty Five Square
1968.70 base concrete ) 795.55 Paise Meter 1566199.29
26 DSR Item Item No.26 :-Providing & laying
No.12 BD-J perforated PVC pipes of standard
Page No.33 pressure class of 160 mm diameter below
Item Code pcc of raft in proper line, level and slope
No.- Bd-J including necessary collar, providing
perforation by drilling holes of 15 mm dia Rupees Seven
in 3 lines at 15 cm c/c, providing chicken Hundred Runnin
mesh 24xid on top of pipe, refilling the
Seventy One g
trench with available excavated material
782.00 771.00 Only Meter 602922.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
complete.
27 DSR Item Item No.27 :-Providing internal cement Rupees One

No.1 BDL-1 plaster 6 mm thick in a single coat in Hundred Nine
Page No.37 cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish and Forty Five Square
Item Code G.F. 2864.62 to concrete surface in all positions 109.45 Paise Meter 313532.66
No.- Bd-L 1 including scaffolding & curing complete.
Page no. 367 Rupees One
Hundred Ten Square
F.F 2864.62 110.00 Only Meter 315108.20
Rupees One
Hundred Ten
and Fifty Five Square
S.F. 2864.62 110.55 Paise Meter 316683.74
Rupees One
Hundred
Eleven and
Sixty Five Square
T.F. 2864.62 111.65 Paise Meter 319834.82
Rupees One
Hundred
Twelve and
Seventy Three Square
F.F. 2148.46 112.73 Paise Meter 242203.42
28 DSR Item Item No.28 :-Providing internal cement Rupees One
B.F & G.F 4813.89 160.35 771907.26
No.2 BDL-2 plaster 12mm thick in a single coat in Hundred Sixty Square

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page No.37 cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish and Thirty Five Meter
Item Code to concrete or brick surfaces or ceiling, in Paise
No.- Bd-L 2 all positions including scaffolding and
Page no. 368- curing complete. Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
370
One and Square
F.F. 1074.12 161.15 Fifteen Paise Meter 173094.44
Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
One and Ninety Square
Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
Three and Fifty Square
Rupees One
Hundred Sixty
Five and Square
F.F. 825.39 165.16 Sixteen Paise Meter 136321.83
29 DSR Item Item No.29 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Sixty
No.16 BDL chicken mesh 26xid (24 gauge) at the Four and Square
Page No.39 G.F. 605.85 junction of 2 different surfaces of 64.70 Seventy Paise Meter 39198.50
Item Code different material component at the time
No.- Bd-L of plastering to prevent cracking in plaster Rupees Sixty Square
F.F. 605.85 surface as and where directed at all floors 65.00 Five Only Meter 39380.25
with all leads and lifts etc. complete. Rupees Sixty
Five and Thirty Square
Rupees Sixty Square
T.F. 605.85 66.00 Six Only Meter 39986.10
Rupees Sixty
Six and Sixty Square
F.F. 0.00 66.64 Four Paise Meter 0.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
30 DSR Item Item No.30 :-Providing & applying Rupees Three

No.20 BD-L plaster/wall punning with plaster of paris Hundred
Page No.40 (with Gypsum material of Ambuja /Mor Twenty Three
Item Code Chap of equivalent make) 10 to 13 mm and Forty Five Square
No.- Bd-L G.F. 2366.93 thickness to previously plastered surface 323.45 Paise Meter 765583.51
or on newly brick surface (Excluding
rough cast plaster) in all positions Rupees Three
Hundred
including prepairing and finishing the
Twenty Five Square
F.F. 1074.12 surface , scaffolding etc. complete. 325.05 and Five Paise Meter 349142.71
Rupees Three
Hundred
Twenty Six and Square
S.F. 1078.92 326.70 Seventy Paise Meter 352483.16
Rupees Three
Hundred
Twenty Nine
and Ninety Square
T.F. 1081.92 329.90 Paise Meter 356925.41
Rupees Three
Hundred Thirty
Three and Square
F.F 825.39 333.15 Fifteen Paise Meter 274981.57
31 DSR Item Item No.31 :-Providing sand faced Rupees Three
No.5 BD-L 7 plaster externally in cement mortar using Hundred
Page No.37 approved screened sand in all positions Ninety Six and Square
Item Code G.F 484.88 including base coat of 15mm thick in 396.05 Five Paise Meter 192036.72
No.- Bd-L 7 C.M. 1:4 using waterproofing
Page no. 369 compound at 1 Kg. per cement bag curing Rupees Three
Hundred
the same for not less than 2 days and
Ninety Eight Square
F.F. 415.35 keeping the surface of the base coat rough 398.05 and Five Paise Meter 165330.07
to receive the sand faced treatment of 6 to
8 mm thick in C.M. 1:4 finishing the Rupees Four Square
S.F. 683.98 400.00 Hundred Only Meter 273592.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
surface by taking out grains and curing Rupees Four

for fourteen days, scaffolding etc. Hundred Three
complete. and Ninety Square
Rupees Four
Hundred Seven
and Ninety Square
F.F. 512.99 407.93 Three Paise Meter 209264.78
Rupees Four
Hundred Seven
and Ninety Square
Tr.F 615.03 407.93 Three Paise Meter 250889.19
32 DSR Item Item No.32 :-Providing 100mm wide Rupees Forty Runnin
No.15 BD-L patti on plastered surface 12mm to Seven and Fifty g
Page No.39 S.F. 488.56 15mm thick in cm 1:3 line & level 47.55 Five Paise Meter 23231.03
Item Code including neet finishing scaffolding
No.- Bd-L curing etc complete. Rupees Forty Runnin
Eight and Five g
T.F 488.56 48.05 Paise Meter 23475.31
Rupees Forty Runnin
Eight and Fifty g
F.F 488.56 48.51 One Paise Meter 23701.51
33 DSR Item Item No.33:-Providing and applying Rupees Four
No.22 BD-L Texture plaster with finishing with Hundred
Page No.41 Purlina / Rustic texture material (with Seventy Seven
Item Code texture material of Asian / Renava / nitco and Twenty Square
No.- Bd-L G.F 207.80 / temtex or equivalent make) in 3to 4 mm 477.25 Five Paise Meter 99174.46
thickness on previously plastered surface
including grooves as required, in all Rupees Four
Hundred
positions including 28xidized2828s etc.
Seventy Nine
complete. and Sixty Five Square
F.F. 178.01 479.65 Paise Meter 85381.54
Rupees Four Square
S.F. 293.14 482.00 Hundred Meter 141291.55

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Eighty Two
Only
Rupees Four
Hundred
Eighty Six and Square
T.F 293.14 486.80 Eighty Paise Meter 142698.60
Rupees Four
Hundred
Ninety One and Square
F.F. 219.85 491.57 Fifty Six Paise Meter 108072.10
Rupees Four
Hundred
Ninety One and
Fifty Seven Square
Tr.F 263.59 491.57 Paise Meter 129570.97
34 DSR Item Item No.34 :-Providing and applying Rupees Fifty
No.17 BD-L plaster with plaster of paris in 6 mm Six and Twenty Square
Page No.39 B.F 1 1219.44 thickness to 29xidized2929 plaster 56.20 Paise Meter 68532.53
Item Code surface in all position including preparing
No.- Bd-L the surface scaffolding etc complete Rupees Fifty
Six and Twenty Square
B.F. 2 1196.66 56.20 Paise Meter 67252.29
Rupees Fifty
Six and
Seventy Five Square
F.F. 0.00 56.75 Paise Meter 0.00
Rupees Fifty
Seven and Square
S.F 0.00 57.30 Thirty Paise Meter 0.00
Rupees Fifty
Seven and
Eighty Eight Square
T.F 0.00 57.89 Paise Meter 0.00
35 DSR Item Item No.35 :-Providing and laying in Rupees Three
G.F 1403.33 3536.40 4962736.21
No.14 BD-M position flooring Of Polished Granite of Thousand Five Square

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3 Page No.46 approved shade and size 18 mm 20 mm Hundred Thirty Meter

Item Code thick on bed 1:4 cement mortar including Six and Forty
No.- Bd-M 3 mirror polishing,cement floats to Paise
Page no. 380 skirting joints curing and cleaning etc.
complete.
Rupees Three
Thousand Five
Hundred Fifty Square
F.F 1645.78 3554.10 Four Paise Ten Meter 5849266.70
Rupees Three
Thousand Five
Hundred
Seventy One
Paise Seventy Square
S.F. 1645.78 3571.75 Five Meter 5878314.72
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred Seven
and Fifteen Square
T.F 1645.78 3607.15 Paise Meter 5936575.33
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred Forty
Two and Forty Square
F.F 1234.33 3642.49 Nine Paise Meter 4496037.15
No.14 BD-M position Polished Granite of approved Thousand Five
3 Page No.46 shade and size 20 mm thick for Hundred Thirty
Item Code dado/skirting on 1:3 cement 30xidize Six and Forty Square
No.- Bd-M 3 G.F 111.91 including cement floats skirting 3536.40 Paise Meter 395758.52

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page no. 380 joints,curing and cleaning etc. complete.

Rupees Three
Thousand Five
Hundred Fifty
Four and Ten Square
F.F 97.66 3554.10 Paise Meter 347095.18
Rupees Three
Thousand Five
Hundred
Seventy One
and Seventy Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred Seven
and Fifteen Square
T.F 97.66 3607.15 Paise Meter 352276.07
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred Forty
37 DSR Item Item No.37 :-Providing and laying Rupees One
No.19 BD-M vitrified Tile of Stone Effect/ Matt Thousand
12 Page finish having Size 590 mm to 605 mm Seven Hundred
No.47 Item x590 mm to 605 mm of 8 to 10 mm Seventy Three
Code No.- Bd- Thickness and conforming to IS .15.622- and Fifty Five Square
M 12 G.F. 223.67 2,006 (Group bla)of approved make, 1773.55 Paise Meter 396689.93
Page no. 385 shade and pattern for flooring in required
position laid on a bed of 1:4 cement Rupees One
Thousand
mortar including neat cement float, filling
Seven Hundred
joints with cement slurry, curing and Eighty Two
cleaning etc. complete. NoteWater and Forty Square
F.F. 24.47 1782.40 Paise Meter 43615.33

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
apsorpation should be more than 0.05%) Rupees One

Thousand
Seven Hundred
S.F. 24.47 1791.30 Thirty Paise Meter 43833.11
Rupees One
Thousand Eight
Hundred Nine Square
T.F. 24.47 1809.00 Only Meter 44266.23
Rupees One
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Twenty Six and
Seventy Five Square
F.F 24.47 1826.76 Paise Meter 44700.73
No.19 BD-M vitrified Tile of Stone Effect/ Matt Thousand Nine
12 Page finish having Size 590 mm to 605 mm Hundred Six
No.47 Item x590 mm to 605 mm of 8 to 10 mm and Seventy Square
Code No.- Bd- G.F. 4.70 Thickness and conforming to IS .15.622- 1906.75 Five Paise Meter 8961.73
M 12 2,006 (Group bla)of approved make,
Page no. 385 shade and pattern for Skirting in required Rupees One
position laid on a bed of 1:4 cement Thousand Nine
Hundred
mortar including neat cement float, filling Sixteen and Square
F.F. 4.70 joints with cement slurry, curing and 1916.30 Thirty Paise Meter 9006.61
cleaning etc. complete. NoteWater Rupees One
apsorpation should be more than 0.05%) Thousand Nine
Hundred
Twenty Five
and Eighty Square
S.F. 4.70 1925.80 Paise Meter 9051.26

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand Nine
Hundred Forty
Four and Square
T.F. 4.70 1944.90 Ninety Paise Meter 9141.03
Rupees One
Thousand Nine
Hundred Sixty
Three and
Ninety Five Square
F.F 4.70 1963.95 Paise Meter 9230.58
No.19 BD-M vitrified Tile of Thousand One
12 Page No.47 mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish Hundred
Item Code having Size 0.6 m x 0.6 m & 8mm to Twenty Three Square
No.- Bd-M 12 G.F. 121.93 10mm Thickness of approved make, 1123.00 Only Meter 136927.39
Page no. 385 shade and pattern for Flooring in required
position laid on a bed of 1:4 cement Rupees One
mortar including neat cement float, filling Thousand One
Hundred
joints with cement slurry, curing and
Twenty Eight
cleaning etc. complete. NoteWater and Sixty Square
F.F. 87.02 apsorpation should be more than 0.05%) 1128.60 Paise Meter 98210.77
Rupees One
Thousand One
Hundred Thirty
Four and
Twenty Five Square
S.F. 79.22 1134.25 Paise Meter 89855.29
Rupees One
Thousand One
Hundred Forty
Five and Forty Square

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand One
Hundred Fifty
Six and Sixty Square
No.19 BD-M vitrified Tile of Thousand Two
12 Page No.47 mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish Hundred
Item Code having Size 0.6 m x0.6 m & 8mm to Eighty Five
No.- Bd-M 13 10mm Thickness of approved make, and Thirty Square
Page no. 386 G.F. 12.57 shade and pattern for Dado & Skirting in 1285.30 Paise Meter 16156.22
required position laid on a bed of 1:4
cement mortar including neat cement Rupees One
Thousand Two
float, filling joints with cement slurry,
Hundred
curing and cleaning etc. complete. Ninety One and
NoteWater apsorpation should be more Seventy Five Square
F.F. 12.57 than 0.05%) 1291.75 Paise Meter 16237.30
Rupees One
Thousand Two
Hundred
Ninety Eight
and Fifteen Square
S.F. 12.57 1298.15 Paise Meter 16317.75
Rupees One
Thousand
Three Hundred Square
T.F. 12.57 1311.00 Eleven Only Meter 16479.27
Rupees One
Thousand
Three Hundred
Twenty Three
and Eighty Square
F.F 12.57 1323.86 Five Paise Meter 16640.91

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.19 C(a) vitrified Antiskid stone finish Thousand Four
BD-M 12 decorative type tiles of any size of Hundred
Page No.47 approved make, shade and pattern for Twenty Two
Item Code flooring in required position laid on a bed and Fifty Five Square
No.- Bd-M 13 G.F. 0.00 of 1:4 cement mortar including neat 1422.55 Paise Meter 0.00
cement float, filling joints with cement
slurry, curing and cleaning etc. complete. Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred
Twenty Nine
and Sixty Five Square
F.F. 152.01 1429.65 Paise Meter 217321.10
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Thirty
Six and Eighty Square
S.F. 152.01 1436.80 Paise Meter 218407.97
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Fifty Square
T.F. 77.89 1451.00 One Only Meter 113018.39
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Sixty
Five and
Twenty Two Square
F.F 114.00 1465.23 Paise Meter 167035.82
No.19 C(b) Vitrified Antiskid stone finish Thousand Five
BD-M 12 decorative type tiles of any size of Hundred Sixty
Page No.47 approved make, shade and pattern for Two and Five Square
Item Code G.F. 0.00 Dado and Skirting.in required position 1562.05 Paise Meter 0.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
No.- Bd-M 13 laid on a bed of 1:4 cement mortar Rupees One

including neat cement float, filling joints Thousand Five
with cement slurry, curing and cleaning Hundred Sixty
Nine and
etc. complete.
Eighty Five Square
F.F. 5.28 1569.85 Paise Meter 8288.81
Rupees One
Thousand Five
Hundred
Seventy Seven
and Sixty Five Square
S.F. 5.28 1577.65 Paise Meter 8329.99
Rupees One
Thousand Five
Hundred
Ninety Three
and Thirty Square
T.F. 2.67 1593.30 Paise Meter 4254.11
Rupees One
Thousand Six
Hundred Eight
and Ninety One Square
F.F 3.96 1608.91 Paise Meter 6371.29
43 DSR Item Item No.43 :-Providing and laying in Rupees Seven
No.3 BD-M position flooring Of Rough Tandur Hundred
3A Page Finish For Passages & Tread & Riser of Twelve and
No.43 Item approved shade and size 25 to 30mm Twenty Paise
Code No.- Bd- thick on bed 1:6 cement mortar including
M 3A cement floats skirting joints, curing and
Page no. 380 cleaning etc. complete.
Square
G.F. 449.15 712.20 No Rupees Meter 319884.63
Only

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.15 BD-M position flooring Of Granite River Thousand Five
22 Page No.46 Bend Finish For Staircase(Tread & Hundred
Item Code Riser) of approved shade and size 16 mm Eighty and
No.- Bd-M 22 20 mm thick on bed 1:6 cement mortar Eighty Five Square
Page no. 390 G.F. 48.96 including cement floats skirting joints, 3580.85 Paise Meter 175318.42
curing and cleaning etc. complete.
Rupees Three
Thousand Five
Hundred
Ninety Eight
and Seventy Square
F.F. 21.96 3598.75 Five Paise Meter 79028.55
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred
Sixteen and
Sixty Five Square
S.F. 21.96 3616.65 Paise Meter 79421.63
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred Fifty
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred
Eighty Eight
and Twenty Square
F.F 21.96 3688.28 Seven Paise Meter 80994.53
Rupees Three
Thousand Six
Hundred
Eighty Eight Square
T.F. 21.96 3688.28 and Twenty Meter 80994.63

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Eight Paise
45 DSR Item Item No.45 :- Providing and laying in Rupees Three

No.15 BD-M position Granite River Bend Finish of Thousand
22 Page No.46 approved shade and size 18 mm 20 mm Seven Hundred
Item Code thick for dado/skirting on bed 1:3 cement Eighty Seven Square
No.- Bd-M 22 G.F 3.49 mortar including cement floats skirting 3787.00 Only Meter 13201.48
Page no. 390 joints, curing and cleaning etc. complete.
Rupees Three
Thousand Eight
Hundred Five
and Ninety Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Twenty Four
and Eighty Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Eight
Hundred Sixty
Two and
Seventy Five Square
T.F 2.20 3862.75 Paise Meter 8498.05
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred and
Sixty One Square
F.F 2.20 3900.61 Paise Meter 8581.34
46 P/L Granite Item No.46 :-Providing and laying in Rupees Three
(Flamed/Leath position flooring of Granite (leather Thousand Eight Square
er Finish) for G.F. 627.52 Finish) of approved shade and size 18 3883.10 Hundred Meter 2436722.91
Flooring Bd- mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:3 cement Eighty Three

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
M 3 + Bd-M mortar including cement floats skirting and Ten Paise

35 DSR Page joints, curing and cleaning etc. complete.
No. 46, 49
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred Two Square
F.F. 349.08 3902.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 1362284.70
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Twenty One
and Ninety Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred Sixty
and Seventy Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Ninety Nine
and Fifty Nine Square
F.F 349.08 3999.59 Paise Meter 1396177.92
47 P/L Granite Item No.47 :-Providing and laying in Rupees Three
(Flamed/Leath position Dado/Skirting Of Granite Thousand Eight
er Finish) for (leather Finish) of approved shade and Hundred
Flooring Bd- size 18 mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:3 Eighty Three Square
M 3 + Bd-M G.F. 43.29 cement mortar including cement floats 3883.10 and Ten Paise Meter 168099.40
35 DSR Page skirting joints, curing and cleaning etc.
No. 46, 49 complete. Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred Two Square
F.F. 17.45 3902.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 68114.24

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Twenty One
and Ninety Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred Sixty
and Seventy Square
Rupees Three
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Ninety Nine
and Fifty Nine Square
F.F 17.45 3999.59 Paise Meter 69808.90
48 DSR Item Item No.48 :-Providing and laying
No. 4 Bd-M Machine Cut/Machine Polished kotah
3B Stone flooring/Treads &Risers 25 to
Page no. 43 30mm thick of approved shade and size Rupees Eight
Item Code on bed 1:6 cement mortar including Hundred
No.- Bd-M 3B cement floats skirting joints, curing and Eighteen and
Page no. 380 cleaning etc. complete. Twenty Five Square
G.F 1358.86 818.25 Paise Meter 1111887.20
49 DSR Item Item No.49 :-Providing and fixing

No.-16 Bd-M machine cut mirror polished 18 mm to 20 Rupees Three
35 mm thick both side polished granite Thousand Six
Page no. 46 stone partition with rounding the edges Hundred
Item Code etc. complete Seventy Five
No.- Bd-M 35 and Ninety Square
Page no. 393 G.F. 26.00 3675.90 Paise Meter 95573.40

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
50 DSR Item Item No.50 :-Providing and preparing

No.- 17 Bd-M kitchen otta made up from 30 mm thick
35 and 75 cm. wide one side polished kadppa
Page no. 47 top 75 cm. wide one side polished
Item Code kadappa top 75 cm high vertical support
No.- Bd-M 35 for kadppa at 1 m. c/c of 25 mm thick
Page no. 393 both side polished kadappa middle shelf
and bottom of 20 mm thick one side
polished kadappa with facia patti of 20 x Rupees Two
50 mm kadappa including all material Thousand Four
labour cutting fixing with cement mortar Hundred
and araldite curing polished and cleaning Seventy Three Square
G.F. 19.50 etc. complete. 2473.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 48233.25
51 DSR Item Item No.51 :-Providing and fixing black Rupees Seven
No.-8 Bd-M kadappa stone shelves 25mm. thick Hundred Fifty
29 machine polished, extending the polish Nine and
Page no. 45 G.F. 6.48 upto 20 cm width on lowerside, rounding 759.90 Ninety Paise Square
Item Code corners, laying in position jointing with Meter 4924.15
No.- Bd-M 29 cement mortar 1:4 proportion curing etc Rupees Seven
Hundred Sixty
Page no. 391 complete. Square
Three and
F.F. 6.48 763.70 Seventy Paise Meter 4948.78
Rupees Seven
Hundred Sixty
Seven and Fifty Square
S.F. 6.48 767.50 Paise Meter 4973.40
Rupees Seven
Hundred
Seventy Five Square
T.F. 6.48 775.10 and Ten Paise Meter 5022.65
Rupees Seven
Hundred Square
F.F 6.48 782.70 Eighty Two Meter 5071.88

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
and Sixty Nine

Paise
52 DSR Item Item No.52 :-Providing and fixing heavy
No.-22 Bd-M duty inter locking concrete Rubber
Page no. 48 mould glossy paving blocks of 80 mm
Item Code thickness of having a strength of 400 Rupees Eight
No.- Bd-M kg/Sq.cm. of approved auqlity and shape Hundred
on a bed of crushed sand of 25 to 30 mm Eighty Four
thick including skirting joints and and Forty Five Square
1522.02 cleaning etc. complete 884.45 Paise Meter 1346150.59
53 DSR Item Item No.53:-Providing and applying

No.-1 Bd-P 1 White-Wash in Two Coats on old/new
Page no.59 plastered or mansonary surfaces and
Item Code asbestos cement sheets at all levels
No.- Bd-P 1 including scaffolding and preparing the Rupees Five
Page no. 411 Surface by brushing and brooming down and Forty Square
19336.18 complete. 5.40 Paise Meter 104415.37
54 DSR Item Item No.54:-Providing and applying

No.-5 Bd-P 5 washable Oil-Bound Distemper of
Page no.59 Approved colour & shade to old/new
Item Code surfaces in Two Coats (one coat of primer
No.- Bd-P 5, &Two coats of paint) at all levels
Bd-O 8E including scaffolding and preparing the
Page no. 413 Surface complete. Rupees Twenty
Nine and Square
1156.66 29.20 Twenty Paise Meter 33774.47
55 DSR Item Item No.55 :-Providing and applying Rupees One Square
No.-15 Bd-O G.F. 4783.03 internal Premimum Emulsion/Luster paint 191.95 Hundred Meter 918102.61
Page no.57 of asian paint or equivalent in Three coats Ninety One and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Item Code of approved shade and quality including Ninety Five

No.- Bd-O priming coat,acrylic putty,scaffolding if Paise
necessary preparing surface by
43xidized4343 cleaning oil,grease,dirt Rupees One
Hundred
and other material as required etc.
Ninety Two
complete. and Ninety Square
F.F. 1074.12 192.90 Paise Meter 207197.75
Rupees One
Hundred
Ninety Three
and Eighty Square
Rupees One
Hundred
Ninety Five
and Eighty Square
T.F. 1081.92 195.80 Paise Meter 211839.94
Rupees One
Hundred
Ninety Seven
and Seventy Square
F.F 825.39 197.71 Paise Meter 163186.62
56 DSR Item Item No.56 :-Providing and applying two Rupees One
No.-17 Bd-O coats of Appex/Ace Exterior Paint Hundred Thirty
Page no.58 approved shade and quality and one coat One and Fifty Square
Item Code G.F. 484.88 of primer before applying paint including 131.50 Paise Meter 63761.72
No.- Bd-O scaffolding if necessary preparing surface
by thoroughly cleaning oil, grease, dirt Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
and other materials as required, etc.
Two and Square
F.F. 415.35 complete 132.15 Fifteen Paise Meter 54888.50
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty Square
S.F. 683.98 132.80 Two and Meter 90832.54

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Eighty Paise
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
Four and Square
T.F 683.98 134.15 Fifteen Paise Meter 91755.92
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
F.F 512.99 135.45 Four Paise Meter 69481.93
Rupees One
Hundred Thirty
Tr.F 615.03 135.45 Five Paise Meter 83305.81
57 DSR Item Item No.57 :-Providing and fixing in
No.-15 Bd-O Position Powder Coated Aliminum
Page no.57 Louvered Windows/ ventilator of Rupees Two
Item Code Various sizes with Powder Coating as per Thousand
No.- Bd-T detail Drawing Specfication including Seven Hundred
Aluminum Frame 80x 38x 1.22mm Box Twenty Nine
Type,5 mm Thick Sheet glass Louvers, of and Seventy Square
BF 47.15 Approved quality etc. Complete. 2729.75 Five Paise Meter 128707.71
58 DSR Item Item No.58 :-Providing and fixing frame Rupees Five
No.-13 DSR work of 44xidized4444 iron for Hundred
Page No.67 suspended false ceiling which includes Eighty Eight
Bd-R 44xidized4444 iorn perimeter channels of and Sixty Square
G.F. 1023.66 size 27mm& 0.5mm thick having one 588.60 Paise Meter 602526.28
flange of 20mm and another flange of
30mm along with perimeter of ceiling, Rupees Five
Hundred
fixing in bricks wall/44xidized4444 with
F.F. 967.80 help rawal plugs and screws,suspending 591.55 Fifty Five Paise Meter 572502.09

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
45xidized4545 iron 45xidized4545s45 Rupees Five

channels of size 45mm & 0.9mm thick Hundred
with two flanges of 15mm each from the Ninety Four Square
S.F. 967.80 594.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 575357.10
soffit at 1200mm centres with steel
45xidized4545 iron hager of width 25mm
x 0.5mm fasterners, ceiling section of
Rupees Six
0.5mm thickness having curved wedge of Hundred and
51.5mm and two flange of 26mm each Thirty Five Square
T.F. 925.47 with lips of 51.5mm and two flanges of 600.35 Paise Meter 555605.91
26mm each with lips of 10.5mm fixed to
intermediate channels at450mm centers
,12.5 mm dry wall screws at 230mm
centers; fixing screws mechanically either Rupees Six
with screws driver or drilling machine Hundred Six
with suitable aatachment etc. complete. and Twenty Square
59 DSR Item Item No.59 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Six
No.-15 Bd-R suspended false ceiling of 10 to 12 mm Hundred
Page no.67 thick decorative boards of fibrous plaster Seventy Eight
Item Code of paris /gypsum board including and Seventy Square
No.- Bd-R G.F. 1023.66 scaffolding if necessary, all architectural 678.70 Paise Meter 694758.04
work like mouldings, cornics, coves,
domes, cups, as per detailed drawings and Rupees Six
Hundred
three coats of spray painting to boards
Eighty Two Square
F.F. 967.80 etc.complete. 682.10 and Ten Paise Meter 660136.38
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty Five Square
S.F. 967.80 685.50 and Fifty Paise Meter 663426.90
Rupees Six
Hundred Square
T.F 925.47 692.25 Ninety Two Meter 640656.61

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
and Twenty
Five Paise
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety Nine Square
F.F 690.76 699.06 and Six Paise Meter 482883.38
60 DSR Item Item No.60 :-Providing and fixing False Rupees One
No.-17 Bd-R ceiling of 15mm thick asscustic tagular Thousand Four
Page no.67 46xidized46/everest/AMS(0.60mx0.60m) Hundred
Item Code boards of approved make shape and sizes Twenty One Square
No.- Bd-R G.F. 682.44 as per drawings 46xidized46 powder 1421.05 and Five Paise Meter 969781.36
coated G.I wall angles of 20mm x 20mm
x 0.6mm x0.6mm size , G.I grid runners Rupees One
Thousand Four
of size 15mmx 38mm at 600mm center to
Hundred
center both ways are suspended using G.I Twenty Eight
3mm wire including fixing using butterfly and Fifteen Square
F.F. 645.20 clips and fasterners including 1428.15 Paise Meter 921442.38
transporting, scaffolding all necessary Rupees One
labour and machinery, finishing etc. Thousand Four
complete. Hundred Thirty
Five and
Twenty Five Square
S.F. 645.20 1435.25 Paise Meter 926023.30
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Forty
Nine and Forty Square

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Sixty
Three and
Sixty Eight Square
F.F 460.51 1463.68 Paise Meter 674039.97
61 Item No.61 :-Providing & fixing wired
glass having thickness of 8 mm thick
including all accessories and required Rupees One
fixtures and fastening fitting complete. Thousand Sixty Square
136.98 1065.00 Five Only Meter 145882.64
62 Item No.62 :-Providing and fixing in

position Motororised Double leaf door
made from 12mm thick frameless
toughened glass consisting of two fixed
leaves and two slidding leaves with fitting
accessories and automation system
comprising of DITEC double leaf Rupees
slidding door operator REX series , with Eighteen
built- in photocells and a pair of Thousand Five
microwave radar as per detailed drawing Hundred
and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge Ninety Nine Square
G.F. 25.69 etc. complete. 18599.00 Only Meter 477808.31

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C.(Unplasticized Poly
Vinyl Chloride) Four track ,Four
shutter sliding door having multi-
chambered outer frame section (73 x
50)mm with an outer wall thickness of
2mm & steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered slider frame (73x 60) mm with
steel reinforcement, multi-chambered
slider sash (46x 82) mm with steel
reinforcement designed to give optimum
strength,4mm thick toughened double
glass with 12 mm spacer of good quality
including alluminium track, Inter locking
profile ,coextruded beadings,EPDM
gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding handle,
fixtures and fastenings(couplings,hinges) Rupees Nine
including with all required screws and Thousand Five
nuts with all necessary U.P.V.C. sections Hundred Ten
as per detailed drawing and as directed by and Sixty Square
107.90 Engineer-In-Charge etc. complete. 9510.60 Paise Meter 1026193.74
64 DSR Item Item No.64 :- Providing and fixing Solid Rupees One
No.-8 Bd-T 34 Core Flush Door in Single/ double leaf Thousand Nine
Page no.74 32mm decorative type of 48xidized Hundred Forty
Item Code grade as per detailed drawings and and Seventy
No.- Bd-T 34 531.56 approved face veneer 3mm on bot the 1940.70 Paise Square
Meter 1031598.49

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page no. 499 faces and door frame as shown drawing

including all necessary beads ,mouldings
and lipping , hold fasts , fixtures and
fastenings, with brass mortise lock,
handles on both sides, and finishing with
French Polish etc. complete
65 DSR Item Item No.65 :- Providing and fixing

No.-22 Bd-T collapsible steel gate in ½ leaves with
57 hot rolled vertical channels of 18 x19 x 3
Page no.78 mm minimum size crossing of M.S. flat
Item Code of size 18 x5 mm T and or E section for
No.- Bd-P runner of minimum 40 x 6 mm size of
57,Page no. flange M.S flat for top runner of
511 minimum size 40 x 12 mm with roller
wheels conforming to grade FG 150 fitted
with shop headed 49xidiz of minimum
size 6 mm maximum spacing of vertical
channel be 100 mm enclosed gate
position and clear space 150 mm between Rupees Three
two sets of crossing with holdfasts Thousand
stoppers , spaces ,handles locking Seventy Five
arrangement and one coat of red lead and Forty Five Square
8.00 primer and etc complete. 3075.45 Paise Meter 24603.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. three track ,six
shutter sliding window (4 glass+2
flymesh) Fixed Glass at top having
multi-chambered slider frame(132x
60) mm with steel reinforcement,
multi-chambered slider sash (46x 82)
mm with steel reinforcement designed
to give optimum strength,4mm thick
toughened double glass with 12 mm
spacer of good quality including
alluminium track, Inter locking profile
,coextruded beadings,EPDM
fixtures and fastenings
(couplings,hinges) including with all
required screws and nuts with all Rupees
necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per Twelve
detailed drawing with 7 years Thousand
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- Five Hundred
etc. complete. Sixty Five Square
715.48 12565.00 Only Meter 8990006.20

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
67 Item No.67:-Providing and fixing in

position U.P.V.C. three track ,three
shutter sliding Fixed Glass at Top
(2 glass & 1 flymesh) window having
multi-chambered slider frame(132x
60) mm with steel reinforcement,
multi-chambered slider sash (46x 82)
mm with steel reinforcement designed
to give optimum strength,4mm thick
Rupees
Twelve
required screws and nuts with all
Thousand
necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per
Eight
detailed drawing with 7 years
Hundred
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/-
Thirty Eight Square
etc. complete.
583.02 12838.00 Only Meter 7484810.76

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. three track ,three
shutter sliding window Fixed Glass
at top (3 glass) window having multi-
chambered slider frame(132x 60) mm
with steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered slider sash (46x 82) mm
with steel reinforcement designed to
give optimum strength,4mm thick
(couplings,hinges) including with all Rupees
required screws and nuts with all Eleven
necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per Thousand
detailed drawing with 7 years Three
etc. complete. Ninety Eight Square
1723.95 11398.00 Only Meter 19649582.10

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

53xidized.P.V.C.three track ,three
shutter sliding window (3 glass)
having multi-chambered outer frame
section (58 x 55)mm with an outer
wall thickness of 2mm & steel
reinforcement, multi-chambered slider
frame(132x 60) mm with steel
reinforcement, multi-chambered
reinforcement designed to give
optimum strength, multi-chambered
transom/mullion (58x 82) mm with
steel reinforcement ,4mm thick
(couplings,hinges) including with all Rupees Ten
required screws and nuts with all Thousand Six
necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per Hundred
detailed drawing and as directed by Sixty Four Square
155.25 Engineer-In-Charge etc. complete. 10664.00 Only Meter 1655586.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. two track ,two
shutter sliding with fixed Glass at
top window having multi-chambered
outer frame section (73 x 50)mm with
an outer wall thickness of 2mm &
steel reinforcement, multi-chambered
slider frame(73x 60) mm with steel
reinforcement designed to give
optimum strength, 4mm thick
required screws and nuts with all Rupees Seven
detailed drawing with 7 years Nine Hundred
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- Sixty One Square
618.05 etc. complete. 7961.00 Only Meter 4920296.05

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. two track ,two
shutter sliding window having
multi-chambered slider frame(73x 60)
mm with steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered slider sash (46x 82) mm
with steel reinforcement designed to
give optimum strength, 4mm thick
required screws and nuts with all Rupees
necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per Eleven
detailed drawing with 7 years Thousand
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- One Hundred
etc. complete. Seventy Two Square
13.15 11172.00 Only Meter 146911.80

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. Openable window
steel reinforcement, 4mm thick
etc. complete.
Rupees One
Hundred Five Square
3.24 8372.00 Only Meter 27125.28

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. fixed window (In
Three/four/five parts) having multi-
chambered outer frame section (58 x
55)mm with an outer wall thickness of
2mm & steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered transom/mullion (58x 82)
mm with steel reinforcement, 4mm
thick toughened double glass with 12
mm spacer of good quality including
required screws and nuts with all Rupees Six
detailed drawing and with 7 years Eight
etc. complete. Twenty Three Square
58.21 6823.00 Only Meter 397166.83

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. Louvered Window
steel reinforcement, movable louvers
,EPDM gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding
handle, fixtures and fastenings
required screws and nuts with all Rupees Nine
detailed drawing with 7 years Three
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- Hundred Four Square
26.86 etc. complete. 9304.00 Only Meter 249905.44

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

position U.P.V.C. Louvered
Window/Ventilators with Partially
fixed portion & exhaust fan having
multi-chambered outer frame section
(58 x 55)mm with an outer wall
thickness of 2mm & steel
steel reinforcement, movable louvers
,EPDM gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding
handle, fixtures and fastenings
detailed drawing and with 7 years
guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- Rupees
etc. complete. Twelve
Thousand
Four Hundred Square
138.78 12405.00 Five Only Meter 1721565.90
position fixed Glass with spider
fitting having multi-chambered outer
frame section (58 x 55)mm with an
outer wall thickness of 2mm & steel
steel reinforcement, EPDM
gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding handle, Rupees Six
fixtures and fastenings Thousand Six
(couplings,hinges) including with all Hundred Fifty Square
1012.00 required screws and nuts with all 6653.00 Three Only Meter 6732836.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

etc. complete.
77 Item No.77 :-Providing & Fixing of

Luxalon Aluminium Aerofoil
200Plain Fixed Louver
manufactured by M/s.Hunter Douglas
India Pvt.Ltd. or equivalent make of
required length (above 2.0 meter) with
necessary accessories required to be
fixed in the existing structure in Rupees Five
Standard Colours e.g., White & silver Thousand
& the Panels shall be PVDF Coated Five Hundred Square
4242.36 etc completed. 5520.00 Twenty Only Meter 23417827.20
78 Item No.78 :-Providing & Fixing of
Luxalon® SL-4 84R Plain Panel Sun
Louvres manufactured by Hunter
Douglas India Pvt. Ltd. Or equivalent
make of approved colour consisting of
panel 84 mm wide x16mm deep x
0.6mm thick with round edges panel
length upto 6mtrs coil coated ona
continuos paint line double baked and Square
394.75 roll formed from 60xidized 3700.00 Meter 1460575.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
corrosionResistance Aluminium Alloy

AA3005 (Al.Mg.) for higher strength
and good Rollforming characteristics.
Panel shall be clipped to baked
61xidized Aluminium SL-4panel
stringer of 33mm wide and 86mm
deep x 0.95 mm thick in a standard
lengthof 5mtrs made of double baked
61xidized Aluminium Alloy AA5050
(Al.Mg.) blackwith cut-outs to hold
the panel in a module of 86 mm centre
to centre at a distanceof 1mtr. The
carrier shall be fixed to a suitable
structure by means of rigid
fixingdetails. Paint Finish: Aluminium
panels shall be chromatised for
maximum bondbetween metal and
paint, 61xidized twice under high
temperature one side withfull primer
and Luxacote finish, the other side
(inner side) with a primer coat
andSkin Coat on a Continuos Paint
Line etc completed.
No.-58 Bd-R Stainless steel railing in S.S.304
Page no.123 GRADE. With top rail of 40mm
Item Code dia.1.5 mm thick & 12 mm Dia pipe Rupees One
No.- Bd-W for support to hand rail including Thousand
fabricating,fixtures,61xidized,necessar Nine Hundred Runnin
y welding,griding,finishing,buffing to Forty and g
B.F 13.44 stainless steel pipe etc. complete. 1940.70 Seventy Paise Meter 26083.01
80 DSR Item Item No.80 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Four Runnin
G.F. 72.28 4135.95 298946.47
No.-59 Bd-R Stainless steel railing in S.S.304 Thousand One g

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page no.123 GRADE. As per detailed drawing with Hundred Thirty Meter
Item Code top rail of 50mm dia.1.5 mm thick & Five and
No.- Bd-W vertical post of 38mm dia.1.5 mm thick Ninety Five
including fixing with M.S. base plate 150 Paise
x 150 x 6 mm at bottom & three nos.
horizontal pipes of 19mm dia. Including Rupees Four
Thousand One
fabricating ,fixtures, 62xidized ,necessary
Hundred Fifty Runnin
welding, griding, finishing buffing to SS Six and Sixty g
F.F. 18.62 pipe etc. complete. 4156.65 Five Paise Meter 77396.82
Rupees Four
Thousand One
Hundred
Seventy Seven Runnin
and Thirty g
S.F. 18.62 4177.30 Paise Meter 77781.33
Rupees Four
Thousand Two
Hundred
Eighteen and Runnin
Sixty Five g
T.F 18.62 4218.65 Paise Meter 78551.26
Rupees Four
Thousand Two Runnin
Hundred Sixty g
F.F 18.62 4260.03 and Two Paise Meter 79321.73
Rupees Four
Thousand Two
Hundred Sixty Runnin
and Three g
Tr.F 22.33 4260.03 Paise Meter 95126.47
81 DSR Item Item No.81 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Three
No.-60 Bd-R Stainless steel railing in S.S.304 Thousand Runnin
Page no.123 GRADE. As per detailed drawing with Nine Hundred g
Item Code G.F. 0.00 top rail of 40mm dia.&1.5 mm thick 3923.85 Twenty Three Meter 0.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
No.- Bd-W and vertical post of 40mm dia.&1.5 and Eighty

mm thick of required height including Five Paise
12mm thick toughened glass with Rupees Three
edge polishing fabrication, fixtures, Thousand
63xidized ,necessary welding, Nine Hundred
griding,finishing , buffing to stainless Forty Three Runnin
steel pipe, making required holes in and Forty g
F.F. 30.28 glass for fixing of glass in D bracket 3943.45 Five Paise Meter 119407.67
etc. complete. Rupees Three
Thousand
Nine Hundred Runnin
Sixty Three g
S.F. 0.00 3963.10 and Ten Paise Meter 0.00
Rupees Four
Thousand
Two and Runnin
Thirty Five g
T.F. 15.50 4002.35 Paise Meter 62036.43
Rupees Four
Thousand
Forty One and Runnin
Fifty Six g
F.F 15.14 4041.57 Paise Meter 61189.30

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
82 DSR Item Item No.82:- Providing & fixing on

No.4 Bd-V 5 walls / ceiling / floors, 15mm dia
Page no.99 heavy grade (type) having embossed
Item Code as ISI Mark 64xidized6464 iron pipes
No.- Bd-V 5 weight of 1.48 kg/metre with screwed,
Page no. sockets, joints & necessary
551-553 64xidized6464 iron fittings Such as
sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends,
tees, reducers, enlarges, plugs, Clamps
etc. including necessary drilling holes
in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good
the demolished portion to restore the Rupees One
same in original condition neatly & Hundred
providing & applying anti corrosive Ninety Six Runnin
primer oil paint & 2 coats of oil and Twenty g
488.00 paintings complete. 196.20 Paise Meter 95745.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
83 DSR Item Item No.83 :- Providing & fixing on

No.4 Bd-V walls / ceiling / floors, 20mm dia
5Page no.99 heavy grade (type) having embossed
Item Code as ISI Mark iron pipes with screwed,
No.- Bd-V sockets, joints & necessary
5Page no. 65xidized6565 iron pipe weight of
551-553 1.93 kg/metre fittings Such as sockets,
back nuts, elbows, bends, tees,
reducers, enlarges, plugs, Clamps etc.
including necessary drilling holes in
walls, slabs etc. & remaking good the
demolished portion to restore the same
in original condition neatly &
providing & applying anti corrosive
primer oil paint & 2 coats of oil
Rupees Two
paintingscomplete.
Hundred
Thirty Eight Runnin
and Sixty g
422.00 238.60 Paise Meter 100689.20

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
84 DSR Item Item No.84 :-Providing & fixing on

No.4 Bd-V walls / ceiling / floors 25 mm dia
No.- Bd-V weight of 3.01 kg/metre with screwed,
5Page no. sockets, joints and necessary
551-553 66xidized6666 iron fittings such as
tees, reducers, enlarges, plugs, clamps
the demolished portion to restore the
same in original condition neatly and
providing and applying anti corrosive
primer oil paint and two coats of oil
paintings complete. Rupees Three
Hundred
Twelve and Runnin
Eighty Five g
327.25 312.85 Paise Meter 102380.16

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.4 Bd-V walls / ceiling / floors 32 mm dia
No.- Bd-V weight of 3.89 kg/metre with screwed,
same in original condition neatly and Rupees Three
providing and applying anti corrosive Hundred
primer oil paint and two coats of oil Ninety Seven Runnin
paintings complete. and Seventy g
75.00 397.70 Paise Meter 29827.50
No.4 Bd-V 5 walls / ceiling / floors 40 mm dia
No.- Bd-V 5 weight of 4.49 kg/metre with screwed,
Page no. sockets, joints and necessary
same in original condition neatly and Rupees Four
providing and applying anti corrosive Hundred
primer oil paint and two coats of oil Forty Nine Runnin
paintings complete. and Eighty g
48.30 449.85 Five Paise Meter 21727.76

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.4 Bd-V walls / ceiling / floors 50mm dia
No.- Bd-V weight of 4.49kg/metre with screwed,
providing and applying anti corrosive Rupees Five
primer oil paint and two coats of oil Hundred Runnin
paintings complete. Sixty Two g
41.00 562.05 and Five Paise Meter 23044.05
No.4 Bd-V 5 walls / ceiling / floors 80mm dia
No.- Bd-V 5 weight of 10.15kg/metre with
Page no. screwed, sockets, joints and necessary
same in original condition neatly and Rupees Eight
providing and applying anti corrosive Hundred Runnin
primer oil paint and two coats of oil Thirty and g
804.79 paintings complete. 830.10 Ten Paise Meter 668056.18

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.4 Bd-V walls / ceiling / floors 100mm dia
No.- Bd-V weight of 17.75kg/metre with
5Page no. screwed, sockets, joints and necessary
Rupees One
providing and applying anti corrosive
Thousand Runnin
primer oil paint and two coats of oil
Eighty Seven g
paintings complete.
50.52 1087.00 Only Meter 54915.24
90 Item No.90 :-Providing and fixing Rupees One
Two Way BIB cock with wall flange Thousand
jaquar make series flr 5041or Two Hundred Numbe
G.F. 22.00 equivalent including necessary 1250.00 Fifty Only r 27500.00
sockets/ union nut etc.complete. Rupees One
Thousand
Two Hundred
Fifty Six and
Twenty Five Numbe
F.F. 20.00 1256.25 Paise r 25125.00
Rupees One
Thousand
Two Hundred
Sixty Two
and Fifty Numbe
S.F. 18.00 1262.50 Paise r 22725.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand
Two Hundred
Seventy Five Numbe
T.F 19.00 1275.00 Only r 24225.00
Rupees One
Thousand
Two Hundred
Eighty Seven
and Fifty Numbe
F.F 20.00 1287.50 Paise r 25750.00
91 DSR Item Item No.91 :-Providing and fixing screw
No.8 Bd-V 9 down for 20 mm dia wheeled stop tap of
Page no.101 brass including necessary socket/ union
Item Code nut complete. Rupees Three
No.- Bd-V 9 Hundred
Page no. 555 Eighteen and
G.F. 10.00 318.15 Fifteen Paise Number 3181.50
92 DSR Item Item No.92:-Providing and fixing screw

Page no.101 brass including necessary socket/ union Rupees Six
Item Code nut complete. Hundred
No.- Bd-V 9 Twenty Five
Page no. 555 and Seventy
G.F. 8.00 625.70 Paise Number 5005.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Item Code nut complete. Rupees Seven
No.- Bd-V 9 Hundred Forty
Page no. 555 Two and Thirty
G.F. 8.00 742.35 Five Paise Number 5938.80

Item Code nut complete. Rupees Nine
No.- Bd-V 9 Hundred One
Page no. 555 and Forty Five
G.F. 8.00 901.45 Paise Number 7211.60
95 DSR Item Item No.95:-Providing and fixing

No.12 Bd-V coloured glazed earthenware full stall
23 type Urinal with cast iron flushing cistern
Page no.101 of 5 litres capacity with fitting, inlet pipes
Item Code and stop tap brackets for fixing the cistern
No.- Bd-V 23 32mm dia P.V.C. flush pipe with fittings Rupees Six
Page no. 562 and flushing arrangement including lead Thousand
soil pipe, lead trap soil pipe connec-tion Seven Hundred
upto the outside face of the wall etc. Thirty Four and
10.00 complete. 6734.20 Twenty Paise Number 67342.00
96 Item No.96 :-Providing and fixing Two Rupees Two

Way BIB cock with wall flange jaquar Thousand One
make series KUB-35041 F including Hundred One
G.F. 10.00 necessary sockets/ union nut etc.complete. 2101.00 Only Number 21010.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Two
Thousand One
Hundred
Eleven and
F.F. 10.00 2111.50 Fifty Paise Number 21115.00
Rupees Two
Thousand One
Hundred
Twenty Two
S.F. 10.00 2122.00 Only Number 21220.00
97 DSR Item Item No.97 :-Providing and fixing 10cm Rupees Seven
No.18 Bd-V C.I. Nahani Trap including C.I. grating Hundred
32 bend and piece of C.I. pipe upto the Eighty Four
Page no.103 outside face of the wall etc.complete. and Seventy
Item Code G.F. 34.00 784.75 Five Paise Number 26681.50
No.- Bd-V 32
Page no. 567 Rupees Seven
Hundred
Eighty Eight
and Sixty Five
F.F. 28.00 788.65 Paise Number 22082.20
Rupees Seven
Hundred
Ninety Two
and Sixty
S.F. 26.00 792.60 Paise Number 20607.60
Rupees Eight
Hundred and
Forty Five
T.F. 27.00 800.45 Paise Number 21612.15
Rupees Eight
Hundred Eight
and Twenty
F.F 28.00 808.29 Nine Paise Number 22632.19

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
98 DSR Item Item No.98 :-Providing and fixing 15cm x

No.20 Bd-V 10cm salt glazed stoneware gully trap
38 in cement concrete 1:4:8 outside the
Page no.103 building including cast iron grating in the Rupees One
Item Code sink, connecting glazed stoneware pipe, Thousand One
No.- Bd-V 38 brick masonry chamber with cast iron lid Hundred
Page no. 572 and cast iron grating for the gully trap Thirteen and
G.F. 12.00 etc.complete. 1113.55 Fifty Five Paise Number 13362.60
99 DSR Item Item No.99 :-Providing and laying 100

No.21 Bd-V mm dia salt glazed stoneware pipe
39 including fittings such as bends, tees,
Page no.103 single junction double junctions laying,
Item Code jointing (including excavation and
No.- Bd-V 39 refilling the trenches) complete.
Page no. 573 Rupees One
Hundred Runnin
Ninety and g
100.00 190.90 Ninety Paise Meter 19090.00
100 DSR Item Item No.100:-Providing & laying 150mm

No.21 Bd-V dia salt glazed stoneware pipe including
39 fittings such as bends, tees, single
Page no.103 junction, double junction laying, jointing
Item Code (including excavation & refilling the Rupees Two
No.- Bd-V 39 trenches ) complete. Hundred Runnin
Page no. 573 Eighty One and g
75.00 281.05 Five Paise Meter 21078.75

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
101 DSR Item Item No.101:-Providing and laying

No.22 Bd-V concrete pipes of I.S.NP. class of 150mm
41 diameter in proper line, level and slope
Page no.104 including necessary collars, excavation, Rupees Four
Item Code laying, fixing with collars in cement Hundred
No.- Bd-V 41 mortar 1:1 and refilling the trench Eighty Six and Runnin
Page no. 573- complete. Seventy Five g
574 40.00 486.75 Paise Meter 19470.00

Page no.104 including necessary collars, excavation,
Item Code laying, fixing with collars in cement Rupees Five
No.- Bd-V 41 mortar 1:1 and refilling the trench Hundred Forty Runnin
Page no. 573- complete. Two and Sixty g
574 30.00 542.60 Paise Meter 16278.00

Page no.104 including necessary collars, excavation,
Item Code laying, fixing with collars in cement Rupees Seven
No.- Bd-V 41 mortar 1:1 and refilling the trench Hundred Runnin
Page no. 573- complete. Eighty Six and g
574 50.00 786.60 Sixty Paise Meter 39330.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
104 DSR Item Item No.104 :-Providing & constructing

No.24 Bd-V Brick Masonry Inspection Chamber 60
43 cm x 45 cm x 90cm including 1:4:8
Page no.104 cement concrete foundation 1:2:4 cement
Item Code concrete channels half round G.S.W.
No.- Bd-V 43 pipes, Brick Masonry, plastering from Rupees Four
Page no. 574- inside and with frame fixed in cement Thousand
575 concrete etc. complete Seventy Two
with R.C.C. Cover. and Thirty
15.00 4072.30 Paise Number 61084.50
105 DSR Item Item No.105 :-Providing & constructing

No.24 Bd-V Brick Masonry Inspection Chamber90
43 cm x 45 cm x 90cm including 1:4:8
Page no.104 cement concrete foundation 1:2:4 cement
Item Code concrete channels half round G.S.W.
Rupees Four
No.- Bd-V 43 pipes, Brick Masonry, plastering from
Thousand Six
Page no. 574- inside and with frame fixed in cement
Hundred Sixty
575 concrete etc. complete
Six and Twenty
with R.C.C. Cover.
15.00 4666.20 Paise Number 69993.00

No.29 Bd-V 450mm x 550mm size superior type
Page no.105 Belgium mirror with 16 mm dia. Nickel Rupees Six
Item Code plated towel rod etc. complete. Hundred Forty
No.- Bd-V Six and Ninety
124.00 646.90 Paise Number 80215.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
107 DSR Item Item No.107 :-Providing and fixing Rupees One
No.29 Bd-V 450mm x 1200mm size superior type Thousand Four
Page no.105 Belgium mirror with 16 mm dia. Nickel Hundred Ten
Item Code plated towel rod etc. complete. and Forty Five
No.- Bd-V 4.00 1410.45 Paise Number 5641.80
108 Item No.108 :-Providing and fixing wash Rupees

hand basin of JAQUAR MAKE Nineteen
SERIES JDS-WHT-0542 or equivalent Thousand Five
with sensor faucet of JAQUAR MAKE Hundred
SERIES SNR-51071 or equivalent for Eighty Eight
G.F. 40.00 wash basin with 190mm long spout (wall 19588.00 Only Number 783520.00
mounted model) complete with MS
installation box with two control cocks Rupees
Nineteen
Iincluding platform with granite top, SS
Thousand Six
bottle trap,rubber plugs,necessary pipe Hundred
connection,waist pipe & trap upto the Eighty Five
outside face of the wall etc complete. and Ninety
F.F. 21.00 19685.95 Five Paise Number 413404.95
Rupees
Nineteen
Thousand
Seven Hundred
Eighty Three
and Ninety
S.F. 20.00 19783.90 Paise Number 395678.00
Rupees
Nineteen
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Seventy Nine
and Seventy
T.F. 21.00 19979.75 Five Paise Number 419574.75

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Twenty
Thousand One
Hundred
Seventy Five
and Sixty Four
F.F 22.00 20175.64 Paise Number 443864.08
109 Item No.106 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Sixteen
European type water closet of Thousand Two
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES ARS-WHT- Hundred Two
G.F. 22.00 0110 or equivalent with push valve 16202.00 Only Number 356444.00
concealed type with cover plate JAQUAR
MAKE SERIES FLV-1095 including soil Rupees Sixteen
Thousand Two
pipe ,vent pipe upto outside face of wall
Hundred
,100mm dia G.I. plug bend inlet pipe all Eighty Three
F.F. 20.00 fittings,cutting & making good 16283.00 Only Number 325660.00
walls,floors etc. complete. Rupees Sixteen
Thousand
Three Hundred
Sixty Four
S.F. 18.00 16364.00 Only Number 294552.00
Rupees Sixteen
Thousand Five
Hundred
Twenty Six and
T.F 19.00 16526.05 Five Paise Number 313994.95
Rupees Sixteen
Thousand Six
Hundred
Eighty Eight
F.F 20.00 16688.06 and Six Paise Number 333761.20

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
110 DSR Item Item No.107 :-Providing and fixing 40 Rupees Five
No.38 Bd-V mm. dia Ball cock medium type with Hundred
Page no.107 PVC float including sockets & necessary Eighty Eight
Item Code fittings and tested as per municipal and Sixty
No.- Bd-V G.F. 5.00 requirements etc. complete. 588.60 Paise Number 2943.00
111 DSR Item Item No.111 :-Providing and fixing 15

No.38 Bd-V mm. dia Ball cock medium type with
Page no.107 PVC float including sockets & necessary Rupees Two
Item Code fittings and tested as per municipal Hundred One
No.- Bd-V G.F. 5.00 requirements etc. complete. 201.50 and Fifty Paise Number 1007.50
112 Item No.112 :-Providing and fixing 100

mm diameter pipe stablilliser pipe/ Rupees Five
P.V.C. soil vent/waste pipe and with Hundred
necessary fixtures and fitting such as Eighty Three Runnin
bends, tees, single junctions, slotted vent, and Thirty g
G.F. 60.00 clamps etc. complete. 583.30 Paise Meter 34998.00
113 DSR Item Item No.113 :-Providing and fixing Steel

No.48 Bd-V sink of size 60 x 45 x 25 Cms. Size
Page no.110 including all connections of GI supply
Item Code UPVC waste pipe and trap upto outside
No.- Bd-V face of wall could water chromium plated Rupees Eight
screw down bib tap rolled steel or C.I. Thousand
Brackets Rubber Plug and Brass Chain Three Hundred
stop tap making good the damaged Seventy Seven
surface Chromium plated bottle trap and Ninety
G.F. 11.00 testing etc. complete. 8377.95 Five Paise Number 92157.45
114 DSR Item Item No.114 :-Providing and fixing Rupees Three
No.55 Bd-V G.F. 50.00 P.V.C. Rain Water Pipes of 110 mm 371.20 Hundred Runnin 18560.00
Page no.111 outer dia.and having wall thickness of Seventy One g

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Item Code 2.2 to 2.7 mm conforming to I.S. 13592- and Twenty Meter
No.- Bd-V 1992 including proper rain water Paise
receiving recess with P.V.C. plug bend,
necessary fittings such as offsets, shoes Rupees Three
Hundred Runnin
including fixing the pipe on wall using
Seventy Three g
F.F. 50.00 approved wooden cleats projecting 25 373.05 and Five Paise Meter 18652.50
mm to 40 mm from face of wall & fixing Rupees Three
with clips of approved quality & number, Hundred
filling the joints using rubber gasket with Seventy Four Runnin
solvent cement and properly resting the and Ninety g
S.F. 50.00 shoe of pipes on C.C. or masonry blocks, 374.90 Paise Meter 18745.00
Rupees Three
including necessary scaffolding, and
Hundred
maintainance for 3 years for any leakages Seventy Eight Runnin
or dislocation of pipes. All the PVC and Sixty g
T.F. 50.00 fittings and additional two piece socket 378.60 Paise Meter 18930.00
clips shall be got approved from Engineer Rupees Three
in charge etc. complete. (The contractors Hundred
shall give 3 years guarantee Eighty Two Runnin
bond for payment) and Thirty g
F.F 50.00 382.34 Three Paise Meter 19116.80
115 Item No. 115 :-Providing and fixing Rupees One
towel Holder JAQUAR MAKE Thousand Forty
G.F. 16.00 SERIES I-1121N or equivalent 1045.00 Five Only Number 16720.00
including all accessories etc. complete.
Rupees One
Thousand Fifty
and Twenty
F.F. 10.00 1050.25 Five Paise Number 10502.50
Rupees One
Thousand Fifty
Five and Forty
S.F. 8.00 1055.45 Five Paise Number 8443.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand Sixty
Five and
T.F. 9.00 1065.90 Ninety Paise Number 9593.10
Rupees One
Thousand
Seventy Six
and Thirty Five
F.F 10.00 1076.35 Paise Number 10763.50
116 Item No.116:-Providing and fixing Rupees Two
Overhead shower 120mm dia. Thousand Eight
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES OHS – 1709 Hundred
or equivalent including all accessories Eighty Five
G.F. 1.00 etc. complete. 2885.00 Only Number 2885.00
Rupees Two
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Ninety Nine
and Forty Five
F.F. 1.00 2899.45 Paise Number 2899.45
Rupees Two
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Thirteen and
Eighty Five
S.F. 1.00 2913.85 Paise Number 2913.85
Rupees Two
Thousand Nine
Hundred Forty
Two and
T.F 1.00 2942.70 Seventy Paise Number 2942.70
Rupees Two
Thousand Nine
F.F 1.00 2971.55 Hundred Number 2971.55

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Seventy One
and Fifty Five
Paise
117 Item No.117:-Providing and fixing Toilet Rupees One
paper holder JAQUAR MAKE Thousand Four
SERIES AHS-1551, or equivalent Hundred Forty
G.F. 22.00 including all accessories etc. complete. 1441.00 One Only Number 31702.00
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Forty
Eight and
F.F. 20.00 1448.20 Twenty Paise Number 28964.00
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Fifty
Five and Forty
S.F. 18.00 1455.40 Paise Number 26197.20
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred Sixty
Nine and
T.F 19.00 1469.80 Eighty Paise Number 27926.20
Rupees One
Thousand Four
Hundred
Eighty Four
and Twenty
F.F 20.00 1484.23 Three Paise Number 29684.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
118 DSR Item Item No.118:-Providing and laying in situ

No.-12 Bd-M cement concrete M20 with trimix
Page no.45 treatment for 100mm thickness for
Item Code flooring with groove cutting of 4mm wide
No.- Bd-M & 20mm deep with necessary refilling Rupees Seven
with bitumen etc. complete. Hundred Eight Square
G.F. 263.50 708.00 Only Meter 186558.00
119 Item No.119:-Providing and fixing Soap Rupees Six

Dish holder JAQUAR MAKE Hundred
SERIES I -1131N, or equivalent Seventy Seven
G.F. 40.00 including all accessories etc. complete. 677.00 Only Number 27080.00
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty and
F.F. 21.00 680.40 Forty Paise Number 14288.40
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty Three
and Seventy
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety and
T.F 21.00 690.55 Fifty Five Paise Number 14501.55
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety Seven
and Thirty One
F.F 22.00 697.31 Paise Number 15340.82
120 Item No.120:-Providing and fixing Rupees Four
G.F. 1.00 Single lever wall mixer JAQUAR 4780.00 Thousand Number 4780.00
MAKE SERIES FUS-2927UPR or Seven Hundred

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
equivalent including all accessories etc. Eighty Only

complete.
Rupees Four
Thousand Eight
Hundred Three
and Ninety
F.F. 1.00 4803.90 Paise Number 4803.90
Rupees Four
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Twenty Seven
and Eighty
S.F. 1.00 4827.80 Paise Number 4827.80
121 Item No.121:-Providing and fixing Soap Rupees One
Dispenser JAQUAR MAKE SERIES I Thousand One
– 1135N,or equivalent including all Hundred Thirty
10.00 accessories etc. complete. 1130.00 Only Number 11300.00
122 Item No.122:-Providing and fixing Rupees One

Health Faucet with 8mm dia, 1m long Thousand Eight
flexible tube with wall hook JAQUAR Hundred Sixty
G.F. 22.00 MAKE SERIES ALD – 577, or 1868.00 Eight Only Number 41096.00
equivalent including all accessories etc.
complete. Rupees One
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Seventy Seven
and Thirty Five
F.F. 20.00 1877.35 Paise Number 37547.00
Rupees One
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Eighty Six and
S.F. 18.00 1886.70 Seventy Paise Number 33960.60

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees One
Thousand Nine
Hundred Five
and Thirty Five
T.F 19.00 1905.35 Paise Number 36201.65
Rupees One
Thousand Nine
Hundred
Twenty Four
F.F 20.00 1924.04 and Four Paise Number 38480.80
123 Item No.123:-Providing and fixing Rupees Six
Tumbler Holder JAQUAR MAKE Hundred
SERIES I-1141N , or equivalent Seventy Seven
G.F. 22.00 including all accessories etc. complete. 677.00 Only Number 14894.00
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty and
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty Three
and Seventy
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety and
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety Seven
and Thirty One
F.F 20.00 697.31 Paise Number 13946.20

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
124 Item No.124:-Providing and fixing Push Rupees Three

valve WITH COVER PLATE of Thousand One
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES FLV – 1095, Hundred
G.F. 13.00 or equivalent including all accessories 3113.00 Thirteen Only Number 40469.00
etc. complete.
Rupees Three
Thousand One
Hundred
Twenty Eight
and Fifty Five
F.F. 14.00 3128.55 Paise Number 43799.70
Rupees Three
Thousand One
Hundred Forty
Four and
S.F. 13.00 3144.15 Fifteen Paise Number 40873.95
Rupees Three
Thousand One
Hundred
Seventy Five
and Twenty
T.F 13.00 3175.25 Five Paise Number 41278.25
Rupees Three
Thousand Two
Hundred Six
and Thirty
F.F 14.00 3206.39 Nine Paise Number 44889.46
125 Item No.125:-Providing and fixing Robe Rupees Four
Hook of JAQUAR MAKE SERIES I – Hundred Fifty
G.F. 26.00 1191, or equivalent including all 450.00 Only Number 11700.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
accessories etc. complete. Rupees Four

Hundred Fifty
Two and
Twenty Five
F.F. 20.00 452.25 Paise Number 9045.00
Rupees Four
Hundred Fifty
Four and Fifty
S.F. 18.00 454.50 Paise Number 8181.00
Rupees Four
Hundred Fifty
T.F 19.00 459.00 Nine Only Number 8721.00
Rupees Four
Hundred Sixty
Three and Fifty
T.F 20.00 463.50 Paise Number 9270.00
126 Item no. 126:-Providing and fixing Tissu Rupees Six
paper holder of jaquar SERIES AKB- Hundred
35755, or equivalent including all Seventy Seven
G.F. 22.00 accessories etc. complete. 677.00 Only Number 14894.00
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty and
Rupees Six
Hundred
Eighty Three
and Seventy
Rupees Six
Hundred
Ninety and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rupees Five
Thousand Eight
Hundred
Nineteen and
F.F 20.00 697.31 Fifty Paise Number 13946.20
127 Item No.127 :-Providing and fixing
Restroom Partitions made of solid
phenloic core panels with SS brackets and
Fastners.The panels Made of melamine
impremagated decorative surface paper, Rupees Five
Partitions should stand up with the most Thousand Six
extreme conditions of moisture and Hundred
humidity and water and corrosion Seventy Eight
87xidized87, including decoratively faced and Twenty Square
302.76 on the both sides . 5678.25 Five Paise Meter 1719146.97
128 DSR Item Item No.128 :-Providing

No.43 Bd-W preconstructional antitermite
Page no.120 treatment as per I.S. 6313 (Part-II)
Item Code treatment by treating the backfill in
No.- Bd-W immediate contact with foundation at
the rate of 7.5 litres off emulsion
concentrate of 0.5 percent of Rupees Sixty
Clorophyriphas/ Hephoclore per square Eight and
metre of vertical surface are covering 10 Ninety Five Square
G.F. 2364.00 years guarantee. 68.95 Paise Meter 162997.80

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
129 DSR Item Item No.129: Providing

No.42 Bd-W preconstructional antitermite
Page no.120 treatment as per I.S. 6313 (Part-II) by
Item Code treating the top surface of plinth filling
No.- Bd-W at the rate of 5 litres of emulsion
concentrate at 0.5 percent of Hephoclore Rupees Forty
per square metre of surface area covering Six and Sixty Square
3851.00 ten years guaran-tee. 46.65 Five Paise Meter 179649.15
130 Item No.130:--Dewatering on BHP Basis

DSR Item by using water pump including pumping
No.11(b) Item, out water during and after excavation as
Page no.153 may be required. 5 to 9 BHP water
Code No.- BR pump Rupees Ninety
4 Page Nine and
no.104,105 14400.00 99.70 Seventy Paise Hour 1435680.00
131 Item No.131:-Providing and Constructing

Circular man hole 1.2m Dia. At bottom
etc. complete Rupees Fifty
Four Thousand
Seven Hundred
Eighty and
5.00 54780.15 Fifteen Paise Number 273900.75

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
132 Item No.132:- Providing And Fixing

Fundermax perforated partition
(Fundemax Exterior Grade I board ) or
equivalent made from high density
compressed craft décor paper 6mm thick
including sub-frame system of aluminum
section of 75 x 38 & 38 x 38@600mm Rupees Seven
center or as required with nut bolt,L- Thousand One
angle,reviting of partition to sub-structure Hundred
as per detailed drawing and design Fifteen and Square
164.21 7115.50 Fifty Paise Meter 1168464.72
133 Item No.133:- Providing And Fixing

Fundermax perforated Sheet
Railing(Fundemax Exterior Grade I
Board) made from high density
compressed craft décor paper 6mm thick
including sub-frameof SS Pipe of required
Size and SS handrail of 40 x40mm
Square pipe with installation and reveting Rupees Eight
the panel to SS frame as per detailed Thousand Two
drawing and design . Hundred and Square
318.64 8200.60 Sixty Paise Meter 2613039.18
134 DSR Item 155.07 Item No.134:-Providing expansion joints

No.1 Bd-K 1 in RCC framed structure (interior Rupees Two
Page no.35 column) with plain premoulded filler Thousand Six
Bd-K.1 Page 25mm thick including fixing T.W. bettens Hundred Three
No.359 on both faces and finishing as directed and Fifty Five Square
etc. complete. 2603.55 Paise Meter 403732.50

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

No.2 Bd-K 1 in RCC framed structure (Exterior
Page no.35 column) with plain premoulded filler
Bd-K.1 Page 25mm thick and 3mm thick alluminium Rupees Three
No.359 plate, hold fast, fixing T.W. battens on Thousand
internal face, finishing etc, complete as Thirty Three Square
directed. 3033.05 and Five Paise Meter 502273.08

No.3 Bd-K 1 in RCC framed structure (at floor
Page no.35 level) with premoulded filler 25mm thick Rupees Three
Bd-K.1 Page and 3mm thick alluminium plate as Thousand Five
No.359 required, bitumen poured filler and fixing Hundred
T.W. battens on internal face, finishing Twenty Six and Square
etc, complete as directed. 3526.15 Fifteen Paise Meter 634707.00

No.4 Bd-K 1 in RCC framed structure (at terrace
Page no.35 level) with premoulded filler 25mm thick
Item Code and 3mm thick alluminium plate as Rupees Three
No.Bd-K.1 required, bitumen poured filler and fixing Thousand Four
Page No.359 lead, flashing on upper side andT.W. Hundred
battens on inner face, finishing etc, Eighty Nine Square
complete as directed. 3489.05 and Five Paise Meter 125605.80

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
138 200.00 Item No.138:-Planting Large Flowering

/ Shady treesminimum heightof 2
mtres) Digging pit with size .9 X.9
removingand conveying unwanted stuffto
required distanceas directe. Filling the
npitwith approved Excavated
materialupto the height of 0.3m
andremaining height of 0.6 m with fresh
garden soil & manure in 3:1
proportion.mixing soil & manure
91xidized9191 well, 91xidized as
directed, watering previous night, planting
two or three trees old minimum 2 mtrs.
Height healthy trees sapling as per
specification. 91xidized till well
established by watering, weeding , stirring Rupees Four
of soil replacing of casaulities etc. Hundred Fifty
Complete 455.00 Five Only Number 91000.00
139 DSR Item 2.00 Item No. 139:- H.D.P container Sintex or
No.41 Bd-V alike one piece moulded water tank made
Page no.109 out of 91xid density polyethyler and built Rupees
Item Code corrugated inclsive delivery up to Seventy Eight
No.Bd-V distination housting fixing of Thousand
91xidized9191s such as inlet, outlet Seven Hundred
overflow pipe inclusive of all Tank Ninety Five
capacity 10000 liters 78795.00 Only Number 157590.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
140 Test required 1 Item No. 140 : Labarotary testing

as per the charges for various material required
frequency for the construction of work by the
fixed by contractor on yhe basis of testing
Vigilence & frequency and charges fixed by
quality 92xidized92 & Quality Control Circle,
control Pune
Circle, Pune
82 Cement – Fineness Modulus, Rupees Two

Consistency, Setting time, Thousand
Compression Strength, Spcific Gravity Five Hundred
(1 Test for 1000 bags) 2500 Only Test 205000.00
Sand - Fineness Modulus, Silt No Rupees
Content ( one Test Per Source) Only 10000.00
19 Concrete ( Mix Design) – Rupees
Eleven
Thousand
11000 Only Test 209000.00
202 Cement Concrete Cubes – Rupees Four
Compression Strength Hundred Fifty
450 Only Test 90900.00
150 Steel (Tor Steel) – Tensile strength, Rupees One
Percent of Elongation, Yield Stress, Thousand
weight per Metre, Bend / Rebend test 1000 Only Test 150000.00
45 Bricks – Compression strength, Water Rupees One
obsortion, Thousand
Four Hundred
1450 Fifty Only Test 65250.00
83 Agreegates Rupees Four
Hundred
400 Only Test 33200.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Other Misc. 100000.00

Non D.S.R. Items testing @ 0.5% of
cost 636650.00
141 Item No.8 198.48 Item No. 141 : Providing and fixing Ply Rupees One
Page No.74 wood door Frame with veener Finsh as Thousand Eight
BD-T 34 Page per drawing and as directed by Engineer Hundred Thirty Square
No.499 Incharge 1830.00 Only Meter 363218.40
142 DSR Item 270.00 Item No. 142 : Providing and Fixing Solid
No.9 Bd-T 36 Core Flush door shutter in single leaf
Page no.75 32 mm thick without ventilator Rupees One
Item Code Bd- commercial type of exterior grade as per Thousand
T 36 Page detailed drawings with wrought iron hold Three Hundred
No.500 fast, iron 93xidized fixtures and Fifty Seven and
fastenings and handles on both sides and Forty Five Square
finishing with laminate complete . 1357.45 Paise Meter 366511.50
143 DSR Item 79.20 Item No. 143 : Providing and Laying
No.29 Bd- telephone black/ Amba White/ Catbary
M Brown/ RBI red / Ocean Brown
Page no.50 GraniteStone of 18 to 20 mm thick door Rupees Three
Item Code Bd. frame/dado/window boxing etc. on C.M. Thousand
M. 12 1:6 including filling joints with Polymer Three Hundred
base filler nosing thye sharp edges Forty and Square
wherever necessary,curing,etc.complete 3340.60 Sixty Paise Meter 264575.52
144 2.00 Item No. 144 : Providing and Fixing 5 Hp

Pump for lifting the water from the Rupees Sixty
sump at the basement upto the permanent Thousand
drainage syatem 60000.00 Only Number 120000.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
145 778.76 Item No. 145 : Providing and Fixing Rupees Four
staging work to slab, beams, Hundred
columns,and any other structural Eleven and
member for height more than 4.5 m at Eighty Six Square
any level.up to one stage of 4.5 m. 411.86 Paise Meter 320743.21
A.CIVIL WORK Total Rs 326848220.31

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A. EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION
Sr.No. Item No. Quantity Description of Item SITC Rate Unit
and
Specificatio
n no. Amount
1 2 3 4 5 6
A. HT WORKS
1 CSR Item 1 H.T Metering kiosk Rs. One Lacs No. 156161
no. 6.4.2 Supplying, erecting, testing, Fifty Six
commissioning 11 KV H.T. metering Thousand One
cubical (Compact Type) approved by Hundred Sixty
MSEDCL/Licensee fabricated with One.
2mm.(14
SWG) M.S.sheets with supporting angle
and channel, painted with powder coating
/ epoxy paint of required shade copper bus
bar size 25x6 mm
electronic security lock and heavy duty
mechanical lock, with counter meter for
measuring no of times the opening of
doors, top side cover ( C.T.P.T 156,161.00
COVER) interlock with meter doors,
epoxy coated 3 nos C.T having required
ratio between 5/5A to 100/5A burden 10
VA class 0.5 I.L.12/28/75 KVP
epoxy terminal block suitable for provided
trivector meter, and provision for
incoming and outgoing cables etc
complete duly tested by Licensee with
necessary Test Certificates and erected on
provided plinth/C.Cfoundation
(Refer technical specifications Section -
14.8.1 on Page 165 to 179 )

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2 CSR item 1 Supplying & errecting SF6 insulated 11 kv Rs. Four lacs No. 424611
no.5.9.6 630 Amp , indoor type Ring main unit twenty four
with 2 incoming Load break switches & thousand six
one outgoing Load break switch with hundred eleven
HRC fuses complete errected on provided 424,611.00 only.
cc foundation / MS channels/ trench etc, in
an approved manner.
3 Based on 1 Supply, installation, Testing & Rs. Sixteen lacs No. 1619121
CSR item commissioning of HT panel with Incomer Nineteen
5.9.1 & - 2 IC & Outgoing - 3 nos. of 11 kV, thousand One
5.9.8 630A, VCB..with all accessories (Refer hundred twenty
1,619,121.00
technical specifications Section - 14.8.2 one only.
on Page 180 to 191 & CSR Items
mentioned below)
4 NON CSR 2 Indoor type Transformers Rs. Eight lacs
Thirty six
thousand eight Nos. 1673762
836,881.00
hundred and
eighty one only.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying, installing, testing &

commissioning of 750 KVA,11kV / 433v
3phase, 50hz, Dyn11, indoor type, copper
wound ONAN transformer, complete with
HV & LV cable box / bus throat , all
fittings i.e. oil conservator, silica gel
breather, explosion vent, HT side manual
off-load tap changer with +7.5% to -7.5%
tappings in steps of 2.5% bidirectional
roller, diagrams & rating plate, 150 mm
dia OTI with alarm & trip contacts,
Buchholz relay with alarm & Trip
contacts, 150mm dia WTI with alarm &
trip contacts, Marshalling Box and wiring
with 2.5 sqmm multicore copper armourd
cable upto H.T. panel, lifting lugs, first
filling oil etc. complete as per technical
specifications.
5 NON CSR 100 Copper Control Cable 149 Rs. One hundred Rmt 14900
Fourty Nine.
Supplying, laying, testing &
commissioning of 1.1KV grade PVC
insulated and PVC sheathed 4 core x 2.5
sq mm copper conductor armoured control
cable including providing & fixing of
necessary cable clamp on wall/ built
trenches/ cable racks.For connecting from
marshalling boxes at transformers to
corresponding VCB panels, Including
both end Cable Termination with double
compression brass glands, nuts, bolts PVC
tape, crimping lugs etc. with connection
and identifcation complete as required
6 H T cable

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying, Laying, testing & Rs. Two

commissioning in covered/open Trench, Thousand
of 11 kV garde (E), ISI Marked, XLPE Eighty Five.
Insulated, Armoured, Stranded Compacted
Circular Conductors, Extruded Conductor
CSR Item Screening, Extruded Insulation Screening,
200 Mettalic Screening, Fillers, PVC Inner- 2085 Rmt 417000
no. 7.3.13
Sheathed (Extruded or Tapped Wrapped),
PVC Outer-Sheathed {Tested in
accordannce 7098-Part II and other
applicable specification requirements} HT
Power Cable- 3 Core x300 Sq. mm size.
7 HT Cable Terminations
Supplying and making Indoor cable end Rs. Seven
termination and commisioning with Heat Thousand Eight
Shrinkable cable Jointing Kit complete Hundred Ninty
CSR Item with all acessories in cluding lugs, suitable Four.
7 7894 sets 55258
no. 7.5.7 for the following sizes of the XLPE
Aluminium Conductor Power Cable of 11
kV grade (E) : 3 Core x 300 SQ MM
8 PLATE EARTHING
Supplying and erecting Copper earth plate
size 60 x 60 x 0.315 cms. with
funnel with a wire mesh for watering and
brick masonry block C.l. cover with
TEREC+ maintenance free ground
enhancing compound instead of using Rs. Twelve
combination of salt and charcoal complete Thousand Six
A CSR 9-1-6 12 12634 set 151608
with all materials, testing & recording the Hundred Thirty
results . One earth pit require one bag of 5 Four.
kg of the TEREC+
compound.Requirement of no of bags
shall be decided wirh respect to soil
resistivity as per specification no ESE -LA

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying and erecting Galvanised cast Rs. Two

iron earth plate size 60 x 60 x 0.6 cms. Thousand Two
with funnel with a wire mesh for watering Hundred Thirty
CSR item and brick masonry block C.l. cover One.
B 17 2231 set 37927
no 9.1.3 complete with all materials, testing &
recording the results as
per specification No. EA-EP
9 Providing, laying in ground or on walls
Copper/ GI Strips as earthing strips From
Equipment/ Panels/ DB’s, switchboards
up to the earth pit as per instructions of
Engineer in charge.
i) CSR item 402 CU Strips of 50 X 6mm 618 Rs. Six Kgs. 248436
no. 9.2.2 Hundred
Eighteen .
ii) CSR item 67 CU Strips of 25x 3mm 618 Rs. Six Kgs. 41406
no 9.2.2 Hundred
Eighteen .
iii) CSR item 354 GI Strips of 50 X 6mm 100 Rs. One Kgs. 35400
no 9.2.3 Hundred.
iv) CSR item 302 GI Strips of 32 X 6mm 100 Rs. One Kgs. 30200
no 9.2.3 Hundred.
v) CSR item 59 GI Strips of 25x 3mm 100 Rs. One Kgs. 5900
no 9.2.3 Hundred.
10 Safety Items in Substation
providing printed instruction chart for Rs. Seventy.
CSR item treating persons suffering from electric
1 70 Set 70
no 10.2.22 shock,printed in English & Marathi and
duly laminated
provided pair of duly tested rubber hand Rs. Four
CSR item gloves as per IS: 340715 suitable for Hundred Thirty
1 435 Set 435
no 10.2.23 working on 11kV supply. Five..

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
providing round bottom FIRE Bucket of 9 Rs. Four

Liters capacity as per IS:2546 made out of Hundred Two
CSR item 24 gauge G.I sheet with extra handle at
4 402 Set 1608
no 10.2.24 bottom duly painted white inside and red
outside with FIRE Mark ,on provided
stand / wallhook
providing floor mounting stand for Rs. One
keeping 4 Nos. of FIRE buckets 1500mm Thousand Eight
in length, 900mm height frame made out Hundred Fourty
CSR item of 30x30x4 mm angle iron with cross Five
1 1845 Set 1845
no 10.2.25 supports for legs , welded with 4 hooks
duly painted with one coat of red lead and
two coats of silver paint.
supply and erecting Wall hook 225mm Rs. Fifty.
CSR item projection for keeping fire buckets made
1 out of 15 mm .dia M.S Rod grouted in 50 Set 50
no 10.2.26
wall to a depth of minimum 15cms
Supplying Standard first aid box with Rs. Three
necessary antiseptic creem , medicine for Hundred
use on wounds due burn ,crepe bandage Twenty Three
CSR item ,gauge bandage medicated ready to use
1 323 Set 323
no 10.2.27 bandage ( Band - aid ) adhesive tape for
medicinal use , scissors , anti-septic
solution (Savlon or similar ) etc.
Supplying and fixing PVC Synthetic Rs. Four
elastomer electrically insulating mat with Thousand Six
CSR item
1 class B insulation conforming to IS: 4673 Hundred Set 4673
no 10.2.31
15652-2006 having 2.5 mm thickness up Seventy Three
to 11kV
Supplying shock proof leather Safety Rs. One
Shoes of Electrical Grade of Standard size Thousand Three
CSR item
1 as IS :11226 , 14544 duly tested , with 1341 Hundred Fourty Set 1341
no 10.2.33
necessary test certificate from One.
manufacturer.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying and erecting D.C.P type Fire Rs. Two

Extinguisher 5kg capacity cartridge type Thousand Four
with Gun Metal cap 150 gram CO2 gas Hundred
CSR item cartridge ,powder and brackets Seventeen.
1 conforming to IS : 2171 -1985 and 2417 Set 2417
no 10.2.34
complete erected with necessary clamps
made from 50x6 mm M.S flat with nuts &
bolts grouted in wall complete.
Supplying & erecting Carbon Dioxide Rs. Eight
(CO2) fire extinguisher of 4.5kg Capacity Thousand Four
CSR item Cartridge type conf. To IS : 2878 Hundred Eighty
4 8483 Set 33932
no 10.2.36 Copmlete erected with necessary clamps Three.
made front 50x6 mm.M.S.flat with nuts &
bolts grouted in wall complete.
Supplying and erecting ABC power type Rs. One
CSR item 'Ceasefire' type fire extinguisher as per IS: Thousand seven
1 13849 of 1kg capacity with necessary 1709 Hundred Nine. Set 1709
no 10.2.38
clamps foe erection on wall.
11 Misc work
Shifting of 315 kva Transformer to new Rs Ten thousand
location of susbstation, disconnection of only.
Non CSR 1 10000 No. 10000
old cables , providing new cables, feeder
piller box , liasoining work etc.
Total of HT work 4,970,093
DIESEL GENERATING SETS ( For new
building)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
600 KW / 750 KVA, SILENT Diesel

Generating Set with CPCB approved
acoustic enclosure comprising of
RADIATOR COOLED Diesel engine
Rs. Forty Eight
developing 880 BHP at 1500 RPM,
Lacs Ninety six
complete with standard accessories.
A NON CSR 1 4896593 thousand five Nos. 4896593
Coupled to standdard make Alternator
hundred and
rated at 600 KW / 750 KVA at 415 Volts,
ninty three only.
mounted on Channel Iron Base Frame
Complete with Fuel Tank of 990 Ltrs
capacity (outside of Acoustic
Enclosure)and Batteries.
AMF Panel with single breaker of 1250 Rs. Four Lacs
amp Seventy Four
B 1 474019 Nos. 474019
Thousand and
nineteen only.
12 Plate Earthing
A 2 Supplying and erecting Copper earth plate set 25,268
size 60 x 60 x 0.315 cms. with
funnel with a wire mesh for watering and
brick masonry block C.l. cover with
TEREC+ maintenance free ground
enhancing compound instead of using Rs. Twelve
CSR item combination of salt and charcoal complete Thousand Six
12634
no 9.1.6 with all materials, testing & recording the Hundred Thirty
results . One earth pit require one bag of 5 Four.
kg of the TEREC+
compound.Requirement of no of bags
shall be decided wirh respect to soil
resistivity as per specification no ESE -LA
B 2 Supplying and erecting Galvanised cast Rs. Two set 4462
iron earth plate size 60 x 60 x 0.6 cms. Thousand Two
CSR item
with funnel with a wire mesh for watering 2231 Hundred Thirty
no 9.1.3
and brick masonry block C.l. cover One.
complete with all materials, testing &

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
recording the results as

per specification No. EA-EP
13 Providing, laying in ground or on walls
Copper/ GI Strips as earthing strips From
Equipment/ Panels/ DB’s, switchboards
up to the earth pit as per instructions of
Engineer in charge.
I 201 CU Strips of 50 X 6mm 618 Rs. Six Kgs. 124218
CSR item
Hundred
no 9.1.4
Eighteen .
Ii 20.1 CU Strips of 25x 3mm 618 Rs. Six Kgs. 12421.8
CSR item
Hundred
no 9.1.4
Eighteen .
Iii CSR item 177 GI Strips of 50 X 6mm 100 Rs. One Kgs. 17700
no 9.2.5 Hundred.
Iv CSR item 18.92 GI Strips of 25x 3mm 100 Rs. One Kgs. 1892
no 9.2.5 Hundred.
14 Misc work
Dismentaling of existing 125 kva DG SET Rs two lacs two
& shifting to new location as per site thousand seven
A 1 condition, laying of cables from new 145230 hundred and No. 145,230
locattion to feeder piller as per instructions thirty only.
of engineer incharge.
TOTAL FOR DG ELECTRICAL
5701681.8
WORKS
EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION
10,671,897
TOTAL

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
B. INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION WORK

Sr.No. Quantity Description of Item
Item No. and
Specification SITC Rate Unit Amount
no.
1 2 3 4 5 6
SECTION 1 :- LT PANELS AND

DISTRIBUTION BOARD
MANUFACTURING, TESTING &
A. SUPPLYING OF L.T. PANELS AS PER
FOLLOWING PARTICULARS:
À.1 PANELS
Design as per detailed SLD, technical
specifications and obtain approval of Drawings
prior to manufacturing, manufacture, insure,
packed in wooden crates with PVC sheets inner
packing, transport to site, store, erect in proper
position, testing & commissioning of Main L.T.
Panel cubicle and extensible type front, back
operated, having Bus-bars and Top Cable entry,
for both Incoming and Outgoing side fabricated
using door for all panel:2mm CRCA,Base frame
for Main lt panel:5mm CRCA,Undrilled
removable gland plate:3mm GI & bus support
for allbase frame for capacitor panel:5mm
CRCA. All the panel shall be painted with
electro static powder coating paint of shade
RAL-7032 Bus-bars shall be insulated with heat
shrinkable coloured (approved color & shade as
per architect's instructions )

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 1 Main LT Panel
Incomer 1 :1250A,50 kA, ACB ( EDO ) ( from
DG SET ) Incomer 2
:1250A,50 kA, ACB ( EDO ) ( from T/F-1 )
Incomer 3 :1250A,50 kA, ACB ( EDO ) ( from
Rs Eighteen
T/F-2 ) Bus Bar : 1600A,50 kA, 4W
lacs fifty six
,3 ph Al. Bus Bar
Non CSR thousand one Nos.
Bus Coupler :1250A,50 kA, ACB ( EDO ) - 1,856,117.00 1,856,117.00
hundred and
1No. Outgoing
seventeen only.
:1000A,50 kA, ACB ( MDO ) - 1 No.
800A,35 kA, ACB ( MDO ) - 4 No.
250A,35 kA, ACB - 3 No.
200A,35 kA, ACB - 7 No.
125A,25 kA, ACB - 3 No.
2 2 Capacitor Panel ( 350 KVAR )
Rs Five lacs
Incomer 1 :800A,50 kA, ACB ( MDO )
seventy nine
Bus Bar : 1000A,50 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar
Non CSR thousand four Nos.
Outgoing : 50 KVAR C.Bank - 5 No. 551,223.08 1,102,446.17
hundred and
25 KVAR C.Bank - 7 No.
one only.
3 1 Basement & Ground Floor Panel
Rs One lac
Incomer 1 :250A,25 kA, MCCB
eighty five
Bus Bar : 300A,35 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar
thousand one
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 12 No. Nos.
167,243.12 hundred and 167,243.12
32A,25 kA, MCCB - 2 No.
seventyfive
only.
4 1
Rs One lac
First Floor Panel
sixty three
Incomer 1 :200A,25 kA, MCCB
146865.39 thousand five Nos.
Bus Bar : 250A,25 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar 146,865.39
hundred and
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 12 No.
sixteen only.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5 1 Second Floor Panel Rs One lac

Incomer 1 :200A,25 kA, MCCB sixty three
Bus Bar : 250A,25 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar 146,865.39 thousand five Nos.
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 12 No. 146,865.39
hundred and
sixteen only.
6 1 Third Floor Panel
Incomer 1 :250A,25 kA, MCCB Rs One lac
Bus Bar : 300A,35 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar sixty four
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 12 No. 147,697.92 thousand three Nos.
147,697.92
hundred and
firty nine only.
7 1 Fourth Floor Panel Rs One lac
Incomer 1 :200A,25 kA, MCCB sixty three
Bus Bar : 250A,25 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar 146,865.39 thousand five Nos.
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 12 No. 146,865.39
hundred and
sixteen only.
8 1 Lift Panel
Incomer 1 :125A,25 kA, MCCB Rs Eight Four
Bus Bar : 150A,25 kA, 4W ,3 ph Al. Bus Bar thousand six
Outgoing :63A,25 kA, MCCB - 4 No. 75,651.19 Nos.
hundred and 75,651.19
seventeen only.
Total For LT Panels 3789751.562

B DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Providing and fixing Lighting/ Power
Distribution Boards Flush mounting/ Concealed
Type, Double Door type as per approved make
and comprising of the following:
Powder Coated Double Door Type Distribution
i Board , IP43
ii Incoming Breaker.
iii Copper Bus Bars

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
iv Outgoing Breakers
Sub-incomer for ELCB’s (wherever indicated)
v
vi All internal cabling as per specifications.

vii Ferrules for circuits
viii Control Chart inside DB
All RCBO’s to be of 10 KA Breaking Capacity
ix and Of 100mA rating.
1 Basement-2 floor
1 DBs Rs Six
Thousand Nine
Nos. 6,908.00
6,908.00 hundred and
eight only.
NO. Of Ways - 4 ways
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB+ELCB) - 32A,TPN - 1 NO.
Outgoing MCBs - 16A, SP - 3Nos..
Outgoing MCBs - 6A, SP - 9Nos..
2 Basement-1floor
1 DBs Rs Six
Thousand Nine
Nos. 6,908.00
eight only.
NO. Of Ways - 4 ways
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB+ELCB) - 32A,TPN - 1 NO.
Outgoing MCBs - 16A, SP - 3Nos.

Outgoing MCBs - 6A, SP - 9Nos.
3 Ground Floor

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10 DBs Rs Eight
Thousand
seven hundred Nos. 87,860.00
8,786.00
and eighty six
only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB+ELCB) - 63A , TPN - 1NO.
Outgoing MCBs - 16A,SP - 6 NOS.
4 First Floor
10 DBs Rs Eight
Thousand
8,786.00
and eighty six
only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN

5 Second Floor
10 DBs Rs Eight
Thousand
8,786.00
and eighty six
only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Third Floor
10 DBs Rs Eight
Thousand
8,786.00
and eighty six
only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN

7 Fourth Floor
10 DBs Rs Eight
Thousand
8,786.00
and eighty six
only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN
8 Terrace floor
1 DBs Rs Six
Thousand Nine
Nos. 6,908.00
eight only.
NO. Of Ways - 4 WAY

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB) - 32A,TPN - 1 NO.
Outgoing MCBs - 6A,SP - 9NOS.
9 External Lighting
1 DBs Rs Thirteen
thousand two
Nos. 13,217.00
seventeen only.
NO. Of Ways - 6 WAY
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB) - 40A,TPN - 1 NO.
Outgoing ELCB - 20A,DP - 3NO.S
Outgoing MCBs - 6A,SP - 12 NO.S
2 STAIRCASE DBs 1, 2, 3 Rs Six
Thousand Nine
10 hundred and Nos. 13,896.00
6,948.00
forty eight
only.
NO. Of Ways - 4 WAY
DB Type - TPN
Incomer (MCB+ELCB) - 25A ,TPN - 1NO.
Outgoing MCBs - 6A,SP - 12 NO.S

11 1 SUBSTATION DBs Rs Fifteen
thousand six
hundred and Nos. 15,699.00
15,699.00
ninty nine
only.
NO. Of Ways - 8 WAY
DB Type - ETPN

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Incomer (MCB) - 63A,TPN - 1NO.

Outgoing ELCB - 63A,DP - 3 NOS.
Blank plates - 2 NOS.
Total For DB's 502,836.00
TOTAL FOR SECTION 1 :- LT PANELS
AND DISTRIBUTION BOARD
4,292,587.56
SECTION 2 :- LT CABLES
SUPPLYING & TESTING OF L.T. CABLES

A. & CABLE TERMINATION AS PER
FOLLOWING PARTICULARS:
Supply, handling, laying proper connections

testing and commissioning of following sizes of
1.1 KV grade XLPE, FRLS insulated Armored
Copper/ Aluminum conductor cables in an
approved manner as required
A.1 L.T. POWER CABLES
400 3.5C X 300 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs One
Cable with Aluminium Conductor thousand six
CSR item no.
i 1679 hundred and Mtrs. 671600
7.1.31
seventy nine
only.
250 3.5C X 240 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. One
CSR item no. Cable with Aluminium Conductor thousand three
ii 1387 Mtrs. 346750
7.1.30 hundred and
eighty seven.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
250 3.5C X 185 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. One

CSR item no. Cable with Aluminium Conductor thousand
iii 1078 Mtrs. 269500
7.1.29 seventy eight
only.
400 3.5C X 150 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Six
CSR item Cable with Aluminium Conductor
iv 667 hundred sixty Mtrs. 266800
no.7.1.28
seven only.
125 3.5C X 95 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Six
CSR item no. Cable with Aluminium Conductor
v 667 hundred sixty Mtrs. 83375
7.1.26
seven only.
125 3.5C X 70 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Five
vi 549 hundred and Mtrs. 68625
7.1.25
forty nine
50 3.5C X 50 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Four
vii 431 hundred and Mtrs. 21550
7.1.24
thirty one
50 3.5C X 25 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs .Two
viii 255 hundred and Mtrs. 12750
7.1.17
fifty five .
150 4C X 16 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Seven
CSR item no. Cable with Copper Conductor
ix 743 hundred and Mtrs. 111450
7.2.12
forty three.
50 4C X 10 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs Five
x 520 hundred and Mtrs. 26000
7.2.11
twenty.
100 4C X 6 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Three
xi 358 hundred and Mtrs. 35800
7.2.10
fifty eight.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
250 4C X 4 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs two

xii 270 hundred and Mtrs. 67500
7.2.9
seventy.
100 4C X 2.5 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. One
xiii NON CSR Cable with Copper Conductor 155 hundred and Mtrs. 15500
fifty five.
xiv NON CSR Cable with Copper Conductor 119 hundred and Mtrs. 5950
nineteen.
xv 173 hundred and Mtrs. 17300
7.2.5
seventy three.
50 3C X 4 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs Tw
xvi 215 ohundred and Mtrs. 10750
7.2.6
fifteen.
50 3C X 6 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Rs. Two
CSR item no. Cable with Copper Conductor hundred and
xvii 285 Mtrs. 14250
7.2.7 eighty five
only.
50 2C X 4 Sq.mm. XLPE, FRLS, Armoured Cable Rs. One
CSR item no. with Copper Conductor hundred
xviii 177 Mtrs. 8850
7.2.2 seventy seven
only.
Total for Cable:
2054300
SECTION 3 :- CABLE TRAY

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supply and installation of hot dip galvanised

iron (2mm thick) cables trays with mounting
accessories, necessary bends couplers etc. for
suspending from ceilings, beams or steel
structure or on columns and walls. The rates to
include for supply & installation of all the
required structural steel supports, grouting,
anchor fastner, G.I. hardware, etc.
100 1000 x 50mm Ladder type (LT) Rs. one
thousand five
i) NON CSR 1554 Mtrs. 155400
hundred fifty
four
200 600 x 50mm Perforated type (LT) Rs. Nine
ii) NON CSR 965 hundred sisty Mtrs. 193000
five
100 450 x 50mm Perforated type (LT) Rs. Seven
iii) NON CSR 771 hundred Mtrs. 77100
seventy one
100 450 x 50mm Perforated type (LV) Rs. Seven
iv) NON CSR 771 hundred Mtrs. 77100
seventy one
100 300 x 50mm Perforated type (LV) Rs. Five
v) NON CSR 576 hundred Mtrs. 57600
seventy six.
100 150 x 50mm Perforated type (LV) Rs. Four
vi) NON CSR 438 Hundred thirty Mtrs. 43800
eight
TOTAL FOR SECTION 3 :- CABLE TRAY
604000

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 UPS Rs. One Lac.

Ninety No. 190000
190,000.00
thousand.
Battery 12v 42 AH X 16 NOS.
Set
Fabricated & powder coated racks with link sets

for Battery interconnection set
190000
25 kVA ( Input & output - 3 Phase )
ii NON CSR
10 UPS 500000 Rs. Five Lac. No. 5000000
Battery 12v 65 AH X 28 NOS. Set
5000000
iii NON CSR 40 kVA ( Input & output - 3 Phase )

1 UPS Rs. Four Lac.
Sixty Eight
650000 thousand One No. 650000
Hundred
Eighty Eight.
Battery 12v 100 AH X 28 NOS.
Set


_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
650000
TOTAL FOR SECTION 4 :- UPS 5840000
Add ED 12.3%. 718320
Add Vat 5% 327916
Add LBT-3.5% 241018.26
TOTAL FOR UPS SYSTEMS 7127254.26
SECTION-5 POINT WIRING
The rates for all point wiring items shall also
include supplying and fixing of the following:
Conduits, conduit specials, brass bushes and
i other fittings.
Approved GI saddles and grouting the same for
ii
exposed conduit work.
iii 2 mm thick Outlet boxes and junction box.
All fixing accessories such as clips, brass screws
iv
etc.
All work necessary for wiring a point circuit of
any length FRLS the Final Distribution
v Board to connector via switch and shall
include the circuit wiring also except where
identified.
Embedding conduits and accessories in walls
and floors etc. during construction and / or
vi cutting chases (with chase cutting machine) and
making good the same as necessary in the case
of concealed conduit work.
Switch, socket outlet and necessary blank plates
vii wherever required.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FRLS copper conductor stranded flexible

FRLS wire of Green colour or Green colour
viii
with yellow band for earthing of fixtures, outlet
boxes and third pin of socket outlet.
Repainting of conduits, outlet boxes and juction
ix boxes where ever damaged.
All wires shall be IS approved, 1100 volt grade,
x stranded flexible FRLS.
All sockets shall be shuttered type with earth
xi terminal.
Suitable rating of plugs top shall also be
xii provided within the quoted rates for all metal
clad splash proof socket outlets.
Separate neutral and earthing wire shall be
xiii provided for each circuit.
iv Lighting and power circuit to be kept separate.
92 Primary Point controlled by MCB Rs. Six

CSR item
1 673 hundred and No. 61916
no.1.9.9
seventy three.
Point wiring for light/fan/bell concealed type in
min 20 mm PVC conduit with 1.5 sq.mm. FR
grade copper wires with moduler type switch
and required accessaries as per specification No:
WG-PW/CW
Length of Mains Wiring for Primary Point may
be upto 6 m.
-92 Reduce for 6A switches

CSR item Rs Ninty
97 No. -8924
no.1.8.1 seven.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
550 Secondary Point controlled by MCB Rs. Four

CSR item
2 428 hundred No. 235400
no.1.9.10
Twenty Eight.
Point wiring for light/fan/bell consealed type in
min 20 mm PVC conduit with 1.5 sq.mm. FR
grade copper wires with moduler type switch
and required accessaries as per specification No:
WG-PW/CW
1027 Primary Light Point controlled by Switch Rs. Six
CSR item no.
3 673 Hundred No. 691171
1.9.9
seventy Three.
Supplying and Drawing of 2x1.5 sq.mm. FRLS
grade copper wires in provided concealed pipes
for concealed type light/Fan/bell point wiring
and terminating on modular accessories in box
for point wiring for light/fan/bell as per
specification No: WG-PW/CW
Length of Wiring for Primary Point may be
assumed as 6 m
1002 Secondary Point controlled by Switch Rs. Four
CSR item no.
4 hundred No. 428,856.00
1.9.10 428.00
Twenty Eight.
Supplying and Drawing of 2x1.5 sq.mm. FRLS
for concealed type light/Fan/bell point wiring
and terminating on modular accessories in box
for point wiring for light/fan/bell as per
specification No: WG-PW/CW
Length of Wiring for Secondary Point may be
assumed as 6 m

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
600 Supplying and erecting Ceiling fan of Rs. One

CSR item no. 1200 mm. sweep complete erected in position Thousand Five
5 Nos 940200
2.6.3 as per specifcation 1,567.00 hundred Sixty
Seven.
600 Supplying and erecting modular type
electronic step regulator two module ISI mark Rs. Three
CSR item no.
5.1 approved make duly erected on provided plate hundred fifty Nos 213600
1.8.23 356.00
and box Six only.
with wiring connections complete.
1275 6 Amp Switch Socket mounted on Independent Rs. One
CSR item no. Switchboard
5.2 thousand and No. 1283925
1.9.11 1,007.00
seven.
Point wiring for independent plug, concealed
type in min 20 mm PVC conduit with 1.5 sq.mm
FRLS grade copper wires with moduler type
switch and socket and required accessaries as
per specification.
Wiring for Electrical Points DB/ Switchboard
shall be included in Circuit wiring item.
403 6 Amp Switch Socket mounted on I Rs. Three

CSR item
6 Switchboard hundred No. 149513
no.1.9.14 371.00
seventy one.
Wiring for plug on board with Switch socket
concealed type with copper wiring, earthing and
with modular accessories as per specification
No: WG-
PW/CW
Wiring for Electrical Points DB/ Switchboard
shall be included in Circuit wiring item.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
227 16/20 Amp Switch Rs. One

CSR item no.
8 hundred fifty No. 36093
1.8.6 159.00
nine.
Supplying and erecting ISI mark modular type
6/16 amps multi switch
227 16/20 Amp Socket Rs. Two

CSR item no.
9 hundred and No. 49,259.00
1.8.11 217.00
seventeen
Supplying and erecting ISI mark modular type
6/16 amps multi socket.
50 Supplying and erecting fresh air cum Exhaust

fan of light duty 250 V Rs. One
CSR item no. A.C. 50 cycles 300mm. 1400 RPM metallic Thousand Five
10 No. 78400
2.6.14 body, plastic blades, wire mesh, duly erected in 1,568.00 hundred Sixty
an approved manner and marking Sr. No. and Eight.
date of erection.
50 Supplying and Drawing of 2x1.5 sq.mm. FRLS
Rs. Six
CSR item no. for concealed type Exhaust Fan point wiring and
10.1 hundred and No. 33650
1.9.9 terminating on modular accessories in box for 673.00
seventy three.
point wiring for fan as per specification No:
WG-PW/CW
45 Supplying and erecting bulkhead fitting suitable Rs. Six
CSR item no. for non integral CFL , hundred and
11 No. 29430
2.2.11 with electronic ballast complete 654.00 seventy three
only.
45 Supplying and erecting of ISI mark recess type
3 pin plug socket 6A with piano switch 6A
CSR item no. Rs. One
11.1 erected on M.S Box made of 16 SWG sheet duly No. 4770
1.7.9 106.00 hundred Six.
painted and covered with bakelite hylam sheet
of 3 mm thickness connected with earth

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
terminals and leads duly concealed
11 Circuit Wiring
Providing wiring for 16 A, 6A Amp plug point
and lighting mains using copper conductor PVC
insulated FRLS wires from DB To Switchboard/
Point in rigid PVC conduits of 25mm and
1.8mm wall thickness ISI mark, x50 boxes etc.,
for the following wire sizes.
3280 Supplying & erecting mains with 2x2.5
sq.mm.and earth wire 2.5 sqmm FRLS PVC
Rs. One
CSR item no. copper wire in rigid PVC conduitmin.20mm
a 114 Hundred Rmt 373920
1.6.4 dia. as per specification No: WG-MA/PC, para
Fourteen
no. 1.4.1. (for Lighting and 5A Plug Point
mains)
1120 Supplying & erecting mains with 2x4
sq.mm.and earth wire 2.5 sqmm FR PVC Rs. One
CSR item no.
b copper wire in rigid PVC conduit min.20mm hundred Thirty Rmt 146720
1.6.5 131.00
dia,as per specification No: WG-MA/PC, para One
no. 1.4.1. (for 15A Plug Point)
1120 Supplying & erecting mains with 2x2.5
sq.mm.and earth wire 2.5 sqmm FRLS PVC Rs. One
CSR item no.
c copper wire in rigid PVC conduitmin.20mm Hundred Rmt 127680
1.6.4 114.00
dia. as per specification No: WG-MA/PC, para Fourteen
no. 1.4.1. (For Secondary Point 15amp point)
TOTAL FOR SECTION 5 :- POINT WIRING
4875579
SECTION-6 LIGHTING FIXTURES
323 Supplying & erecting 1x28W T-5 Energy

Efficient Retrofit/ Stand alone Fluorescent Tube
Rs. One
CSR item no. light Fitting (EETLF) box type complete
1 1093 Thousand Nos 353039
2.2.38 with Electronic Ballast having pf > 0.98 &
Ninty Three.
THD <10 and lamp holders duly wired ready
to use for 230 Volts, 50 Hz. Single phase AC

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supply to IS:10322 as per quality requirements

and erected on varnished wooden blocks
with flexible wire twin core 24/0,2mm.and
marking Sr. No. and date of erection.
323 Supplying & erecting T5 28W Energy efficient Rs. One
CSR item no. fluorescent tube.
2 137 hundred Thirty Nos 44251
2.1.11
Seven
135 Supplying and erecting luminaries suitable for Rs. Four
CSR item no. 9/13/18 W CFL lamp,fixed on wall above mirror
3 451 hundred Fifty Nos 60885
2.2.12 as per specification no.FG-IDF/ML1 One
135 Supplying & erecting compact fluo.lamp 10 / 13 Rs. One
CSR item no. W, 230 V, to be used with
4 hundred Fourty Nos
2.1.36 provided ballast 147.00 19,845.00
Seven
5 Supplying & erecting Flood light Luminaries Rs. Three
CSR item no. suitable for 150W metal halide lamp on Thousand four
5 Nos
2.3.16 provided bracket as per specification no. FG- 3,461.00 Hundred Sixty 17,305.00
ODF/GFL One
5 Supplying & erecting Metal Halide lamp, Rs. Seven
CSR item no. double ended, 230V, 150 W.
6 hundred Thirty Nos
2.1.31 735.00 3,675.00
Five
1308 Supplying and erecting approved make recess /
surface soft light mirror optic square /
Rs. Three
rectangular fitting suitable for 2 x 36W
CSR item no. Thousand Two
7 compact fluo.lamp with PL Wings with 3249.00 Nos
2.2.29 Hundred 4,249,692.00
Electronic Ballast having pf > 0.98 & THD <10
Fourty Nine
fixed in false ceiling / on ceiling as per
specification no. IDF/MOF
2616 Supplying & erecting compact fluo.lamp 36 W,
CSR item no. 230 V to be used with Rs. Two
8 230.00 Nos
2.1.39 provided ballast. hundred Thirty 601,680.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
608 Supplying and erecting approved make

Rs. One
recessed / surface down lighter with mirror
CSR item no. Thousand One
9 optics of 100 mm suitable for 2 x 9 to 18 W 1,123.00 Nos
2.2.27 Hundred 682,784.00
compact flou. lamp fixed in false ceiling as per
Twenty Three
specification no.FG- IDF/MOF
1216 Supplying & erecting compact fluo.lamp18 Rs. One
CSR item no. W, 230V to be used with provided ballast
10 167.00 hundred Sixty Nos
2.1.37 203,072.00
Seven
148 Supplying and erecting circular type recessed /
surface down lighter with reflector and glass
cover suitable for CFL 1 x 9 to 18 watts with Rs. Seven
CSR item no.
11 circular stainless steel ring including Electronic 642.00 hundred fourty Nos
2.2.26 95,016.00
Ballast having pf > 0.98 and holder duly fixed in Two
false ceiling as per specification no. FG -
IDF/DL1
CSR item no. W, 230 V, to be used with provided ballast
12 147.00 hundred Fourty Nos 21756
2.1.36
Seven
8 Supplying and erecting one light Wall bracket Rs. One
CSR item no. fitting with dome complete fixed on the wall.
13 145 hundred Fourty Nos 1160
2.2.7
Five
CSR item no. W, 230 V, to be used with provided ballast
14 147 hundred Fourty Nos 1176
2.1.36
Seven
TOTAL FOR SECTION 6 :- LIGHTING
FIXTURE
6355336

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION-7 LIGHTNING ARRESTER
1 Supplying and erecting ESE based lightning

protection system along with accessories such as
a) ESE lightning Protector DP -60 as per
NFC17-102 upto 107m radius protection of
SS304 ( Level III ) b) Lightning striker counter
( IP 65) c) Supporting mast of 4.5m in length (
SS304) d) Supporting Guy Wires 25m in length
(GI) e) Test Clamp ( Gun Metal) f) Protective
sheath 2m (PVC) with necessary material
complete in approved manner and with 3 no of Rs. Two Lacs
Non CSR. earthpits as per NFC17-102 consisting each ninety
290120 No. 290120
(H1) earth pit of Earth pit material thousand one
a)Terrc+( 5kg) maintenance free ground hundred twenty
enhancing compound 1 bag of 5 Kg x 3 bags
b) 250 microne molecularly copper bonded rod
with steel core threading at both end 2 m long
50 mm dia 2 nos rod per earth pit 1 set x 3 nos
c) Rod to tape clamp 25x3mm ( Gun metal or GI
strip ) connects the earth electrode to the down
conductor 1 no x 3 nos d) manual chamber of
CI cover x 3 nos
The total cost of this item includes
a) cost of ESE air termination with necessary
material and labour for installation the same
b) Cost of material for earth pit and labour for
excavation hammering and manual chamber
fitting etc as per specification No ESE- LA
SECTION-7 LIGHTNING ARRESTER 290120
SECTION-8 EARTHING

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The rates for earthing items shall also include

A.1 the following
All fixing accessories such as brass, saddles,

brass screws, rawl plugs etc.
Jointing by rivetting and brazing after tinning.
Cutting chases, holes and making good the same
wherever required.
Effecting adequate and proper interconnections.
Use of copper thimbles.
Excavation of earth, refilling, watering and
ramming and making good as approved in all
kinds of soil.
All earthing pits shall be interconnected.
Earthing shall be as per IS-3043-1987
20 Supplying and erecting Copper earth plate size
60 x 60 x 0.315 cms. with
funnel with a wire mesh for watering and brick
masonry block C.l. cover with TEREC+
maintenance free ground enhancing compound Rs. Twelve
instead of using combination of salt and Thousand Six
1 CSR 9.1.6 12,634.00 set
charcoal complete with all materials, testing & Hundred Thirty 252,676.20
recording the results . One earth pit require one Four.
bag of 5 kg of the TEREC+
compound.Requirement of no of bags shall be
decided wirh respect to soil resistivity as per
specification no ESE -LA
30 Supplying and erecting Galvanised cast iron
Rs. Two
earth plate size 60 x 60 x 0.6 cms. with funnel
Thousand Two
2 CSR 9.1.3 with a wire mesh for watering and brick 2,231.00 set
Hundred Thirty 66,930.00
masonry block C.l. cover complete with all
One.
materials, testing & recording the results as per

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
specification No. EA-EP
3 Earth strips
402 CU Strips of 50 X 6mm Rs.Six
i) CSR 9.2.4 618 Hundred Kgs. 273762
Eighteen
26.8 CU Strips of 25x 3mm Rs.Six
ii) CSR 9.2.4 618 Hundred Kgs. 18250.8
Eighteen
354 GI Strips of 50 X 6mm
Rs. One
iii) CSR 9.2.5 100 Kgs. 35400
Hundred
679.5 GI Strips of 32 X 6mm Rs. One
iv) CSR 9.2.5 100 Kgs. 67950
Hundred
1475 GI Strips of 25x 3mm Rs. One
v) CSR 9.2.5 100 Kgs. 147500
Hundred
2500 1C x 10 Sqmm PVC Insulated Cu. Flexible Rs. One
vi) Non CSR cable (for Earthing) 79 hundred MTRS. 207500
seventy one
vii) Non CSR 45.9 8 SWG. GI wire 8 Rs. Eight Kgs. 367.2
EARTHING BUS
2 50 x 6 mm tinned cu. Supported on insulators &
mounted on wall suitable for 2R X 50 X 6 MM Rs. Tweleve
2 Non CSR GI STRIP Incoming & 40 X 6 MM,32 X 6MM 1222 hundred twenty NOS. 2444
& 25 X 3MM GI Strip Outgoing & Complete two
with necessary GI nut bolt & washer.
TOTAL FOR SECTION 8 :- EARTHING
1072780.198
SECTION 9 :- COMPUTER NETWORKING
Supply, installation, Testing and Commissioning
of the following items:

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5200 UTP networking (CAT 6 plus) Cable suitable

for LAN/WAN computer net-working on
i CSR 1.12.1 provided cable tray / conduits/ trenches as per 35 Rs. Thirty five Rmt 182000
technical specifications etc. complete as per
directions of engineer in charge.
25 Supplying & erecting, Configurating, testing Rs. Forty one
Cisco Catalyst 2960-24-TC-S Switch with 24 thousand Three
ii CSR 1.13.1 41366 Nos. 1034150
10/100 +2 T/SFP LAN Lite Image. hunded and
sixty six only.
625 Networking point with Tool-less Information Rs. Five
Outlet, conceled box , faceplate, required 20 Hundred and
iii CSR 1.14.2 Nos
mm pvc conduit etc complete with required 528.00 twenty eight 330,000.00
accessories as per specifications. only.
5 Supplying and fixing 36 U Rack for
Networking with necessary arrangement for Rs. Thirty
fixing required 16A/6A Switches & Plugs thousand two
vi CSR 1.14.11 Nos
for LAN 30,223.00 hundred twenty 151,115.00
network as per specification No. WG- three.
NAS/RAK
Total for computer Networking
1,697,265.00
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
B.
Supply, installation , testing & commissioning
of jelly filled, armoured multi-paired cables of
following types:
400 100-Pair Cable Rs. Three
CSR Item
i 399.00 hundred ninety Rmt
no.1.10.13 - 159,600.00
nine
1000 20-Pair Cable Rs. One
CSR Item
ii 125.00 hundred twenty Rmt
no.1.10.11 - 125,000.00
five
CSR Item 300 10-Pair Cable
iii 91.00 Rs. Ninety one Rmt
no.1.10.10 - 27,300.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3500 Supplying & erecting telephone cable 2 pair

CSR item with 0.5 mm dia. laid in provided PVC casing /
iv 18.00 Rs. Eighteen Rmt 63000
no.1.10.2 conduit asper specification No. WG-TW
v Wiring for Telephone Point
682 Supply installation of Telephone point with 20 Rs. Five

CSR item mm pvc conduit , Junction box,face plate & Jack 528
a Hundred No. 360096
no.1.14.2 Unit RJ-11, wire item will measured seperately twenty eight
2 Supply & Installation of Krone make MDF of
Rs. Seven
capacity of 300 pair, with IDC block of 10 Nos,
CSR Item thousand four
b each terminal with IPM protection for wired 7439 Item 14878
no.1.11.7 - hundred three
capacity and isolation, dust cover, accessories
nine
etc. as required complete with labour
1 Supplying, erecting & commissioning MDF Box Rs Two
CSR Item 100 x 100 pairs as per thousand five
c 2566 2566
no.1.11.3 - specification No. WG-TW hundred and
sixty six only.
capacity of 20 pair, with IDC block of 10 Nos, Rs. Five
CSR Item
d each terminal with IPM protection for wired 599 hundred ninety Item 20965
no.1.11.13-
capacity and isolation, dust cover, accessories nine
capacity of 10 pair, with IDC block of 10 Nos, Rs. Five
CSR Item
e each terminal with IPM protection for wired 562 hundred sixty Item 4496
no.1.11.12-
capacity and isolation, dust cover, accessories two
70 Supplying , errecting & commissioning krone Rs. Three
CSR Item module of 10 pairs .
g 372 hundred Item 26040
no.1.11.20-
seventy two
Total for Telephone system
803941
C. TELEVISION SYSTEM

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1000 Supplying & installing Co-axial cable low

CSR item no. voltage grade RG-11 as per
i 57 Rs. Fifty seven Rmt 57000
1.10.15 specification.
15 Television Point Rs. Four
ii NON CSR 450 Nos. 6750
hundred fifty
Supply, installation of TV Outlet including
concealed modular switchboard assembly
including concealed hot-dipped GI box and front
plates in white color of poly carbonate material,
necessary wiring etc. complete for TV Point.
6 Television Splitter Box Rs. Four
iii NON CSR hundred fourty Nos. 2646
441.00
one
Supply & Fixing of of Splitter Box with
necessary hardware & accessories, end
termination 1 Main Incomer & 4 Outgoing
Splitter
1 MDU for 1 incoming of RG11 and 20 Outgoing Rs. Four
iv NON CSR RG11 thousand four Nos. 4402
4,402.00
hundred two
Total for Television system 70798
TOTAL FOR SECTION 9 :- COMPUTER
NETWORKING , TELEPHONE AND 2572004
TELEVISION SYSTEM
SECTION 10 :- ELEVATORS
D Elevators( 4 Elevators + 1 Service Elevator)

4 Supply, installation , testing & commissioning
of 12 passangers , Geaarless & machine Rs. Twenty
a NON CSR 2200000 8800000
roomless passanger Lift with following two lacs.
specifications;

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Type of elevator - Gearless & Machine room

less
Type of building - Public Building
Elevator Specifications
Type of Elevator - Passenger Lift
Number of passengers - 12
Rated load - 816 kg

Number of stops - 7
Number of Entrances - 7
Number of Access sides - 1

Speed of travel - 1.0 m/s
1 Supply, installation , testing & commissioning

Rs .Nineteen
b NON CSR of Servicce lift with following specifications; 1900000 1900000
lacs.
Elevator Specifications
Type of Elevator - Service Lift
Number of stops - 7
Number of Entrances - 7
Number of Access sides - 1
Speed of travel - 1.0 m/s

TOTAL FOR SECTION 10 ELEVATORS 10700000
TOTAL FOR INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION 3,99,43,961.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION Rs 10,67,18,97.00
INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION Rs. 3,99,43,961.00
B. TOTAL ELECTRICAL WORK Rs 5,06,15,858.00

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
C. H.V.A.C. WORK
The system should be with necessary IDU's & ODU's. Out Door Unit shall be complete with scroll compressor, microprocessor / micro
control panel. The system should be with necessary combinations of IDU's & ODU's alongwith necessary interconnecting refrigerant piping,
Cabling, Drain Piping, Drain pumps in all IDU's etc.
Sr. Amount
Quantity Description Rate Unit
No. in Rs.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Supply of VRF Condensing Units of following actual

capacities for PUNE conditions with necessary interlocks
& R410 Refrigerent only. Units shall be with multi scroll
compressors (minimum two compressors) with preferably
1 all capacity controlling (Inverter/Digitally) compressors,
special pre-coated fins, panel, corrosion resistant coated
condenser, inverter based condenser fan, electrical &
microprocessor panel, isolating valves and all the
necessary accessories for proper functioning of these units.
The ODUs will be placed on Terrace Floor
Minimum COP shall be 3.5 at 100% Load condition
1 18 HP (Wing 1 & 2 Ground floor) Nos.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
385,775 385,775
1 44 HP (Wing 3 Ground floor) Nos.

879,048 879,048

439,524 439,524
1 24 HP (Wing 1 First floor) Nos.

485,500 485,500

439,524 439,524
1 22 HP (Wing 3 First floor) Nos. 439,524
439,524

439,524 439,524
1 28 HP (Wing 1 Second floor) Nos.

584,422 584,422

439,524 439,524

584,422 584,422

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

614,422 614,422
1 12 HP (Wing 1 Third floor) Nos.

315,500 315,500

345,775 345,775

345,775 345,775

439,524 439,524
0 (Wing 1 Fourth floor) - Nos.

-
1 18 HP (Wing 2 Fourth floor) Nos.

385,775 385,775

345,775 345,775

485,500 485,500
(Necessary combination to submit by the contractor /

supplier)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(With Multikits wherever required)
2 Indoor Units
Supply of Ceiling Mounted 4-Way Cassette with Remote

a
Control.
5 1.6 TR.Unit Nos.

37,617 188,087
56 2 TR.Unit Nos.
39,033 2,185,831
73 2.5 TR.Unit Nos.

40,076 2,925,577
10 3 TR.Unit Nos.
42,311 423,108
0 4 TR.Unit Nos.
46,930 -
With suitable Decorative panels
3 1 Central Remote Controller for above system Nos.

525,000 525,000
with third party BMS connectivity

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4 1 Refrigerant piping joints for VRV/ VRF system as per the Lot
930,024 930,024
manufacturers std. & has to be supplied with system.
TOTAL CIF Mumbai in Rupees

15,572,460
Lifting, Shifting & Installation of Outdoor Units on HDGI

Stand or epoxy painted of Following Configuration with
2 2 Layers of Ribbed Rubber Pads with GI Shim in between.
The Rubber pads shall be placed between the ODU & the
HDGI or epoxy painted Stand.
1 18 HP (Wing 1 & 2 Ground floor) Nos.

18,090 18,090

23,115 23,115

11,820 11,820

18,090 18,090

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20,100 20,100

15,840 15,840

16,080 16,080

22,380 22,380

20,100 20,100

18,090 18,090

21,330 21,330

15,375 15,375

15,375 15,375

15,375 15,375

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20,100 20,100
0 (Wing 1 Fourth floor) Nos.

-

18,090 18,090

15,375 15,375

20,100 20,100
3 G I Ducting for Fresh air supply
140 24 G 675 Sq.mtr.

94,500
a 0 100mm Dia. Insulated Flexible Duct 580 Rmt.

-
b 15 Al. Volume control Damper for fresh air ducts 9,900 Sq.mtr.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
148,500
c 0 Pressure independent Duct Flow Controller 3,900 Nos

-
d 110 Duct insulation with 25 mm thk Nitril rubber 755 Sq.mtr.

83,050
Accoustic insulation with 12mm glasswool board with

e 50 835 Sq.mtr.
tissue paper and 41,750
Aluminiuam perforated sheet.
Interconnecting control cabling betn IDU's & ODU's

4 2160 161 Rmt
( 2core 1.5 Sqmm in conduit ) 348,300
5 Refrigerant Piping with insulation of following sizes-
Refrigerant piping shall be of 16 Gauge Hard Drawn

Copper with
Nitrile Rubber Insulation, and metal sling supports.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Piping to be lumpsum as per qty required at site and
manufacturers standard. Please refer drawing for details
6.4 mm 12.7mm
a 380 1066 Rmt
405,232
9.5 mm 15.9 mm
b 490 1283 Rmt
628,768
9.5 mm 19.1 mm
c 230 1284 Rmt
295,320
9.5 mm 22.2 mm
d 550 1418 Rmt
780,120
12.7 mm 28.6 mm
e 490 Rmt
1949 954,912
15.9 mm 28.6 mm
f 250 Rmt
2106 526,600
19.1 mm 34.1 mm
g 176 Rmt
2704 475,904
19.1 mm 41.3 mm
h 300 Rmt
3073 921,840

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Electrical cabling from Indoor unit to supply point with

6 310 296 Rmt
Flexible Copper Cable. 91,838
7 1 Pressure Testing, Nitrogen flushing, gas charging, Lot

1,301,250 1,301,250
& commissioning testing of the airconditionign system.
Hard PVC Schedule 40 Plumbing Grade Drain piping as

8
per specification with
9 mm thk Nitrile rubber insulation.
a 350 25 mm inside Diameter 176 Rmt

61,688
b 150 40 mm inside Diameter 221 Rmt

33,188
c QRO 50 mm inside Diameter 289 Rmt -
Cable tray wit cover for copper pipe at Terrac floor from
9 250 1,496 Rmt
ODU to Shaft 374,063
10 1780 Underdeck insulation with 50mm thk TF quality EPS with 585 Sqmtr

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
framing 1m x 1m 1,041,300
Motor control centers for VRF Out Door units (

11 2 Nos.
Terrace ) 1,091,250 2,182,500
Design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing and

commissioning of he following cubicle type 2 mm thick
sheet steel enclosed separate compartment for each feeder,
front operated, rear / bottom connections outdoor type LT
motor control panel, dust and vermin proof,
drawout/hinged and glands, bonding to earth and painting.
Quoted price for each panel & motor control centre shall
include all cabling & earthing over cable trays into various
equipment, all associated control wiring and interlocking
circuitary.
All outgoing shall be provided with Stop/Manual/

Auto/selector switch to facilitate operation through BAS.
All starters shall be provided with potential free Contact
for Connections to Building Automation System.
A separate set of CTs to be provided for BAS and wiring

from CT’s and voltage transducers to be brought on to
separate set of terminals.
Motor Control Centre 415V Bus consisting of
I Motor Control Centre 415V Bus consisting of

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
One No. 1250 amps TPN manual drawout type incoming

microprocessor based MCCB complete with the following
:
0 - 500 volts 96 x 96 mm digital voltmeter with selector

switch.
0 - 1250 amps 96 x 96 mm digital ammeter with 1250/5 A

CT’s and selector switch
Over voltage tripping mechanism for persistent voltage

exceeding 110% of the rated voltage for more than 5 mins
Phase indicating lamps, with toggle switches.
TPN bus bars shall be of aluminium and shall be sleeved.

Phase bus bars shall be rated at 1250 amps and neutral bus
bar shall be of 50% capacity.
Maximum density of aluminium bus bars for current

carrying capacity shall be onez amp per square mm.
Outgoing ( Equally distributed into 2 Panels as per

above incomer details)
Over voltage tripping mechanism for persistent voltage

exceeding 110% of the rated voltage for more than 5
mins.Phase indicating lamps, with toggle switches.
Necessary cable alleys, space for spare switches, internal

wiring, control wiring / cabling and copper earthing of all
equipment shall also be included. All IsolationMCCB and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ELCB and other components shall be compressor motor

duty rating.
Capacity = Shall be for all ODU as mentioned in BOQ

above with Spare
Summary
Sr.
Description
No.
1 TOTAL of Part A
15,572,460
3 Total Rupees Part C

11,542,046
Job Value Rupees

27,114,506
(A+B+C)
C. HVAC WORK Total Rs 27,114,506

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
D. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WORKS

SUMMARY
Item No Description SUPPLY(Rs) ETC (Rs)

4 /2.1 Fire Pump room Equipment 1,631,567.00 294,438.40
4 /2.2 Hydrant System 983,329.72 196,665.94
4 /2.3 Fire Extinguishers 523,950.00 104,790.00
4 /2.4 Signages 1,200.00 240.00
4 /2.5 Civil Work 490,000.00 98,000.00
4 /2.6 Automatic Sprinkler System 3,449,886.80 689,977.36
TOTAL 7,079,933.52 1,384,111.70
D. FIRE PROTECTION TOTAL SUPPLY+ETC 8,464,045.22
8,464,045.22
GRAND TOTAL

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WORKS
Item Unit Unit

Description Unit Qty Total Total
No. Rate Rate
Suppl
ETC ETC Supply
y
4/2.
Fire Pump Room Equipment
1.1
Supply, erection , testing & commissioning of electrical motor

driven main pump of horizontal centrifugal end suction backpull
out type with gland packing and capable to deliver 171Cum/Hr at
100 WMC.The pump shall be coupled to TEFC motor of suitable
4/.2.
HP with speed of 2900 RPM and complete set shall mounted on Nos. 1 64000 64000 320000 320000
1.1
common base frame. The quoted Rate shall includes providing &
fixing of coupling , coupling guard ,and foundation bolts etc.The
pump shall be capable of giving not less than 150% discharge at a
head not less than 65% of the rated head.
supply,installation, testing & commissioning of diesel engine

4/.2. driven common stand by pump , horizontal centrifugal end suction
backpull out type with gland packing and capable to deliver 1 107000 107000 535000 535000
1.2
171Cum/Hr at 100MWC.The pump shall be coupled to suitable
HP diesel engine heat Exchanger type with speed of 2100RPM

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
and complete set shall be mounted on commom base frame .

Batteries & battery leads with stand,fuel tank with stand & HE
piping (for 6 Hrs. operation Apprx) ,fuel piping with
valves.coupling guard, and other standered accessories,and
foundation bolts , etc. complete. The pump shall be capable of
giving not less than 150% discharge at a head not less than 65% of
the rated head.
Supply , erection , testing & commissioning of electrical motor

driven jockey pump of horizontal centrifugal end suction back pull
out type with gland packing and capable to deliver 10.8Cum/Hr at
4/2.
100MWC.The pump shall be coupled to TEFC motor of suitable 1 25000 25000 125000 125000
1.3
HP with speed of 2900 RPM and complete set shall mounted on
common base frame. The quoted Rate shall includes providing &
fixing of coupling , coupling guard, and foundation bolts etc.
Supply , erection , testing & commissioning of electrical motor

driven Booster pump of Monoblock type capable to deliver
54Cum/ Hr at 45 MWC. The pump shall be coupled to TEFC
4/2.
motor of suitable HP with speed of 2900 RPM and complete set 1 15000 15000 75000 75000
1.4
shall mounted on common base frame. The quoted Rate shall
includes providing & fixing of coupling , coupling guard ,
vibration pads,and foundation bolts etc
Control Panel For Fire Pumps.Fabricating & Supply , Installing

4/2. ,testing and commissioning of compartmentalised common control
1.5 panel for electrical motor driven pumps and diesel engine driven
pumps

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
INCOMING
1No. 400A TPN MCCB (50 KA)
2 sets of 400Amps. TPN AI. Bus bars with colours coded heat
shrinkable PVC sleeves.
1 set of RYB indicating lamps with indivdual HRC control fuses.
1 No. 96 Sq.mm. 0-400 Amps. Ammeter with selector switch and

suitable rated current transformers.
1 No. 96 Sq.mm. voltmeter with selector switch.
Outgoing
feeder for main pumps -1Nos.
1Nos. 160 Amps (25 kA) MCCB without releases.
Star delta starter with over load relay, single phase preventor
and indicating lamps with
ON /OFF. push button
feeder for jockey pumps -1Nos.
1 No. 32 Amps 10 kA MCB without releases
D.O.L starter with over load relay, single phase preventor and
indicating lamps with ON /OFF push button.
1 No. Automanual selector switch

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
DIESEL ENGINE MAIN PUMP 1 No.
a) Standard rating DPMCB -1 No.
b) battery charger with transformer with rectifier resistance DC

voltmeter , off / trickle / booster selector switch -1 No.
c) 1 set of indicating lamps for the following :
1. Phase indication
2. battery charger on
3. over load relay
4. DC supply on
5. control switch on
6. Engine fails to start
7. pump on
8. Low oil pressure
9. High water temperature
10. auto manual selector switch
d) 1 set of push button stations for the following :
1. Engine start
2. Engine stop

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. Engine hooter ACK
4. Engine fault reset
e) selector switches (Engine control ,mode selector) -1 No.
f) Auxilary relays /contactors /timer for sequence operating for

starting and stopping of the engine - 1 set
g) Hooter for audio alarm (industrial type ) -1 No.
All the components shall be housed in a common cubical made of

16 swg. M.S.sheet with required stifners (if required ). The panel
shell have both bottom & top cable entry provisions and panel
shall be mounted on pedastal of 300 mm height.
Also panel shall have sufficent (min. 6 Nos. Per pumpset) NO /NC
contacts for extending the status of fire pumps to the fire alarm No. 1 42000 42000 350000 350000
panel.
4/2.1. Supply erection of emergency start / stop push button station

No. 1 3200 3200 15800 15800
6 weather proof type for Booster pump at terrace level.
4/2.1.7 1100 V grade power /control cables
Supplying , laying , testing & commissioning of FRLS, PVC

outer sheateh , steel armoured ,aluminium /copper conductor ,
1100v grade power cables with glands etc.the cables shall be laid
in tray / hume pipe / in trenches /on walls /floor etc. as required.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
For cables laid out door the rate shall include earth excavation
providing brick and sand protection ,refilling and compacting the
earth . The rate shall exclude tray & humepipes . The minimum
size of the cables shall as mentioned below.
QR
a) 3.5C x70 sq.mm for main pumps Rmt
O
QR
b) 3.5 C x10 sq. mm jockey & Fire Booster pumps Rmt
O
QR
c) 3.5 C x10 sq. mm Fire Booster pumps(Under Ground) Rmt
O
QR
d) 2 C x 1.5 sq. mm for instrumentation Rmt
O
QR
e) 5 C x 1.5 sq. mm for start /stop push buttons Rmt
O
QR
f) 12 C x 1.5 sq. mm for DE Panel Rmt
O
4/2.1.8 Cable tray (Within Fire Pump room area)
Supplying and fixing of perforated G.I. sheet cable tray with

necessary angle iron suspension supports, anchor fasteners etc.
complete . Maximum height of suspension shall not exceed 500
mm. size of the tray shall be suitable for laying the above
mentioned cables.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
300x50 Rmt 10 124 1240 980 9800
150x50 Rmt 15 104 1560 835 12525
GI earthing strips of 50mm x 6mm thick , strip shall be run on

floor /celling / walls ,from the equipment to the nearest earth pit
4/2.1.9 Rmt 25 88 2200 890 22250
with necessary accessories as required . (Earth pit shall be
executed by other agencies).
Supplying ,installing , testing and commissioning of M.S. pipes

(for suction side of pumps )confirming to IS 3589, 6mm thick with
painting ,suitable type of supports, anchor fasteners , bolts nuts (
Galvanised ), clamps "U" bolts malleeable specials such as
4/2.1.
Reducers, Tees, Elboes, flanges. Including cutting, welding,
10
fixing in/on walls ,celling by using suitable supports etc. as per
drawings. The quoted rate shall also include for chasing chipping
walls, making bore holes in walls / floor and making them good
with filler material and finished in cement morter etc. complete.
a) 80mm nominal dia Rmt 1.5 371.287 556.9305 1856 2784.6525
b) 150mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt 3 929.537 2788.611 4648 13943.055
1251.49 5631.727
c) 200mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt 4.5 6257 28158.6375
5 5

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying ,installing , testing and commissioning of MS. pipes

confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting ,suitable
type of supports & shall be hanger type for below ceiling lines &
for in shaft lines`C' Channel to be used with anchor fasteners, bolts
nuts , clamps, "U" bolts fittings such as roll grooved
4/2.1.
couplings,reducers,mechanical tees, Tees, Elbows & flanges.
10a
Including making groove to pipes ,cutting, fixing in/ on walls
/below celling/truss/purlin by using suitable supports etc. as per
drawings.The quoted rate shall also include for chasing,chipping
with filler material and finished in cement mortar etc. complete.
QRO
a) 80mm nominal dia Rmt
.
QRO
b) 100mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt
.
QRO
c) 150mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt
.
Supplying ,installing , testing and commissioning of G.I. pipes

confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting ,suitable type
4/2.1.1 of supports, anchor fasteners , bolts nuts ( Galvanised ), clamps, "U"
1 bolts, malleeable specials such as Reducers, Tees, Elboes, flanges.
Including cutting, welding, fixing in/ on walls,celling by using
suitable supports etc. as per drawings. The quoted rate shall also

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
include for chasing chipping walls, making bore holes in walls /

floor and making them good with filler material and finished in
cement morter etc. complete.
a) 200mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt QRO.
b) 150mm nominal dia Rmt 7 306.327 2144.289 1532 10721.445
c) 80mm nominal dia Rmt 1.5 142.5263 213.78945 713 1068.94725
d) 25mm nominal dia Rmt 2 42.78225 85.5645 214 427.8225
Supplying ,installing , testing and commissioning of GI. pipes

of supports & shall be hanger type for below ceiling lines & for in
shaft lines `C' Channel to be used with anchor fasteners, bolts nuts ,
clamps, "U" bolts fittings such as roll grooved couplings ,reducers
4/2.1.1
,mechanical tees, Tees, Elbows & flanges. Including making
1a
groove to pipes ,cutting, fixing in/ on walls /below
celling/truss/purlin by using suitable supports etc. as per
walls, making bore holes in walls / floor and making them good with
filler material and finished in cement mortar etc. complete.
a) 200mm nominal dia x 6mm thk Rmt QRO.
b) 150mm nominal dia Rmt QRO.
c) 80mm nominal dia Rmt QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) 25mm nominal dia Rmt QRO.
Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning of C.I. non - return

4/2.1.1
valves as per IS:5312 (PN 16) swing check type with required
2
flanges , nuts ,bolts and gaskets etc. complete.
a) 200mm nominal dia No. QRO.
c) 150mm nominal dia Nos. 2 1263.675 2527.35 6318 12636.75
b) 80mm nominal dia No. 1 548.1 548.1 2741 2740.5
Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning C.I.butterfly

4/2.1.1
valves as per BS 5155 (PN 16) slim seal standered lever operated
3
type with required flanges, nuts, bolts etc. complete.
a) 200mm nominal dia (G.O.) No. QRO.
b) 150mm nominal dia Nos. 4 686.14 2744.56 3431 13722.8
c) 80mm nominal dia No. 2 346.8052 693.6104 1734 3468.052
Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning C.I.flanges

4/2.1.1
"Basket" type strainer with SS mesh,suiatable flanges,nuts,bolts,
4
gaskets etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) 150mm nominal dia Nos. QRO.
b) 80mm nominal dia No. QRO.
Supplying, installing,testing and commissioning C.I.flanges "Y"

4/2.1.1
type strainer with SS mesh, suitable flanges nuts,bolts, gaskets etc.
4a
complete.
Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning of C.I.Sluice

4/2.1.1 valves as per IS:14846 (PN 10 rating , for suction side of the pumps
5 ) and rising spindle type with flanges, bolts, nuts washers, gaskets
etc
a) 250mm nominal dia Nos. QRO
b) 200mm nominal dia Nos. QRO
c) 150mm nominal dia No. 2 1329.65 2659.3 6648 13296.5
d) 80mm nominal dia No. 1 862.75 862.75 4314 4313.75

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4/2.1.1 Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of Gun metal

6 chrome finished Ball valves with fittings of screwed end type.
a) 25mm dia Nos. 1 70 70 350 350
supply and installation of pressure switches of suitable range for

4/2.1.1
pumpsets with Needle valves, fittings like unions / callars / reducers Set. 3 40 120 200 600
7
etc.
supply and installation of pressure gauges of suitable range for

4/2.1.1
pumpsets with Ball valves,siphon, fittings like unions / callars / Set. 3 40 120 200 600
8
reducers etc.
4/2.1.1 Exhaust pipe for Diesel engine of 100 mm dia M.S. medium grade
9 with mineral wool insulation with aluminum sheet.
a) 100mm dia M.S. medium grade with mineral wool insulation with
Rmt QRO
aluminum sheeting
b) 100mm dia M.S. medium grade shall be laid above ground with
Rmt QRO
structrual steel supports.
c) 125mm dia M.S. medium grade shall be laid above ground with Rmt 25 40 1000 200 5000

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
structrual steel supports.
Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of Air Vessel with

4/2.1.2
required standard connections & required it supports,anchor fastners Nos. 1 200 200 1000 1000
0
& nut bolts etc.(Dia 300 x 1200mm Height)
4 supplying and fixing approved make 25mm dia automatic air release
Nos. 2 40 80 200 400
/2.6.21 valve with unions etc. complete.
4 supplying and fixing FM approved 150mm dia Pressure Reducing

Nos. QRO
/2.6.22 Valve with complete assembly etc.
supplying and fixing FM approved flow meter to measure 150%

4
flow of two pump working simultaneously with complete assembly Nos. 1 127.078 127.078 635 635.39
/2.6.23
etc.
Section 4 /2.1 - Total carried over to summary 294,438.4

1,631,567.00
0

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4 /2.2 Hydrant system

of supports,(shall be hanger type Chilley make for all size pipes
which run below the slab & for wet risers/down comer C Channel to
be used) with anchor fasteners, bolts nuts , clamps, "U" bolts
4
malleeable specials such as Reducers, Tees, Elboes, flanges.
/2.2.1
a) 200mm nominal dia Rmt QRO.
a) 150mm nominal dia Rmt 70 306.327 21442.89 1532 107214.45
e) 25mm nominal dia Rmt QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

of supports & shall be hanger type for below ceiling lines & for in
shaft lines `C' Channel to be used with anchor fasteners, bolts nuts ,
clamps, "U" bolts fittings such as roll grooved
4
couplings,reducers,mechanical tees, Tees, Elbows & flanges.
/2.2.1a
Including making groove to pipes ,cutting, fixing in/ on walls /below
celling/truss/purlin by using suitable supports etc. as per
walls, making bore holes in walls / floor and making them good with
filler material and finished in cement mortar etc. complete.
a) 150mm nominal dia Rmt 70 306.327 21442.89 1532 107214.45
b) 125mm nominal dia Rmt QRO
c) 100mm nominal dia Rmt 7 175.2093 1226.4651 876 6132.3255
d) 80mm nominal dia Rmt 9 142.5263 1282.7367 713 6413.6835
e) 25mm nominal dia Rmt QRO

4 of supportss,shall be pipe running at laid in ground malleable
/2.2.2 specials such as Reducers,Tees Elows,flanges, including cutting,
welding,as per drawings .the rate quoted should be included with
anticorrosive treatment with 4mm polymer corrosion resistant tape

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
as per IS 10221, overlap shall be 15mm minimum.
b) 150mm nominal dia Rmt 350 306.327 107214.45 1532 536072.25

confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting , fittings such
as roll grooved couplings,reducers,mechanical tees, Tees, Elbows &
4 flanges. Including making groove to pipes ,cutting, fixing in/ on
/2.2.2a walls /below celling/truss/purlin by using suitable supports etc. as
per drawings.the rate quoted should be included with anticorrosive
treatment with 4mm polymer corrosion resistant tape as per IS
10221, overlap shall be 15mm minimum.
4 Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning C.I.butterfly

/2.2.3 valves as per BS 5155 (PN 16) slim seal standard lever operated

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) 150mm nominal dia Nos. 11 686.14 7547.54 3431 37737.7
c) 100mm nominal dia Nos. QRO
supplying ,erecting and commissioning of landing Hydrants

comprising of the following in the fire duct;
i) Single headed hydrant valve as per IS 5290, made of gunmetal

with 63mm dia. Instantaneous one outlets & 80mm dia. Flanged
inlet , gunmetal blank caps, chain and hand wheels etc. complete.
ii) 2 lengths of 7.5 M long , 63mm dia RPL hose with instantaneous
couplings and hoses shall be stored in side the hose cabinet
4 iii) 1no. Gun metal short branch pipe with nozzle. Set. 14 375 5250 1875 26250
/2.2.4 iv) Hose reel drum of swinging type with 19mm dia rubber braided
hose of 40 M. length with gate valve (upstream) and shut off nozzle
,complete.
v) Fire duct shutter fabricated out of M.S. sheet and frame, door
shall be 900mm x1500mm Min.& fixed with 4mm thick glass,
Structural Hook for fixing of Hose pipes & Branch pipe, suitable
rubber beeding and locking arrangement .quoted rate shall be
includes all fastnersetc. and complete shutter shall be powder coated
of approved colour both inside and outside.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
supplying ,installing and commissioning of fire brigade inlet

connection of 3 way with 3 nos. 63mm dia built in Gun metal Non
4
return valves instantaneous coupling type arrenged on 150mm dia. Nos. 1 3025.715 3025.715 15129 15128.575
/2.2.5a
Pipe manifold and connected to hydrant ring main,FSI to Spr & Hyd
System as well as to fire water tank.
supplying ,installing and commissioning of fire brigade draw off

4 connection of 4 way with 4 nos. 63mm dia built in Gun metal Non
No. 1 4558.466 4558.466 22792 22792.33
/2.2.5b return valves instantaneous coupling type arranged on 150mm dia.
Pipe manifold and connected to fire water tank.
supplying ,installing and commissioning of fire brigade Siamese

4 connection of 4 way with 3 nos. 63mm dia built in Gun metal Non
Nos. 1 4558.466 4558.466 22792 22792.33
/2.2.5c return valves instantaneous coupling type arranged on 100mm dia.
Pipe manifold and connected to wet riser main

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
supplying ,installing and commissioning of yard hydrant

compressing of the following: a) single headed hydrant valve as per
IS 5290, made of gunmetal with 63mm dia. Instantaneous out &
80mm dia. Flanged inlet ,gunmetal blank caps, chain and hand
wheels etc. complete. b) 2 lengths
of 15 M long , 63mm dia RPL hose with instantaneous couplings
4 and hoses shall be stored in side the hose cabinet.
Set. 11 1339.8 14737.8 6699 73689
/2.2.6 c) 1no. Gun metal short branch pipe with nozzle.
d) M.S. hose cabinet stand mounted type fabricated out of M.S.
sheet of 16 swg. With glass fronted (4mmthick glass with rubber
beeding) door and size of cabinet shall be 600mm x 750mm x
250mm quoted rate shall be includes suitable stand for mounting all
fasteners etc. and cabinet shall powder coated of approved colour
both inside and outside.
4 supplying ,installing and commissioning of 100 Dia. Ground Water

No. QRO.
/2.2.7 Monitor with required fittings such as flanges,nut bolts etc.
supplying and fixing approved make 25mm dia automatic air release
4/2.2.8 Nos. 2 40 80 200 400
valve with unions etc. complete.
4 Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of Gun metal

/2.2.9 chrome finished Ball valves with fittings of screwed end type.
a) 25mm dia Nos. QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying, installing ,testing and commissioning of C.I. non - return

4/2.2.9
valves as per IS:5312 (PN 16) swing check type with required
a
flanges , nuts ,bolts and gaskets etc. complete.
b) 80mm nominal dia No. QRO.
Supplying, installing,testing and commissioning C.I.flanges "Y"

4/2.2.9
type strainer with SS mesh, suitable flanges nuts,bolts, gaskets etc.
b
complete.
c) 150mm nominal dia No. QRO.
Section 4 /2.2 - Total carried over to summary 196,665.9 983,329.72

4
4 /2.3 Fire Extinguishers

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4 Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning portable fire

/2.3.1 extinguishers of following type & capacity
carbon-di-oxide type fire extinguishers of 2 Kgs. Capacity , CO2 gas

4 filled in brand new seamless cylinder with powder coated finish
/2.3.1. ,made out of manganese steel ,with wheel type valve, discharge Nos. QRO.
1 nozzle, bend & horn, wal mounting bracket etc. complete,
confirming to IS:2878.
carbon-di-oxide powder type fire extinguishers of 4.5 Kgs. Capacity

4 , CO2 filled in brand new seamless cylinder with powder coated
/2.3.1. finish ,made out of manganese steel ,with wheel type valve, Nos. 20 2486 49720 12430 248600
2 discharge nozzle, bend & horn, wal mounting bracket etc. complete,
carbon-di-oxide Liquid type fire extinguishers of 4.5 Kgs. Capacity ,

4 CO2 filled in brand new seamless cylinder with powder coated
/2.3.1. finish ,made out of manganese steel ,with wheel type valve, Nos. 20 2690 53800 13450 269000
2 discharge nozzle, bend & horn, wal mounting bracket etc. complete,
4 Mechanical foam type fire extinguishers 50 Lts. Capacity with initial

/2.3.1. filling in brand new cylinder with powder coated finish ,fitted with Nos. QRO
3 gun metal union, high pressure CO2 gas cartridge ,hose and ABS
type branch pipe and wall mounting bracket etc. complete,

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
confirming to IS : 10204
Dry chemical powder type fire extinguishers of 5Kgs.capacity with

4 initial filling in brand new cylinder with powder coated finish ,fitted
/2.3.1. with gun metal union, high pressure CO2 gas cartridge discharge Nos. QRO
4 hose, and wall mounting bracket etc. complete, confirming to IS :
2171
Water CO2 type fire extinguishers 9Ltrs.ity with intial filling in

4
brand new cylinder with powder coated finish ,fitted with gun metal
/2.3.1. Nos. QRO
union, high pressure CO2 gas cartridge & wall mounting bracket etc.
5
complete, confirming to IS :940
4 Fire buckets round bottom type enamal painted ,white inside & red
/2.3.1. out side Letter "FIRE" in black out side and handle with mounting Nos. 3 90 270 450 1350
6 bracket.
4
Fire buckets stand fabricated by MS angles to install 4 Nos. of
/2.3.1. Nos. 2 500 1000 2500 5000
buckets.
7

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
104,790.0
Section 4 /2.3 -Total carried over to summary 523,950.00
0
4 / 2.4 Signages
FIRE EXIT signage (ie. GROUND FLOOR…..etc.) at each stair

4
enclosure on every floor ,indicating the floor number in words ,
/2.4.1. Nos. 12 10 120 50 600
lettering size shall be 7.5cm with contrasting colour from back
1
ground . Size shall be 365mm x 119mm .
Floor identification signage (ie. GROUND FLOO`R…..etc.) at each

4
stair enclosure on every floor ,indicating the floor number in words ,
/2.4.1. Nos. 12 10 120 50 600
lettering size shall be 7.5cm with contrasting colour from back
2
ground . Size shall be 15cm x 60cm .
Section 4 /2.4 -Total carried over to summary 240.00 1,200.00
4 /2.5 Civil Works
excavation of pipe 1.0 mts. In depth, for laying pipes including

forming bottom surface to required level, refilling with selected
4 excavated earth around the pipe in layers of inclusive of disposing
/2.5.1 off / Carting away the surplus earth out side the site to a dump yard
acceptable local bodies or as directed by the site engineer with a lead
of 300mts. Etc. complete.
a) Excavation in all kinds of soil ( 200mm pipe ) Cum. QRO.
b) Excavation in all kinds of soil ( 150mm pipe ) Cum. 140 700 98000 3500 490000
c) Cutting of rock with chiseling Cum. QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
supply and installation of RCC hume pipes & NP 2 Class with

4 collars for road crossing of fire water pipes. The rate shall includes
/2.5.2 excavation PCC(1:4:8 100 mm thick) bed and ends shall be closed
with brick masonry work as directed by site engineer.
a) 200 Dia RMT QRO.
supply & construction of valve chamber with 230mm .brick

masonry wall with best quality TM bricks & CM 1:4 on a PCC 1:4:8
bed of 100mm thick. The wall shall be plastered internally smooth in
4 CM 1:3 , water proofing as required and externally rough plastered
Nos. QRO.
/2.5.3 with sponge finish, including curing. The chamber shall be provided
with M.S.6 /8 mm thick plate fabricated top cover in leaves with
necessary hinges and locking arrangement. The size of the chamber
shall be 1200mm x 1200mm x 1500mm in depth.
supply and construction of PCC (1:2:4) pedastals / supports for

4 under ground /above ground pipes. Quoted rate shall inclusive of
Cum. QRO.
/2.5.4 excavation (if required) chipping / chasing, shutering ,plastering (if
required ) etc. complete (Size - 300mm x 300mm x 300mm)
Section 4 /2.5 -Total carried over to summary 98,000.00 490,000.00
4 /2.6 Automatic Sprinkler System

4 /2.6.1 confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting ,suitable
type of supports,(shall be hanger type Chilley make for all size
pipes which run below the slab & for wet risers C Channel to be

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
used) with anchor fasteners, bolts nuts , clamps, "U" bolts

malleeable specials such as Reducers, Tees, Elboes, flanges.
e) 50mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt 750 64.148 48111 321 240555
15396.433
f) 40 mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt 295 52.1913 261 76982.1675
5
26845.633
g) 32mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt 655 40.9857 205 134228.1675
5
81462.732
i) 25mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt 2565 31.75935 159 407313.6638
75

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of GI. pipes

confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting ,suitable
type of supports & shall be hanger type for below ceiling lines &
for in shaft lines `C' Channel to be used with anchor fasteners,
bolts nuts , clamps, "U" bolts fittings such as roll grooved
4 /2.6.1a couplings ,reducers, mechanical tees, Tees, Elbows & flanges.
Including making groove to pipes, cutting, fixing in/ on walls
/below celling/truss/purlin by using suitable supports etc. as per
with filler material and finished in cement mortar etc. complete.
e) 50mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt QRO.
f) 40 mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt QRO.
g) 32mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt QRO.
i) 25mm nominal dia x threaded Rmt QRO.

4 /2.6.2 confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting ,suitable
type of supportss,malleable specials such as Reducers,Tees
Elows,flanges, including cutting, welding,as per drawings .the

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
rate quoted should be included with anticorrosive treatment with

4mm polymer corrosion resistant tape as per IS 10221, overlap
shall be 15mm minimum.
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of GI. pipes

confirming to IS 1239 Pt -I heavy grade with painting , fittings
such as roll grooved couplings,reducers,mechanical tees, Tees,
Elbows & flanges. Including making groove to pipes, cutting,
4 /2.6.2a
fixing in/ on walls /below celling/truss/purlin by using suitable
supports etc. as per drawings.the rate quoted should be included
with anticorrosive treatment with 4mm polymer corrosion
resistant tape as per IS 10221, overlap shall be 15mm minimum.
a) 150mm nominal dia Rmt QRO
Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of Gun metal

4/2.6.3
chrome finished Ball valves with fittings of screwed end type.
25mm Nos. QRO
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning C.I.butterfly

4 /2.6.4 valves as per BS 5155 (PN 16) slim seal standered lever operated
b)100mm dia No. QRO
c)65mm dia No. QRO

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d)80mm dia No. QRO
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of C.I. non -

4 /2.6.5 return valves as per IS: 5312 (PN 16) swing check type with
required flanges, nuts, bolts and gaskets etc. complete.
b)100mm dia No. QRO
c)65mm dia No. QRO
d)80mm dia No. QRO
Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning standerd

response conventional sprinkler quartzoid bulb type with 15mm
4 /2.6.6 screwed end connection of 68 deg. C.tempersture rating K80 and
orifice shall not be less than 6mm sprinklers shall be UL listed /
FM approved with chrome finished.
a) pendent sprinkler Nos. 1195 433.608 518161.56 2168 2590807.8
b) Upright Nos. QRO.
c) side wall Nos. QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of

hydraulically operated sprinkler control valve,with water motor
4 /2.6.7 gong bell and trims as required, pressure gauges, drain valves,
ball valves, check valves, strainers etc. complete. Alarm valve
shall be UL Listed / FM approved.
a) 150mm dia No. QRO
Supplying, installing, testing, and commissioning of flow switch

on sprinkler distribution header on each floor end shall be
4 /2.6.8
connected to fire alarm panel through cable. Cable shall be
measured seperately.
a)150mm dia No. QRO
b)100mm dia No. QRO
c)65mm dia No. QRO
d)80mm dia No. QRO
Stainless steel corrugated flexible pipe (hose) for dropping

sprinklers below false celling, pipe shall be 16 bar pressure
4 /2.6.9 Nos. QRO.
rating and 1000mm long 25mm dia with union /reducer collar,
clamps etc. as required.
4 /2.6.10 Supply & fixing of approved type rosette plates (Recessed type Nos. QRO.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
in two pieces) for sprinklers below false celling area.
The Rosette shall be fabricated by M.S.plate of 2mm thick and

4 /2.6.10.1 the finish shall be powder coated and color shall be as approved Nos. QRO.
by architects /clients.
supplying ,installing and commissioning of fire brigade inlet

connection of 3 way with 3 nos. 63mm dia built in Gun metal
4 /2.6.11 Non return valves instantaneous coupling type arrenged on Nos. QRO.
100mm dia. Pipe manifold and connected to wet riser main as
well as to fire water tank.
Supplying, installing, testing and commissioing of Annucation

Panel with 120 Windows for Flow Switches with battery, battery
4 /2.6.12 backup, charger etc. All the componants shall be housed in a Nos. QRO.
common cubical made of 16 swg. M.S. sheet with required
stiffners.
Supplying , laying , testing & commissioning of FRLS, PVC

outer sheateh steel armoured ,cooper conductor , 1100v grade
power cables with glands etc.the cables shall be laid in tray /
4 /2.6.13 hume pipe / in trenches /on walls /floor etc. as required. For
cables laid out door the rate shall include earth excavation
providing brick and sand protection, refilling and compacting the
earth. The rate shall exclude tray & hume pipes. The minimum

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
size of the cables shall as mentioned below.
a) 2 C x 1.5 sq. mm for instrumentation Nos. QRO.
Supplying and fixing approved make 25mm dia automatic air

4 /2.6.14 Nos. QRO.
release valve with unions etc. complete.
Section 4 /2.6 -Total carried over to summary

689,977.36 3,449,886.80

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
A. Civil Work - Rs. 326848220.00
B. Electrical Work - Rs. 50615858.00
C. H.V.A.C. Work- Rs. 27114506.00
D. Fire Fighting Works- Rs. 8464045.00
Total Cost Rs. 413042629.00
(RUPEES FORTY ONE CRORE THIRTY LACS FORTY TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED TWENTY NINE ONLY.)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SCHEDULE C
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION AND ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION
No. Item Material Specification /

Recommended Brands
1 Flooring
Work spaces Vitrified 1m x 1m Nitco/ Kajaria/RAK
Basement Tri - Mix Floor
Passage/Entrance Lobby Grey Granite Natural stone
Kitchen / Dining Grey Granite
Staircase/Courtyard Grey Flamed Granite
Toilet Vitrified / Granite Nitco/ Kajaria/RAK
External Area Paving Block Basant Betton
2 Window
All Windows UPVC Sliding fenesta / Veka /Nitco
3 Louvers (External)
Windows Aerofoil 200 Luxalon by Hunter Douglas
Ducts SL 4 - 84R Luxalon by Hunter Douglas
4 Doors
Main Doors & Frames Plywood with Veneer Natural Veneer / V Can
Bathroom Doors & Frames Plywood with Laminate / V Can

Veneer
Sliding Folding Doors UPVC Sliding Folding fenesta / Veka

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5 Glass Work
Main Entrance Sliding Glass Door with ENOX Fittings/Schneider

Sensor sensor
Dining Fixed Glass with UPVC fenesta / Veka
On Pergola Fixed Glass with Aluminium Powder coated

Aluminium frame frame
6 Internal Surface
Work Spaces/Lobby/Guest House Gypsum Ceiling Saint Gobain

(Rooms)
POP to Walls India Gypsum
Passage Gypsum Ceiling
POP to Walls
7 External surface Sand faced Plaster
Textured Plaster Altek / Heritage / Spectrum
External veneer Prodema / Fundermax
8 Painting
Internal Luster / Wall Paper Asian paints
External Apex Paint Asian paints
9 Pergola M.S.Sqare Pipe TATA Tubes
10 Plumbing and sanitary fittin`gs Jaquar / Kolher

Sr.No. Description of Item Standard Additional Specifications
Specifications /
Item Code as per
DSR(2012-2013)
Specifications
1 Item No.1 :- Excavation for foundation in The useful excavated material shall be utilized As Directed By
earth, soil of all types sand, gravel and soft Engineer in Charge
murum, including removing the excavated DSR Item No.1
materials up to a distance of 50m. beyond the Bd-A 1Page No.7
building area & stacking and spreading as Item Code No.-
directed, dewatering, preparing the bed for the Bd-A 1
foundation and necessary back filling , Page no. 259
ramming, watering including and strutting etc.
complete. By mechanical means ( lift upto
1.5m.)
2 Item No.2 :-Excavation for foundation in , The useful excavated material shall be utilized As Directed By
hard murrum,including removing the DSR Item No.2 Engineer in Charge
excavated material upto a distance of 50 metres Bd-A 2 Page No.7
beyond the building area and stacking and Item Code No.-
spreading as directed, dewatering, preparing the Bd-A 2
bed for foundation and necessary backfilling, Page no. 259
ramming, watering, including shoring and
strutting etc. complete. By mechanical means
(Lift 1.5m to 3.0m)
Contractor Engineer
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3 Item No.3 :-Excavation for foundation in The useful excavated material shall be utilised As Directed By
hard murum and boulders including DSR Item No.3 Engineer in Charge
removing the excavated materials up to a Bd-A 3 Page No.7
distance of 50m. beyond the building area & Item Code No.-
stacking and spreading as directed, dewatering, Bd-A 3
preparing the bed for the foundation and Page no. 259
necessary back filling , ramming, watering
including and strutting etc. complete. By
mechanical means (Lift above 3.0m)
4 Item No.4 :-Excavation for foundation in soft The useful excavated material shall be utilised As Directed By
rock and old cement and lime masonry Engineer in Charge
foundation including removing the excavated DSR Item No.4
materials up to a distance of 50m. beyond the Bd-A 4 Page No.8
building area & stackinh and spreading as Item Code No.-
directed, dewatering, preparing the bed for the Bd-A 4
foundation and necessary back filling , Page no. 259
ramming, watering including and strutting etc.
complete. By mechanical means (Lift above
3.0m)
5 Item No.5 :-Excavation for foundation in DSR Item No.7 The useful excavated material shall be utilised As Directed By
hard rock by chiseling wedging, line drilling Bd-A 6 Page No.9 Engineer in Charge
etc. including trimming and leveling the bed by Item Code No.-
chiseling where necessary and removing the Bd-A 6
excavated materials and stacking it in Page no. 259
measurable heaps form the building area
including dewatering and back filling with

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
available earth, murum, watering ramming
6 Item No.6 :-Filling in plinth and floors with DSR Item No.9 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
approved excavated materials in 15cm to Bd-A 10 Page
20cm layers including watering and compacting No.9 Item Code
complete. No.- Bd-A 10
Page no. 262
7 Item No.7 :-Providing dry rubble stone soling DSR Item No.11 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
of trap metal in 15 cm. Layer including filling Bd-A 12 Page
voids with sand/ grit ramming , watering No.9 Item Code
complete. No.- Bd-A 12
Page no. 264

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8 Item no.8 :- Conveying and shifting of material DSR Item No.19 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
obtained from all type of excavation to the tip, Rd 18 Page
out side the site premises with their own No.129 Item Code
arrangements. The place for dumping such Rd 18 Page no.
material will not be provided by client or 197
engineer. It will be contractors responsibilityto
identify and use such place.
A) Lime, Murrum ,Rabish
B) Excavated Rock
9 Item No.9 :- Providing and laying in situ DSR Item No.1 The ingredient material shall be tested as per quality control
cement concrete M-15 of trap/Quartz/Granite Bd-E 1 Page norms
metal for foundation and bedding including No.13 Item Code
bailing out water , form-work, compacting and No.- Bd-E 1
curing etc. complete. Page no. 287
10 Item No.10 :-Providing and laying in situ 1) The appropriate mix design shallbe got approved well in
Readymix cement concrete M-30 of trap metal DSR Item advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
for R.C.C. work in foundation like raft, No.12(ii)a BDF-3 approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
grillages, strips, foundation ,grillages and Page No.20 Item quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work. 3)
footings of R.C.C.columns and steel stanchions Code No.- BdF-3 The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to ensure
including bailing out water, formwork, Page no. 298 and durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S. 456-
compaction curing and roughening the surface B.7, Page no. 38 2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
if special finish is to be provided.( Excluding consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim for
Reinforcement and Structural Reinforcement) that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by the

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
contractor. 4) Before concreting work cement from each

consignment shall be got tested and if the strength of cement
varies considerably from the approved mix design shall be got
modified according to strength of fresh cement available in the
stock and concreting work should be carried out according to
redesigned mix.5) From every consignment of the cement a
sample shall be got tested as pernorms and frequency laid down
in the Government Circular. As regards testing of cement it will
be entire responsibility of the contractor against the testing
charges. 6) Only Ready Mix Concrete shall be used.
11 Item No.11 :-Providing and casting in situ DSR Item 1) The appropriate mix design shall be got approved well in
Readymix cement concrete M-30 of trap metal No.13(iii)a BDF- advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
for R.C.C.columns as per detailed drawing and 5 Page No.20 Item approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
designs or as directed including centering Code No.- BdF-5 quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work. 3)
form-work,compacting and roughening the Page no. 300 and The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to ensure
surface if special finish is to be provided and B.7, Page no. 38 durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S. 456-
curing complete.(Excluding Reinforcement) 2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim for
that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by the
sample shall be got tested as performs and and frequency laid
down in the Government Circular. As regards testing of cement
it will be entire responsibility of the contractor against the

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
testing charges. 6) Only Ready Mix Concrete shall be used.
12 Item No.12 :-Providing and casting in situ DSR Item 1) The appropriate mix design shall be got approved well in
Readymix cement concrete M-30of trap metal No.14(iii)a BDF- advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
for R.C.C.Beams and Lintels as per detailed 6 Page No.21 Item approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
drawing and designs or as directed including Code No.- BDF-6 quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work. 3)
centering form-work,compacting and Page no. 300 and The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to ensure
roughening the surface if special finish is to be B.7, Page no. 38 durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S. 456-
provided and curing complete.(Excluding 2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
Reinforcement) consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim for
that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by the
sample shall be got tested as pernorms and and frequency laid
13 Item No.13:-Providing and casting in situ DSR Item 1) The appropriate mix design shallbe got approved well in
Readymix cement concrete M-30 of trap No.15(iii)a BDF- advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
granite/ quartzite/ gneiss metal for R.C.C.Slabs 8 Page No.21 approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
and Landings,Chajja, canopy , waist slab as Item Code No.- quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work. 3)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
per detailed designs and drawing or as directed BDF-8 The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to ensure
including centering form-work, compacting and Page no. 302 and durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S. 456-
roughening the surface if special finish is to be B.7, Page no. 38 2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
provided and curing complete.(Excluding consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim for
Reinforcement) that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by the

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
14 Item No.14:-Providing and casting in situ DSR Item No.6 1) The appropriate mix design shall be got approved well in
Readymix cement concrete M-30 of trap metal BDF-11 Page advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
for R.C.C pardi including centering, formwork , No.18 Item Code approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
compacting, and roughening the surface if special No.- BDF-11 quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work.
finish is to be provided and curing complete B.7 3) The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to
Excluding reinforcement) Page no. 304 ensure durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S.
38-40 456-2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim
for that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by
the contractor. 4) Before concreting work cement from each

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
15 Item No.15:-Providing and casting in situ cement DSR Item No.7 1) The appropriate mix design shallbe got approved well in
concrete M30 of trap / granite / quartzite / gness BDF-12 Page advance From the Government laboratory or laboratory
metal for R.C.C. coping to plinth or parapet and No.18 Item approved by Engineer-in-charge. 2) Cement of same grade and
sills of doors and windows, moulded as per Code No.- BDF- quality sent for mix design shall be used for concreting work.
detailed drawing & design, or as directed 12 3) The minimum cement for reinforced cement concrete to
including centering, formwork, compacting & B7 ensure durability / strength, shall be as per provisions in the I.S.
roughening the surface if special finish is to be Page no. 304 456-2000 with latest amendment. If actual cement required/
provided & curing complete. (Excluding 38 consumed more than the provisions in the IS Code, no claim
reinforcement) for that shall be entertained and cost for that shall be borne by
the contractor. 4) Before concreting work cement from each
sample shall be got tested as pernorms and and frequency laid
16 Item No.16 :-Providing and fixing in position DSR Item No.8 1) As per Indian Standard 1786/1985 with latest amendments.
T.M.T. Fe 500 bar reinforcement of various BDF-17 Page 2) Various diameters of TMT Fe-500 bars brought on site for
diameters for R.C.C pile caps, footing, No.18 Item the work shall be got tested category wise and lot wise As
foundations, slabs, beams, columns, canopies, Code No.- BDF- Directed By Engineer in Charge and minimum 50% tested
staircase, newels, chejjas, lintels pardis, coping, 17 should be done in departmental laboratory.
fins, arches etc, as per detailed drawings and Page no. 306
schedules including cutting, bending , hooking the
bars, binding with wires or tack welding and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
supporting as required completed.
17 Item No.17 :-Providing and fixing in position 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer
Mild Steel bar reinforcement of various in Charge.
diameters for R.C.C pile caps, footing, 2) The work should be as per detailed drawings and
schedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars,
foundations, slabs, beams, columns, canopies,
binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as
staircase, newels, chejjas, lintels pardis, coping, required completed.
fins, arches etc, as per detailed drawings and
schedules including cutting, bending , hooking the
bars, binding with wires or tack welding and
supporting as required completed.
18 Providing structural steel work for pargola,trusses

& similar members & purlins 0f Tata Square Pipe DSR Item No.4
or Equivalent with all bracing, gusset plates etc. BD-C 8 Page
as per detailed designs and drawing or as directed No.11 Item Code
including cutting, fabricating, hoisting, erecting, No.- Bd-C.8
fixing in position, making riveted/bolted/welded
connections and one coat of anticorrosive paint
and over it two coats of spray painting complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
19 Providing Autoclaved Aerated Concrete As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Blocks of Ecolite or equivalent mech.of size Compressive strength : 3.5 to 4.00 N/m2 (IS 2185)
( 625x240x225) mm in 225 mm tk. masonry in Normal Dry Density : 550 to 650 Kg. per Cubic Meter
extra fine jointing mortar of fixoblock of Sound absorption : Upto 42 DB
UltraTech or equivalent in foundations and plinth Drying Shrinkage : 0.04 percent ( length of block)
of inner walls/in plinth external walls including
bailing out water, striking joints on unexposed
faces, racking out joints on exposed faces and
watering, etc. Complete.
20 Item No.20 :-Providing Autoclaved Aerated As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Concrete Blocks of Ecolite or equivalent mech. Compressive strength : 3.5 to 4.00 N/m2 (IS 2185)
size(625x240x225)mm in 225 mm tk.masonry in Normal Dry Density : 550 to 650 Kg. per Cubic Meter
extra fine jointing mortar of fixoblock of Sound absorption : Upto 42 DB
UltraTech or equivalent in superstructure Drying Shrinkage : 0.04 percent ( length of block)
including striking joints, raking out joints,
watering and scaffolding etc. Complete.
21 Providing Autoclaved Aerated Concrete As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Blocks of Ecolite or equivalent Compressive strength : 3.5 to 4.00 N/m2 (IS 2185)
mech.size(625x240x100)mm in 100 mm Normal Dry Density : 550 to 650 Kg. per Cubic Meter
tk.masonry in extra fine jointing mortar of Sound absorption : Upto 42 DB
fixoblock of UltraTech or equivalent in half brick Drying Shrinkage : 0.04 percent ( length of block)
thick wall including mild steel longitudinal
reinforcement of 2 bars of 6 mm diameter / 2
hoop iron strips 25 mm x 1.6 mm at every third
course, properly bend and bonded at ends
scaffolding, racking out joints and watering

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
complete.
22 Providing and laying jointless Polydee-LM 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
jointless a highly flexible elastometric coating Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
for RCC/cementitious surface for terrace retained as retention money for the full guarantee period of 10
waterproofing on B.B.Coba / R.C.C, after years. 3) The recoupment of damages if any found and
application of TP-42 Primer on perfectly clean communicated to the contractor in writing is not made good
substrate(free from loose dust and foreign within two weeks from the date of receipt or of such
DSR Item No.8
matter)application of 1st coat of Polydee-LM@ communication by him the same shall be carried out
BD-j Page No.32
700 gms/sqm applying 2nd coat of Polydee- LM departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall be met with
Item Code No.-
@700 gm/sqm and finishing the same with from sum withheld as aforesaid. In case the sum recoverable
Bd-J
sprinkling the AG-10 granules on the wet from the contractor is more than that of the sum withheld
coating.(After finishing covering the treatment amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as arreas of land
with 25mm cement plaster for protection with revenue from the contractor under clause 20 of original
fibrillated 6mm Plyplast fiber @125 gms per sqm contract. 4) The mode of measurements shall be on Square
to be paid in separate item.)with 7 years guarantee Meter basis.
on court fee stamp of 100.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
23 Providing Chemical Water proofing by applying a 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
base coat comprising of 1 Kg Polydee-MC and Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
1 Kg fresh cement after wetting the surface retained as retention money for the full guarantee period of 10
followed by drying the surface for 2 days, apply years. 3) The recoupment of damages if any found and
primer coat of TP-40 and after drying, applying communicated to the contractor in writing is not made good
Polydee-11 two component (mixing ratio 2 A: 1 DSR Item No.9 within two weeks from the date of receipt or of such
B).with 7 years guarantee on court fee stamp of BD-J Page No.32 communication by him the same shall be carried out
100/- etc. complete. Item Code No.- departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall be met with
Bd-J from sum withheld as aforesaid. In case the sum recoverable
from the contractor is more than that of the sum withheld
amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as arreas of land
revenue from the contractor under clause 20 of original
contract. 4) The mode of measurements shall be on Square
Meter basis.
24 Providing and fixing 25 to 30 mm thick rough 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
shahabad box type waterproofing for basement Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
or underground floor on a base of Cement retained as retention money for the full guarantee period of 10
concrete 1:3:6, including sub base of 2.50 DSR Item No.10 years. 3) The recoupment of damages if any found and
centimeter thick Cement mortar 1:3 with conceal, BD-J Page No.33 communicated to the contractor in writing is not made good
secrete ( RMW ), Algiproof or other alike watered Item Code No.- within two weeks from the date of receipt or of such
proofing liquids, raking of joints upto 35 mm Bd-J communication by him the same shall be carried out
depth, filling the joints with 6 mm size crushed departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall be met with
metal, hand grouting with cement slurry, curing Page no. 355 from sum withheld as aforesaid. In case the sum recoverable
and cleaning, with 7 years guarantee on court fee from the contractor is more than that of the sum withheld
stamp of 100/- with ponding test etc complete. amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as arreas of land
(excluding Cement concrtete 1;3:6 base concrete ) revenue from the contractor under clause 20 of original
contract. 4) The mode of measurements shall be on Square

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Meter basis.
25 Providing and fixing 20 to 25 mm thick rough 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
shahabad box type waterproofing treatment to Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
vertical outside faces of Reinforced Cement retained as retention money for the full guarantee period of 10
concrete walls of basement or underground years. 3) The recoupment of damages if any found and
floor including filling the gap of 25 mm between communicated to the contractor in writing is not made good
rough shahabad and Reinforced Cement concrete DSR Item No.11 within two weeks from the date of receipt or of such
walls with cement grout mixed with water BD-J Page No.33 communication by him the same shall be carried out
proofing liquid Algiproof or other alike with one Item Code No.- departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall be met with
tile lift method, brushing the joints horizontally Bd-J from sum withheld as aforesaid. In case the sum recoverable
with cement slurry mixed with water proofing from the contractor is more than that of the sum withheld
Page no. 355
liquid for width 30 to 35 mm and sloping coping amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as arreas of land
over topmost tile with cement mortar 1:3, butting revenue from the contractor under clause 20 of original
the bottom most with Cement concrete 1;2:4 contract. 4) the mode of measurements shall be on Square
mixed with water proofing liquid, curing, with 7 Meter basis.
years guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- with
ponding test etc complete. (excluding Cement

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
concrete 1;3:6 base concrete )
26 Providing & laying perforated PVC pipes of 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
standard pressure class of 150mm diameter Charge.
below pcc of raft in proper line, level and slope DSR Item No.12
including necessary collar, providing perforation BD-J Page No.33
by drilling holes of 15 mm dia in 3 lines at 15 cm Item Code No.-
c/c, providing chicken mesh jali on top of pipe, Bd-J
refilling the trench with available excavated
materialcomplete
27 Item No.27 :-Providing internal cement plaster 6 DSR Item No.1 1) surface to be plastered shall be first cleaned and thoroughly
mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:4 BDL-1 Page wetted for 24 hours and got checked from Engineer in Charge
without neeru finish to concrete surface in all No.37 Item Code before starting the new . 2) Item includes rounding of all
positions including scaffolding & curing complete. No.- Bd-L 1 internal and external junctions, corners, jambs, etc., As
Directed By Engineer in Charge. 3) Finishing shall be plain and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Page no. 367 in line, level and plumb. 4) curing shall be done by sprinkling
water on surface for minimum period of fourteen days.
28 Item No.28 :-Providing internal cement plaster 1) surface to be plastered shall be first cleaned and thoroughly
12mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:4 DSR Item No.2 wetted for 24 hours and got checked from Engineer in Charge
without neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces BDL-2 Page before starting the new. 2) Item includes rounding of all
or ceiling, in all positions including scaffolding No.37 Item Code internal and external junctions, corners, jambs, etc., As
and curing complete. No.- Bd-L 2 Directed By Engineer in Charge. 3) Finishing shall be plain and
Page no. 368-370 in line, level and plumb. 4) curing shall be done by sprinkling
water on surface for minimum period of fourteen days.
29 Item No.29 :-Providing and fixing chicken mesh As Directed By Engineer in Charge
jali (24 gauge) at the junction of 2 different DSR Item No.16
surfaces of different material component at the BDL Page No.39
time of plastering to prevent cracking in plaster Item Code No.-
surface as and where directed at all floors with all Bd-L
leads and lifts etc. complete.
30 Item No.30 :-Providing & applying Gypsum As Directed By Engineer in Charge

plaster(with Gypsum material of Gypsum India/
Mega Sign or equivalant make) with gypsum DSR Item No.20
material in 10 to 13 mm thickness to to previously BD-L Page No.40
plastered surface or on newly brick surface Item Code No.-
(Excluding rough cast plaster) in all positions Bd-L
including prepairing and finishing the surface ,
scaffolding etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
31 Item No.31 :-Providing sand faced plaster 1) Surface to be plastered shall be first cleaned and thoroughly
externally in cement mortar using approved wetted for 24 hours and got checked from Engineer in Charge
screened sand in all positions including base coat before starting the new. 2) Item includes rounding of all
of 15mm thick in C.M. 1:4 using waterproofing DSR Item No.5 internal and external junctions, corners, jambs, etc., As
compound at 1 Kg. per cement bag curing the BD-L 7 Page Directed By Engineer in Charge. 3) Finishing shall be plain and
same for not less than 2 days and keeping the No.37 Item Code in line, level and plumb. 4) Curing shall be done by sprinkling
surface of the base coat rough to receive the sand No.- Bd-L 7 water on surface for minimum period of fourteen days.
faced treatment of 6 to 8 mm thick in C.M. 1:4 Page no. 369 5) Application of sand faced treatment shall be commenced
finishing the surface by taking out grains and only after passing the base coat by Engineer in charge.
curing for fourteen days, scaffolding etc.
complete.
32 Item No.32 :-Providing 100mm wide Patti on DSR Item No.15 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
plastered surface 12mm to 15mm thick in cm BD-L Page No.39
1:3 line & level including neet finishing Item Code No.-
scaffolding curing etc complete. Bd-L
33 Item No.33:-Providing and applying Texture As Directed By Engineer in Charge

plaster with finishing with Purlina / Rustic texture
DSR Item No.22
material (with texture material of Asian / Renava /
BD-L Page No.41
nitco / temtex or equivalent make) in 3to 4 mm
Item Code No.-
thickness on previously plastered surface
Bd-L
including grooves as required, in all positions
including scafolding etc. complete.
34 Item No.34 :-Providing and applying plaster with DSR Item No.17 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
plaster of paris in 6 mm thickness to previously BD-L Page No.39
plaster surface in all position including preparing Item Code No.-
the surface scaffolding etc complete Bd-L

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
35 Item No.35 :-Providing and laying in position DSR Item No.14 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
flooring Of Polished Granite of approved shade BD-M 3 Page Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
and size 18 mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:4 cement No.46 Item competent authority.
mortar including mirror polishing,cement floats Code No.- Bd-M
to skirting joints curing and cleaning etc. 3
complete.
Page no. 380
36 Item No.36 :-Providing and laying in position DSR Item No.14 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Polished Granite of approved shade and size 20 BD-M 3 Page Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
mm thick for dado/skirting on 1:3 cement plaster No.46 Item Code competent authority.
including cement floats skirting joints, curing and No.- Bd-M 3
cleaning etc. complete.
Page no. 380
37 Item No.37 :-Providing and laying vitrified Tile 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
of mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish having Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Size 1mx1m or 1.2mx1.2m& 10 to 12mm Item Code No.- competent authority.
Thickness of approved make, shade and pattern Bd-M 12
for flooring in required position laid on a bed of
Page no. 385
1:4 cement mortar including neat cement float,
filling joints with cement slurry, curing and
cleaning etc. complete. Note:-(Water apsorpation
should be more than 0.05%)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
of mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish having Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Size 1mx1m or 1.2mx1.2m& 10 to 12mm Item Code No.- competent authority.
Thickness of approved make, shade and pattern Bd-M 13
for Dado/skirting in required position laid on a bed
Page no. 386
of 1:4 cement mortar including neat cement float,
filling joints with cement slurry, curing and
cleaning etc. complete. Note:-(Water apsorpation
should be more than 0.05%)
of mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish having DSR Item No.19 Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Size 0.6 m x0.6 m & 8mm to 10mm Thickness of BD-M 12 Page competent authority.
approved make, shade and pattern for Flooring in No.47 Item
required position laid on a bed of 1:4 cement Code No.- Bd-M
mortar including neat cement float, filling joints 12
with cement slurry, curing and cleaning etc.
complete. Note:-(Water apsorpation should be Page no. 385
more than 0.05%)
40 Item No.40 :-Providing and laying vitrified Tile DSR Item No.19 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
of mirror/Glossy/Matt/Rustic finish having BD-M 12 Page Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Size 0.6 m x0.6 m & 8mm to 10mm Thickness of No.47 Item competent authority.
approved make, shade and pattern for Dado & Code No.- Bd-M
Skirting in required position laid on a bed of 1:4 13
cement mortar including neat cement float, filling
joints with cement slurry, curing and cleaning etc. Page no. 386
complete. Note:-(Water apsorpation should be

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
more than 0.05%)
41 Item No.41 :-Providing and laying vitrified 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Antiskid stone finish decorative type tiles of any Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
size of approved make, shade and pattern for competent authority.
flooring in required position laid on a bed of 1:4
cement mortar including neat cement float, filling
joints with cement slurry, curing and cleaning etc.
complete.
42 Item No.42 :-Providing and laying Vitrified 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Antiskid stone finish decorative type tiles of any Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
size of approved make, shade and pattern for competent authority.
Dado and Skirting. in required position laid on a
bed of 1:4 cement mortar including neat cement
float, filling joints with cement slurry, curing and

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
43 Item No.43 :-Providing and laying in position DSR Item No.3 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
flooring Of Rough Tandur Finish For Passages BD-M 3A Page
&Tread & Riser of approved shade and size 25 to No.43 Item
30mm thick on bed 1:6 cement mortar including Code No.- Bd-M
cement floats skirting joints, curing and cleaning 3A
etc. complete.
Page no. 380
44 Item No.44 :-Providing and laying in position Item Code No.- 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
flooring Of Granite River Bend Finish For Bd-M 22 Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Staircase(Tread & Riser) of approved shade and competent authority.
size 16 mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:6 cement mortar Page no. 390
including cement floats skirting joints, curing and
45 Item No.45 :- Providing and laying in position Item Code No.- 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Granite River Bend Finish of approved shade Bd-M 22 Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
and size 18 mm 20 mm thick for dado/skirting on competent authority.
bed 1:3 cement mortar including cement floats Page no. 390
skirting joints, curing and cleaning etc. complete.
flooring Of Granite (River Bd-M 3, Bd-M Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Bend/Flamed/leather Finish) of approved shade competent authority.
and size 18 mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:3 cement Page no. 380
mortar including cement floats skirting joints,

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Dado/Skirting Of Granite (River Bd-M 3, Bd-M Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
Bend/Flamed/leather Finish) of approved shade competent authority.
and size 18 mm 20 mm thick on bed 1:3 cement Page no. 380
mortar including cement floats skirting joints,
48 Item No.48 :-Providing and laying Machine DSR Item No. 4 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
Cut/Machine Polished kotah Stone Bd-M 3B
flooring/Treads &Risers 25 to 30mm thick of
approved shade and size on bed 1:6 cement mortar Page no. 43 Item
including cement floats skirting joints, curing and Code No.- Bd-M
cleaning etc. complete. 3B
Page no. 380
49 Item No.49 :-Providing and fixing machine cut DSR Item No.-16 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
mirror polished 18 mm to 20 mm thick both side Bd-M 35 Charge. 2) Sample of tiles shall be got approved from
polished granite stone partition with rounding competent authority.
the edges etc. complete Page no. 46 Item
Code No.- Bd-M
35
Page no. 393

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
50 Item No.50 :-Providing and preparing kitchen As Directed By Engineer in Charge

otta made up from 30 mm thick and 75 cm. wide
one side polished kadppa top 75 cm. wide one side DSR Item No.-
polished kadappa top 75 cm high vertical support 17 Bd-M 35
for kadppa at 1 m. c/c of 25 mm thick both side
Page no. 47 Item
polished kadappa middle shelf and bottom of 20
Code No.- Bd-M
mm thick one side polished kadappa with facia
35
patti of 20 x 50 mm kadappa including all material
labour cutting fixing with cement mortar and Page no. 393
araldite curing polished and cleaning etc.
complete.
51 Item No.51 :-Providing and fixing black kadappa DSR Item No.-8 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
stone shelves 25mm. thick machine polished, Bd-M 29
extending the polish upto 20 cm width on
lowerside, rounding corners, laying in position Page no. 45 Item
jointing with cement mortar 1:4 proportion curing Code No.- Bd-M
etc complete. 29
Page no. 391
52 Item No.52 :-Providing and fixing heavy duty inter As Directed By Engineer in Charge. The heavy duty inter
locking concrete Rubber mould glossy paving DSR Item No.-22 locking concrete block shall be tested for required strength and
blocks of 80 mm thickness of having a strength of quality control laboratory in required frequency.
Bd-M
400 kg/Sq.cm. of approved auqlity and shape on a
bed of crushed sand of 25 to 30 mm thick Page no. 48 Item
including skirting joints and cleaning etc. Code No.- Bd-M
complete

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
53 Item No.53:-Providing and applying White-Wash DSR Item No.-1 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
in Two Coats on old/new plastered or masonry Bd-P 1
surfaces and asbestos cement sheets at all levels
including scaffolding and preparing the Surface by Page no.59 Item
brushing and brooming down complete. Code No.- Bd-P 1
Page no. 411
54 Item No.54:-Providing and applying washable Oil- DSR Item No.-5 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
Bound Distemper of Approved color & shade to Bd-P 5
old/new surfaces in Two Coats (one coat of primer
&Two coats of paint) at all levels including Page no.59 Item
scaffolding and preparing the Surface complete. Code No.- Bd-P 5,
Bd-O 8E
Page no. 413
55 Item No.55 :-Providing and applying internal As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Premimum Emulsion/Luster paint of asian paint or DSR Item No.-15
equivalent in Three coats of approved shade and Bd-O
quality including priming coat,acrylic
putty,scaffolding if necessary preparing surface Page no.57 Item
by throughly cleaning oil,grease,dirt and other Code No.- Bd-O
material as required etc. complete.
56 Item No.56 :-Providing and applying two coats of DSR Item No.-17 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
Appex/Ace Exterior Paint approved shade and Bd-O
quality and one coat of primer before applying
paint including scaffolding if necessary preparing Page no.58 Item
surface by thoroughly cleaning oil, grease, dirt and Code No.- Bd-O

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
other materials as required, etc. complete
57 Item No.57 :-Providing and fixing in Position As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Powder Coated Aluminum Louvered Windows/ DSR Item No.-15
ventilator of Various sizes with Powder Coating Bd-O
as per detail Drawing Specification including
Aluminum Frame 80x 38x 1.22mm Box Type,5 Page no.57 Item
mm Thick Sheet glass Louvers, of Approved Code No.- Bd-T
quality etc. Complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
58 Item No.58 :-Providing and fixing frame work of As Directed By Engineer in Charge
galvanized iron for suspended false ceiling which
includes galvanized iron perimeter channels of
size 27mm& 0.5mm thick having one flange of
20mm and another flange of 30mm along with
perimeter of ceiling, fixing in bricks
wall/partitions with help rawal plugs and
screws,suspending galvanized iron intermediate
channels of size 45mm & 0.9mm thick with two DSR Item No.-44
flanges of 15mm each from the soffit at 1200mm Bd-T
centers with steel galvanized iron hager of width
25mm x 0.5mm fasteners, ceiling section of Page no.85
0.5mm thickness having curved wedge of 51.5mm
and two flange of 26mm each with lips of 51.5mm
and two flanges of 26mm each with lips of
10.5mm fixed to intermediate channels at450mm
centers ,12.5 mm dry wall screws at 230mm
centers; fixing screws mechanically either with
screws driver or drilling machine with suitable
attachment etc. complete.
59 Item No.59 :-Providing and fixing suspended false As Directed By Engineer in Charge
ceiling of 10 to 12 mm thick decorative boards of DSR Item No.-15
fibrous plaster of paris /gypsum board including Bd-R
scaffolding if necessary, all architectural work like
mouldings,cornics,coves,domes,cups,as per Page no.67 Item
detailed drawings and three coats of spray painting Code No.- Bd-R
to boards etc.complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
60 Item No.60 :-Providing and fixing False ceiling of As Directed By Engineer in Charge
15mm thick asscustic tagular
armstrong/everest/AMS(0.60mx0.60m) boards of
approved make shape and sizes as per drawings
includings powder coated G.I wall angles of DSR Item No.-17
20mm x 20mm x 0.6mm x0.6mm size , G.I grid Bd-R
runners of size 15mmx 38mm at 600mm center to Page no.67 Item
center both ways are suspended using G.I 3mm Code No.- Bd-R
wire including fixing using butterfly clips and
fasteners including transporting, scaffolding all
necessary labour and machinery, finishing etc.
complete.
61 Item No.61 :-Providing & fixing wired glass As Directed By Engineer in Charge
having thickness of 8 mm thick including all
accessories and required fixtures and fastening
fitting complete.
62 Item No.62 :-Providing and fixing in position As Directed By Engineer in Charge

Motororised Double leaf door made from Capacity : 140 Kg. (two Leaves)
12mm thick frameless toughened glass Max. Opening speed : 1.2 m/s (two Leaves)
consisting of two fixed leaves and two sliding Motor : 24V. DC with encoder.
leaves with fitting accessories and automation Electronic control board : Microprocessor Logic
system comprising of DITEC double leaf sliding
door operator REX series , with built- in
photocells and a pair of microwave radar as per
detailed drawing and as directed by Engineer-In-
Charge etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
63 Item No.63 :-Providing and fixing in position 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
U.P.V.C.(Unplasticized Poly Vinyl Chloride) Charge. 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
Four track ,Four shutter sliding door having 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
multi-chambered outer frame section (73 x 50)mm
with an outer wall thickness of 2mm & steel
reinforcement, multi-chambered slider frame (73x
60) mm with steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered slider sash (46x 82) mm with steel
reinforcement designed to give optimum
strength,4mm thick toughened double glass with
12 mm spacer of good quality including
aluminum track, Inter locking profile ,coextruded
beadings,EPDM gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding
handle, fixtures and fastenings(couplings,hinges)
including with all required screws and nuts with
all necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per detailed
drawing and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge
etc. complete.
64 Item No.64 :- Providing and fixing Solid Core 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Flush Door in Single/ double leaf 32mm thick Charge 2) Door frame made of Ply as per detailed drawings and
shutter with door frame made of 19mm Ply as per DSR Item No.-8 approved 4mm veneer on both the faces 3) Door frames shown
detailed drawings and approved 4mm veneer on Bd-T 34 drawing including all necessary bends, moldings’and lipping,
both the faces and door frames shown drawing Page no.74 Item hold fasts , fixtures and fastenings, with brass mortise lock,
including all necessary bends , moldings’ and Code No.- Bd-T handles on both sides, and finishing etc. complete
lipping , hold fasts , fixtures and fastenings, with 34 Page no. 499
brass mortise lock, handles on both sides, and
finishing etc. complete

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
65 Item No.65 :- Providing and fixing collapsible 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
steel gate in 1/2 leaves with hot rolled vertical Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
channels of 18 x19 x 3 mm minimum size crossing 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
of M.S. flat of size 18 x5 mm T and or E section
for runner of minimum 40 x 6 mm size of flange DSR Item No.-22
M.S flat for top runner of minimum size 40 x 12 Bd-T 57
mm with roller wheels conforming to grade FG
150 fitted with shop headed rivets of minimum Page no.78 Item
size 6 mm maximum spacing of vertical channel Code No.- Bd-P
be 100 mm enclosed gate position and clear space 57,Page no. 511
150 mm between two sets of crossing with
holdfasts stoppers , spaces ,handles locking
arrangement and one coat of red lead primer and
etc complete.
U.P.V.C. three track ,six shutter sliding Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
window (4 glass+2 flymesh) Fixed Glass at top 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
having multi-chambered slider frame(132x 60)
mm with steel reinforcement, multi-chambered
slider sash (46x 82) mm with steel reinforcement
designed to give optimum strength,4mm thick
toughened double glass with 12 mm spacer of
good quality including aluminum track, Inter
locking profile ,coextruded beadings,EPDM
gaskets,silicon sealent,sliding handle, fixtures and
fastenings (couplings,hinges) including with all
required screws and nuts with all necessary
U.P.V.C. sections as per detailed drawing with 7

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
years guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- etc.

complete.
67 Item No.67:-Providing and fixing in position 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
U.P.V.C. three track ,three shutter sliding Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
Fixed Glass at Top (2 glass & 1 flymesh) 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing..
window having multi-chambered slider
frame(132x 60) mm with steel reinforcement,
multi-chambered slider sash (46x 82) mm with
steel reinforcement designed to give optimum
strength,4mm thick toughened double glass with
12 mm spacer of good quality including
alluminium track, Inter locking profile ,coextruded
handle, fixtures and fastenings (couplings,hinges)
drawing with 7 years guarantee on court fee stamp

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
of 100/- etc. complete.
U.P.V.C. three track ,three shutter sliding Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
window Fixed Glass at top (3 glass) window 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
having multi-chambered slider frame(132x 60)
mm with steel reinforcement, multi-chambered
slider sash (46x 82) mm with steel reinforcement
designed to give optimum strength,4mm thick
good quality including alluminium track, Inter

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
69 Item No.69 :-Providing and fixing in 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
positionU.P.V.C.three track ,three shutter Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
sliding window (3 glass) having multi-chambered 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
outer frame section (58 x 55)mm with an outer
wall thickness of 2mm & steel reinforcement,
multi-chambered slider frame(132x 60) mm with
steel reinforcement, multi-chambered slider sash
(46x 82) mm with steel reinforcement designed to
give optimum strength, multi-chambered
transom/mullion (58x 82) mm with steel
reinforcement ,4mm thick toughened double glass
with 12 mm spacer of good quality including
handle, fixtures and fastenings (couplings,hinges)
drawing and as directed by Engineer-In-Charge
etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
U.P.V.C. two track ,two shutter sliding with Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
fixed Glass at top window having multi- 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
chambered outer frame section (73 x 50)mm with
an outer wall thickness of 2mm & steel
reinforcement, multi-chambered slider frame(73x
60) mm with steel reinforcement, multi-
chambered slider sash (46x 82) mm with steel
reinforcement designed to give optimum strength,
4mm thick toughened double glass with 12 mm
spacer of good quality including alluminium track,
Inter locking profile ,coextruded beadings,EPDM
complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
U.P.V.C. two track ,two shutter sliding window Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
having multi-chambered slider frame(73x 60) mm 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
with steel reinforcement, multi-chambered slider
sash (46x 82) mm with steel reinforcement
designed to give optimum strength, 4mm thick
gaskets, silicon sealent,sliding handle, fixtures and
fastenings (couplings, hinges) including with all
complete.
U.P.V.C. Openable window having multi- Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
chambered outer frame section (58 x 55)mm with 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
reinforcement, multi-chambered transom/mullion
(58x 82) mm with steel reinforcement, 4mm thick

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

complete.
U.P.V.C. fixed window (In Three/four/five Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
parts) having multi-chambered outer frame 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
section (58 x 55)mm with an outer wall thickness
of 2mm & steel reinforcement, multi-chambered
transom/mullion (58x 82) mm with steel
reinforcement, 4mm thick toughened double glass
with 12 mm spacer of good quality including
beadings,EPDM gaskets, silicon sealent,sliding
handle, fixtures and fastenings (couplings, hinges)
drawing and with 7 years guarantee on court fee
stamp of 100/- etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
U.P.V.C. Louvered Window having multi- Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
chambered outer frame section (58 x 55)mm with 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
(58x 82) mm with steel reinforcement, movable
louvers ,EPDM gaskets, silicon sealent,sliding
drawing with 7 years guarantee on court fee stamp
of 100/- etc. complete.
U.P.V.C. Louvered Window/Ventilators with Charge 2) All necessary sections should be of good quality.
Partially fixed portion & exhaust fan having 3) The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawing.
multi-chambered outer frame section (58 x 55)mm
with an outer wall thickness of 2mm & steel
(58x 82) mm with steel reinforcement, movable
louvers ,EPDM gaskets, silicon sealent,sliding
drawing and with 7 years guarantee on court fee
stamp of 100/- etc. complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
fixed Glass with spider fitting having multi- Charge 2) All necessary U.P.V.C. sections as per detailed
chambered outer frame section (58 x 55)mm with drawing with 7 years guarantee on court fee stamp of 100/- etc.
an outer wall thickness of 2mm & steel complete
(58x 82) mm with steel reinforcement, EPDM
complete.
77 Item No.77 :-Providing & Fixing of Aluminum 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
Aerofoil 200mm Plain Fixed Louver Charge 2) Necessary accessories required to be fixed in the
manufactured of required length of required length existing structure in Standard Colors e.g., White & silver & the
(above 2.0 meter) with necessary accessories Panels shall be PVDF Coated etc completed. 3) Recommended
required to be fixed in the existing structure in brand i)Luxlon by M/s Hunter Duglas, ii) Reynaeras
Standard Colors e.g., White & silver & the Panels Aluminimum or Equivalent
shall be PVDF Coated etc completed.
Recommemded Brand i) luxlon by M/S Hunter 4) Sample of the material should be get approved by Architect
Douglas Indian Pvt. Ltd., ii) Reynaeras and Engineer in charge before Finaling the product
Aluminimumor Equivalent.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
78 Item No.78 :-Providing & Fixing Sun Louvers of 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
approved color consisting of panel 84 mm wide Charge 2) Sun Louvers of approved with round edges panel
x16mm deep x 0.6mm thick with round edges length up as per drawing coil coated ona continuous paint line
panel length as per drawings coil coated ona double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion
continuous paint line double baked and roll Resistance Aluminum Alloy AA3005 (Al.Mg.) for higher
formed from enamelled corrosion Resistance strength and good Roll forming characteristics.
Aluminum Alloy AA3005 (Al.Mg.) for higher 3) Panel shall be clipped to baked enameled Aluminum SL-
strength and good Roll forming characteristics. 4panel stringer made of double baked enameled Aluminum
Panel shall be clipped to baked enamelled Alloy AA5050 (Al. Mg.) black with cut-outs to hold the panel
Aluminum SL-4panel stringer of 33mm wide and in a module of 86 mm centre to centre at a distance of 1mtr.
86mm deep x 0.95 mm thick in a standard length 4) The carrier shall be fixed to a suitable structure by means of
of 5mtrs made of double baked enamelled rigid fixing details. Paint Finish: Aluminum panels shall be
Aluminum Alloy AA5050 (Al.Mg.) blackwith cut- achromatized for maximum bond between metal and paint,
outs to hold the panel in a module of 86 mm centre enameled twice under high temperature one side wishful primer
to centre at a distance of 1mtr. The carrier shall be and paint finish, the other side (inner side) with a primer coat
fixed to a suitable structure by means of rigid and Skin Coat on a Continuous Paint Line etc completed.
fixing details. Paint Finish: Aluminum panels shall
be achromatized for maximum bond between 5) Recommended brand i)Luxlon by M/s Hunter Duglas, ii)
metal and paint, enamelled twice under high Reynaeras Aluminimum or Equivalent
temperature one side with full primer and Paint 6) Sample of the material should be get approved by Architect
coat finish, the other side (inner side) with a and Engineer in charge before Finaling the product
primer coat and Skin Coat on a Continuous Paint
Line etc completed. Recommended brand i)
Luxlon by M/s Hunter Duglas, ii) Reynaeras
Aluminimum or Equivalent

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
79 Item No.79 :-Providing and fixing Stainless steel 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
railing in S.S.304 GRADE. with top rail of DSR Item No.-58 Charge 2) Stainless steel railing with 12 mm Dia pipe for
40mm dia.1.5 mm thick & 12 mm Dia pipe for Bd-R support to hand rail including fabricating ,fixtures, erecting,
support to hand rail including necessary welding, griding, finishing, buffing to stainless steel
fabricating,fixtures,errecting,necessary Page no.123 Item pipe etc. complete.
welding,griding,finishing,buffing to stainless steel Code No.- Bd-W
pipe etc. complete.
80 Item No.80 :-Providing and fixing Stainless steel 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
railing in S.S.304 GRADE. as per detailed Charge 2) Stainless steel railing with 12 mm Dia pipe for
drawing with top rail of 50mm dia.1.5 mm thick& DSR Item No.-59 support to hand rail including fabricating ,fixtures, erecting,
vertical post of 38mm dia.1.5 mm thick including Bd-R necessary welding, griding, finishing, buffing to stainless steel
fixing with M.S. base plate 150 x 150 x 6 mm at pipe etc. complete
bottom &three nos. horizontal pipes of 19mm dia. Page no.123 Item
including fabricating ,fixtures, erecting ,necessary Code No.- Bd-W
welding, griding, finishing buffing to SS pipe etc.
complete.
81 Item No.81:-Providing and fixing Stainless steel 1) The work shall be carried out As Directed By Engineer in
railing in S.S.304 GRADE. as per detailed Charge 2) Stainless steel railing with 12 mm Dia pipe for
drawing with top rail of 40mm dia.&1.5 mm thick support to hand rail including fabricating ,fixtures, erecting,
& vertical post of 40mm dia.&1.5 mm thick of DSR Item No.-60 necessary welding, griding, finishing, buffing to stainless steel
required height including 12mm thick toughened Bd-R pipe etc. complete
glass with edge polishing fabrication, fixtures, Page no.123 Item
errecting ,necessary welding, griding,finishing , Code No.- Bd-W
buffing to stainless steel pipe, making required
holes in glass for fixing of glass in D bracket etc.
complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
82 Item No.82:- Providing & fixing on walls / ceiling 1) Galvanised iron pipe shall be of the type and the diameter
/ floors, 15mm dia heavy grade (type) having specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
embossed as ISI Mark galvanised iron pipes Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
weight of 1.48 kg/metre with screwed, sockets, DSR Item No.4 pipe and fitting. 3) Screw clips and galvanised iron pipe fittings
joints & necessary galvanised iron fittings Such as Bd-V 5 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers,
Page no.99 Item
enlarges, plugs, Clamps etc. including necessary
Code No.- Bd-V 5
drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good
the demolished portion to restore the same in Page no. 551-553
original condition neatly & providing & applying
anti corrosive primer oil paint & 2 coats of oil
paintings complete.
83 Item No.83 :- Providing & fixing on walls / 1) Galvanised iron pipe shall be of the type and the diameter
ceiling / floors, 20mm dia heavy grade (type) specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
having embossed as ISI Mark iron pipes with Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
screwed, sockets, joints & necessary galvanised DSR Item No.4 pipe and fitting. 3) Screw clips and galvanised iron pipe fittings
iron pipe weight of 1.93 kg/metre fittings Such as Bd-V 5 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers,
enlarges, plugs, Clamps etc. including necessary Page no.99 Item
drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good Code No.- Bd-V 5
the demolished portion to restore the same in
original condition neatly & providing & applying Page no. 551-553
anti corrosive primer oil paint & 2 coats of oil
paintingscomplete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
84 Item No.84 :-Providing & fixing on walls / ceiling 1) Galvanised iron pipe shall be of the type and the diameter
/ floors 25 mm dia heavy grade (type) having specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
joints and necessary galvanised iron fittings such Bd-V 5 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
as sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees,
Page no.99 Item
reducers, enlarges, plugs, clamps etc. including
Code No.- Bd-V 5
necessary drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. &
remaking good the demolished portion to restore Page no. 551-553
the same in original condition neatly and
providing and applying anti corrosive primer oil
paint and two coats of oil paintings complete.
85 Item No.85 :-Providing & fixing on walls / ceiling 1) Galvanised iron pipe shall be of the type and the diameter
/ floors 32 mm dia heavy grade (type) having specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
joints and necessary galvanised iron fittings such Bd-V 5 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
as sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees,
Page no.99 Item
reducers, enlarges, plugs, clamps etc. including
Code No.- Bd-V 5
necessary drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. &
remaking good the demolished portion to restore Page no. 551-553
the same in original condition neatly and
providing and applying anti corrosive primer oil
paint and two coats of oil paintings complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
86 Providing & fixing on walls / ceiling / floors 1) Galvanised iron pipe shall be of the type and the diameter
40mm dia heavy grade (type) having embossed specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
as ISI Mark galvanised iron pipes weight of Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
4.49kg/metre with screwed, sockets, joints and DSR Item No.4 pipe and fitting. 3) Screw clips and galvanised iron pipe fittings
necessary galvanised iron fittings such as sockets, Bd-V 5 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlarges,
Page no.99 Item
plugs, clamps etc. including necessary drilling
Code No.- Bd-V 5
holes in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good the
demolished portion to restore the same in original Page no. 551-553
condition neatly and providing and applying anti
corrosive primer oil paint and two coats of oil
paintings complete.
50mm dia heavy grade (type) having embossed as specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
ISI Mark galvanised iron pipes weight of Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
Page no.99 Item
Code No.- Bd-V 5
paintings complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
80mm dia heavy grade (type) having embossed as specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
ISI Mark galvanised iron pipes weight of Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
10.15kg/metre with screwed, sockets, joints and pipe and fitting. 3) Screw clips and galvanised iron pipe fittings
necessary galvanised iron fittings such as sockets, DSR Item No.4 shall be of standard type to match the pipe.
back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlarges, Bd-V 5
plugs, clamps etc. including necessary drilling Page no.99 Item
holes in walls, slabs etc. & remaking good the Code No.- Bd-V 5
demolished portion to restore the same in original
condition neatly and providing and applying anti Page no. 551-553
paintings complete.
100mm dia heavy grade (type) having embossed specified in the wording of the item and shall comply with
as ISI Mark galvanised iron pipes weight of Indian standards 1239-1973. 2) The specified diameter of the
Page no.99 Item
Code No.- Bd-V 5
paintings complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
90 Item No.87 :-Providing and fixing Two Way BIB As Directed By Engineer in Charge
cock with wall flange jaquar make series flr
5041 including necessary sockets/ union nut
etc.complete.
91 Providing and fixing screw down for 20 mm dia DSR Item No.8 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary Bd-V 9
socket/ union nut complete.
Page no.101 Item
Code No.- Bd-V 9
Page no. 555
Page no.101 Item
Code No.- Bd-V 9
Page no. 555
Page no.101 Item
Code No.- Bd-V 9
Page no. 555

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
socket/ union nut complete. Page no.101 Item

Code No.- Bd-V 9
Page no. 555
95 Providing and fixing coloured glazed As Directed By Engineer in Charge

DSR Item No.12
earthenware full stall type Urinal with cast iron
Bd-V 23
flushing cistern of 5 liters capacity with fitting,
inlet pipes and stop tap brackets for fixing the Page no.101 Item
cistern 32mm dia P.V.C. flush pipe with fittings Code No.- Bd-V
and flushing arrangement including lead soil pipe, 23
lead trap soil pipe connec-tion upto the outside
face of the wall etc. complete. Page no. 562
96 Providing and fixing Two Way BIB cock with As Directed By Engineer in Charge
wall flange jaquar make series KUB-35041 F
including necessary sockets/ union nut
etc.complete.
97 Providing and fixing 10cm C.I. Nahani Trap DSR Item No.18 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
including C.I. grating bend and piece of C.I. pipe Bd-V 32
upto the outside face of the wall etc.complete.
Page no.103 Item
Code No.- Bd-V
32
Page no. 567

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
98 Providing and fixing 15cm x 10cm salt glazed DSR Item No.20 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
stoneware gully trap in cement concrete 1:4:8 Bd-V 38
outside the building including cast iron grating in
the sink, connecting glazed stoneware pipe, brick Page no.103 Item
masonry chamber with cast iron lid and cast iron Code No.- Bd-V
grating for the gully trap etc.complete. 38
Page no. 572
99 Providing and laying 100 mm dia salt glazed DSR Item No.21 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
stoneware pipe including fittings such as bends, Bd-V 39
tees, single junction double junctions laying,
jointing (including excavation and refilling the Page no.103 Item
trenches) complete. Code No.- Bd-V
39
Page no. 573
100 Providing & laying 150mm dia salt glazed DSR Item No.21 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
stoneware pipe including fittings such as bends, Bd-V 39
tees, single junction, double junction laying,
jointing (including excavation & refilling the Page no.103 Item
trenches ) complete. Code No.- Bd-V
39
Page no. 573
101 Providing and laying concrete pipes of I.S.NP. DSR Item No.22 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
class of 150mm diameter in proper line, level and Bd-V 41
slope including necessary collars, excavation,
laying, fixing with collars in cement mortar 1:1 Page no.104 Item
Code No.- Bd-V

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
and refilling the trench complete. 41
Page no. 573-574
and refilling the trench complete. Code No.- Bd-V
41
Page no. 573-574
and refilling the trench complete. Code No.- Bd-V
41
Page no. 573-574
104 Providing & constructing Brick Masonry DSR Item No.24 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
Inspection Chamber 60 cm x 45 cm x 90cm Bd-V 43
including 1:4:8 cement concrete foundation 1:2:4
cement concrete channels half round G.S.W. Page no.104 Item
pipes, Brick Masonry, plastering from inside and Code No.- Bd-V
with frame fixed in cement concrete etc. 43
completewith R.C.C. Cover. Page no. 574-575

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
105 Providing & constructing Brick Masonry DSR Item No.24 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
Inspection Chamber90 cm x 45 cm x 90cm Bd-V 43
including 1:4:8 cement concrete foundation 1:2:4
cement concrete channels half round G.S.W. Page no.104 Item
pipes, Brick Masonry, plastering from inside and Code No.- Bd-V
with frame fixed in cement concrete etc. complete 43
with R.C.C. Cover. Page no. 574-575
106 Providing and fixing 450mm x 550mm size DSR Item No.29 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
superior type Belgium mirror with 16 mm dia. Bd-V
nickel plated towel rod etc. complete.
Page no.105 Item
Code No.- Bd-V
107 Providing and fixing 450mm x 1200mm size DSR Item No.29 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
superior type Belgium mirror with 16 mm dia. Bd-V
nickel plated towel rod etc. complete.
Page no.105 Item
Code No.- Bd-V
108 Providing and fixing wash hand basin of As Directed By Engineer in Charge
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES JDS-WHT-0542
with sensor faucet of JAQUAR MAKE SERIES
SNR-51071 for wash basin with 190mm long
spout (wall mounted model) complete with MS
installation box with two control cocks Including
platform with granite top, SS bottle trap,rubber
plugs,necessary pipe connection,waist pipe & trap
upto the outside face of the wall etc complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
109 Providing and fixing European type water closet As Directed By Engineer in Charge
of JAQUAR MAKE SERIES ARS-WHT-0110
with push valve concealed type with cover plate
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES FLV-1095 including
soil pipe ,vent pipe upto outside face of wall
,100mm dia G.I. plug bend inlet pipe all fittings,
cutting & making good walls, floors etc. complete.
110 Providing and fixing 40 mm. dia Ball cock DSR Item No.38 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
medium type with PVC float including sockets & Bd-V
necessary fittings and tested as per municipal
requirements etc. complete. Page no.107 Item
Code No.- Bd-V
111 Providing and fixing 15 mm. dia Ball cock DSR Item No.38 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
medium type with PVC float including sockets & Bd-V
necessary fittings and tested as per municipal
requirements etc. complete. Page no.107 Item
Code No.- Bd-V
112 Providing and fixing 100 mm diameter pipe As Directed By Engineer in Charge
stablilliser pipe/ P.V.C. soil vent/waste pipe and
with necessary fixtures and fitting such as bends,
tees, single junctions, slotted vent, clamps etc.
complete.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
113 Providing and fixing Steel sink of size 60 x 45 x As Directed By Engineer in Charge
25 Cms. size including all connections of GI
supply UPVC waste pipe and trap upto outside DSR Item No.48
face of wall could water chromium plated screw Bd-V
down bib tap rolled steel or C.I. Brackets Rubber Page no.110 Item
Plug and Brass Chain stop tap making good the Code No.- Bd-V
damaged surface Chromium plated bottle trap
testing etc. complete.
114 Providing and fixing P.V.C. Rain Water Pipes of As Directed By Engineer in Charge
110 mm outer dia.and having wall thickness of
2.2 to 2.7 mm conforming to I.S. 13592-1992
including proper rain water receiving recess with
P.V.C. plug bend, necessary fittings such as
offsets, shoes including fixing the pipe on wall
using approved wooden cleats projecting 25 mm
to 40 mm from face of wall & fixing with clips of
approved quality & number, filling the joints using
rubber gasket with solvent cement and properly
resting the shoe of pipes on C.C. or masonry
blocks, including necessary scaffolding, and
maintainance for 3 years for any leakages or
dislocation of pipes. All the PVC fittings and
additional two piece socket clips shall be got
approved from Engineer in charge etc. complete.
(The contractors shall give 3 years guaranteebond
for payment)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
115 Providing and fixing towel Holder JAQUAR As Directed By Engineer in Charge
MAKE SERIES ACN-1121N including all
accessories etc. complete.
116 Providing and fixing Overhead shower 120mm As Directed By Engineer in Charge
dia. JAQUAR MAKE SERIES OHS -
1709including all accessories etc. complete.
117 Providing and fixing Toilet paper holder As Directed By Engineer in Charge
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES AHS-1551,
118 Providing and laying in situ cement concrete M20 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
with trimix treatment for 100mm thickness for
flooring with groove cutting of 4mm wide &
20mm deep with necessary refilling with bitumen
etc. complete.
119 Providing and fixing Soap Dish holder JAQUAR As Directed By Engineer in Charge
MAKE SERIES ACN -1131Nincluding all
120 Providing and fixingSingle lever wall mixer As Directed By Engineer in Charge
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES FUS-29273UPR,
121 Providing and fixing Soap Dispenser JAQUAR As Directed By Engineer in Charge
MAKE SERIES ACN - 1135N, including all

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
122 Providing and fixing Health Faucet with 8mm As Directed By Engineer in Charge
dia, 1m long flexible tube with wall hook
JAQUAR MAKE SERIES ALD - 577, including
all accessories etc. complete.
123 Providing and fixing Tumbler Holder JAQUAR As Directed By Engineer in Charge
MAKE SERIES ACN-1141N, including all
124 Providing and fixing Push valve WITH COVER As Directed By Engineer in Charge
PLATE of JAQUAR MAKE SERIES FLV -
1095,, including all accessories etc. complete.
125 Providing and fixing Robe Hook of JAQUAR As Directed By Engineer in Charge
MAKE SERIES ACN - 1191 including all
126 Providing and fixing Tissu paper holder of As Directed By Engineer in Charge
jaquar SERIES AKB- 35755,including all
127 Providing and fixing Restroom Partitions made As Directed By Engineer in Charge
of solid phenloic core panels with SS brackets and
Fastners.The panels Made of melamine
impremagated decorative surface paper, Partitions
should stand up with the most extreme conditions
of moisture and humidity and water and corrosion
resistant, including decoratively faced on the both
sides .

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
128 Providing preconstructional antitermite 1) The work shall be carried out as directed by Engineer in
treatment as per I.S. 6313 (Part-II) treatment by Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
treating the backfill in immediate contact with retained as retaintion money for the full guarantee period of 10
foundation at the rate of 7.5 litres off emulsion years. 3) If the use of any chemical is found banned by the
concentrate of 0.5 percent of Clorophyriphas/ Government, proper substitute chemical will be allowed to be
Hephoclore per square metre of vertical surface as per manufacturers code of practice. The chemical shall be
are covering 10 years guarantee. DSR Item No.42 got approved from Engineer in Charge. 4) The recoupment of
Bd-W the damages if any found and communicated to contractor in
writing is not made good within two weeks from the date of
Page no.120 Item receipt or of such communication by him, the same shall be
Code No.- Bd-W carried out departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall
be met with from sum withheld as aforesaid, In case the sum
recoverable from the contractor is more than that of the sum
withheld amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as
arrears of land revenue from the contractor under Clause 20 of
original contract. 5) The mode of measurement shall be on
Square Meter basis.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
129 Providing preconstructional antitermite 1) The work shall be carried out as directed by Engineer in
treatment as per I.S. 6313 (Part-II) by treating the Charge. 2) The amount of 10% of the completed item shall be
top surface of plinth filling at the rate of 5 litres retained as retention money for the full guarantee period of 10
of emulsion concentrate at 0.5 percent of years. 3) If the use of any chemical is found banned by the
Hephoclore per square meter of surface area Government, proper substitute chemical will be allowed to be
covering ten years guaran-tee. as per manufacturers code of practice. The chemical shall be
DSR Item No.42 got approved from Engineer in Charge. 4) The recoupment of
Bd-W the damages if any found and communicated to contractor in
writing is not made good within two weeks from the date of
Page no.120 Item receipt or of such communication by him, the same shall be
Code No.- Bd-W carried out departmentally on his behalf and cost thereof shall
be met with from sum withheld as aforesaid, In case the sum
recoverable from the contractor is more than that of the sum
withheld amount, the difference shall stand recoverable as
arrears of land revenue from the contractor under Clause 20 of
original contract. 5) The mode of measurement shall be on
Square Meter basis.
130 Item No.130:--Dewatering on BHP Basis by using No Item Code.- As Directed By Engineer in Charge
5 to 9 BHP water pump Bd-W
132 Item No.132:- Providing And Fixing Fundermax As Directed By Engineer in Charge
perforated partition (Fundemax Exterior Grade
decor board ) made from high density compressed
craft décor paper 6mm thick including sub-frame
system of aluminum section of 75 x 38 & 38 x
38@600mm center or as required with nut bolt,L-
angle,reviting of partition to sub-structure as per

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
detailed drawing and design
133 Item No.133:- Providing And Fixing Fundermax As Directed By Engineer in Charge
perforated Sheet Railing(Fundemax Exterior
Grade Decor Board) made from high density
compressed craft décor paper 6mm thick including
sub-frameof SS Pipe of required Size and SS
handrail of 40 x40mm Square pipe with
installation and reveting the panel to SS frame as
per detailed drawing and design .
134 Item No.134:-Providing and obatining Green

building certification From Green rating for
integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) of the
rating as directed by the consultant, facilitate and
arrange all documentation required to obtain the
rating, arranging inspection and GRIHA personnel
visits along with all expenditure associated and
certifying and making energy audit post
occupancy as per GRIHA norms.
135 Item No.135:- Registring project under GRIHA

rating including registration fees for GRIHA
Certification, cost of GRIHA documents and
templates,third party evalutor fees,one-day
trainning workshop for all consultants involved in
the project, GRIHA secretariat costs for
documents collection, assimilation, valuation and
submission, third party post occupancy (at the
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
operational stage) audit by BEE certified energy

auditor/agency.
136 Item No.136:-Providing expansion joints in RCC DSR Item No.1 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
framed structure (interior column) with plain Bd-K 1
premoulded filler 25mm thick including fixing
T.W. bettens on both faces and finishing as Page no.35 Bd-
directed etc. complete. K.1 Page No.359
framed structure (Exterior column) with plain Bd-K 1
premoulded filler 25mm thick and 3mm thick
alluminium plate, hold fast, fixing T.W. battens on Page no.35 Bd-
internal face, finishing etc, complete as directed. K.1 Page No.359
framed structure (at floor level) with premoulded Bd-K 1
filler 25mm thick and 3mm thick alluminium plate
as required, bitumen poured filler and fixing T.W. Page no.35 Bd-
battens on internal face, finishing etc, complete as K.1 Page No.359
directed.
140 Item No.140:-Planting Large Flowering / Shady As Directed By Engineer in Charge

trees:-(minimum heightof 2 mtres) Digging pit
with size .9 X.9 removingand conveying unwanted
stuffto required distanceas directe. Filling the

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
npitwith approved Excavated materialupto the

height of 0.3m andremaining height of 0.6 m with
fresh garden soil & manure in 3:1
proportion.mixing soil & manure throughly well,
levelling as directed, watering previous night,
planting two or three trees old minimum 2 mtrs.
height healthy trees sapling as per specification.
maintaing till well established by watering,
weeding , stirring of soil replacing of casaulities
etc. Complete
141 Item No. 141:- H.D.P container Syntex or alike DSR Item No.41 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
one piece moulded water tank made out of hihg Bd-V
density polyethyler and built corrugated inclsive
delivery up to distination housting fixing of Page no.109 Item
accesseries such as inlet, outlet overflow pipe Code No.Bd-V
inclusive of all Tank capacity 10000 liters
142 Labarotary testing charges for various material Test required as per the frequency fixed by Vigilence & quality
required for the construction of work by the control Circle, Pune
contractor on yhe basis of testing frequency and
charges fixed by vigilence & Quality Control
Circle, Pune
143 Providing and fixing Ply wood door Frame with As Directed By Engineer in Charge
veener Finsh as per drawing and as directed by
Engineer Incharge

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
144 Providing and Fixing Solid Core Flush door DSR Item No.9 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
shutter in single leaf 32 mm thick without Bd-T 36
ventilator commercial type of exterior grade as per
detailed drawings with wrought iron hold fast, Page no.75 Item
iron oxidised fixtures and fastenings and handles Code Bd-T 36
on both sides and finishing with laminate Page No.500
complete .
145 Providing and Laying telephone black/ Amba DSR Item No.29 As Directed By Engineer in Charge
White/ Cadbury Brown/ RBI red / Ocean Brown Bd-M
Granite Stone of 18 to 20 mm thick door
frame/dado/window boxing etc. on C.M. 1:6 Page no.50 Item
including filling joints with Polymer base filler Code Bd. M. 12
nosing thye sharp edges wherever
necessary,curing,etc.complete
146 Providing and Fixing 5 Hp Pump For lifting the As Directed By Engineer in Charge
water from the sump at the basement upto the
permanent drainage system

IV
Volume IV
Section I - Detailed Specifications
Section II –Drawings and Designs

FOR SALES TAX DEPARTMENT, AT YERWADA, PUNE.
Sunil Patil & Associates JV Fortress Infrastructure Advisory

Services
.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
VOLUME IV

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
INDEX
SECTION- I........................................................................................................................... 4
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................... 4
1. SPECIFICATIONS FOR EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION & BACKFILLING ....... 4
2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT .......................................... 11
3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLAIN, REINFORCED AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 15
4 BRICK WORK ................................................................................................................. 41
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOOR FINISHES ................................................................. 46
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLASTERING AND POINTING ........................................... 54
7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING .............................................................................. 59
8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK .......................................................... 68
9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 11 kV SWITCHGEAR PANEL .................... 84
10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 11 kV / 0.433kV OIL IMMERSED
TRANSFORMER .............................................................................................................. 102
11. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 415V, 750 KVA L.T. DG SET ................... 115
12. LV SWITVHBOARDS/PANELS /DISTRIBUTION BOARDS................................ 126
13.APFC PANEL .............................................................................................................. 149
14. TECHNICAL SPECIFICAIONS FOR AUTO TRANSFER SWITCH................... 154
15. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HT/LT CABLES ........................................ 162
16. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LADDER TYPE / PERFORATED CABLE TRAYS ....... 169
17. EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM ........................................... 171
18. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPS SYSTEM ............................................ 176
19. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPORT STEEL WORK ........................ 184
20. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR POINT WIRING ........................................ 185
21. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS .................................................................... 196
22. FIRE FIGHTING SPECFICATIONS ......................................................................... 200
22. SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC WORKS ................................................................. 219
23. SAFETY CODE .......................................................................................................... 232
24.VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW UNITS ............................................................ 236
25. AIR DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................................. 246
26. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORK......................................................... 263
27. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................... 300
SECTION- II ..................................................................................................................... 323
LIST OF DRAWINGS AND DESIGNS............................. Error! Bookmark not defined.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION- I
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS
1. SPECIFICATIONS FOR EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION &

BACKFILLING
1.1 SCOPE
This part of the specification deals with general requirements for earthwork in
excavation in different materials, site grading, filling in areas shown in drawings,
filling back with approved borrowed earth around foundations, plinths and approach
ramps, conveyance and disposal of excess excavated soil or stacking them
properly as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and all
operations covered within the intent and purpose of the specifications. The
excavation in rock by blasting etc. shall be as per relevant specifications.
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES
The provisions of the latest Indian Standards listed below, but not restricted to,
form
part of these specifications:
IS: 783 Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes.
IS: 1200 Method of measurement of building and (Part I) civil engineering

works - Part I Earth work.
IS:1498 Classification and identification of soils for general engineering

purposes
IS:2720 Methods of test for soils

(AllPart)
IS:2809 Glossary of terms and symbols relating to soil engineering.
IS:3764 Safety Code for excavation work
IS:4081 Safety Code for blasting and related drilling operations
IS:4988 Glossary of terms and classifications of earth moving

(Allpart) Machinery
3.0

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.3 CLASSIFICATION OF EARTH
For purpose of earth work soil shall be classified as under:
Loose/Soft soil:
Any soil which generally yields to the application of picks and shovels, phawras,
rakes or any such ordinary excavating implements or organic soil, gravel, silt, sand,
turf loam, clay, peat etc. fall under this category.
Dense/Hard Soil:
Any soil which generally requires the close application of picks, or jumpers or
scarifies to loosen it. Stiff clay gravel and cobble stone etc. fall under this category
(Note: Cobble stone is the rock fragment usually rounded or semi-rounded having
maximum diameter in any one direction between 80 & 300 mm)
Mud
Mud is a mixture of ordinary soft soil and water in fluid or weak solid
state.
Soft/Disintegrated Rock :
(Not requiring blasting).This shall include the type of rock and boulders, which
may be quarried or split with crow-bars. Laterite, hard conglomerate and
amygdaloidal basalts also come under this category
Hard Rock : (Requiring Blasting).

This shall include the type of rock or boulder, which for quarrying or splitting
requires the use of mechanical plant or blasting.
(Note: Boulder is a rock fragment usually rounded by weathering, disintegration
and exploitation or abrasion by water or ice having minimum dimension in any
direction of more than 300 mm).
Hard Rock : (Requiring Blasting but where blasting is prohibited).

Under this category shall fall hard rocks, which though normally requires blasting
for their removal but blasting is prohibited and excavation has to be done by
chiseling, wedging or other suitable method.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.4 GENERAL
a. The contractor shall furnish all tools, plant, instruments, qualified

supervisory staff, labour, materials, any temporary works, consumable and
everything necessary whether or not such items are specifically stated herein, for
completion of the job in accordance with the specification requirements
b. The contractor shall carry out the surveys of the site before excavation and
set out properly all lines and establish levels for various works such as earth work
in excavation for grading, foundations, plinth filling, road drains, cable trenches,
pipe lines, culverts, retaining walls etc. Such surveys shall be carried out taking
accurate cross sections of the area perpendicular to the grid lines at intervals
determined by the Engineer-in-charge, depending on the ground profiles. These will
be checked by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative and thereafter properly
recorded.
c. The excavation shall be done to correct lines and levels. This shall include
where required, proper shoring to maintain excavation and also the furnishing,
erection and maintaining of substantial barricades around excavations and warning
lamps at night for safety purposes
d. The rates quoted shall include for dumping of excavated material in regular
heaps, bunds, rip rap with regular slopes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge
within the lead specified and leveling the same so as to provide natural drainage.
Rock/soil excavation shall be properly stacked as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. As a rule all softer materials shall be laid along the centre of the heaps, the
harder and more resistant materials, forming the casting on the sides and the top.
Rock shall be stacked separately.
1.5 CLEARING
The area to be excavated/filled shall be cleared of all fences, trees, plant logs,
stumps, bush, vegetation, rubbish, slush etc. and other objectionable matter. If any
roots or stumps of trees are met during excavation, they shall be removed. The
material so removed shall be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Where earth fill is intended, the area shall be cleared of all loose or soft patches,
top soil containing objectionable matter/materials before filling commences. No
separate payment shall be made for such clearing works.
1.6 PRECIOUS OBJECTS, RELICS, OBJECTS OF ANTIQUITIES ETC.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All gold, silver, oil, minerals, archaeological and other findings of importance or
other materials of any description and all precious stones, coins, treasures trove,
relics, antiquities and similar things which may be found in or upon the site shall be
property of the owner and the contractor shall duly preserve the same to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and from time to time deliver the same to him.
1.7 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
1.7.1 Description
Excavation for structures shall consist of removal of materials for the construction
of the foundations, retaining walls, pipe trenches, tunnels and other similar
structures in accordance with the requirements of this specification and the lines
and dimensions shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Engineer-in-charge.
The work shall include construction of shoring, bracing, draining, dewatering and
pumping; the removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and
obstruction necessary for placing the foundations, trimming bottoms of excavation;
backfilling with approved material brought from outside or brought from approved
borrow pits cleaning up the site and disposal of all surplus materials.
1.7.2 Setting out:

After the site has been cleared as per clause 4 above, the limits of excavation shall be
set out true to lines, curves, slopes, grades and sections as shown on the drawings or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall provide all labour,
survey instruments and materials such as string, pegs, nails, bamboo, stones, lime,
mortar, concrete etc. required in connection with the setting out of works and
establishment of bench marks. The contractor shall be responsible for the
maintenance of bench marks and other marks and stakes as long as they are
required for the work in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.
1.7.3 Excavation:
Excavation shall be taken to the width of the lowest step of footing or the pile caps
and the sides shall be left plumb where the nature of the soil allows it. Where the
nature of the soil or the depth excavated trench/pit does not permit vertical sides, the
contractor at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and
planking or sheet piling or cut slopes to a safe angle or all with due regard to the
safety of personnel and the works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be as shown on the
drawings unless the type of material encountered is such as to require changes, in
which case the depth shall be as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
1.7.4 Dewatering and Protection:

Where water is met within excavation due to stream flow, seepage, springs, rain or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
other reasons, the contractor shall take adequate measures such as bailing, pumping,
construction of diversion channels, drainage channels, bunds and other necessary
works to keep the foundation trenches/pits dry when so required and to keep the
green concrete/masonry against damage by erosion or sudden rise of water level.
The method to be adopted in this regard and other details thereof shall be left to the
choice of the contractor but subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
Approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall, however, not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering and protection arrangements and the
safety of the works. Pumping from inside of any foundation enclosure shall be done
in such a manner as to preclude the possibility for the movement of water through
any freshly placed concrete. No pumping shall be permitted during the placing of
concrete or for any period of at least 24 hours thereafter, unless it is done from a
suitable sump separated from the concrete work by a water tight wall or similar
means. At the discretion of the contractor and at his cost, cement grouting or other
approved methods may be used to prevent or reduce seepage and to protect the
excavation area. The contractor shall take all precautions in diverting channels
and in discharging the drained water so as not to cause damage to the works or to
adjoining property.
1.7.5 Preparation of Foundation:

The bottom of the foundation shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversally
or stepped as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Before the footing is laid, the
surface shall be slightly watered and rammed. In the event of the excavation having
been made deeper than that shown on the drawing or as otherwise ordered by the
Engineer-in-charge, the extra depth shall be made up with concrete of the
foundation grade at the cost of the contractor. Ordinary filling shall not be used for
the purpose to bring the foundation to level.
When rock or other hard strata is encountered, it shall be freed of all loose and soft
materials, cleaned and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All seams shall be cleaned out and filled with
cement mortar or grout to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
1.7.6 Slips & Blows

If there are any slips or blows in the excavation, these shall be removed by the
contractor at his own cost.
1.7.7 Backfilling:
Fill material shall be free from clods, salts, sulphates, organic or other foreign
materials. All clods of earth shall be broken or removed. Where excavated material
is mostly rock, the boulders shall be broken into pieces not larger than 150 mm size
mixed with properly graded fine materials consisting of murrum or earth to fill up
the voids and the mixture used for filling.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Selected fill material is required to be borrowed; the contractor shall make

arrangement for bringing the material from outside borrow pits. The material
sources shall be subject to the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The
contractor shall make necessary access roads to such borrow areas at his own cost,
if such access roads do not exist
Backfilling of the foundation/pits shall be done as soon as the foundation work has
been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge but not earlier than the
full setting of the concrete or masonry of the foundation. Backfilling shall be
carried out in such a manner as to not cause undue thrust on any part of the
structure. Backfilling shall be done in space around the foundations after clearing it
of all debris and in layers of 150 mm. loose thickness, watered and compacted
with Plate compactor of min.2T capacity to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge and to the original surface.
1.7.8 Disposal of Surplus Excavated Materials:

All the excavated material shall be the property of the employer. Where the
excavated material is directed to be used in the construction of the works for
general grading, plinth filling or embankments, the operations shall be arranged in
such a manner that the capacity for cutting, haulage and compaction are nearly the
same.
All hard materials such as hard murrum, rubble etc. not intended for filling in
foundations, plinth or embankments shall be stacked neatly for future use as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. Unsuitable or surplus materials not intended for use in
part of the works or for reuse shall be disposed off outside the colony complex as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The dimensions of the trenches and pits shall be measured correct to the nearest cm.
and cubical contents worked out in cubic meters, correct to two places of decimal.
The measurement shall be generally conforming to IS:1200 Part I unless specified
otherwise.
Scope of the earth work shall include the following:
a) Excavation and disposing earth as specified.
b) Setting out works, profiles etc.
c) Site clearance such as cleaning of rank vegetation, shrubs, bushwood.
d) Forming (or leaving) "Deadmen" or "Tell Tales" and their removal after
measurement.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) Bailing/pumping out water in excavation from rains, sub-soil water etc.
f) Protection, temporarily supporting of existing service, i.e pipes, water

mains, cables etc. met within the course of excavation. Care shall be taken
not to disturb electric and communication cables, removal of such cables,
if necessary, shall be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge.
g) Forming (or leaving) steps in sides of deep trenches and their removal:
h) Removing slips or falls in excavation
i) Fencing and/or other suitable measures for protection against risk of accidents
as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
j) Excavation for insertion of planking and strutting where required &
k) Backfilling the trenches with approved selected material.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT

The specifications have been formulated for all types structure, RCC framed type (with
plinth beams) and with load bearing wall foundations.
2.1. CHEMICALS
The chemicals used for the soil treatment shall be any one or a combination of the
following with the concentration shown against each in aqueous emulsion:
Chemical Concentration
Dieldrin (IS: 1054-1962) 0.5%(by weight)
Heptachlor 0.5%(by weight)
Barrier shall be complete and continuous under the whole of the structure to be
protected. All foundations shall be fully surrounded by and be in close contact with
the barrier of treated soil. Each part of the area treated shall receive the prescribed
dosage of chemical.
Soil treatment should start when foundation trenches and pits are ready to take mass
concrete in foundations. Laying of mass concrete should start when the chemical
emulsion has been absorbed by the soil and the surface is quite dry. Treatment
should not be carried out when it is raining or when the soil is wet with rain or sub
soil water. The foregoing applies also in the case of treatment to fill up earth
surface within the plinth area before laying the sub grade for the floor. Once
formed, treated soil barriers shall not be disturbed. If by chance treated soil barriers
are disturbed immediate steps shall be taken to restore the continuity and
completeness of barrier system.
2.2 PRECAUTIONS:
The chemicals used for anti-termite are poisonous and hazardous to health.
Therefore, necessary safety precautions shall be taken in handling and use of the
chemicals and emulsions. "The containers should be stored carefully so that it is well
away from children and pets. They should be kept seemly closed". "The chemicals
used are highly inflammable due to the pressure of petroleum product and hence
any
flame should be avoided during mixing". Care should be taken at the application of
chemicals to see that they are not allowed to contaminate wells or spring which
serve as sources of drinking water".
2.3 SOIL TREATMENT:
The bottom surface and the sides (upto a height of 300mm above concrete
foundation level) of the excavations made for column pits, wall trenches and

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
basements shall be treated with the chemical at the rate of 5 liters per Sq.Mt. of
surface area. After the column foundations and retaining walls of the basement
come up, the back fill in immediate contact with the foundation structure shall be
treated at the ratio of 15 liters per sq.m. of the vertical surface of the sub-structure
for each side. If water is used for ramming the earth fill the chemical treatment
shall be carried out after ramming operation is done by rodding the earth at 150
mm centers close to wall surface and spraying the chemical with the above doze.
As earth is filled in layers the treatment shall be carried out in similar stages. The
chemical emulsion shall be directed towards the concrete or masonry surfaces of
the columns and walls so that earth in contact with these surfaces is well treated
with the chemicals. In the case of RCC framed structure with columns and plinth
beams and RCC basements the treatment shall start at the depth of 500 mm below
ground level. From this depth the back fill around the columns beams and RCC
basement walls shall be treated at the rate of 15 liters per Sq.m of vertical surface.
The other details of treatment shall be as
described below:
2.4 TERMITE PROOF COURSE OF DPC IN PLINTH:
(a) If there is provision of a Damp Proof Course in the Construction, it should be

located just below the level of the filled earth, in the plinth area. Although this acts
as an effective barrier impervious to termite entry, the DPC surface should be treated
at 5 liters per M2 immediately after the course is laid and the concrete is green.
(b) If there is no provision for a DPC the top surface of the masonry course just
below the level of plinth filling mentioned above should be soaked with the
chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 liters per sq.m. of the surface. This application
should be carried out slowly to enable the masonry surface to absorb the emulsion
properly. Both steps (a) & (b) above help in creating a barrier which is impervious
to termite entry.
2.5 TREATMENT AT JUNCTION OF WALLS AND FLOOR:
Rodding shall be carried out along the junction of walls and earth filling at 15cm
intervals down to or slightly lower than the DPC or the chemical barrier described
above. Emulsion shall be sprayed along the wall junction at 1 liter per linear meter
so that it mixes intimately with the broken up soil and seeps to the DPC level or
chemical barrier thus establishing continuity of the anti-termite layer. The
disturbed earth is then tamped back in place.
2.6 TREATMENT TO TOP SURFACE OF PLINTH FILLING:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(a) After the earth filling is completed in the plinth area and before the rubble
packing or sub grade is laid, the entire surface of the filled earth shall be treated
with the chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 liters per sq.m. Light rodding may be
carried out in the soil surface to facilitate absorption saturation of the soil with
chemical solution.
(b) For buildings where construction has advanced already for facility of
construction, the treatment could also be done effectively, over the base concrete
(lean mix) under the floor taking care that the emulsion at the rate of 5 litres per
sq.m., soak fully into the concrete.
(c) The above application effectively prevents entry of termites through the floor
structure
2.7 TREATMENT OF SOIL ALONG EXTERNAL PERIMETER:
Finally the earth around the external perimeter of the building up to a depth of 30
cm shall be treated at the rate of 5.0 liters per running meter of the external WALL.
To facilitate this treatment solid MS rods Should be driven into the soil as close as
possible to the plinth wall at internals of 15 cm., and up to a depth of 30 cm., and
the roads moved backwards and forwards in a direction parallel to the wall to break
up the earth so that the emulsion mixes intimately with the soil.
2.8 TREATMENT OF SOIL SURROUNDING PIPE, WASTES AND CONDUITS:
When pipes, wastes and conduits enter the soil inside the area of the foundation, the
soil surrounding the points of entry shall be loosened around each such pipe, waste or
conduct for a distance of 15cm, and up to a depth 7.5cm.Before the treatment is
commenced. When they enter the soil external to the foundations, they shall be
similarly treated unless they stand clear of the walls of the building by about 7.5 cm
for a distance over 30 cm.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS
2.9.1 Spraying Equipment

A pressure pump shall be used to carry out spraying operations to facilitate
uniform spraying and penetration of chemicals in to the earth. The chemicals,
concentration and dosage for horizontal and vertical surfaces are based on the IS
code of practice for anti termite measures in buildings IS 6313 (part II) - 1971.
2.9.2 Mound Treatment:

If termite mounds are found within the plinth area, this should be destroyed by
means of insecticides in the form of water suspension are emulsion which should
be poured in to the mounds at several places after breaking open the earthen
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
structure and making holes with crow bars. The quantity to be used will depend
upon the size of the mound. For a mound volume of about 1 cum, 4 liters of a
emulsion in water of one of the following may be used:
5% DDT
0.5% BHC
0.25% Dieldrin
0.5% Heptachlor
0.5% Chlordane.
2.9.3 Treatment for Expansion Joints:

Expansion joints at ground floor level are one of the biggest hazardous for termite
infestation. The soil beneath these joints should receive special attention when the
treatment under para 8.5 is carried out. This treatment should be supplemented by
treating through the expansion joint after the subgrade has been laid at the rate of 2
ltr/linear m. Measurements for payments. In case of pre construction treatment as
described above, area covered by the building at ground level shall be the basis for
payments. For post construction treatment the payment shall be on linear basis that is
per meter run of treatment around buildings including forming trench, treatment
with chemicals and refilling etc complete.
2.9.4 Free Service Guarantee:

The contractor shall note that termite proofing work, is subject to a free service
guarantee from the date of completion of the treatment. The contractor shall give
an under in writing to the effect that during the guarantee period any infestation of
subterranean termites will be eradicated and necessary treatment carried out to
prevent taking reinfestation, free of cost to the owners.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLAIN, REINFORCED AND

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
3.1 General
These specifications cover the requirements of plain, reinforced and

PRESTRESSED concrete for use in various components of structures. For all items
of concrete in any portion of the structure or its associated works controlled
concrete shall be used unless otherwise specified. When ordinary concrete of the
mix shown on drawings or directed by the Engineer, the same may be used. The
provisions of the latest revisions of the following I.S Codes shall form a part of this
specification to the extent they are relevant.
IS - 226 Specification for structural steel (standard quality)
IS - 269 Specification for ordinary and low heat Portland cement
IS - 280 Specification for mild steel wire for general engineering purpose
IS - 303 Plywood for general purposes
IS - 383 Specification for coarse and fine aggregate
IS - 432 (All Parts) - Specifications for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and
hard-drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement.
Part I - Mild steel and medium tensile bars
Part II - Hard drawn steel wire
IS - 455 Specification for Portland blast furnace slag cement I
S - 456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete for general building
construction IS - 460 Specification for test sieves
IS - 516 Methods of test for strength of concrete.
IS - 650 Standard sand for testing of cement
IS - 1139 Hot rolled mild steel, medium tensile steel and HYSD bars for concrete
reinforcement
IS - 1199 Sampling and analysis of concrete
IS - 1200 Method of measurement of building Part II works
IS - 1343 Code of practice for prestressed concrete.
IS - 1489 Specification for Portland pozzolana cement
IS - 1542 Sand for plaster
IS - 1566 Specification for hard-drawn steel wire fabric
IS - 1732 Dimensions for round & square steel bars for structural & general
engineering purposes. IS - 1785 Plain hard drawn steel wire for
PRESTRESSED concrete (Part I) Cold drawn stress-relieved wire.
IS - 1786 Specification for high strength deformed steel bars & wires for concrete
reinforcement
IS - 1791 Batch type concrete mixers IS - 2062 Weldable structural steel
IS - 2386 Method of test for aggregates (8 Parts) for concrete

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
IS - 2502 Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement.
IS - 2505 Immersion type concrete vibrators IS - 2506 Screed board concrete
vibrators
IS - 2722 Specification for portable swing weigh batcher (single and double bucket
type)
IS - 2751 Code of practice for welding of M.S bars IS - 2911 Code of practice for
design & construction of pile foundation
IS - 3366 Pan vibrators IS - 3370 Code of practice for concrete (All Parts) structure
for the storage of liquids
IS - 3558 Code of practice for the use of immersion vibrators for consolidating
concrete.
IS - 4656 Form vibrators for concrete IS - 5525 Recommendation for detailing of
reinforcement in reinforced concrete works
IS - 5640 Method of test for determining aggregate impact value of soft, coarse
aggregate.
IS - 5816 Method of test for splitting tensile strength of concrete cylinder
IS - 6006 Uncoated stress relieved strand for PRESTRESSED concrete.
IS - 6461 Cement concrete : glossary of terms IS - 8041 Specifications for rapid
hardening Portland cement
IS - 8043 Specifications for hydrophobic Portland cement
IS - 8112 Specifications for 43 Grade ordinary Portland cement.
IS - 9103 Admixtures for concrete
IS – 12269 Specifications for 53 Grade ordinary Portland cement
Other codes and specifications
Other IS codes pertaining to the items of cement concrete work in structural work
and not listed above shall also be deemed to come under the purview of this clause.
All Indian Roads Congress Standards, specifications and codes of practice also
come under this purview
3.2 Grade of Concrete
3.2.1 Controlled Concrete

For controlled concrete, design of the mix shall be arrived at after preliminary tests
and in its production all necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure that the
required works cube strength is attained and maintained. The controlled concrete
shall be in nine grades designated as M10, M15, M20, M25, M30, M35, M40,M45
and M 50.
3.2.3 Strength Requirement of Concrete:

Where Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 269, IS: 8112, IS: 12269 or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Portland Blast Furnace Cement conforming to IS: 456 is used, the compressive
strength requirements for various grades of concrete controlled as well as ordinary
shall be as given in Table 1. Where rapid hardening Portland cement is used, the
28days compressive strength requirements specified in Table 1 shall be met at 7 days
controlled concrete, the mix shall be so designed as to attain in preliminary tests a
strength at least 33 per cent higher than that required on work tests, for concrete
upto and including M25 and 25 per cent higher for higher strengths.
a) Strenth of Concrete
Compressive Works test

strength
Grade of
Concrete
in N/sq. mm on 150mm cubes
after testing Conducted
inaccordance with IS: 516
Min at 7
days. Min at 28 days.
M10 7 10
M15 10 15
M20 13.5 20
M25 17 25
M30 20 30
M35 23.5 35
M40 27 40
M45 30 45
M50 33 50
Note: In all cases, the 28 days compressive strength specified in

table 1 shall alone be the criterion for acceptance or
rejection of the concrete
Where the strength of a concrete mix, as indicated by tests, lies in between the
strength for any two grades specified in table 1, such concrete shall be classified for
all purposes as a concrete belonging to the lower of the two grades between which its
strength lies.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.4 Materials
3.4.1 Cement
All types and brands of cement shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge.
a) Following types of cement shall be used.
i) All cement used for the work shall be ordinary Portland cement or such other
cement as may be permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. Portland cement shall
comply with the requirements of the latest issue of IS 269, IS: 8112 & IS: 12269.
High alumina cement, rapid hardening cement and Portland Slag cement etc.,
can be used only when permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. Such cements shall
be in accordance with relevant IS Codes. Portland Pozzolana cement when
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge shall conform to IS 1489.
ii)Cement which has remained in bulk storage at the mill for more than 6 months, or
which has remained in bags at the dealer's storage for over 3 months, or which has
been stored at project site for more than 3 months shall be re-tested before use.
Cement shall also be rejected ifit fails to conform to any of the requirements of
these specifications.
3.4.2 Fine Aggregates

Fine aggregates shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand, or an approved
combination thereof and shall conform to IS: 383. The grading zone of sand
proposed for use shall be supplied by the contractor and got approved by the
Engineer-in- Charge.
The sand shall be of siliceous material, sharp, hard, strong and durable and shall be
free from adherent coatings, clay, dust, alkali, organic material, deleterious matter,
lumps, etc.
Either natural or manufactured sand shall be prepared for use by such screening or
washing, or both, as necessary, to remove all objectionable foreign matter. Natural
sand shall be washed, unless specific written authority is given by the Engineer-in-
charge to use sand that meets specifications and standards of cleanliness without
washing. The cost of screening and washing must be borne by the contractor. The
fine aggregate shall be taken from a source approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.4.3 Coarse Aggregates

Coarse aggregates shall consist of hard, strong, durable particles of crushed stone
and shall be free from thin elongated soft pieces, organic or other deleterious

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
matter It shall not have adherent coatings. It will be from a source approved by the
Engineer- in-charge.
Coarse aggregate shall conform to IS: 383.
Coarse aggregate shall be washed if necessary to remove all vegetable and other
perishable substances and objectionable amounts of other foreign matter, the cost
of washing and screening being borne by the contractor
3.4.4 Size of Coarse Aggregates

Following shall be the maximum nominal size of coarse aggregate for the different
items of work:
Item of Construction Max.nominal size

of coarse aggregate
i) RCC well staining concrete, RCC well curb & RCC 63 mm
piles in plum concrete
Well cap, solid type piers, abutments and wing walls, 40 mm

ii) and pier caps.
RCC works in foundations, beams, girders, deck slab, 20 mm

iii) floor slabs, columns, pile, pile caps, wearing coat,
kerb, light posts, ballast walls, approach slab etc. and
hollow type piers, abutments, wing walls, pier caps
and all general item of work in bridge and building
construction.
iv) RCC bearings, shells and other thin walled members 20 mm

and in zones of congestion
v) For any other item of construction not covered by

items (i) to (iv) shall be as specified in the drawings
or as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge in case it is
not specified on the drawing.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
For heavily reinforced concrete members as in the case of ribs of main beams, the
nominal maximum size of aggregate shall usually be restricted to 5 mm less than
the minimum lateral clear distance between the main bars, or 5 mm less than the
minimum cover to the reinforcement, whichever is smaller. However, if required
under special circumstances, the Engineer-in-Charge may permit nominal
maximum aggregate size of 25% more than these critical spacing/cover, provided
that proper vibrating is ensured.
3.4.5 Reinforcing Steel:

Steel for reinforcement shall be high yield strength deformed bars having
corrosion resistant characteristics. The steel shall be either Tiscon - CRS of grade
Fe 500 or SAIL‟s HCR - Rebars Gr M of grade Fe 415 / Fe 500 or Vizag Steel‟s A1
- Rebars of grade Fe 415 / Fe 500 or equivalent having similar compositions and
shall have mechanical properties as per IS: 1786. The reinforcement supplied shall
have the
following Chemical Properties:
Carbon % max :0.200

Sulphur % max :0.55
Phosphorus % max :0.120 S+P
% max :0.175
. Silicon % max :0.450 .
Manganese % max :1.200
Corrosion
Resistance Elements % max :1.500
(a) Testing of Materials :
(i) Manufacturer's Tests

For each batch of materials supplied Manufacturers‟ Test Certificate shall be
submitted for approval. This certificate shall clearly state that the material being
supplied is Corrosion Resistant Steel and has been tested for corrosion resistance
properties.
(ii) Confirmatory Test

3 specimens of each diameter from each batch shall be tested in an approved
laboratory for the following:
Salt Spray Test as per ASTM : B117 - 94 for 96 hours.
For the above test Corrosion Resistance Index (CRI) shall be calculated as :
CRI = Corrosion rate in mm/year of Mild Steel bar of same

diameter in the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(of CRS Bar Corrosion rate in mm/year of CRS bar in the same test
(b) Acceptance Criteria

Based on the results of tests carried out as mentioned above, the Employer’s
Representative will decide the acceptance of the batch under test for use in RCC
structures, and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
The charge for all the tests shall be borne by the Contractor and are deemed to have
been included in the quoted price. It shall be clearly understood by the Contractor
that the confirmatory test stipulated above is mandatory and the time required for
such testing shall be catered for in the construction period.
Reinforcing steel shall be clean and free from loose mill scales, dust, loose rust and
coats of paints, oil, grease or other coatings which may impair or reduce bond.
Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire shall conform
to the latest edition of IS: 432.
Structural steel sections and plates shall conform IS : 226 and IS : 2062.
3.4.6 Water:
Water used for mixing and curing shall be free from injurious amounts of
deleterious materials. Potable waters are generally considered satisfactory for
mixing and curing concrete.
3.4.7 Admixtures:
No materials other than the essential ingredients, i.e., cement, aggregates and water,
shall ordinarily be used in the manufacture of concrete or mortar. But the Engineer-
in- Charge may permit the use of approved admixtures conforming to IS: 6925 for
imparting special characteristics to the concrete, on satisfactory evidence that its use
does not in any way adversely affect the properties of concrete particularly its
strength, volume changes, durability and has no deleterious effect on the
reinforcement. Admixtures where allowed will generally be conforming to relevant
ASTM standards and IS : 9103.
3.4.8 Materials for Repair Work

The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs will be permitted on
written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Epoxies shall be applied in accordance
with the instructions of the Manufacturer. The cost of such repair when approved
by the Engineer-in-charge shall be borne by the contractor.
a) Storage of Materials
(i)Cement
The contractor shall make arrangements to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge for the storage of cement to prevent deterioration due to moisture and/or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
intrusion of foreign matter. Bulk cement shall be stored in approved water-proof
bin or silo. Bagged cement shall be stored in a suitable weather tight warehouse in
a manner to provide easy access for identification and inspection of each
consignment. Stored cement shall meet the test requirements as per IS-269, IS:
8112 & IS: 12269 at any time after storage, when a retest is ordered by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Each consignment shall be stacked separately with the date of
receipt of flagged on it, not more than 12 bags being stacked in height, the bags
being arranged with headers and stretchers. Normally consignments shall be used in
the order of receipt at site unless otherwise directed. In the case of large concrete
pours the Engineer-in- Charge will decide on the batch of cement to be used taking
into consideration the quantity of cement with particular reference to the concerned
concrete pours. Any additional work in handling and storage of cement contingent
upon this requirement shall be to the contractors' account and no extra claim will be
entertained. Cement shall be protected from exposure to moisture in transit, in
storage at the works and until it enters the concrete mixers. The contractor shall keep
accurate records of the deliveries of the cement and of its use in the work.
(ii)Aggregates
Coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked separately in such manner as to prevent
contamination by foreign materials. All aggregates shall be stored on concrete or
masonry platforms. each size shall be kept separate with wooden, steel, concrete, or
masonry bulk heads, or shall be stored in separate stacks, taking care to prevent the
materials at the edges of the stock piles from getting intermixed. Stacks of fine and
coarse aggregates shall be kept sufficiently apart. The aggregates shall be stored in
easily measurable stacks of suitable heights as may be directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge.
(iii) Reinforcing Steel

Reinforcing steel shall not be stored directly on the ground. These shall be stored
under cover and shall be protected from rusting, oil, grease and distortions as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.5 Proportioning Concrete
3.5.1 Controlled Concrete

Concrete mix shall be designed on the basis of preliminary tests. The proportions
for ingredients chosen shall be such that concrete has adequate workability for
conditions prevailing on the work in question and can be properly compacted with
the means available.
Except where it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge that a

supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality can be maintained till the
completion of work, grading of aggregate should be controlled by obtaining the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
coarse aggregate in different sizes and blending them in the right proportions as
required. The different sizes, shall be stocked in separate stock piles. Required
quantity of material shall be stock-piled several hours, preferably a day, before use.
Grading of coarse and fine aggregate shall be checked as frequently as possible,
frequency for a given job being determined by the Engineer-in-charge to ensure that
the suppliers are maintaining the uniform grading as approved for samples used in
the preliminary tests.
In proportioning concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall be

determined by weight. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated
tanks or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean, and
serviceable condition. Their accuracy shall be periodically checked.
It is most important to keep the specified water-cement ratio constant and at its
correct value. To this end, the moisture content in both fine and coarse aggregates
shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge according to the weather
conditions. The amount of mixing water shall then be adjusted to compensate for
variations in the moisture content. For the determination of moisture content in the
aggregates, IS: 2386 (Part III) shall be referred to. Suitable adjustments shall also
be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in weights of
aggregates due to variation in their moisture content.
The minimum quantity of cement to be used in concrete shall not be less than 250
kg per cubic meter for plain concrete and not less than 320 kg per cubic metre for
reinforced concrete structural members, subject to a maximum limit of 450 kg per
cubic meter
3.5.2 Mixing Concrete

For all works concrete shall be mixed in approved RMC plant only. A mechanical
mixer with weigh batcher along with other accessories may be allowed for mixing
only under exceptional conditions. The Contractor must take the permission of
the Engineer In-charge in advance. Mixing shall be continued till materials are
uniformly distributed and a uniform colour of the entire mass is obtained and each
individual particle of the coarse aggregate shows a complete coating of mortar
containing its proportionate amount of cement. In no case shall the mixing be done
for less than 2 minutes after all ingredients have been put into the mixer. Mixers
which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned
before putting in a new batch. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-
Charge, the first batch of concrete from the mixer shall contain only two thirds of
the normal quantity of coarse aggregate. The mixing plant shall be thoroughly
cleaned before changing from one type of cement to another.
The design mix of different grades of concrete shall be re design when the source
of materials changed or every12 months.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.5.3 Transport, Placing and Compaction of Concrete

The method of transporting and placing concrete shall be approved by the
Engineer- in-charge. Concrete shall be transported and placed such that no
contamination, segregation or loss of its constituent materials takes place.
All formwork and reinforcement contained in it shall be cleaned and made free
from standing water or dust, immediately before placing of concrete.
No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge has been obtained in approved concrete pour card.
If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, it shall have
to be obtained again from the Engineer-in-charge. Concreting shall then proceed
continuously over the area between construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be
placed against concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a
proper construction joint is formed.
Concrete when deposited shall have a temperature of not less than 4.5 deg. C and not
more than 38 deg. C unless otherwise specified. It shall be compacted in its final
position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer unless carried on
properly designed agitators, operating continuously, in which case this time shall
be within 2 hours of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its
discharge from the agitator .
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in- charge, concrete shall be

deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 0.45 m when
internal vibrators are used and not exceeding 0.30 m in all other cases.
Unless otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-charge, concrete shall not be dropped

into place from a height exceeding 2 metres. When trunking or chutes are used, they
shall be kept clean and used in such a way as to avoid segregation.
When concrete is conveyed by chute, the plant shall be of such size and design as to
ensure practically continuous flow. Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted that the
concrete flows without the use of an excessive quantity of water and without any
segregation of its ingredients. The delivery end of the chute shall be as close as
possible to the point of deposit. The chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water
before and after each working period and the water used for this purpose shall be
discharged outside the formworkWhere concrete has not fully hardened, all laitance
shall be removed by scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care
being taken to avoid dislodgement of any particles of coarse aggregate. The surface
shall then be thoroughly wetted, all free water removed, and then coated with neat
cement grout. The first layer of concrete to be placed on this surface shall not

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
exceed 150 mm in thickness, and shall be well rammed against old work, particular
attention being given to corners and close spots.
All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass with the
assistance of vibrators. For exceptional cases, where vibrators cannot be used an
alternate scheme of compaction shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Sufficient vibrators, in serviceable condition, shall be kept at site so that spare
equipment is always available in the event of breakdowns.
The performance requirements of vibrators shall conform to relevant IS Codes.

Vibration shall not be applied through reinforcement, and where vibrators of the
immersion type are used, contact with reinforcement and all inserts shall be
avoided as far as practicable.
3.5.4 Concreting under Water:

When it is necessary to deposit concrete under water, the methods, equipment,
materials and proportions of the mix to be used shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before any work is started. Such concrete shall not be
considered as `Controlled Concrete'.
Concrete shall not be placed in water having temperature below 4.5 Deg.C. The
temperature of the concrete, when deposited, shall be not less than 16 Deg.C., nor
more than 38 Deg.C.
Concrete shall contain 10 per cent more cement than that required for the same mix
placed in the dry. The materials shall be so proportioned as to produce a concrete
having a slump of not less than 100mm. and not more than 180mm. The slump
shall be tested as per IS: 516.
Coffer-dams or forms shall be sufficiently tight to ensure still water conditions if

practicable, and in any case to reduce the flow of water to less than 3 metres per
minute through the space into which concrete is to be deposited. Coffer-dams or
forms in still water shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar through the
joints in the wells. Pumping shall not be done while concrete is being placed, or
until 24 hours thereafter.
Concrete shall be deposited continuously until it has been brought to the required
height. While depositing, the top surface shall always be kept as nearly level as
possible and formation of seams avoided. For depositing concrete any one of the
following methods may be used:
a) Tremie - When concrete is to be deposited under water by means of tremie,

the top section of the tremie shall be a hopper large enough to hold one full batch

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
of the mix or the entire contents of the transporting bucket if any. The tremie pipe
shall not be less than 200mm in diameter, and shall be large enough to allow a
free flow of concrete and strong enough to withstand the external pressure of the
water in which it is suspended, even if a partial vacuum develops inside the pipe.
Preferably, flanged steel pipe of adequate strength for the job shall be used. A
separate lifting device shall be provided for each tremie pipe with its hopper at the
upper end. Unless the lower end of the pipe is equipped with an approved
automatic check valve, the upper end of the pipe shall be plugged with a wadding of
gunny sacking or other approved material before delivering the concrete to the
tremie pipe through the hopper, so that when the concrete is forced down from the
hopper to the pipe it will force the plug (and along with it any water in the pipe)
down the pipe and out of the bottom end, thus establishing a continuous stream of
concrete. It will be necessary to raise slowly the tremie in order to allow a uniform
flow of concrete, but it shall not be emptied so that water enters above the concrete
in the pipe. At all times after the placing of concrete is started and until all the
required quantity has been placed, the lower end of the tremie pipe shall be kept
below the top surface of the plastic concrete. This will cause the concrete to build
up from below instead of flowing out over the surface, and thus avoid formation of
layers of laitance. If the charge in thetremie
is lost while depositing, the tremie shall be raised above the concrete surface, and
unless sealed by a check valve it shall be re-plugged at the top end, as at the
beginning, before refilling for depositing further concrete
(b) Drop Bottom Bucket - The top of the bucket shall be closed. The bottom
doors shall move freely downward and outward when tripped. The bucket shall be
filled completely and lowered slowly to avoid backwash. It shall not be dumped
until it rests on the surface upon which the concrete is to be deposited and when
discharged shall be withdrawn slowly until well above the concrete.
To minimize the formation of laitance, great care shall be exercised not to disturb
the concrete as far as possible while it is being deposited.
3.5.5 Curing of Concrete

a) Protection and Water Curing
Immediately after compaction, concrete shall be protected against harmful effects
of weather, including rain, running water, shocks, vibration, traffic, rapid
temperature changes and premature drying out. It shall be covered with wet
sacking, Hessian or other similar absorbent material approved by the Engineer-in-
charge soon after the initial set, and shall be kept continuously wet for a period of
not less than 21 days from the date of placement. Masonry work over the
foundation concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the curing of
concrete shall be continued for a minimum period of 21 days.
Required no.of water storage tanks with hose pipe shall be provided at different
locations.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) Steam Curing
Where steam curing is adopted it shall be ensured that it is done in a suitable
enclosure to contain the live steam in order to minimise moisture and heat losses. The
initial application of the steam shall be from two to four hours after the final
placement of concrete to allow the initial set of the concrete to take place.
Where retarders are used, the waiting period before application of the steam shall be
increased from four to six hours. The steam shall be at 100 % relative humidity to
prevent loss of moisture and to provide excess moisture for proper hydration of the
cement. The application of steam shall not be directly on the concrete, and the
ambient air temperature shall increase at a rate not exceeding 5 deg. cent. per hour
until a maximum temperature of 60 deg. cent. to 70 deg. cent. is reached. The
maximum temperature shall be maintained until the concrete has reached the desired
strength.
When steam curing is discontinued the ambient air temperature shall not drop at a
rate exceeding 5 deg. cent per hour until a temperature of about 10 deg. cent. above
the temperature of the air to which the concrete will be exposed, has been reached.
3.6 Working in Extreme Weather
When depositing concrete in very hot weather, precautions shall be taken so that the
temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 38 deg. C while placing. This shall be
achieved by stacking aggregate under sheds and keeping it moist using cold water or
crushed or flaked ice if specified and permitted by the Engineer, reducing the time
between mixing and placing to the minimum, cooling formwork by sprinkling water
on the exterior, starting curing before the concrete dries out and restricting concreting,
as far as possible, to mornings and evenings.
During hot weather and rains the concrete shall be covered with tarpaulin and
transported and placed in the forms and consolidated to final state in as short a time
as possible.
Commencement of concrete pours shall be avoided during heavy rains, storms and
high winds.
3.7 Finishing
3.7.1 General
Immediately after the removal of forms, all exposed bars or bolts passing through the
reinforced cement concrete member and used for shuttering or any other purpose
shall be cut inside the reinforced cement concrete member to a depth of at least 25

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
mm below the surface of the concrete and the resulting holes be closed by cement
mortar. All fins caused by form joints shall be broken. All cavities produced by the
removal of form ties, all holes and depressions, honey-comb spots, broken edges or
corners and all other defects shall be thoroughly cleaned, saturated with water and
carefully pointed and rendered true with mortar of cement and fine aggregate mixed in
the proportions used in the grade of concrete that is being finished and of as dry a
consistency as is possible to use. Considerable pressure shall be applied in filling and
pointing to ensure thorough filling in all voids. Surfaces which have been filled /
pointed shall be kept moist for a period of twenty-four hours. Any repair and
rectification of defective work is to be undertaken and carried out as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge and the cost is to be borne by the Contractor.
If rock pockets/honey-combs, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, are of such an

extent or character as to affect the strength of the structure materially or to endanger
the life of the steel reinforcement, he may declare the concrete defective and require
the removal and replacement of the affected portions of the structure.
All construction and expansion joints in the completed work shall be left carefully
tooled and free from any mortar and concrete. Expansion joint filler shall be left
exposed for its full length with clean and true edges.
Curing of the surface shall be continued for a period of 21 days.
3.7.2 Classes of Finishing

The surface finish for formed and unformed surfaces are classified and defined as
below. Surface irregularities permitted for the various classes of finishes are termed
either "abrupt" or "gradual". Fins or offsets caused by displaced or misplaced
formsheeting, lining or form sections, by loose knots in form timber or by otherwise
defective form timber are considered abrupt irregularities. All other cases are
described as gradual irregularities. Gradual irregularities will be measured with a
template consisting of a straight edge for plane surfaces or its equivalent for curved
surfaces. The length of template for testing gradual irregularities on formed surfaces
shall be 1.5 m in length, the permissible gradual irregularities being measured over
this length of the template.
Special surfaces, finishes and treatments falling outside the classes described here but
defined elsewhere by the Engineer-in-charge shall also form part of these
specifications.
Finish F1, F2 and F3 shall describe formed surfaces.

Finish U1, U2 and U3 shall describe unformed surfaces.
a) Class F1 Finish
This class of finish shall apply to all formed surfaces for which class F2 or F3 is not

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
specified. It shall generally be formed by sawn timber formwork so constructed that
there shall be no loss of material from the concrete during placement and compaction.
After hardening, the concrete shall be in the position required and shall have the
shape and dimensions called for in the drawings. Any abrupt irregularities shall not
exceed 8 mm and gradual irregularities shall not exceed 16 mm. All fins and drifts in
excess of the above limits shall be made good by chipping and grinding if required by
the Engineer-in-charge. Small blemishes caused by entrapped air or water may be
expected but the surface shall be free from voids, honeycombing or other large
blemishes.
b) Class F2 Finish
Class F2 finish shall be obtained by the use of properly designed forms, either close
jointed wrought timber forms or with forms having plywood or steel sheet lining. The
abrupt irregularities shall not exceed 5mm and gradual irregularities shall be less than
8mm. Small blemishes caused by entrapped air or water may be permitted but the
surface shall be generally free from honeycombing, voids and large blemishes.
Surface irregularities in excess of those stipulated shall be removed by chipping or
rubbing with abrasive stone.
c) Class U1 Finish
This is the screeded finish used on surfaces over which other finishes such as
wearing coats etc. are to be placed. It is also the first step in the formation of U2 and
U3 finishes. The finishing operation consists of leveling and screeding the concrete to
produce an even and uniform surface so that the gradual irregularities are not greater
than 6 mm. Surplus concrete should be removed immediately after consolidation by
striking it off with a sawing motion of a straight edge or template across a wooden or
metal strip that has been set as guide. Unless the drawings specify a horizontal
surface or show the slope required, the tops of narrow surfaces, such as stair treads,
walls, curbs and parapets shall be sloped approximately 10 mm per 300 mm width.
Surfaces to be covered with concrete topping, terrazzo, and similar surfaces shall be
smooth screeded and leveled to produce even surfaces, irregularities not exceeding
6mm.
d) Class U2 Finish
This is a floated finish used on all outdoor unformed surfaces not prominently exposed
to view such as tops of piers etc. The floating may be done by hand or power driven
equipment. It should not however be started until some stiffening has taken place in
the surface concrete and the moisture film or "shine" has disappeared. The floating
should work the concrete no more than is necessary to produce a surface that is free
from screed marks. All joints and edges should be finished with edging tools. It shall
include the repair of gradual irregularities exceeding 6 mm. All abrupt irregularities
shall also be repaired unless a roughened texture is specified.
e) Class U3 Finish
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
This is a trovelled finish used on all surfaces exposed to view at close quarters such
as tops of parapets and kerbs etc. Steel trovelling should not be started after the
moisture film and "shine" have completely disappeared from the floated surface and
the concrete has hardened enough to prevent an excess of fine material and water
from being worked to the surface. Excessive trovelling, especially if started too soon,
tends to produce crazing and lack of durability. Too long a delay will result in a
surface too hard for proper finishing. Steel trovelling should be performed with a firm
pressure that will flatten and smooth the sandy surface left by floating. Trovelling
should produce a dense, uniform surface free of blemishes, ripples and trovel marks. It
shall include the repair of all abrupt irregularities and the repair of gradual
irregularities exceeding 6 mm. It shall also include finishing the joints and the edges of
concrete with edging tools.
If, ply wood form is used for shuttering, only wax coated water proofing high quality
12mm thk. are allowed and it has to be stacked properly after deshuttering. Also
damaged plywood shutter which is not meeting the required finish shall not be used
further.
3.8 Construction Joints
Concreting shall be carried out continuously upto the construction joints, the position
and details of which shall be as shown on approved drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Such joints shall, however, be kept to the minimum.
For a vertical construction joint, a stopping board shall be fixed previously at the pre-
determined position and shall be properly stayed for sufficient lateral rigidity to prevent
its displacement or bulging when concrete is compacted against it. Concreting shall
be continued right upto the board. The board shall not be removed before the expiry
of the specified period for removal of vertical forms. Before resuming work at a
construction joint where the concrete has not yet fully hardened, all laitance shall be
removed thoroughly, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of coarse aggregates.
When work has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, the surface shall be
thoroughly hacked, swept clean, wetted. The first batch of concrete shall be rammed
against the old work to avoid formation of any stone pockets, particular attention being
paid to corners and close spots.
In all cases, the position and detailed arrangement of all construction joints shall be
predetermined and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge
.
3.9 Tests and Standards of Acceptance
3.9.1 Preliminary Tests for Controlled Concrete

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
For controlled concrete preliminary tests referred to in Paras 2.1 & 3.0 shall consist of
three sets of separate tests, and in each set, tests shall be conducted on six
specimens. Not more than one set of six specimens shall be made on any particular
day. Of the six specimens in each set, three shall be tested at seven days and the
remaining three at 28 days. The preliminary tests of 7 days are intended only to
indicate the strength likely to be attained at 28 days.
3.9.2 Work Strength Tests for Controlled and Ordinary Concrete

Works strength tests shall be made in accordance with IS 516. Each test shall be
conducted on ten specimens, five of which shall be tested at seven days and the
remaining five at 28 days. However, if in each grade concreting done in a day, the
minimum 6 number of cubes shall be taken.
Similar works tests shall be carried out whenever the quality and grading of materials
is changed irrespective of the quantity of concrete poured. The number of specimens
may be suitably increased as deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-charge, when
procedure of tests given above reveals a poor quality of concrete and in other special
cases.
All work shall be carried out under the supervision of a qualified and a competent
Engineer who will supervise proportioning, placing and compacting of concrete at all
stages.
All necessary labour, materials, equipment, etc. for sampling, preparing test cubes,
curing, etc., shall be provided by the Contractor. Testing of the materials and
concrete may be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the
cost of the contractor.
3.9.3 Standard of Acceptance

The average strength of the group of cubes cast for each day shall not be less than the
specified works cube strength. 20 percent of the cubes cast for each day may have
values less than the specified strength, provided the lowest value is not less than 85 per
cent of specified strength
3.9.4 Manufacturer's Certification: Testing Results etc.

For all materials required for concrete construction including cement, aggregate,
water, reinforcing and prestressing steel the original copies of test certificates, test
results etc. either carried out by the manufacturer or any other agency, the mix design
recommendations etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for his approval
and record. It shall remain the property of the Corporation.
3.9.5 Chloride Contents

Since the chloride contents of the constituent materials of the concrete would be
additive, it is desirable to keep a check on the overall chloride content of the concrete
to keep it minimal. Specially, for prestressed concrete, the total chloride content of the
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
concrete when manufactured according to the requirements of workability and
strength shall not exceed 500 ppm. by weight of cement. The costs of testing for the
chloride content of the ingredients of concrete and of undertaking remedial measures
if the chloride content is more than the permissible limit shall be borne by the
contractor.
3.10 Repair Work
Concrete which is unsatisfactory shall be repaired by cutting out the unsatisfactory

material and by replacing it with new concrete. Voids to be so filled shall be provided
with anchors, keys or dovetail slots wherever necessary to attach the new material
securely in place. Surface of prepared voids shall be wetted for 24 hours immediately
before the patching material is placed. Repair of concrete shall be made by skilled
workmen. Repairs shall be made as soon as practicable after removal of forms and in
a manner to meet the requirements for the finish specified for the particular location.
Repairing leakage in liquid retaining structures which become apparent during leak-
testing will also have to be repaired by the contractor at his own cost following
methods & specifications as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
For repair of the concrete works, the contractor may use epoxy as a bonding agent
prior to placing fresh concrete. The use or otherwise of epoxy for the repair work will
be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. Epoxies shall be applied in strict
accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
Epoxy is a two packed or three packed system containing base and hardner/s. The
shelf life of the unmixed cans is about one year or more when stored in a place where
ambient temperature does not increase beyond 75 deg. F. The base and hardner/s
shall be mixed in the correct proportions recommended by the manufacturer. The
blend, after mixing intimately, shall have a pot life of one hour and the material shall
be applied over the old concrete to form a thin film. Fresh concrete shall be
deposited immediately prior to the film drying up so as to ensure proper bonding
between both concrete.
Where the dry pack method is used, holes shall be sharp and square at the surface
edges, but corners within holes shall be rounded. The perimeter of the hole shall be
under-cut in several places. Holes for dry pack shall have a minimum depth of 25mm.
The holes to be repaired shall be scrupulously clean and slightly wet with no free
water on the surface. The surface shall then be dusted lightly with cement by means
of dry brush. Under no conditions shall the holes be painted with neat cement grout.
The dry pack mix shall be proportioned by weight: 1 part cement to 2.5 parts of sand
that will pass a No.16 screen. Only enough water shall be used to produce a mortar
which will stick together when moulded into a ball by a slight pressure of the hands
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
and will not extrude water but will leave the hands just damp.
Dry pack material shall be placed and packed in layers having a compacted thickness
of about 10mm. Each layer shall be solidly compacted over its entire surface by use
of hardwood stick and hammer. The stick is normally about 300mm to 460mm long
and not over 30mm in diameter. Most of the tamping should be directed at a slight
angle and towards the side of the hole to assure maximum compaction and bond.
Water shall not be used to facilitate finishing.
Filling material used in repair of surfaces which will be exposed after completion of the
project shall be made with cement from the same sources as that used in concrete and
blended with a sufficient amount of white Portland cement to produce the same
colour as in the adjoining concrete. Patched surfaced shall be given a final treatment
as required to make the texture of the patch match that of the surrounding material.
Immediately after patching is completed, the patched area shall be covered with an
approved non-staining, water-saturated material which shall be kept wet and protected
against sun and wind for a period of 12 hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall be
kept continuously wet by a fine spray or sprinkling of water for not less than 10 days
as required under section 9.1 and 11.1 of this specification. The layers of gunite may
be reinforced with steel mesh if directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
All materials, procedures and operations used in the repair of concrete and also the
finished work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. All fillings
shall be tightly bonded to the concrete and shall be sound, free from shrinkage cracks,
or dummy areas after the fillings have been cured and dried.
The extent of repair shall be decided upon by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of
repairs of defective areas shall be borne by the contractor. The Engineer-in-charge
may adopt at his discretion any other method of repairing like grouting with cement
grout, epoxy grouts or guniting etc., which will be carried out by the contractor at his
cost as per the specifications supplied by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.11 Use of Plums in Ordinary Concrete
Stone plums shall not be used unless specified on the drawings. When used the size of
stone plums may be from 150 to 300 mm. The maximum dimension of these stones or
plums shall not exceed 1/3rd the least dimension of the members.
All plums shall be hard, durable, clean and free from soft materials or loose piece or
deleterious substance in them and shall not have sharp corners.
During concreting the first layer of concrete of the specified mix shall be laid to a

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
thickness of atleast two and a half times the thickness of the maximum size of plums
to be used. The plums shall then be laid while the top portion of this concrete is still
green but sufficiently stiff to prevent complete submergence of the plums under their
own weight. These plums shall be about half embedded in the concrete and the
remaining part exposed so as to form a key with the next layer of concrete. No plums
shall be used for concrete laid under water.
While placing the plums, care shall be taken to see that the clear distance between
any two plums is not less than either the width or thickness of either of the plums. The
distance from plums to the outer surface or from any steel reinforcement shall be
equal to greatest width of the plum.
If plums of stratified stone are used, they shall be laid on their natural bed. Stones with
concave faces shall be laid with the concave upwards.
The thickness of the next and successive layers of concrete shall be at least twice that
of the largest plums.
The total volume of plums shall not exceed 15% of the volume of the finished
concrete. The grade of plum concrete shall be M15
3.12 Scope
The scope for concrete works shall include the cost of all materials, labour, tools and
plant required for mixing, placing in position, vibrating and compacting, including
staging, shuttering, form work, finishing as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge,
curing and all other incidental expenses for producing concrete of specified strength to
complete the structure or its components as shown on the drawings and according to
these specifications. The rate shall also include the cost of making, fixing and
removing of all centres and forms required for the work unless otherwise specified in
the contract.
All expenses likely to be incurred by the contractor in transporting materials supplied

to him to the site of works, the expenses incurred in improving the quality of materials
to acceptable levels (such as screening, washing, etc.) and expenses incurred in
proper storage of materials as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge etc. are to be
included in the unit rate.
3.13 Steel Reinforcement
3.13.1 Bending of Reinforcement

Reinforcing steel shall conform accurately to the dimensions shown on relevant

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
drawings and conforming to IS: 2502.
The contractor shall make bar bending schedules, based on the drawings furnished to
him and submit the same for the Engineer‟s approval at no extra cost. Approval by
the Engineer does not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to ensure correctness
in respect of details/placing.
Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge using a proper bar bender, operated by hand or power to attain
proper radii of bends. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will
injure the material.
Bars bent during transport or handling shall be straightened before being used on
work; they shall not be heated to facilitate bending.
Unless otherwise specified, a U type hook at the end of each bar shall invariably be
provided. The radius of the bend shall not be less than twice the diameter of the
round bar for mild steel plain bars and not less than four times the diameter for high
strength deformed bars. In case of bars with diameters greater than 25mm, the
minimum radius should be three times the diameter for mild steel bars and six times
the diameter for high strength deformed bars. The length of the straight part of the bar
beyond the end of the curve shall be at least four times the diameter of the bar. In the
case of bars which are not round, and in the case of deformed bars, the diameter shall
be taken as the diameter of a circle having an equivalent effective area. The hook
shall be suitably encased to prevent any splitting of the concrete.
3.13.2 Placing of Reinforcement

All reinforcing bars shall be accurately placed in the exact position shown on the
drawings, and shall be securely held in position during placing of concrete by
annealed binding wire not less than 1 mm in size and conforming to IS: 280, and by
using stays, blocks or metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires or other
approved devices at sufficiently close intervals. Bars will not be allowed to sag
between supports nor displaced during concreting or any other operation over the
work. All devices used for positioning shall be of non-corrodible material. Wooden
and metal supports will not extend to the surface of concrete, except where shown on
the drawings. Placing bars on layers of freshly laid concrete as the work progresses
for adjusting bar spacing will not be allowed. Pieces of broken stone, brick or wooden
blocks shall not be used. Layers of bars shall be separated by spacer bars, precast
mortar blocks or other approved devices.
Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clear condition

until completely embedded in concrete. Special care shall be exercised to prevent any
displacement of reinforcement in concrete already placed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
To protect reinforcement from corrosion, concrete cover shall be provided as indicated

on the drawings. All bars protruding from concrete to which other bars are to be
spliced and which are likely to be exposed for an indefinite period shall be protected
by a thick coat of neat cement grout.
In the case of columns and walls, vertical bars shall be kept in normal position with
timber templates having slots accurately cut in for bar position. Such templates shall
be removed after the concreting has progressed upto a level just below them.
Bars crossing each other, where required, shall be secured by annealed binding wire of
size not less than 1 mm and conforming to IS:280 in such a manner that they do not
slip over each other at the time of fixing and concreting.
As far as possible, bars of full length shall be used. In case this is not possible,
overlapping of bars shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. When
practicable, overlapping bars shall not touch each other, but be kept apart by 25 mm
or 1.25 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate in the concrete between
them, whichever is greater. Where this is not feasible, overlapping bars shall be
bound with annealed steel wire, not less than 1 mm thickness twisted tight. The
overlaps shall be staggered for different bars and located at points along the span
where neither shear nor bending moment is maximum.
3.13.3 Welding of Bars

When permitted or specified on the drawings, joints of reinforcement bars shall be
butt- welded so as to transmit their full strength. Welded joints shall preferably be
located at points where the reinforcement steel will not be subject to more than 75
percent of the maximum permissible stresses and the welded joints should be
staggered such that, at any one section, not more than 33 percent of the bars are
welded. Only electric arc welding using a process which excludes air from the molten
metal and conforms to any or all other special provisions for the work will be accepted.
Suitable means shall be provided for holding the bars securely in position during
welding. It must be ensured that no voids are left in welding and when welding is
done in 2 or 3 stages, the previous surfaces shall be cleaned properly. Ends of the
bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, grease, paint and other foreign matter
before welding. Only competent welders shall be employed on the work.
The M.S electrodes used for welding shall conform to IS: 814. Welded pieces of
reinforcement shall be tested. Specimens shall be taken from the actual site and their
number and the frequency of tests shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.13.4 Scope
Scope for reinforcement shall include cost of all steel at works spot and its bending,
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
placing, binding and fixing in position as shown on the drawings and as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. It shall also include cost of all devices for keeping
reinforcement in approved position, cost of jointing as per approved method, and all
wastage, overlaps and spacer bars.
3.14 Form Work, Falsework and Scaffolding Form, Centering and Temporary
Works
All centering, formwork and temporary works shall be constructed according to

drawings and specifications prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engi-
neer-in-charge. The design criteria and loading for these works shall be as per
American Concrete Institutes' relevant specifications.
As soon as practicable after the acceptance of his tender the contractor shall submit a
scheme showing the order of the procedure and methods by which he proposes to
carry out the work together with such details as are necessary to demonstrate the
adequacy, stability and safety of the methods which the contractor proposes to adopt.
The approval to this general scheme of centering as well as design criteria and
loading shall be obtained in good time to facilitate all preparatory work. Any delay
on this account shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
After approval of the general scheme the contractor will prepare detailed designs and
drawings for execution of the work, centering and temporary works. These shall also
be forwarded for approval. No work shall be carried out without prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Not withstanding the approval given to design criteria and loading and the general
scheme for the centering, the entire responsibility for the satisfactory execution of the
centering and all temporary works shall rest with the contractor and he shall be liable
to pay all claims and compensations arising from any loss or damage to life and
property due to any deficiency, failure or malfunctioning of the centering or any of the
temporary works.
3.14.1 Re-use of Forms, etc.

Forms required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable
condition and shall be thoroughly cleaned and repaired before reuse. Where metal
sheets are used for lining forms the sheets shall be placed and maintained in the forms
with minimum amount of wrinkles, lumps or other imperfections. All forms shall be
checked for shape and strength before reuse.
3.14.2 Execution and Removal of Forms

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
a) Before placing concrete the surface of all forms shall be coated with
suitable non-staining form releasing agents such as raw linseed oil so as to
prevent adhesion of concrete and to facilitate removal of forms.
b) The form releasing agent shall cover the forms fully and evenly without excess
overdrip. Care shall be taken to prevent form releasing agents from getting on
the surface of the construction joints and on reinforcement bars. Special care
shall be taken to thoroughly cover form strips for narrow grooves, so as to
c) prevent swelling of the forms and the consequent damage to concrete prior to
or during removal of forms.
d) Immediately before concrete is placed care shall be taken to see that all forms
are in proper alignment and the supports and fixtures are properly secured and
tightened.
Where forms for continuous surfaces are
placed in successive units, the forms shall lap and fit tightly over the completed
surface so as to prevent leakage of cement slurry from the fresh concrete and
to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.
e) Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorised and shall then be
removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete.
f) Removal of forms shall never be started until the concrete is thoroughly set
and adequately hardened such that it can carry its own weight, besides the live
load which is likely to come on the work during construction. The length of
time for which the forms shall remain in place shall be decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge, with reference to weather conditions, shape and position
of the structure or structural member and nature and amount of dead and live
loads. In normal circumstances and where ordinary Portland cement is used,
forms can be allowed to be struck as mentioned IS: 456 - 2000 based on the
spans.
Note : Time shall be measured from last batch concreted in respect to the structural
member under consideration.
In no case shall forms be removed until there is an assurance that removal can be
accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. Heavy loads shall not be
permitted until after the concrete has reached its design strength. The forms shall
be removed with great caution and without jerking the structure.
3.14.3 Settlement of Formwork and Camber

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Due to various reasons such as closure of form joints, shrinkage of timber, dead
load deflections, elastic shortening of form members or formwork deflections,
settlement may occur. The contractor shall take precautions, including using
adequately rigid formwork, in order to prevent excessive settlement/deflection;
the usual acceptable limit being 1/500 of the spans of the formwork.
In the absence of any specified camber on the drawings, soffit of all beams more
than 5 m. in span and other than prestressed concrete beams shall be laid to a
camber, the amount of which at mid span shall not be less than 1/500 of the span
of the structure. The profile of soffit shall be parabolic.
3.14.4 Mock-ups
The method for pouring difficult zones of concrete will be pre-studied on mock-
ups. Mock-ups will be particularly necessary for the following:
i) Zones around penetrations and openings.

ii) Behind anchorage of prestressed members.
iii) Dome and shell in general requiring single and double forms.
iv) Various zones of large thickness for studying placement temperatures in
relation to internal temperature build ups.
Work involved in mock-up pours will not be paid to the contractor. Sampling
and testing of all samples will be done by the Contractor. Unsuccessful mock-ups
may have to be repeated in full or in part as required by the Engineer.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.15 Tolerance
All works will be carried out true to the lines, levels and grades shown on the
drawings and within the tolerances specified below. The contractor shall
establish, erect and maintain in an undisturbed condition until final
completion and acceptance of the project control, points and bench marks
necessary and adequate to establish these tolerances.
For all elements, departure from
established alignment : 30mm
Departure from established grades : 10 mm
Variation from plumb or specified : 12mm in 3m.

If batter in lines and surfaces of
Exposed piers, walls and abutments 25mm in 3 m.

if backfilled
Variation from level or indicated : 12mm in 3 m.

If grade in slabs, beams, horizontal
Exposed and railing offsets : 25mm in 3 m.

if backfilled.
Variation in cross sectional

dimensions of columns, piers, : -6mm, + 12mm
slabs, walls, beams and similar
parts
Variation in slab thickness : -3mm, + 6mm
Footings: Plan dimensions : -15mm, + 30mm

Misplacement or eccentricity : 2% of footing width in the
direction of misplacement and not
exceeding 30mm.
Reduction in thickness : 5% of specified thickness
Variations in size and locations

of slab or wall openings : 12mm

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4 BRICK WORK
4.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover the use of Brick Masonry for the structural purposes.
4.2 GENERAL
The provision of the latest Indian Standards listed below form part of these
specifications:
4.3 MATERIALS
4.3.1 Bricks
a) Burnt Bricks
Bricks shall be of regular and uniform size, shape and colour, uniformly well burnt
throughout but not overburnt. They shall have plane rectangular faces with parallel
sides and sharp straight and right angled edges. They shall be free from cracks or
other flaws. They shall have a frog of 10 mm. depth on one of their flat faces.
They shall give a clear metallic ringing sound when struck. They shall show a fine
grained, uniform homogeneous and dense texture on fracture and be free from lumps
of lime, laminations, cracks, airholes, soluble salts causing efflorescence or other
defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance or
usefulness for the purpose intended. They shall not have any parts under-burnt. They
shall not break when thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition
from a height of 60 cm.
b) Size of bricks
The size of the conventional bricks may vary from 8 3/4" x 4.3/16" x 2.5/8" to 9" x 4
1/4" x 3". Only bricks of one standard size, shall be used on one work unless
specially permitted by the Engineer. The following tolerances are
permitted in the standard conventional size adopted on a particular work:
Length - plus or minus 3 mm (about 1/8")

Breadth - plus or minus 1.5 mm (about 1/16")
Depth - plus or minus 1.5 mm (about 1/16")
When metric bricks are used they shall comply with I.S: 1077 - 1976.
4.3.2 Concrete Block

a.) Size :
The size of the concrete block (solid block) shall be 400 mm x 200 x 200 mm only be
used for construction.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Absorption
After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20% of the
dryweight of the brick when tested according to IS: 1077-1976
d) Crushing strength
The load to crush the brick when dry shall not be less than 50 kg/sq.cm. and when
thoroughly soaked, shall not be less than 35 kg/sq.cm.
The load to crush the concrete block when dry shall not be less that 50 kg/sq.cm.
i. Autoclaved Aerated Conrete Blocks (A.A.C.Blocks)
a) Size :The size of the A.A.C. Block shall be

625mm x 240mm x 225mm for 225mm thick
wall and be 625mm x 240mm x 100 mm for
100 mm thick wall
b) Sound Absorption : Upto 420 DB
c) Crushing strength : 305 to 4.00 N/ m2
d) Normal Dry Density : 550 to 650 Kg. per Cubic Meter
e) Drying Shrinkage : 0.04 percent ( lenth of block )
4.3.2) Cement, Fine Aggregate and Water

Refer relevant clauses of these specifications
4.3.3) Mortars
Cement and sand shall be mixed in specified proportions given on the drawings.
cement shall be proportioned only by weight, by taking its unit weight as 1440 kg per
cubic metre and the sand shall be proportioned by volume after making due allowance
for bulking. The required quantity of water shall then be added and the mortar mixed
to produce workable consistency.
The mixing shall be done intimately in a mechanical mixer unless hand-mixing is
specifically permitted by the Engineer. If hand mixing is done, the operation shall be
carried out on a clean watertight platform and cement and sand shall be first mixed
dry in the required proportion to obtain a uniform colour and then the mortar shall be
mixed for atleast two minutes after addition of water. The mortar so prepared shall be
used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such quantity of mortar shall be
prepared as can be used within 30 minutes. The mortar remaining unused after that
period or mortar which has partially hardened or is otherwise damaged shall not be
retempered or remixed. It shall be destroyed or thrown away.
In case of cement mortar that has stiffened because of evaporation of water the same
shall be retempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore the requisite
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
consistency, but this retempering shall be permitted only within thirty minutes from the
time of addition of water at the time of initial mixing.
Necessary tests to determine compressive strength of the mortar, for consistency of

the mortar and its water retentivity shall be carried out in accordance with IS:2250.
The frequency of testing shall be one cube for every 2 cubic metre of mortar prepared
subject to a minimum of 3 cubes for a day's work.
4.4 CONSTRUCTION
4.4.1 Soaking of Bricks

Bricks shall be soaked in water for a minimum period of one hour before use so that
they will be saturated and will not absorb water from the mortar. When bricks are
soaked they shall be removed from the tank sufficiently in advance so that at the time
of laying they are skin-dry. Such soaked bricks shall be stacked on a clean place where
they are not spoil by dirt, earth, etc.
4.4.2 Laying of Bricks

All brick work shall be laid in English bond, even and true to line, plumb, level and
all joints accurately kept. The bricks used on the face shall be selected whole ones of
uniform size and with true rectangular face. Brick shall be laid with frogs up, if any,
on a full bed of mortar. When laying, bricks shall be slightly pressed so that the
mortar gets into all the surface pores of bricks to ensure proper adhesion. All joints
shall be properly flushed and packed with mortar so that no hollow spaces are left.
Before laying bricks in foundation, a layer of not less than 12 mm of mortar shall be
spread to make the surface on which the brick work will be laid even. Immediately
thereafter, the first course of bricks shall be laid.
The brick work shall be built in uniform layers, corners and other advanced work hall
be raked back. Brick work shall be done true to plumb or in specified batter. No part of
it, during construction, shall rise more than one meter above the general construction
level, to avoid unequal settlement and improper jointing.
Toothing may be done where future extension is contemplated but shall be used as an
alternative to raking back.
The concrete block shall be completely wetted before placing in position.
4.4.3 Joints
The thickness of joints shall not exceed 10 mm and this thickness shall be uniform
throughout joining with existing structure

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
When fresh masonry is to be placed against existing surfaces of structures, these shall
be cleaned of all loose material, roughened and wetted as directed by the Engineer so
as to effect a good bond with the new work.
4.4.4 Curing
Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. Masonry work in
cement or composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimum
period of seven days. The top of the masonry work shall be left flooded with water at
the close of the day. During hot weather all finished or partly completed work shall be
covered or wetted in such manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.
4.4.5 Scaffolding
The scaffolding shall be sound and strong to withstand all loads likely to come upon it
and will be double or single as is warranted for the particular work. The holes which
provide resting space for horizontal members shall not be left in masonry under one
meter in width or immediately near the skew backs of arches. The holes left in the
masonry work for supporting the scaffolding shall be filled and made good with 1:4:8
cement concrete.
4.4.6 Condition of Equipment

All equipment used for mixing or transporting mortar and bricks shall be clean and free
from set mortar, dirt or other injurious foreign substances
4.4.7 Finishing of surfaces

For a surface which is to be subsequently plastered or pointed the joints shall be
squarely raked out to a depth of 15 mm while the mortar is still green. The raked joints
shall be well brushed to remove dust and loose particles and the surface shall be
thoroughly washed with water, cleaned and wetted.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOOR FINISHES

5.1 Scope
These specifications cover the use of plain cement tiles, marble mosaic tiles, Kotah
stone flooring, ceramic flooring, granolithic flooring, PVC flooring, acid resistant
flooring and white glazed tiles
5.2 General
The provision of the latest revisions of the following IS Codes shall form a part of
this specification to the extent they are relevant:
IS: 269 Specification for ordinary, rapid hardening and low heat Portland cement.
IS: 383 Specification for coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete.
IS: 777 Specification for glazed earthenware tiles.
IS: 1200 Method of measurements for Building and Part XI Civil Engg. Works,
paving, floor finishes, dado & irting
IS: 1237 Specification for cement concrete flooring tiles.
IS: 1443 Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete flooring
tiles.
IS: 2541 Code of practice for use of lime concrete in buildings.
IS: 2571 Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring.
IS: 10067 Material Constants in Building Work
Other IS Codes not specifically mentioned here, but pertaining to Floor Finishes form
part of these specifications.
5.3 Rough Shahabad Flooring:
5.3.1 Materials
(a) Rough paving slabs:
At its thinnest part, no stone shall be thinner than 25 mm. The flag stones shall be
hard, sound, durable and wear resistant. Uniformity of size shall generally be
maintained for the flags used in any one room.The stone flags shall be without any
soft veins, cracks or flows and shall have a uniform colour. They shall have even
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
natural surfaces free from broken flakes on top and shall be chiselled on edges to half
its depth, true and square to be used shall conform to the approved sample.
(b) Bedding:
The base of cement or lime concrete shall be laid and compacted to a reasonably true
plain surface and to the required slopes and level. The amount of water added shall
be the minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and satisfactory
bedding. Before spreading mortar, the sub-floor or base shall be cleaned off all dirt,
scum or laitance and of loose material and then well wetted without forming any pools
of water on the surface. In case of R.C.C floors, the top shall be left a little rough. The
mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over so much area as will be
covered with slabs within half an hour. The thickness of the mortar bedding shall not
be less than 12 mm and not more than 25 mm.
(c) Fixing stone slab:

Before laying, the stone slabs shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. Neat
cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as
much areas as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. Each slab shall be
gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. If there is a
hollow sound on gentle tapping of the slabs such slabs shall be removed and reset
properly. The joint shall be 6 mm to 10 mm thick and filled solidly with mortar for
their full depth. The slabs shall be laid so as to give continuous parallel long joints
with cross joints at right angles to them. The edges of the adjoining slabs shall be in
one plane. Where the slabs cover open edges of floor or window sills the edges shall be
neatly rounded off.
(d) Pointing:
When pointing is to be done, the joints shall be pointed with cement mortar of
specified proportion. When pointing is not specified, joints shall be struck.
(e) Curing:
The floor shall be kept well wetted with damp sand or water for fourteen days.
(f) Cleaning: All flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned and handed over clean and free
from any mortar stains etc.
5.4 Water Proofing
5.4.1 Impregnation external treatment to the Basement and Underground Water

Tank structure:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The underground structure shall be treated with the above treatment during the
initial state of construction to ensure 100% water tightness.
The impregnation layers shall be laid over the evenly laid bedding course of concrete
after cleaning the surface. Rough stone slabs are then laid side by side leaving a gap of
about 15mm to 20 mm between them. These joints thus left are raked open and
cement slurry admixed with chemicals is grouted in these joints. A protective layer of
about 25 mm thickness of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) with stone
chips embedded at random is put over the stone layer. The total thickness of the
water proofing layer shall be minimum of 75 mm. The treatment is extended 150 mm
beyond the external face of the R.C.C raft slab and where side walls are laid the
treatment shall be carried over to the side walls.
5.4.2 The impregnation treatment shall be continued to the external sides of the
walls and up to 300 mm above ground level. The procedure shall be as follows:
Rough stone slabs of thickness 12 mm to 18 mm shall be with the help of cement

paste applied on the internal face of the vertical joints of the stones, leaving a gap of
about 18 mm between the external face of R.C.C wall and internal face of the rough
stones. The stones are fixed side by side without leaving any gap between the edges. In
order to fix the bottom most layer of stones a groove about 25 mm deep is made in the
bottom R.C.C slab and the stones fixed in it to ensure the water tightness at the
junctions of the walls and raft if the raft is projecting beyond the external face of walls.
Maximum of two to three horizontal layers of rough stones are laid at a time. A layer
of very rough cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand ) is applied to the external
face of rough stones. After the layer is set, the gap between the walls and the stone
layer is filled with a grout mix made up of cement slurry and acrylic based chemicals,
which on gellation forms an impermeable monolithic layer. The treatment is then
continued up to 300 mm above G.L. in stages
5.5 Cuddapah Stone for Treads:
The method of laying, bedding etc. for Cuddapah stone shall be similar to that for
Kotah Stone. Nosing of the treads shall be rounded as directed. Final polishing may
be done by hand.
5.6 Ceramic Tiles in Flooring
5.6.1 Material
Ceramic Tiles including specials shall be of the approved make,colour, size and
quality and shall conform to relevant IS standards in all respects. Samples of tiles
shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, who will keep them in his office for
verification as to whether the material brought for use conform to the approved
samples.
Cement Mortar 1:4 to be used along with White Cement of approved quality
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
and make.
5.6.2 Workmanship
5.6.3 Mortar Bedding

The amount of water added while preparing mortar shall be the minimum necessary to
give sufficient plasticity for laying. Care shall be taken in the preparation of mortar to
ensure that there are no hard lumps that would interfere with even bedding of the tiles.
Before spreading the mortar bed, the base shall be cleaned of all dirt, scum or laitance
and loose materials and then well wetted without forming any pools of water on the
surface. The mortar shall then be evenly and smoothly spread over the base by the
use of screed battens to proper level or slope. The thickness of the bedding shall not
be less than 12 mm (about 1/2") or more than 20 mm (about 3/4") in any one place.
The tiles shall be laid on bedding mortar when it is still plastic but has become
sufficiently stiff to offer a fairly firm cushion for the tiles.
5.6.4 Fixing Tiles

Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall be so arranged that the
surface of the round edge tiles shall correspond to the skirting or dado. Tiles shall be
laid to the required slope wherever required. Neat cement grout of honey like
consistency shall be spread over the bedding mortar just to cover so much area as can
be tiled within half an hour. The edges of the tiles shall be smeared with neat white
cement slurry and fixed in this grout one after the other, each tile being well pressed
and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the
adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. The joints shall be kept as
close as possible and in straight lines. The joints between the tiles shall not exceed
0.5 mm wide. The joints shall be grouted with slurry of white cement. After fixing the
tiles finally in an even plane, the flooring shall be covered with wet saw dust and
allowed to mature undisturbed for 14 days.
5.6.5 Cleaning
After the tiles have been laid in a room or the day's fixing work is completed,
the surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joints shall be
cleaned off before it sets. Once the floor has set, the floor shall be carefully
washed clean and dried. When dry, the floor shall be covered with oil
free dry saw dust which shall be removed only after completion of the
construction work and just before the floor is occupied.
5.7 Kotah Stone Flooring
5.7.1 Materials
(a) Rough Paving slabs
At its thinnest part, no stone shall be thinner than 25 mm. The flag stones shall be
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
hard, sound, durable and water resistant. Uniformity of size shall generally be
maintained for the flags used in any one room. The stone flags shall be without any
soft veins, cracks or flaws and shall have a uniform colour. They shall have even
natural surfaces free from broken flakes on top and shall be chiselled on edges to half
its depth, true and square to ensure uniform width of joint. The evenness of the
surface and edges of the slab shall not be marked by careless dressing of slabs and no
patching up shall be allowed for the slabs. The edges shall be quite straight. The
under face may be left as quarried. Samples of stone slabs to be used and their
dressing shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and the slabs to be used
shall conform to approved sample.
(b) Bedding
The base of cement or lime concrete shall be laid and compacted to a reasonably true
plain surface and to the required slopes and level. The amount of water added shall be
the minimum necessary to give just sufficient plasticity for laying and a satisfactory
bedding. Before spreading the mortar, the sub-floor or base shall be cleaned of all dirt,
scum or laitance and of loose material and then well wetted without forming any
pools of water on the surface. In case of R.C.C. floors, the top shall be spread over so
much area as will be covered with slabs within half an hour. The thickness of the
mortar bedding shall not be less than 12 mm and not more than 25 mm
(c) Fixing Stone slab

Before laying, the stone flags shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water. Neat
cement grout of honey like consistency shall be spread on the mortar bed over as
much areas as could be covered with the slabs within half an hour. Each flag shall be
gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is firmly and properly bedded. If there is
hollow sound on gentle tapping of the slabs, such slabs shall be removed and reset
properly. The joints shall be 6 mm thick and filled solidly with mortar for their full
depth. The flags shall be laid so as to give continuous parallel long joints with cross
joints at right angles to them. The edges of the adjoining slabs shall be in one plane.
Where the slabs cover open edges, of floor or window sills the edges shall be neatly
rounded off.
(d) Pointing
When pointing to be done, the joints shall be pointed with cement mortar of specified
proportion. When pointing is not specified, joints shall be struck
(e) Curing
The floor shall be kept well wetted with damp sand or water for fourteen days.
(f) Cleaning
All flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned and handed over clean and free from
any mortar stains, etc.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(g) Machine Polished Kotah Stone Flooring
Same as for Item Rough paving slabs as stated above except that:
All the stone slabs shall be square in shape. The dimensions shall be 600 x 600 mm
and below upto 300 x 300 mm and 25 mm thick. Tolerance in thickness shall be ±3
mm.
The exposed surface of the specified stone flags shall be machine polished to a
smooth, even and true plane and the edges machine cut square and to the
required shape when necessary. Samples shall be got by the Engineer-in-
Charge who will keep them in his office for reference.
The thickness of the joint shall not exceed 1.5 mm.
Joints shall be grouted with matching pigment and neat cement slurry.
When the bedding and joints of the flooring have completely set, the surface shall be
machine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly
clean
(h) Skirting or Dado of Polished Kotah Stone

The backing for skirting shall be lime or cement plastering mentioned in the item 12
mm to 20 mm thick and this plastering shall be done in a single coat. Thickness of
joints shall not exceed 1.5 mm. Final polishing may be done by rubbing. The top of
skirting or dado shall be jointed neatly with the plaster above as directed. The joints
between the two slabs shall be filled with neat cement grout of appropriate
consistency.
(i) Heavy Duty Abrasion Resistant Flooring

The type, quality, size, thickness, colour, etc., of the tile for flooring and skirting work
shall be of the best quality approved by the Employer's Representative. For this
purpose, the Contractor shall provide the Employer's Representative with necessary
samples for this selection. Tiles shall be hardwearing, resistant to impact, resistant to
abrasion, free from slipperiness and also resistant to attack by water, oils and greases
5.8 Joints in Flooring
(a) Joints :
Joints shall be provided in flooring to take care of expansion and contraction due to
variations in temperature. In addition, construction joints shall also be provided in
case of compulsory break in continuity of slabs due to the close of day‟s work and the
commencement of the same the next day. The location and type of joints provided
shall be as shown in the drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The edge of
the slab at all joints shall be rounded with an edging tool having radius not greater
than 6mm. It should be carefully ensured by proper vibration, that concrete at joints is
free from honeycomb.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(b) Transverse Joints :

Transverse joints shall be expansion, contraction or construction joints and shall be
provided as shown in the drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. They shall be
at right angles to longitudinal joint surface of the floor. Contraction and expansion
joints shall be continuous from edge to edge.
(c) Transverse Expansion Joints :

These joints shall be provided at an interval or spacing of 30 m. They shall be pre
moulded type and shall extend the entire width of the pavement and from sub-base to
25mm below the surface of the pavement. The gap width for this type of joint shall be
approximately 20 to 25mm. The filler shall be held accurately in place during the
placing of the concrete by a metal bulk head, a metal channel cap or other approved
method. Load transfer is effected through a system of reinforcement called dowel bar.
Dowel bars are embedded and kept fixed in concrete at one end and is kept free to
expand or contract by providing a thin coating of bitumen over it. Metal cap is
provided at this end to offer a space of about 25mm for movement during expansion.
(d) Transverse Contraction Joints :

These joints shall be provided at an interval on spacing of 10 m, depending upon the
type of aggregates. They shall be placed as shown in the drawing or as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. They shall be constructed by forming in the surface of the
slab, a slot not less than 6mm wide and having a depth equal to one fourth depth of
the concrete slab. This slot may be formed such as by pushing into concrete a flat bar
or the web of a „T‟ bar and keeping the slot open or any manner approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. It shall be filled flush with top surface by using approved sealant.
(e) Longitudinal Joints

Longitudinal joints, parallel to longer side of floor slab shall be of plain type and shall
be formed by placing the concrete against the faces of the slabs concreted earlier. The
faces of the old concrete shall be painted with bitumen before placing fresh concrete.
The bar shall be used at longitudinal joints and they shall be of the dimensions and at
spacing as shown in drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Tie bars shall be
fairly well supported so as not to be displaced during construction operations.
(f) Construction Joints :

These shall be avoided as far as possible and shall be formed whenever absolutely
necessary to stop concreting for 30 minutes or longer. Except for emergency stops,
construction joints shall be located at regular site of expansion or contraction joints,
i.e. if construction joint is at the site of expansion joint, regular edging tool shall be
used along the bulk head to make construction joint a well defined line. For steel
dowels across the transverse joints on bulkhead, there shall be notches spaced in
accordance with the drawing.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
When work is resumed, bulkhead shall be removed, care being taken not to disturb
rods or concrete. Fresh concrete shall be placed directly against the face of the
concrete previously laid and carefully worked around the rods. Face of set concrete
shall be applied with a coat of bitumen sealing primer.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLASTERING AND POINTING

6.1 Scope
These specifications cover the use of plastering for masonry and RCC work, pointing
for brick and stone masonry work
6.2 Applicable Indian Standards
The provision of the latest revisions of the following IS codes shall form a part of this
specification to the extent they are relevant.
IS: 269 Specification for ordinary rapid hardening and low heat Portland
cement
IS: 712 Building Lines
IS: 1200 Method of measurement of building and Part XIICivil Engg. Works -
Plastering & Pointing
IS: 1542 Specification for sand for plaster
IS: 1630 Mason's Tools for Plaster work and pointing work.
IS: 1661 Code of practice for application of cement lime plaster finishes.
Other I.S. Codes, not specifically mentioned here, but pertaining to plastering work,
form part of these specifications.
6.3 GENERAL
6.3.1 Cement Mortar

Cement mortar shall have the proportion of cement to sand as specified and shall
comply with relevant clauses of concrete specifications.
6.3.2 Scaffolding
Scaffolding will be double and shall be erected with steel sections or pipes of
adequate strength so as to be safe for construction operations. The contractor shall
take all measures to ensure the safety of the work and working people. Any
instructions of the Engineer in this respect shall also be complied with.
The contractor shall be entirely responsible for any damage to properly or injury to
persons resulting from ill erected scaffolding, defective ladders and materials or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
otherwise arising out of his default in this respect. Proper scaffolding shall be
provided to allow easy approach to every part of the work. Overhead work shall not be
allowed.
6.3.3 Tools and Accessories

Tools and accessories used in plaster work shall conform to IS: 1630. All tools shall
be cleaned by scrapping and washing at the end of each day's work or after use. Metal
tools shall be cleaned after each operation. All tools shall be examined to see that they
are thoroughly cleaned before plastering is begun.
6.3.4 Programme of work in relation to plastering

The programme of other building operations before, during and after plastering shall
be according to the instructions contained in clause 9 of IS: 1661.
6.3.5 General Precaution in plastering

All general precautions as specified in IS: 1661, Clause 9, shall be taken and
preparation of the background shall be done as laid down in IS: 1661, Clause 13.
Care shall be taken to see that other parts of the work or adjacent works are not
damaged while plastering.
6.3.6 Preparatory work

All joints in the face work that is to be plastered shall be raked out to depth equal to
not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the Engineer. The raking shall
be done taking care not to allow by chipping of masonry. In new work the raking out
shall be done when the mortar in the joints is still green. Smooth surfaces of concrete,
old plaster, etc. must be suitably roughened to provide necessary bond for the plaster.
All dirt, soot, oil paint or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory
bond shall be removed. In the case of stone masonry, scrubbing on the walls to receive
the plaster shall not be more than 12 mm ( 1/2"). The surface to be plastered shall be
cleaned and scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for 6 hours prior to plastering. It
shall be kept damp during the progress of the work. The plastering shall not be
commenced unless the preparatory work is passed in writing by the Engineer.
6.3.7 Gauges
Patches of plaster 15 cm x 15 cm shall be put on about 1.5 m apart as gauges to
ensure even plastering in one plane.
6.3.8 Workmanship
a) Plastering:
In all plaster work the mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the
required thickness and well pressed into the joints and on the surface and rubbed and
leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall
be freely used to give perfectly plane and even surface. All corners must be finished
to their true angles or rounded as directed by the Engineer. The surface shall be
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
finished to plane or curved surface as shown on the plan or directed by the Engineer,
and shall present a neat appearance. The mortar shall adhere to the masonry surface
intimately when set and there should be no hollow sound when struck. Cement
plastering should be done in squares or strips as directed. Plastering shall be done
from top downward.
b) First or Backing Cost

The first cost of the specified thickness shall be applied as described above. The
subsequent coat shall be applied after this cost has been allowed to set for 3 to 5 days
depending upon weather conditions. The surface shall not be allowed to dry during
this period.
6.3.9 Plastering to Ceiling

Projecting burrs of mortar formed due to the gaps at joints in shuttering shall be
removed. The surface shall be scrubbed clean with wire brushes. In additional at
spacing of not more than 50 mm centers, the pokes being made not less than 3 mm
deep, to ensure a proper key for the plaster. The mortar shall be washed off and
surface cleaned of all oil, grease etc., and well wetted before the plaster is applied.
6.4 SAND FACES PLASTER IN CEMENT MORTAR
6.4.1 Base Coat:

The base coat plaster shall be of cement mortar 1:4. Waterproofing compound of
approved make like Sika, Accoproof shall be added according to the makers'
instructions to make the mortar water-proof.
The plaster with this mortar shall be laid as specified above with a thickness of not
more than 12 mm for brick work and concrete surfaces, and 15 m for rubble stone
masonry. Keys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy
horizontal lines about 12 mm apart and about 3 m deep when the mortar is still pastic.
The base coat shall be cured for not less than 2 days.
6.4.2 Sand Faced Treatment

The cement mortar for sand faced plaster shall have washed Kharasalis or similar type
of approved sand with slightly larger proportion of coarse material. The proportion
of cement to sand shall be 1:3. The water is added gradually to make the mixture
homogeneous. The thickness of finishing coat shall not exceed 7 mm. After
application, the surface should be finished with a wooden flat, lined with cork and
tapped gently to retain a coarse surface texture. When the finishing coat has
hardened, the surface shall be kept moist continuously for 14 days
6.5 ROUGH COAT CEMENT PLASTER WITH CEMENT MORTAR
6.5.1 Base Coat

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The first coat of plaster shall be of cement mortar of 1:4 mix and applied according to
the relevant provisions of IS: 1661 Clause 14.1. The finished thickness of the first
coat shall be 12 mm for brick masonry or concrete surface and 15 mm for rubble
stone masonry. The plaster shall be laid by throwing the mortar (by using a strong
whipping motion) on the prepared surface with a trowel in a uniform layer, and
pressed to form a good bond. The surface shall be roughened.
6.5.2 Second Coat

The second coat shall be the rough coat mixture consisting of aggregate which may
vary in size from 5 to 8 mm and may consist of specially graded mixture mixed with
fine sand and cement. The proportion of cement to sand and aggregate shall be
1:1½:3. It shall be flung upon the first coat with large trowels to form an even
protective coat. The second coat must be applied while the first coat is still soft and
plastic. The work shall generally conform to clause 16.5 of IS: 166. The thickness of
the coat shall be about 12 mm.
6.6 NEERU FINISH
6.6.1 Materials
Cement, sand and other materials shall generally conform to relevant clauses of
concrete specifications and Neeru shall conform to clause c (i.e pure fat lime) of IS:
712. All sand shall pass through IS sieve no. 60.
6.6.2 Preparation of Neeru

Lime shall be slaked and mixed with sufficient water to form a thick paste. It shall be
reduced to a fine paste by grinding. It shall then be passed through a fine sieve (3 mm
mesh) to remove all unslaked particles and foreign matter and allowed to mellow
under water for at least 10 days in large slaking tanks. The surplus water on the top
shall be allowed to run off. The slaked lime paste thus formed shall be used for
preparing Neeru.
The Neeru shall be prepared by mixing together 4 parts of this lime paste and 1 part of
fine sieved sand by volume. Jute fibre finely chopped shall be added to the above
mortar at the rate of 4 kg of jute to every cu. meter of lime-sand mixture. The mixture
shall then be properly ground to a fine paste between two stones or a mill. The Neeru
thus prepared shall be kept moist until used and no more than what can be consumed in
15 days shall be prepared at a time.
6.6.3 Preparation of surface

The plaster surfaces shall be combed lightly with wire brushes or nails before it is
completely set to form hey for Neeru. The undercoat shall be only damped evenly but
not soaked before the application of Neeru.
6.6.4 Application

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Neeru shall be applied to the prepared and partially set but somewhat plastic surfaces
with steel trowel to a thickness slightly exceeding 1.5 mm and rubbed down to 1.5mm
thickness and polished to a perfectly smooth and even finish working from top to
bottom. While trowelling is going on, soap stone power contained in thin muslin bags
shall be dusted over the surface and worked in. Moistening shall be commenced as
soon as the plaster has hardened sufficiently and is not susceptible to injury. Soaking o
f wall shall be avoided and only as much water as can be readily absorbed shall be
used. The surface shall be kept sprinkled with water for 14 days. The finished surface
shall be true and even and present a uniform texture throughout and all jointing marks
shall be eliminated.
6.7 POINTING
6.7.1 General
When the type of pointing is not mentioned in the item, sunk pointing is described
below shall be carried out.
6.7.2 Raking Out Joints

Where the joints have not been raked out when the mortar is green, the joint shall be
chipped (without damaging the masonry) to such a depth that the minimum depth of
new mortar measured from either the sunk surface of the finished surface of the
finished pointing or from the edge of the brick shall not be less than 12 mm,
thoroughly cleaned off all loose particles with a stiff brush and thoroughly wetted.
6.7.3 Pointing
The mortar shall be pressed into the raked out joints with a pointing trowel. The
mortar shall not spread over the corners, edges or the surface of the masonry. With a
pointing tool, the mortar shall be neatly pressed back to about 3 mm or as directed.
The vertical joints shall be pressed back similarly to match the horizontal joints. The
surface of masonry shall be cleaned of all mortar.
6.7.4 Curing
The pointed face shall be kept continuously wet for 7 days suitably protected from all
damage.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING

7.1 SCOPE
These specifications cover the use of paints for the plastered and concrete surfaces. It
also includes the painting of wood and metal surfaces.
7.2 GENERAL
The provisions of the latest revisions of the following IS: Codes shall form a part of
this specification
IS: 63 Whiting for Paints Ready mixed paint, brushing, grey filler, for
Enamels, for use over primers.
IS: 426 Specification for paste filler for colour coats.
IS: 428 Specification for Distemper, Oil Emulsion, colour as required.
IS: 710 Marine Plywood
IS: 1200 Method of Measurement of Building & Civil Engg Works -

White Washing, colour washing, distempering & other finishes.
IS: 1477 Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in buildings

(Part I) Pretreatment
IS: 1477 Code of practice for finishing of ferrous metals in buildings.

Part II Painting
IS: 2338 Code of practice for finishing of wood and wood based materials
Part I Operations and workmanship for finishing.
IS: 2338 Code of practice for finishing of wood and wood based materials,
Part II Schedule
IS: 2395 Code of practice for painting concrete masonry and plaster
7.3 MATERIALS
Materials shall strictly conform to the relevant IS: Specifications.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.4 PLASTERED OR CONCRETE SURFACES
7.4.1 General
Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected in such a way that as far as
possible no part of scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be painted. A properly
secured and well tied suspended platform (JHOOLA) may be used for painting.
Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied at top and cotton to
prevent scratches to the walls and floors. For painting of ceilings, proper stage
scaffolding shall be erected, where necessary.
Preparation of surfaces:
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all dirt, dust, mortar dropping and other
least 2 months, before applying paint. All unnecessary nails shall be removed.
Pitting in plaster shall be made good with putty. The surface shall then be rubbed
down again with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth.
The surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the regular coat of paint is
allowed.
The surface affected by moulds moss, fungi, algaelicnens, efflorescence shall be

treated in accordance with IS 2395 (Part I) before applying paint.
7.4.2 Oil-Bound Distempering

a)Preparation of Surfaces
Any unevenness shall be made good by applying putty, made of plaster of Paris
mixed with water on the entire surface including filling up the undulation and then
sand papering the same after it is dry.
b) Primer Coat:
The primer where used as on undercoated surfaces shall be alkali resistance primer or
distemper primer as specified in the item. These shall be of the same manufacture as of
oil bound distemper. If the wall surface plaster has not dried completely alkali
resistance primer shall be applied before distempering the walls. But if the
distempering is done after the wall surface is dried completely, distemper primer shall
be applied.
c) Application:
Primer shall be applied with a brush on the clean dry and smooth surface. Horizontal
strokes shall be given first and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately
afterwards. This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry
for at least 48 hours, before oil bound distemper or paint is applied.
Preparation of oil bound distemper:
The distemper shall be diluted with water or any other prescribed thinner in a manner
recommended by the manufacturer. Only sufficient quantity of distemper required for
days work shall be prepared.
d)Application of distemper coat:

After the primer coat has dried for at least 48 hours, the surface shall be lightly sand
papered to make it smooth for receiving the distemper, taking care not to rub out the
priming coat. All loose particles shall be dusted off after rubbing. Minimum two
coats of distemper shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes followed to
immediately by vertical which together shall constitute one coat. The subsequent
coats shall be applied after a time interval of at least 24 hours between consecutive
coats to permit the proper drying of the preceding coat.
The finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks,
distemper, drops, etc.
Sufficient quantity of distemper shall be mixed to finish one room at a time. The
application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and no work shall
be started in any room, which cannot be completed the same day.15 cm.double bristled
distemper brushes shall be used. After each days work, brushes shall be thoroughly
washed in hot water with soap solution and hung down to dry. Old brushes which
are dirty and caked with distemper shall not be used on the work.
7.4.3 Plastic Emulsion Paint

Plastic emulsion paint and primer of approved brand manufacture and shade shall be
used
a) Applications:
The priming and the number of coats to be applied shall be as specified in the bill of
quantities and shall be as per the manufacturers specification. The surface on
finishing shall present a flat velvety smooth finish
b) Precautions:
ii. Old brushes if they are to be used with emulsion paints, should be completely
dried of turpentine or oil paints by washing in warm soap water. Brushes
should be quickly washed in water immediately after use and kept immersed
in water during break periods to prevent the paint from hardening on the brush.
iii. In the preparation of walls for plastic emulsion painting, no oil base putties shall

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
be used in filling cracks, holes, etc.
iv. Splashes on floors etc, shall be cleaned out without delay as they will be
difficultto remove after hardening.
7.4.4 Water Proof Cement Paint

a)Preparation of Surfaces:
The surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted with clean water before the water proof
cement paint is applied.
b) Preparation of Paint :
Portland cement paints are made readily by adding paint powder to water and stirring
to obtain a thick paste which shall then be diluted to a brushable consistency.
Generally equal volumes of paint powder and water make a satisfactory paint. In all
cases the manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed. The paint shall be mixed in
such quantities as can be used up within an hour of mixing as otherwise the mixture
will set and thicken, affecting flow and finish.
The lids of cement paint drums shall be kept tightly closed when not in use, as by
exposure to atmosphere the cement paint rapidly becomes air set due to its
hydroscopic qualities.
c) Application of Paint:
No painting shall be done when the paint is likely to be exposed to a temperature of
below 7 degree within 48 hours after application.
When weather conditions are such as to cause the paint to dry rapidly, work shall be
carried out in the shed as far as possible. This helps the proper hardening of the paint
film by keeping the surface moist for a longer period.
To maintain a uniform mixture and to prevent segregation the paint shall be stirred
frequently in the bucket.
For undecorated surfaces, the surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of
waterproof cement paint. Not less than 24 hours shall be allowed between two coats
and the second or subsequent coat shall not be started until the preceding coat has
become sufficiently hard to resist marking by the brush being used. In hot dry weather
the preceding coat shall be slightly moistured before applying the subsequent coat.
The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade without patches, brush
marks, paint drops, etc.
Cement paints shall be applied with a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre
bristles. The paint shall be brushed in uniform thickness and shall be free of
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
excessively heavy brush marks. The laps shall be well brushed out.
d) Curing
Painted surfaces shall be sprinkled with water two or three times a day. This shall
done between coats and for at least two days following the final coat. The curing
shall be started as soon as the paint has hardened so as not to be damaged by the
sprinkling of water say about 12 hours after its application.
7.5 PAINTING OF WOOD AND METAL SURFACES
7.5.1 General Requirement:

The materials required for the execution of painting work shall be obtained directly
from approved manufacturers and brought to the site in maker's drums, with seals
unbroken. All paints shall not be inferior to relevant Indian Standards as mentioned
under sub-head "Material".
All materials not in actual use shall be kept properly protected. Lids of containers
shall be kept closed and surface of paint in open or partially open containers covered
with a thin layer turpentine to prevent formation of skin. Materials which have
become stale or fat due to improper and long storage shall not be used. The paint
shall be stirred thoroughly in its container before pouring into small containers.
While applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller container.
No left over paint shall be put back into stock tins. When not in use, the containers
shall be kept properly closed.
If for any reason thinning is necessary, in case of ready mixed paint, the brand of
thinner recommended by manufacturer shall be used.
Painting except the priming coat shall generally be taken in hand after all other
builder's work is practically finished. The rooms shall be thoroughly swept out and the
entire building cleaned up at least one day in advance of the paint work being started.
The surface to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. All rust, dirt
scales, smoke and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started.
No painting on exterior or other exposed parts of the work shall be carried out in wet,
humid or otherwise unfavourable weather and all the surfaces must be thoroughly dry
before painting work is started.
a) Brushing of Paint:
The brushing operations are to be adjusted to the spreading capacity advised by the
manufacturers of the particular paint. The painting shall be applied evenly and
smoothly by means of crossing and laying off, the later in the direction of the grain of
wood. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint,
brushing the surface hard for the first time over and then brushing alternatively in the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
opposite directions two or three times and then finally brushing lightly in a direction at
right angles to the same. In this process, no brush marks shall be left after the laying
off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off will constitute one coat.
During painting, every time after the paint has been worked out of the brush bristles or
after the brush has been unloaded, the bristles of the brush (which are down together
due to the high surface tension) shall be opened up by striking the brush against a
portion of the unpainted surface with the end of the bristles held at right angles to the
surface, so that bristles thereafter will collect the correct amount of paint when dipped
again into the paint container.
b) Spraying :
Where so stipulated, the painting shall be done with spray. Spray machine used may
be (a) high pressure (small air aperture) type or (b) a low pressure (large air gap) type,
depending on the nature and location of work to be carried out. Skilled and
experienced workmen shall be employed for this class of work. Paints used shall be
brought to the requisite consistency by adding a suitable thinner.
Spraying should be done only when dry conditions prevails. During spraying the
spray gun shall be held perpendicular to the surface to be coated and shall be passed
over the surface in a uniform sweeping motion. Different air pressures and fan
adjustment shall be tried so as to obtain the best application with the minimum
wastage of paint. The air pressure shall not be kept too high as otherwise the paint
will log up and will be wasted.
At the end of the job, the spray-gun shall be cleaned thoroughly so as to be free from
dirt. Incorrect adjustments shall be set right, as otherwise they will result in variable
spray patterns, runs, sags and uneven coats.
Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with very fine grade of
sand paper and loose particles brushed off before next cast is applied. Each coat shall
vary slightly in shade and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before
next coat is started.
Each coat except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine
pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is applied.
No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corner panels, angles
of moulding, etc. shall be left on the works. In painting doors and windows, the putty
round the glass panes shall also be painted but care shall be taken to see that no paint
stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces in similar hidden
locations shall not be left out in painting.
In painting steel work, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts,
rivets, overlaps etc.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints shall be according to
the detailed specifications under the respective headings.
c) Brushes and containers:

After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned off paint and linseed oil by rinsing
with turpentine. After cleaning, the brushes are wrapped in heavy paper or water
proof paper for storage. It is to be used the next day, it shall be hung in a thinner or
linseed oil in a container. On no account shall brushes be made to stand on bristles. A
brush in which paint has dried up is ruined and shall on no account be used for
painting work. The containers, when not in use, shall be kept closed and free from air
so that paint does not thicken and also shall be kept guarded from dust. When the
paint has been used, the containers shall be washed with turpentine and wiped dry
with soft clean cloth, before they can be used again
7.5.2 Steel and other Metal Surfaces
a) Preparation of Surfaces:
The surface before painting shall be cleaned of all rust, scale, dirt and other foreign
matter sticking to it with wire brushes, steel wool, scrappers, sand papers etc. The
surfaces shall then be wiped finally with mineral turpentine which shall also remove
grease and perspiration of hand marks. The surface shall then be allowed to dry.
b) Preparation of Surfaces
The surface shall be treated with Mordant Solution (5 litres for about 190 sq.m) by
rubbing the solution generously, with a brush or bundle of rags on a stick. After about
half an hour, the surface will turn grey and parts remaining bright shall be retouched
and the extra surface washed down thoroughly with clean cold water and allowed to
dry.
c) Application of primers and paints:

After preparation of the surface, the priming coat shall be applied immediately. The
specifications for application shall conform to Para 5.1 above.
7.5.2 External Steel Works
a) All the external steel works shall be painted with two coats of approved anti
corrosive paint with two coats of compatible primer.
Anti-corrosive primers shall be either lead based or lead free types.
All the materials shall be of the best quality from and approved manufacturer. The
Contractor shall obtain prior approval of the Employer‟s Representative for the
brand of manufacture and the colour/shade prior to procurement for usage in the
works.
Primer and finish paints shall be compatible with each other to avoid cracking and
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
wrinkling and shall be from the same manufacturer for each painting system.
7.5.3 Wood and wood Based Materials

a) Preparation of Surface
All wood work shall be dry and free from any foreign matter, incidental to building
operation. Nails shall be punched well below the surface to provide a firm key for
stopping. Moulding shall be carefully smoothened with abrasive paper and projecting
fibres shall be removed. Flat portions shall be smoothened off with abrasive paper
used across the grain prior to painting. Any knots, resinous, streaks or bluish sap
wood that are large not enough to justify cutting out shall be treated with two coats of
pure shellac knotting, applied thinly and extended about 25 mm beyond the actual
area requiring treatment.
b) Plywood and block board:

This shall be treated as for solid wood, described above.
The surface shall be dusted off and painted with a coat of plastic emulsion paint
thinner with water or with a coat of shellac varnish as specified. The surface shall
then be rubbed down with fine grade abrasive paper and followed with required under
coating and finishing coat as for soiled wood.
c) Particle Board :
The surface shall be filled with a thin brushable filler and finished as for solid wood.
d) Insulation Boards :
Two thin coats of water based paints shall be applied by spraying.
e) Priming Coat :
The dirt or any other extraneous material shall be removed from the surface to be
painted. In case the surface is already finished with primer coat but unsatisfactory, it
Hard Boardsshall be rubbed down to bare wood and surface reprimed. Primer shall
be applied by brushing.
f) Application for transparent wood filler:

The filler shall be applied with brush or rag in such a way that it fills up all the pores
and indentations and levels up the surface. It shall be allowed to dry for 24 hours and
it shall then be cut and rubbed with emery paper so that the surface of the wood is laid
bare, with the filler only in the pores and crevices of the wood.
g) Stopping:
All holes, cracks, crevices, etc. shall be stopped carefully to true and level surface with
putty before the main undercoat is applied and after the application of the priming
coat, stopping shall be prepared as below:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Bees wax, resin and lac (orange in colour) in the proportion of 1:1:16 by weight shall
be melted down together in a suitable pot using slow heat, the mix being kept well
stirred. Colouring materials to produce the required shade shall be added into molten
mixture and stirred. Stopping shall on cooling be rolled into stick forms for use.
h) Application of Paints:
This shall conform to specifications under Para 5.1

i) Applying wood preservatives:
The preservatives of specified quality shall be applied in two coats. On new wood
work, it shall be applied liberally with a stout brush and not doubled with rags or cotton
waste. The first coat shall be allowed at least 24 hours to soak in before the second
coat is applied. The excess of preservative which does not soak into the wood shall be
wiped off with a clean dry piece of cloth.
7.6 MEASUREMENT
Painting on plastered or concrete surface shall be measured as for plastering.
Painting on wooden or metal surfaces shall not be measured separately and is

deemed to be included in the respective items.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11 KV INDOOR METERING CUBICLE
8.1 SCOPE:
8.1.1 This specification covers the design, fabrication, painting
andsupplyofmetalcabinet, supplyofcomponents,wiring,testingatworks,packing
and supply on destination basis and performance testing of
11kV,&22kV&33KVselfequippedmeteringcubicle.Trivectormeterisnotinthescop
eofsupply.Themeteringcubicleshallbesuitableforindoor/outdoorapplication.
8.1.2 It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of the design
and construction of equipments. However, the equipment shall conform in all
respects to high standards of engineering, design and workmanship mentioned
in clause 4.0 and shall be capable of performing in continuous
commercial operation upto the supplier’s guarantee in a manner acceptable
to the purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings and specification
and shall have the power to reject any work or material which in this
judgment, is not in accordance therewith. The equipments offered shall be
complete with all components necessary for their effective and trouble free
operation. Such components shall be deemed to be within the scope of supplier’s
supply, irrespective of whether those are specifically brought out in this
specification and / or the commercial order or not.
8.2 SPARES:
Anticipated requirement of spares like CT, PT etc., shall be submitted. The
tenderer shall quote unit rates for these spares. The purchase reserves the right of
selection of items and quantities of these spares to be ordered. The costs of such
spares shall not be considered for tender evaluation.
8.3 SERVICECONDITIONS:
i. Location-Any wherein the state of Maharashtra
ii. Maximum altitude above meansealevel-1000meters
iii. Maximum ambient average temp. -50DegreeC.iv.
Maximum temperature in shade -45DegreeC.v.
Minimum air temperature in shade - 3.5DegreeC . vi.
Relative humidity(%) -10to100%
vii. Maximum annual rainfall(MM) - 1450MM
viii. Maximum wind pressure(kg/sq.mm) - 150(kg/sq.mm)
ix. Seismic level(Horizontal acceleration) - 0.3g (as per IS1893)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
x. Isoceraunic level(days/year) - 50(days/year)

xi. Climate–Moderately hot, humid, tropical, conducive to rust and
fungus growth.
xii. The highest temperature in the cubicle may go up to85deg.c
8.4 STANDARD:
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this specification, the rating,
performance and testing of the metering cubicle and accessories hall conform
to the latest revisions, available at the time of submission of tender of all
relevant standards listed in Annexure I
8.5 PRINCIPALPARAMETER
The equipment covered in this specification shall meet the technical
requirements listed in Annexure II.
8.6 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS:
8.6.1 General Arrangement

The metering cubicle shall be installed electrically in between the incoming
supply point and the step down transformer of consumers’ installation. The
general arrangement of the cabinet shall be as per the enclosed drawing and
final drawing approval has to be obtained after approval of prototype sample,
as mentioned at clause 11.0 As shown in the general arrangement drawing, the
metering cubicle shall be provided with following components suitably
mounted:
1. 3 Nos. 11/22/33 kV class current transformer (CTs).
2. 3 Nos. 11/22/33 kV class Potential transformer (PTs).
3. Tinned copper busbars/connecting links totally covered by resin
casting.
4. The secondary wires from the terminals of CTs & PTs in the
CT/PT. Compartment shall be covered by resin cast blocks and the
secondary wires shall be brought in the metering compartment
through rubber bush and shall be left open duly crimped with
suitable pin type copper lugs.
5. Resin cast bushing board/s with arrangement to receive
Reychem or equivalent type of cable terminations for incoming
and outgoing supply points.
6. Adequate number of PVC cable glands to receive purchaser’s
incoming and / or outgoing cables.
7. Electronic safety lock (optional).
The principal parameters of all the above said components are listed in

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Annexure II and the General technical requirements are described

hereinafter.
8.6.2 Constructional Features of the Cabinet
The m e t e r i n g c u b i c l e s h a l l c o n s i s t o f four metal enclosed

compartments as follows:
I. C.T. / P.T. Compartment 1 Nos.
II. Cable termination compartment 2 Nos.
III. Meter compartment 1 Nos.
a) C.T. / P.T. Compartment :

3 nos. of C.T.s & 3 nos. of P.T.s shall be mounted in this
compartment. Resin cast boards shall be provided on the two sides
leading to two cable compartments.
The inside terminals of the resin cast bushings, the primary terminals
of CTs and primary terminals of PTs shall be connected by 25 mm X
6mm size links of electrolytic grade tinned copper. All the terminals
and links shall be covered by resin casting in rectangular blocks so that
no HT part is accessible.
The secondary wiring of CTs & PTs shall be carried out by 1100 V grade
multi-stranded single core copper cable. Size of copper cable shall be 4 sq.
mm. for CTs & 2.5 sq. mm. for PTs. Other end of these wires shall be
brought to the meter compartment, crimped with suitable pin type of
copper lugs. Entire wiring of cubicle except in the meter
compartment shall be covered by resin casting in rectangular block so as not
to have easy access without breaking of resin casting.
The CTs & PTs shall be firmly mounted on bottom plate of this
compartment. Additional support if necessary may be provided for
mounting CT/PT so that the bushing terminals, CT primary terminals &
PT primary terminals are at same horizontal level.
The CT/PT Compartment shall be provided with detachable top cover
having 5 to 10 degree slope from the front to rear side with the canopy
on front side.
The detachable top cover shall be provided with suitable interlock so

that the same can not be opened without opening the door of the meter
compartment.
b) As the CT/PTs incorporated in the cubicles are of resin cast type,

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
ventilation for sufficient air circulation will have to be

provided. This should be done by providing air-vent pipes as shown
in the drawing.
c) Cable compartments:
Cable compartments for housing purchaser’s cable/ cable
terminations shall be provided on both sides.
Detachable gland-plates shall be provided, at the bottom side of this
compartment, for accommodating 11/22/33 kV XLPE, 3 core cables
(120 Sq.mm. to 300 Sq.mm.).
Detachable covers shall be provided on sides of these compartments and
the roof shall be sloping 5 to 10 degrees towards the ends with canopy.
Two No.s of danger boards of M.S. plate shall be provided as per enclosed
drawing.
d) Meter Compartment :
Meter compartment with front door shall be provided on front side of the
CT/PT compartment.
The rubber gaskets shall be provided on stationary part of the
compartment so that edges of door shall rest on it.
The door shall be provided with Godrej-Ultra lock.
The door shall be provided with non-resettable mechanical impulse
counter to monitor the number of times the door has been opened.
The door shall be supported by strong, heavy duty concealed type (hinges shall
not be accessible from outside) hinges.
Toughened glass window of size 150 X 100 X 5 mm for easily viewing
the energy meter should be provided. The glass should be provided
with suitable weather proof seal to prevent ingress of rain water and any
screws, bolts and nuts for fixing the glass should not be accessible
from outside . Hinged metal cover to the glass window shall be provided
to shield the glass from sun rays and mechanical damages.
The metering components shall be provided with ‘Heat-lon’ lining all over
the inside.
Roof of the metering component shall be slopping 5 to 10 degrees towards
front side with canopy.
The words ‘M.S.E.D.C.L.’of 100 mm height shall be punched/embossed on
front side door.
e) General Features:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The metering cubicle shall comprise of rigid welded structural frame enclosed
completely by M.S sheets of not less than 2 mm thickness. Structural frame and
supporting angles should be of M.S angle of size 50x50x6 mm minimum. All
the compartments of the cubicle shall be welded from inside and detachable
covers/components should be bolted. Bolts with hole shall be provided for
sealing purpose at opposite corners of the top cover. The fabrication of the
cubicle should be such that there is no ingress of water.
All doors and removable covers shall be gasketed all around with neoprene
gaskets and the metering cubicle shall meet the requirements of IP – 55
protection as per IS- 12063, if the air –vents are closed.
The metering cubicle shall be mounted on concrete plinth of 2
feet height so as to bring the meter window at normal eye level. A
bottom frame of M.S. angles as shown in the drawings shall be
provided, duly welded, for mounting the cubicle on the plinth.
4 lifting hooks of suitable size shall be provided at the top for lifting the
cubicle.
The metering cubicle shall be painted by powder coating after proper
cleaning. The colour shall be ‘Light Gray’. Finished painted appearance of
equipment shall present an aesthetically pleasing appearance, free from dents
and uneven surfaces.
8.7 EARTHING:
8.7.1 Nine independent G.I. earthling bolts of at least M 10 size should be

provided on sides so that the inside and outside earthling can be
done. It should be firmly welded to the sides.
8.7.2 An earthling bus of copper strip of size 25 x 3 mm shall be

provided and extended throughout the length of the metering
cubicle. It shall be bolted /brazed to the framework at two points. PT
primarily earthling may be made at 2 locations by 25 x 3 mm copper strips.
8.7.3 All non-current carrying metal work of the switchboard shall be

efficiently bonded to the earth bus.
8.7.4 Hinged doors shall be earthed through flexible earthling braid.
8.8 Cable Glands:

The sizes of 11/22/33 kV power cable being arranged by the purchaser
for incoming and/or outgoing supply shall be 120 sq. mm to 300 sq. mm

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
8 . 9 XLPE CABLES.
The bidder shall provide connecting leads of adequate size with terminal
clamps for connecting cable terminals to busbars. The arrangements
shall be suitable for double bolt connection as shown in he drawing. Two sets
of one plain washer and one cup washer and two nuts and one bolt
shall be provided for the purchasers incoming/outgoing cable connections.
The bidders scope shall also include necessary number of heavy duty PVC
cable glands for terminating 11/22/33kV power cables.
Instrument Transformers:
8.9.1 The current transformers (CTs) and potential transformers (PTs)

shall conform to the requirement stipulated in relevant standards as well
as in Annexure II.
The CTs & PTs shall be of cast resin type (Insulation Class ‘E’) and shall
be able to withstand the thermal and mechanical stresses resulting from
the maximum short circuit & momentary current ratings specified. These
shall be completely encapsulated.
The resin used for manufacturing of CT/PT and Bushing Board shall be of
reputed make and resin casting shall be carried out under vacuum by hot
setting process only. Cold setting epoxy resin of reputed make should
be used for casting over complete inside wiring, connecting strips on HV
side.
CTs /PTs shall have polarity marks indelibly marked on each
transformer and at the associated terminal block.
CTs/PTs shall be of the single phase type
Core lamination shall be of high grade steel or other equivalent alloy.
Name plate showing particulars and connection diagram shall be
provided.They shall be made of non-corrosive material, shall be indelibly
punched/painted and shall be firmly fixed on the body of instrument
transformer.
The CTs & PTs shall be suitable for floor mounting in the cubicle.
8.9.2 Electronic Lock (Optional):
A dynamic electronic locking system for the cubicle shall be offered
as optional item. The dynamic lock shall consist mainly of -
1) Master Unit with LCD to programme REMOTE at purchaser’s office,
2) Portable REMOTE with KEYBOARD to operate the door of the panel
lock.
3) PANEL LOCK with sensor to lock/unlock door of cubicle.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
MASTER UNIT:
The unit shall contain LCD display and a socket to connect REMOTE,
when powered, it should show current date and time. The clock for this
purpose shall be simple but tamper proof clock. Once connected to
REMOTE using cable, the lock should open only when ID of MASTER
matches with that of REMOTE. The REMOTE should be programmed for
specific panel lock only. The secret code for transmission should be
complete and should not follow normal arithmetic rules. Random codes
should be generated which shall be unique for specific lock. The secrete
code should be a function of that particular date so that once a REMOTE is
programmed; it shall be effective only for certain hours say end of the day.
Transmission of secret code of PANEL LOCK should be done on dual
transmission technique i.e. Infra Red (IR) and Radio Frequency (RF)
encoding, using these two techniques coupled with Random Code generation
technique mentioned above shall provide the secret code system which cannot
be broken.
REMOTE:
A REMOTE of simple design having a keypad as in the telephone instrument
shall be provided. The REMOTE shall have a unique ID code to have dialog
with MASTER. Once programmed the REMOTE shall be useful for operating
PANEL LOCK for that particular day only.
PA NEL LOCK:
The PANEL LOCK shall consist of an RF & IR sensor and
motorised mechanical lock. The motor of the mechanical lock shall be
operatable at 230 volt single phase A.C. power supply. The lock shall
have minimum 4 nos of cylinders of 14mm diameter which shall
engage the cubical door. The sensor shall also indicate power on/off
and status of lock.
The MASTER and the REMOTE shall be programmable/usable for
number of PANEL LOCKS- the limitations if any, may be specified by
the bidders.
Any other techno-economical acceptable alternative designs shall be
considered but indenter /Purchaser shall be final authority in this regard.
8.10 Testes & Test Certificate:
8.10.1 Acceptance and Routine Test:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Following tests shall be carried out as acceptance and routine tests.

a) For Current Transformers.
All tests as per clause No.9.1.2 of IS – 2705 (Part-I) 1992.
b) For Potential Transformer.
All tests as per clause No. 9.1.2 of IS-3156 (Part-I) 1992
c) For Complete Unit:
i) Temperature rise test on complete unit at rated current of cubicle.
ii) Power frequency withstand test at 28 kv, 50 kv and 70 kv for
11 kv, 22 kv and 33 kV cubicle respectively.
iii) Overall dimension.
For CTs and PTs required tested shall be carried out at the
original manufacturer’s works in the presence of purchaser’s
representative.
8.10.2 Type Tests:-

For the CTs and PTs, the type tests shall be carried out for each voltage
class and for each rating of short time withstand current with lowest CT
ratio.
For Current Transformer:

All testes (Except High Voltage power frequency wet withstand test) as
per clause No. 9.1.1 of IS-2705 (Part-I) 1992. Amended up to date,
considering outdoor application of CTs.
• Short time current tests.
• Temperature rise test.
• Lightning impulse test for CT for service in electrically exposed
installation.
• Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the
requirements of the appropriate designation or accuracy class.
For Potential Transformer:
All testes (Except High Voltage power frequency wet withstand test)
as per clause No. 9.1.1 of IS-3156 (Part-I) 1992. Amended up to date,
considering outdoor application of PTs.
• Temperature rise test.
• Lightning impulse test for PT for service in electrically exposed
installation.
• Determination of errors or other characteristics according to the
requirements of the appropriate designation or accuracy class.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
For Complete Unit:

Temperature rise test on complete unit at the rated current of cubicle of each
voltage class with highest C.T. ratio.( IS 3427(1997).
Power Frequency Withstand Test at 28 kV, 50kV and 70kV for
11kV, 22kV and 33 KV cubicle respectively.
Impulse Wave Withstand test at 75 kV, 125kV & 170kV for
11kV,22kV and 33 KV cubicles (considering that the cubicles are meant
for outdoor use) as per IS-2071.
Type test for IP-55 protection as per category ‘1’ as mentioned as per
clause no. 7.5 of IS 12063.
Short time withstand current test, shall be performed on the cubicle by
passing a current of 13.1 KA for 1 Sec. for 11kV and 26.2 KA for
1 sec. for 22/ 33kV, with CT/PT bypassed. (IS 3427-1997).
8.10.3 Type Test Reports:

The HT Metering cubicles, CTs and PTs shall be fully type tested as
per relevant IS and this specification. The tenderer shall furnish
detailed type test reports of all the type tests for offered CTs, PTs and HT
Metering Cubicles. For these CTs & PTs, the type tests shall be for each
voltage class and for each rating of short time current.These tests should
have been carried within 5 years prior to the date of submission of
type test reports. If TTRs as above are not submitted on or before due date
and time, the offer shall stand rejected. The purchaser reserves the right to
demand repetition of some or all TTRs in presence of purchaser’s
representative at purchaser’s cost. In case the unit fails in any one type test,
the complete supply shall be rejected.
All above type tests shall be carried out at NABL Laboratories to prove
that the complete HT Metering Cubicles, CTs and PTs offered meet the
requirements of specification. The successful tenderer shall take
approval/waival of type tests from CE (DIST), MSEDCL Mumbai prior to
commencement of supply.
8.10.4 Minimum Testing Facilities:

The Tenderer must clearly indicate the details of testing facilities available
at the works of manufacturer and that the facilities are adequate to
carry out all routine and acceptance tests. These facilities should be
available to MSEDCL’s Engineers, if deputed to carry out or witness the
tests at the manufacturer’s works.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
a) For CT/PT at original manufacturer’s works:

Class of accuracy test panel for CTs with phase angle and ratio error
measuring unit with Current source, Burden box and standard CT.
Class of accuracy test panel for PTs with phase angle and ratio error
measuring unit with Voltage source, Burden box and standard PT.
Partial discharge test setup.
Resistance Voltage Divider.
High Frequency Generator Set with control panel.
Milli Ohms Meter.
Over voltage inter turn test equipment.
b) HT Metering Cubicle :
Power Frequency Withstand Test Generator Set with control panel.
Current source for temperature rise test with digital ammeter, volt meter,
temperature indicators and Tong Tester.
8.10.5 Minimum Manufacturing Facilities :

The tenderer should have following minimum manufacturing facilities in
house to prove his reliability as a manufacturer of HT Metering
Cubicle.
a. Power operated shearing machine. b.
Power operated press brake.
c. Power operated press.
The tenderer shall furnish details of Powder Coating process employed.
8.11.0 PROTOTYPE AND DRAWING:

The successful bidder will have to offer a prototype sample for inspection
before bulk manufacturing. The prototype sample will be inspected by
a team of purchaser’s representatives. On approval of prototype the bidder
will have to submit the drawings accordingly and get it approved from
C.E. (Distribution) before bulk manufacturing and supply. No additional
delivery period will be permitted for approval of prototype and drawings.
8.12.0 Inspection:
The inspection may be carried out by the purchaser at any stage of
manufacture. The successful tenderer shall grant free access to the
purchaser’s representative at a reasonable time when the work is in
progress. Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this
specification by the purchaser shall not relieve the supplier of his

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification

and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is found to be
defective.
8.13.0 Documentation:
8.13.1 The tenderer shall furnish two sets of following drawings and
documents along with his offer.
Complete assembly drawings of the metering cubicle showing plan,
elevation and typical sectional views and locations of cable boxes, busbars,
metering compartment and TV meter.
Foundation plan showing location of foundation channels, anchor bolts and
anchors, floor plan and openings for cables etc.
Type test certificates for type testing of bought out items, if already carried
out. Descriptive pamphlets and literature of bought out items including CT
characteristic curves etc.
8.13.2 All drawings and data shall be annotated in English.
8.13.3 Successful tenderer shall be required to furnish four sets of final

versions of all the above said drawings and documents within 15 days after
Proto type inspection, for purchaser’s approval.
8.13.4 Approval of drawings/work by purchaser shall not relieve supplier of

his responsibility and liability for ensuring correctness and correct
interpretation of the drawings for meeting the requirement of the latest
revision of applicable standards, rules and codes for practices. The
equipment shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering,
design, workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of
ordering and purchaser shall have power to reject any work or materials
which, in his judgment, is not in full accordance therewith.
8.14 Packing & Forwarding:

The equipments shall be packed in crates suitable for vertical/horizontal
transport, as the case may be, and suitable to withstand handling
during transport and outdoor storage during transit. The supplier shall be
responsible for any damage to the equipment during transit. due to
improper and inadequate packing. The easily damageable material
shall be carefully packed and marked with appropriate caution
symbols. Wherever necessary, proper arrangement for lifting, such as lifting
hooks etc. shall be provided.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Any material found short inside the packing cases shall be supplied
by supplier without any extra cost.
8.14.1 Each consignment shall be accompanied by a detailed packing list

containing the following information.
a) Name of the consignee
b) Details of consignment
c) Destination
d) Sign showing upper/lower side of the crate
e) Handling and unpacking instructions
f) Bill of material indicating contents of each package.
8.14.2 The supplier shall ensure that the packing list and bill of material
are approved by the purchaser before dispatch.
8.15 Schedule:
8.15.1 The tenderer shall fill in the following schedules which form
part of the tender specification and offer. If the schedule are not
submitted duly filled in with the offer, the offer shall be liable for
rejection.
Schedule -‘A’- Guaranteed and technical particulars. Schedule -‘C’- Tenderer’s
Experience
8.15.2 Unless otherwise brought out separately by the tenderer, the

equipment offered shall be claimed to conform to the
specification,scrupulously. The discrepancies between the specification and the
catalogues or literature submitted as part of the offer shall not be
considered as valid unless specifically brought out.
ANNEXURE-I
LIST OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS
Sr.No. STANDARDNO. TITLE
1 IS–2071 Method Of High Voltage Testing
2 IEC-185 Current Transformers
3 IEC-270 Partial Discharge Measurement
4 IEC–60 High Voltage Test Techniques

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Method of RIV test on high voltage

5 IEC–8263
insulators
6 IEC–186 Voltage Transformers
7 IS–2705 Current Transformers
8 IS–3156 Voltage Transformers
9 IS–11322
IEC-44-Part4 Partial Discharge Measurement
IEC–137
Classification of degree of protection
10 IS–12063 provided by enclosures of Electrical
equipments
11 IS–3427 HT switches gear and control gear

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
ANNEXURE–II
PRINCIPALTECHNICALPARAMETERSOF
EQUIPEMNT
Sr.No. ITEM Specification
A) SYSTEM PARAMETERS
1 Rated voltage 11kV 22kV 33kV
2 Highest System Voltage 12kV 24kV 36kV
3 Short circuit withstand current and 11kV 22kV 33kV

duration(KArms/sec) FOR100/5A 13.10kA 26.20kA 26.20kA
FOR50,25/5A 6.70kA 13.10kA 13.10kA
FOR10/5A 3.00kA 6.70kA 6.70kA
FOR5/5A 3.00kA 3.00kA 3.00kA
4 Frequency 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
B) CURRENTTRANSFORMER
1 Type Single Phase, cast resin
2 Insulation class ‘E'
3 Rated voltage 11KV 22KV 33KV
4 Rated primary current(A) 5,10,25,50,100
5 Rated secondary current(A) 5
24/50/ 36/70/
6 Basic insulation level (KV) 12/28/75 125 170
6.1 One minute power frequency 28 50 70

Withstand voltage (KVrms)
6.2 1.2/50microsecondimpulse 75 125 170

voltage(KVP)
7 Rated continuous thermal current 1.2timestheratedcurrent
8 Burden(VA) 10VA
9 Accuracy class 0.5
10 Instrument security factor 5orless
11 Core details Single core

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
12 Short circuit withstand Current and 11KV 22KV 33KV

duration(KA rms/sec) FOR100/5A 13.10kA 26.20kA 26.20kA
FOR50,25/5A 6.70kA 13.10kA 13.10kA
FOR10/5A 3.00kA 6.70kA 6.70kA
FOR5/5A 3.00kA 3.00kA 3.00kA
13 Rated dynamic withstand current (KVP) 2.5TimesSTC
14 Applicable standard IS-2705
C) POTENTIALTRANSFORMER
1 Rated primary voltage (V) 11000/√3 22000/√3 33000/√3
2 Rated secondary voltage(V) 110/√3
3 Ratio Tap Single Ratio
4 Core details &purpose Single core & commercial metering.
5 Type Resin Cast
6 Insulation class E
7 Insulation level
7.1 One minute power frequency 28 50 70

Withstand voltage (KVrms)
7.2 1.2/50microsecondimpulse 75 125 170

voltage(KVP)
8 Applicable standard IS-3156
9 Ratio(V) 11000/110 22000/110 33000/110

√3 √3 √3 √3 √3 √3
10 Rated burden 50VA
11 Class of accuracy 0.5
D)METALCABINET
1. Overall dimensions As per drawing
2. Material Mild Steel
3. Plate Thickness
Side plates (mm) 2mm
Bottom Plates(mm) 2mm
Top Plate(mm) 2mm
E)BUSBARS / connecting strips.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. Material E.C. Grade Copper

2. Cross Section Rectangular
25mmX6mm
Schedule “A” :GT Pine-tendering.

Schedule “C”
Tenderer shall furnish here a list of similar orders executed / under execution by him to
whom a reference may be made by purchaser in case he considers such a reference
necessary.
Sr.No. Name of client Value of order Period of Name

&description of items supply & &Address to
ordered commissioning whom
reference
May be made
1 2 3 4 5
Name of the Firm:

Name & signature of tenderer:
Designation:
Date:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 11 kV SWITCHGEAR

PANEL
9.1 SCOPE
9.1.1 This specification covers the technical requirements of indoor HV sheet metal
enclosed switchgear rated up to 11000 volts with associated equipment mounted there in
which hereinafter referred to in this specification as switchgear.
9.1.2 This specification also covers the design, manufacture and supply of 11 kV
switch-board incorporating draw-out vacuum circuit breakers for 11 kV.
9.1.3 The 11 kV switch-boards shall be capable of continuous and reliable operation at
the full load rating specified where continuity of operation is of prime importance.
9.1.4 Workmanship shall be the highest grade and the entire construction in accordance
with the best modern practice.
9.1.5 The switchgear shall be capable of withstanding the severest stresses likely to
occur in actual service and of resisting rough handling during transport.
9.1.6 The 11 kV switchboards shall have incomers & outgoing feeders and other
requirements as shown in the single line diagrams.
9.2 CODES AND STANDARDS

9.2.1 Unless otherwise specified, equipment shall conform to the following latest
applicable
standards:
a) IEC 62271-200
b) IS 13118
9.3 DESIGN PARAMETERS

The 11 KV systems shall be suitable for the following parameters.
9.3.1Rated Voltage 11 kV, 3 phase
9.3.2 Rated frequency 50 Hz
9.3.3 Fault level 21 kA (r.m.s.) for 1 sec
63 kA (peak)
9.3.4 Impulse withstand voltage 75 kV peak (1.2/50 micro-sec)
9.3.5 Enclosure IP54
9.3.6 Maximum allowable bus-bar 55°C for silver plated joints and 40°C Temperature
elsewhere above50°C Ambient temperature.
9.3.7 Circuit breaker type Vacuum
9.3.8 Operating duty 0-3 min. CO 3 min.-CO
9.3.9 Control Voltage 110V DC

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.4 CONSTRUCTION
9.4.1 The switchgear panel shall be metal enclosed, free floor standing, totally
enclosed,dust and vermin proof with draw out type circuit breakers. Vertical units shall be
assembled to form a continuous line up of uniform height and depth. Switchgear shall be
of indoor, sheet metal clad, mounted inside compartment and draw out type vacuum CB.
9.4.2 The normal current rating and rupturing capacity of breakers should be as indicated
in the drawings.
9.4.3 Switchgear shall be dust tight, moisture and vermin proof suitable for indoor
installation.
All doors, removable covers and cable gland /box/ plates shall be all around with
neoprene or synthetic gaskets. All louvers and vent openings shall have screens or grills
made of brass or GI wire mesh and provided with filters.
9.4.4 The panel structure shall house the components contributing to the major weight of
the equipment such as circuit breaker, main horizontal bus-bars and other components is
adequately supported without deformation or loss of alignment during transit or during
operation.
9.4.5 Switchgear shall be unit type construction with fully compartmentalized housing to
provide a rigid self-supporting and self-contained enclosure for each circuit and its
associated components. Each sheet metal enclosed unit shall be made up of rigid welded
structural frame enclosed on all sides by cold rolled sheet of thickness not less than 2 mm.
Stiffeners shall be provided wherever necessary. Each unit of the switchgear shall have
necessary internal sheet metal barrier to form separate compartments for buses,
instruments, relays, cable connection etc.
9.4.6 The stationery unit shall include the racking mechanism, mechanical interlocks, the
stationery primary and secondary disconnecting devices, automatic shutters, separate
segregated metal compartments each compartments shall have a separate cover for
individual component servicing without exposing circuits in adjacent compartments. Each
unit shall have on the front a separate hinged metal panel for mounting of instruments,
meters, relays, indicating lamps control and alarm devices. Switchgear cubicles shall be
provided with hinged doors on the front with locking facility. Each cubical shall be
provided with bottom plate of thickness not less than 3.0 mm for sheet steel. Metal
partitions shall be provided between adjacent cubicle and three phase bus bars shall be
taken to adjacent cubicle through seal- off bushings or sealed insulating barriers.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.4.7 Adequate barriers shall permit personnel to work safely within an empty
compartment with the bus-bars energized. Checking and removal of components shall be
possible
without disturbing the feeder. All auxiliary equipment shall be easily accessible to
facilitate their operation and maintenance. It shall be possible to set all relays and
measuring instruments without de-energizing the switchgear.
9.4.8 Cable compartment and busbar compartment shall be bolted covers and additional
wire mesh screens provided inside to prevent direct access on opening the covers.
9.4.9 All doors and opening shall be fitted with neoprene or synthetic gaskets with
fasteners designed to ensure proper compression of the gaskets. When covers are provided
in placeof doors, generous overlap shall be assured between sheet steel surfaces with
closely spaced fasteners to preclude the entry of dust.
9.4.10 The panels shall have cable entry from the bottom and shall be provided with
removablegland plate and termination arrangement for 3 core, 11 kV (E), 300 sq. mm.
XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, screened, Aluminum conductor cable.
9.4.11 The HT switchgear shall be constructed only of materials capable of withstanding

the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses, as well as the effects of humidity, which
are likely to be encountered in normal service. All insulating materials used in
construction of the equipment shall be non hygroscopic material, duly treated to withstand
the effects of high humidity, high temperature and tropical ambient service conditions.
9.4.12 Each panel shall be provided with space heater to prevent condensation.
9.4.13 The height of the panel shall not be more than 2600 mm. The total depth of the
panel shall be adequate to cater for proper cabling space.
9.4.14 Provision shall be made for permanently earthing the frames and other metal parts
of the HT switchboard through a copper earth bus-bar running throughout the full length
of the switchboard at the bottom. Draw-out type switching units shall have sliding ground
contact. It shall be possible to earth the switchboard at two independent points on either
ends for connections to the external Earthing network of the plant.
9.4.15 It shall be possible to extend the switchgear in either direction at a future date. Ends
of bus-bars shall be suitably drilled for this purpose.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.4.16 Suitable eye bolt for lifting of panel shall be provided. On removing the eye bolts
no holesoffering access to panel shall be provided.
9.4.17 The cubicle and circuit breaker unites shall be constructed such that each unit is
interchangeable with every other units of similar rating. Switchgear construction shall be
such as to provide future extension readily feasible.
9.4.18 The cubicle shall be provided with explosion flaps on the top, which open out
under pressure, developed under high short circuit conditions and internal arc tested for
25kA for 1 sec.
9.4.19 Each switchgear cubicle shall be affixed on the front and rear with nameplates,
engraved with circuit designation. Nameplate shall be 40 mm high by 150 mm long with 6
mm engraved lettering. Also each cubicle mounted devices such as instrument, relays,
control and indicating devices shall be provided with separate nameplates. Nameplate
shall be of the black aluminum anodized type, having black surface with white core.
9.4.20 Each cubicle shall be mounted on a base-frame made of 75 x 40 MS channel and

fixed by MS bolts & nuts.
9.4.21 All bolts, nuts, washers and other hard-wares, which are to be used as fasteners
shall be cadmium plated.
9.4.22 Control cables entry shall be from top & suitable un drilled gland plates shall be
provided.
9.5 BUS BAR
9.5.1 Main three phase bus bars shall be of electrolytic aluminum. Bus bars shall be of
uniform section throughout the entire length of the switchgear and up to the incoming
terminals of the feeder circuit breaker or isolator. Bus bars shall be sized to carry the
specified rated current continuously without exceeding the permissible temperature limit.
Bus bars shalL be air insulated and segregated from all other compartments.
9.5.2 Bus bars shall be supported on epoxy cast resin insulators conforming to IS:2544
and shall have coordinated dielectric properties and strength to withstand dynamic
stresses caused by current equal to the circuit breaker momentary rating . Inter panel seal
off bushings of epoxy cast resin along with a suitable semi conducting neoprene rubber
rings shall be provided in the bus-bar compartment through which the bus-bar passes.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.5.3 Bus bar connections to stationary primary contacts in cubicle shall be segregated
with insulating barriers.
9.5.4 Bus bar joints shall be covered with removable cast resin block.
9.5.5 The bus bar chamber shall be totally maintenance free.
9.5.6 Bus bars shall be supported at regular intervals and both, bus bars and supports
shall be adequately sized and braced to withstand short circuit level without deformation.
All bus supports shall be non-carbonizing material resistant to acid alkalis and shall be
non hygroscopic characteristics.
9.5.7 For long bus-bars suitable expansion joints shall be provided. Thermal design of
the bus bars shall be based on the installation of the switchgear in poorly ventilated
condition.
9.5.8 The rating of bus-bars shall be same as that of incomer breaker rating.
9.6 PERFORMANCE AND CHARACTERISTICS:
9.6.1 Switchgear shall be capable of satisfactory operation for the application, duty and
other requirements as specified in this specifications, enclosed data sheets and electrical
single line diagram.
9.6.2 Vacuum circuit breakers / circuit breakers shall be suitable for switching duty of
transformers as shown on drawing and shall be re-strike free. Over voltage during
switching shall be limited to values, which are safe for the connected devices by making
suitable provisions in the circuit breakers.
9.7 SAFETY FEATURES:
9.7.1 Operating of circuit breaker shall not be possible unless it is in service position or
drawn “test” position or fully drawn out position. Withdrawal or engagement of circuit
breaker or isolator into “service” position shall not be possible unless it is open.
Operation of the isolator shall not be possible unless its associated breaker is in the open
position.
9.7.2 Internal earth-bus shall be provided which has a short circuit withstanding
capacity for one second and all enclosures shall be connected to this bus.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.7.3 Pad-lockable Earthing arrangement through an integral earth switch, where ever
indicated and one earthing truck to enable earthing on load side for each substation shall
be provided. To prevent the closing of earth switch circuit on live circuit suitable
mechanical interlock shall be provided. The earthing switch can be operated when
withdrawable part is in the disconnected position. Earthing switch shall be short time i.e.
1 sec. Current withstand capability equal to the breaker.
9.7.4 Switchgear cubicle shall be provided with safety shutter operated automatically
by the movement of the drawn out carriage to cover the stationery primary disconnecting
contacts when the draw out carriage is automatically by the movement of the drawn out
carriage to cover the stationery primary disconnecting contacts when the draw out
carriage is in “test” or “fully draw out" positions .The safety shutters shall be opened
automatically upon insertion of the carriage into “service” position.
9.7.5 Direct access or accidental contact with main bus bars and primary connections
shall not be possible when the cubicle door or instrument component door is opened or
when the breaker is withdrawn from the cubicle with cubicle door open.
9.7.6 A view glass shall be provided on the front door to facilitate observation of the
breaker mechanical ON/OFF indication, mechanical operation counter. The metering
compartment which shall be totally enclosed box made up of sheet shall be located at
front above the breaker compartment .All the low voltage equipment like relays meters,
switches, push buttons indicating lamps, motor starters disconnecting type terminal
blocks fuses etc. shall be mounted in this compartment.
9.8 COMPONENTS
9.8.1 VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
9.8.1.1 Circuit breaker shall have draw out Contacts on both line & Bus side. Each of the
primary disconnecting devices shall consist of a stationary element mounted within an
insulating shroud and movable element mounted on circuit breaker stud. The movable
element shall consist of flexibly mounted self aligning assembly of bridging elements,
formed so that each segment will make a high pressure contact with the fixed terminal at
the other end.
9.8.1.2 The secondary disconnecting devices shall provided connections for control
circuits between the circuit breaker unit and the housing. These connections shall be of
self-aligning multi contact slip type connectors or of the plug and socket type.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.8.1.3 The circuit breaker complete with operation mechanism, control devices and
interlocks shall be mounted on a draw out type carriage. The frame shall be fabricated
from a formed sheet electrically welded to from a rugged support for the breaker .As steel
barrier shall separate the high voltage parts of the circuit breaker from the operating
mechanism and control device. The entire frame shall be mounted on wheels.
9.8.1.4 The circuit breakers shall have three definite and distinct positions the “Service“,
“Test”and “Fully draw out” positions with the breaker position clearly indicated.
9.8.1.5 Circuit breakers shall be electrically operated type. The power operated
mechanism shall be motor operated spring power stored energy type suitable for the
240V A.C. Power operated mechanism shall be anti-pumping type and remote control of
breaker operation shall be possible Tripping release and intermediate stored energy
device shall be provided on the breaker with a shunt trip coil. On failure of power supply
to spring charging motor, at least one open-close-open operation of the circuit breaker
shall be possible. Also manual-operating gear with spring charging device shall be
provided which makes the speed of the closing and opening of circuit breaker
independent of the operator.
9.8.1.6 Once a closing order has been given it is always completed by the breaker, the
closingsprings shall be charged automatically by motor but can also be tensioned by hand
using crank. A closed breaker with tensioned closing springs can be operated open- close
without intermediate motor or manual tensioning and the breaker can therefore be used
for rapid re-closing. The opening spring is tensioned automatically when the breaker
close. An indication shall be provided to show whether the closing springs are tensioned
The breaker shall be fitted with a push button for mechanical opening and with magnet
coils for closing and opening .A shunt trip coil suitable for 110V, DC supply shall be
provided for tripping the circuit breaker. Also a counter shall be provided to record the
number of opening operation of the circuit breaker.
9.8.1.7 Circuit breakers shall be mounted on truck such that circuit breaker Potential
transformeretc. is racked in or out of the cubicle by means of specially designed racking
mechanism. Also circuit breaker can be put in test or service position without opening the
cubicle door.
9.8.1.8 Vacuum Circuit Breaker, each pole encloses all of the active parts in an insulating
enclosure under higher vacuum (Less than 10-9 bar).
9.8.1.9 Circuit breaker shall be suitable for following operation:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
a. Rapid auto closure.

b. Switching of transformers under no- load condition.
c. Tripping of fault currents at very high frequencies of the transient recovery.
d. Switching of cables.
9.8.1.10 Each breaker shall be provided with auxiliary switches directly operated from
breakeroperating mechanism. Auxiliary relays or contactors for multiplying the breaker
auxiliary contacts are not acceptable. Each circuit breaker shall have minimum 6 `NO`
and 6 `NC` potentially free auxiliary switches. Each rated for 16 amps at 240V A.C. and
wired up to terminal block. These contacts shall be in addition to those provided in the
control circuit of each breaker.
9.8.1.11 All breaker units of like rating and types shall be physically and electrically
interchangeable. While Breakers of dissimilar ratings should not have interchange
ability.
9.8.1.12 The HT breakers shall have following features :

a. Re-strike free & trip free with anti-pumping features.
b. Trip coil shall have supervision relay and shall have facilities for mechanical
tripping and manual charging.
9.8.1.13 All protective relays shall be of numerical communicable technology type with
self monitoring features. Protective relays and timers shall be flush mounted. The
protective relays shall be draw-out type and shall be suitable for operation from CT and
VT secondary as required for protection circuit. The protection shall be provided in HT
circuit breakers with numerical type relays as shown in SLD and mentioned in BOQ.
9.9 FUSES:
9.9.1 High voltage HRC fuses shall be suitable for protection of Voltage transformers
used for metering and protection and shall be complying with BS 2692.
9.9.2 LT HRC fuses shall be cylindrical type.
9.10 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS:
9.10.1 Voltage transformers as shown in drawing shall be supplied conforming to

relevant IS:3156. VTs shall be resin cast / resin encapsulated type and shall be provided
with HRC fuse on primary and secondary sides. Prospective interrupting current rating

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
VTs shall correspond to the voltage rating of the switchgear. Class of Insulation shall be
E type.
9.10.2 Voltage transformers with their associated primary and secondary fuses shall be
accessible from the front of the Panel.
9.10.3 Measuring VT will be of Class 1 Accuracy and protection VT will be of Class 3P

accuracy.
9.10.4 The VT shall be used for under voltage remote connection to BMS and also for
Voltmeter selector switch on each section. Separate cubicles shall be provided for PT
module of each bus-bar section.
9.11 CURRENT TRANSFORMER:
9.11.1 Current transformers as specified in SLD shall be provided for each circuit
conforming to relevant IS: 2705. CTs shall be resin cast /resin encapsulated type with bar
primary andshall be mounted on fixed portion of the switchgear cubicle. Facilities shall
be provided for short circuiting and Earthing of CT secondary leads at the terminal
blocks. Also test links shall be provided in CT secondary leads to carry out current and
phase angle measurement tests with CTs in service. Current transformer shall be designed
to withstand the thermal and mechanical stresses resulting from fault current equal to
maximum interruption and momentary current rating respectively of circuit breakers.
Insulation level of the CTs shall correspond to the voltage level of the switchgear. CTs
shall have polarity marks indelibly marked on CT terminals and at the associated terminal
blocks.
9.11.2 The arrangement of mounting and supporting the CTs shall be such as to take care
that tracking along insulator surface from bus-bars to CT supporting metal clamps. Cleats
and bolts resulting –over shall be avoided.
9.11.3 Measuring CT’s will be class 1 accuracy, while Protection CT’s will be 5P20
accuracy or PS accuracy as per requirement.
9.12 CONTROL AND SELECTOR SWITCHES:
9.12.1 Control and instrument switches shall be of the rotary type provided with
escutcheon plates engraved with switch operating positions and suitable for semi-flush

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
mounting with only the switch front plate and operating handle projecting out. The
contact assembly at the back of the switch.
9.12.2 Breaker Control switches shall have momentary contacts, spring return to center
with pistol grip handles. Instrument and selector switches shall have stay put contacts
with oval knurled handles. Three numbers of contacts, their rating and their operation in
each switch shall be as per the requirement of the connected circuit and the control
schematics. Control Supply shall be 110 V, D.C.
9.13 INDICATING LAMPS:
9.13.1 Indicating lamps shall be panel-mounting type with LED type only. Bulbs and
lenses shall be easily replaceable from the front.
9.13.2 Breaker ON Red
9.13.3 Breaker OFF Green
9.13.4 Alarms Amber
9.13.5 Auto Trip White
9.13.6 Trip circuit healthy Blue
9.14 CABLE TERMINATIONS
9.14.1 For power cables, provisions shall be made in the switchgear in a separate
compartment to suit the types and sizes of cable as shown in SLD.
9.14.2 Connecting lugs for connecting cable to switchgear power terminals are to be
supplied under cable installation & termination job.
9.14.3 For control cable entry each switchgear cubicle, separate removable type gland
plate shall be provided with cable through to lead these cables up to the control terminals.
Gland plate and control cable through shall be adequately sized for the number of control
and instrument cables emanating from the cubicles.
9.15 SPACE HEATER AND RECEPTACLE

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.15.1 Each switchgear cubicle shall be provided with space heater rated for 240V,
phase, A.C. Supply. The capacity and location of these space heaters inside switchgear
cubicles shall be such that temperature throughout the cubicle section is maintained at
least 5 deg. C above dew point by common thermostats to prevent any moisture
condensation switch fuse unit shall be provided inside each switchgear cubicle to control
the power supply to the space heaters.
9.15.2 Each switchgear cubicle shall be provided with one, 3 pin receptacle plug with
on-off switch rated for 5 Amps, 240V, 1 phase A.C. supply.
9.15 PROTECTION RELAYS
9.15.1 The protection relay should be microprocessor based & have12 mm, 8 values, Set
values, Trip data and Trip History for analysis and trouble shooting.
9.15.2 All Protection Relays should be conforming to following IS/IEC standards:

IEC 61000-4-8 : Power Frequency Magnetic Test
IEC 61000-4-11 : Voltage Dips and Interruption Test
IEC 61000-4-12 : Ring Wave Test
IEC 61000-4-5 : Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-3 : Radiated Electromagnetic Field Test
IEC 61000-4-4 : Electrical Fast Transient test
IEC 61000-4-2 : Electrostatic Discharge Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-22-1 : High Frequency Disturbance Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-5 : Impulse Test
IS 3231/IEC 60255-5 : Dielectric Test
9.15.3 The Protection relay should have built in Self Supervision and Self Testing
Feature & Self diagnostic to ensure continuous reliability.
9.15.4 The protection relay should have separate indication for Power On, Programming
Mode and Relay fault.
9.15.5 The protection relay shall have RS 485 port/MOD BUS for Communication with
BMS system. The Hardware/Software Protocol for the same shall be given without any
additional cost.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.15.6 The protection Relay shall have minimum 4 No of user programmable output
relays.
9.15.7 The protection relay should have a test feature for maintenance and checking
purpose.
9.15.8 The protection relay shall have 3 phase characteristics, which shall be adjustable
over wide range to provide discrimination between multiplicities of devices.
9.16 PUSH BUTTONS
9.16.1.1 Push buttons should be of the momentary contact, push to actuate type.
9.16.2 Push Buttons should be panel mounted, flush type having 22.5 mm Ø.
9.16.3 push Buttons should be spring returns type.
9.16.4 Lock and key head with Push turn facility
9.16.5 Modular blocks should content NO-NC contact.
9.16.6 It should be snap-fit type for easy assembly.
9.16.7 Double break self cleaning contacts for prolong life.
9.16.8 NO-NC contact block should be colour coded for easy identification.
9.16.9 Push Buttons should have transparent shroud and rubber shroud to enhance
protection against ingress as per IP- 67
9.16.10 It should withstand operating voltage as well as frequent operation.
9.16.11 It should have finger proof shrouded terminals.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.17 CONTROL WIRING
9.17.1 All Control wiring shall be carried out with 1100 Volts grade single core PVC cable
conforming to IS694 having stranded copper conductors of minimum 1.5 sq mm for
potential circuits and 2.5 sq. mm. section for current transformer circuit.
9.17.1.1 Wiring shall be neatly bunched, adequately supported and properly routed to
allow for easy access and maintenance.
9.17.2 Wires shall be identified by numbered ferrules at each end. The ferrules shall be
of the ring type and of non-deteriorating material. They shall be firmly located on each
wire so as to prevent free movement.
9.17.2.1 All control circuits fuses shall be mounted in front of the panel and shall be easily
accessible.
9.18 TERMINAL BLOCKS
9.18.1 Terminal blocks shall be of Elmex /Connect well make of the suitable type.
Insulating barriers shall be provided between adjacent terminals. CT Terminal blocks
shall be shorting type.
9.18.2 Terminal blocks shall have a minimum current rating of 10 Amps & 650 volt
grade rating complete with insulated barriers. Provisions shall be made for label
inscriptions.
9.18.3 It should have snap fit action. It should have captive-screws and self lifting
washers.
9.18.4 Withstand temp range from –30° C to 100° C.
9.18.5 Terminal Connectors shall have flame retardant property confirming to UL-94, V-
2.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.18.6 Terminal Block should be suitable for commonly used DIN Rail – 35 X7.5 mm
and mounting channel ‘C’ shaped Std.32 mm.
9.18.7 The construction material should be of high quality like poly-amide 6/6 and
contacts of Nickel plated brass.
9.19 LABELS
9.19.1 Labels shall be of anodized aluminum, with white engraving on black

background.
9.19.2 They shall be properly secured with fasteners.
9.20 DIGITAL ENERGY METERS/LOAD MANAGERS
9.20.1 The energy meters/load managers shall be digital counter type with LCD/LED
display. It shall be flush mounted on panel. The size shall be at least 96 mm x 96 mm at
the front side. The Class of accuracy of the meters shall be 1. The meters shall be
calibrated as per CT secondary current and directly from the LT voltage, self powered
and suitable for 3 phase 4 wire systems.
9.20.2 Digital Energy Meter / Load Manager should be confirming to following IS/IEC
standards.
IEC 61000-4-8 : Power Frequency Magnetic Test
IEC 61000-4-11 : Voltage Dips and Interruption Test
IEC 61000-4-12 : Ring Wave Test
IEC 61000-4-5 : Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-3 : Radiated Electromagnetic Field Test
IEC 61000-4-4 : Electrical Fast Transient test
IEC 61000-4-2 : Electrostatic Discharge Test
IEC 1036 : Accuracy
IS 8686/IEC 60255-22-1 : High Frequency Disturbance Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-5 : Impulse Test
IS 3231/IEC 60255-5 : Dielectric Test
IS13779 : Operating Temperature
IS 722 : 3 Phase Watt -Hour Meter with maximum
Demand Indicator

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.20.3 Digital Energy meter/Load Manager shall have 2 Alarm set Points.
9.20.4 This should have multi function facilities to measure Voltage, Current, Power
factor, KW.
9.20.5 This unit should give True RMS Measurements.
9.20.6 This unit should have four quadrant operations.
9.20.7 The unit should have 2 No. of relay type outputs for alarm or control action.
9.20.8 The unit should have wide CT ratio selection range to suit site requirements.
9.20.9 The unit shall have large and clear display with back-lit facility.
9.20.10 The unit shall have necessary arrangements communication port RS 485 for
energy metering.
9.21 DRAWING S AND DOCUMENTS

The Data Sheet as per Annexure-I duly filled up shall be submitted along with the Tender
and after the order/ LOI is placed, the contractor/vendor shall submit within 30 days three
sets of following drawings for approval:
a) General Arrangement drawing of panel with plan & elevation with dimensions.
b) Foundation details.
c) Single line diagram.
d) Schematic wiring diagram with interlock (both mechanical and electrical), protection and
operation scheme.
e) Bill of materials.
f) Name plate and inscription plate detail.
g) The drawing shall be preferably of A-3 size.
h) The contractor/vendor shall also submit all pamphlets/literatures etc. in triplicate for all
bought out items for approval.
i) One print of each drawing/document will be returned to Contractor/vendor after marking
all necessary comments, corrections, changes and required clarifications.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contractor/vendor shall revise the drawing accordingly and resubmit the revised
drawings within seven days after receipt of the commented drawings/documents.
9.22 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
9.22.1 Contractor/vendor shall submit Three copies of the Quality Assurance Plan
before commencement of work for approval.
9.22.2 The approved Quality Assurance Plan shall form the basis of Quality Assurance
and manufacturer shall follow the same to ensure total conformity to owner’s
requirement.
9.23 TESTS & TEST REPORTS
9.23.1 All equipment /components to be supplied shall be of proven make.
9.23.2 All routine tests and acceptance tests as asked for in the specification and relevant
standard shall be carried out by contractor. Equipment price shall be inclusive of charges
for all these tests.
9.23.3 Type Test Reports

Following type test reports not older than 5 years as on date of bid opening shall be
submitted:
9.23.4 Tests on circuit breaker, mounted inside the panel:

a) Short circuit duty test ( test shall be along with CT’s, bushings and separators)
b) Short time withstand test (test shall be along with CT’s , bushings and separators)
c) Power frequency withstand test.
d) Lightning impulse withstand test.
9.23.5 Temperature rise test on breaker and panel together. (Three similar panels shall be
assembled side by side and each panel shall be loaded with its rated current. The breaker
and panel to be tested shall be placed in the center.)
9.23.6 Measurement of resistance of main circuit.
9.23.7 Mechanical endurance test on breaker.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.23.8 Mechanical operation test.
9.23.9 Test to verify pressure relief device operation.
9.24 Routine Test

The following tests shall be carried out for each panel :
9.24.1 Inspection of assembly including wiring, electrical operation and mechanical

operation including all interlocks.
9.24.2 Dielectric test: Checking of the protective measures and of the electrical
continuity of the protective circuits.
9.24.3 Verification of insulation resistance.
9.25 Acceptance Test

All the tests carried out in the routine test shall be asked for acceptance test and test shall
be arried out in similar way except the dielectric test which shall be carried out at 75% of
the routine test voltage.
9.26 LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MAKES
9.26.1 Breakers : Schneider/ ABB / Siemens
9.26.2 Protection Relay : Areva / Schneider / ABB
9.26.3 Indicating Lamps, Push Buttons, Selector Switch : Siemens / L&T / Teknik
9.26.4 HRC Fuse : GE / L&T / Siemens
9.26.5 CT & VT : AE / Kappa / Pragati /

Prayog /

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Jyoti / Silkaans / Matrix

Breaker Control Switches : GE / Kaycee
9.26.6 Meters (Ammeter, Voltmeter, KWH Meter, : IMP / MECO / AE / Rishab

Frequency Meter, Power Factor Meter)
9.26.7 Terminals : Elmex / Connectwell
9.26.8 11 KV Switchgear Panel : Schneider/ ABB / Siemens.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 11 kV / 0.433kV OIL

IMMERSED TRANSFORMER
10.1 SCOPE:
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing and delivery at site of Oil Cooled
type Transformers.
10.2 CODES AND STANDARDS:

Unless otherwise specified equipment shall conform to the following latest applicable Standards
a) IS 2026 : Specification for Oil Cooled type Transformer
b) IS 2026 Part 1, 1977 & IEC 726- 1 : Specification of Power Transformers
c) IS 2026 Part 2, 1977 & IEC 726-2 : Specification of Power Transformers
d) IS 2026 Part 3, 1981 & IEC 726-3 : Insulation levels and Dielectric tests
e) IS 2026 Part 4, 1977 & IEC 726-4 : Terminal Markings, Tapings and connections
f) IS 1666, 1961 : Copper Conductor for Transformer winding.
g) IS 13947 : Degree of Protection
h) IS 5 : Specification for Painting & Colour shade
i) IS 335 : Insulating Oil
j) IS 1271 : Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical
Insulation
k) IS 2099 : Bushing for alternative voltage above 1000 V
l) IS 2705 : Current Transformer
m) IS 3347 : Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushing
n) IS 3637 : Gas operated relays
o) IS 3639 : Fittings & accessories for power transformer.
p) IS 6600 : Guide for loading of oil immersed transformer
q) IS 8478 : Application guide for on–load tap changers
r) IS 8468 : On load tap changers
s) IS 10028 : Code of practice for selection, installation and
maintenance of transformer.
Equipment offered shall comply with all currently applicable statutory requirements, Regulations
and
safety codes Indian Electricity Rules, Fire Insurance Association and Electrical Inspector.
10.3 TECHNICAL DATA:

10.3.1 kVA Rating : 750 kVA
10.3.2 Voltage ratio : 11 kV/0.433 kV,
10.3.3 % Impedance : As per IS with ±10% tolerance,
10.3.4 Vector group : Dyn 11,

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.3.5 off load Tap Changing : 5 steps (6 Positions) for +7.5% to -7.5% in steps of
2.5%.
For detailed specifications Refer Annexure-II.
10.4 OPERATION:
10.4.1 The rated power corresponds to continuous duty; nevertheless, Oil cooled type
transformer can be occasionally overloaded to some extent under certain conditions as
mentioned in IS
10.4.2 Transformers shall be de-rated to its rated kVA at any voltage within ± 10 percent
of the Rated voltage of that particular tap.
10.4.3 Transformers shall be capable of delivering the rated current at a voltage equal to
110 percent of the rated voltage without exceeding the limiting temperature rise.
10.4.4 Transformers shall operate below the knee of the saturation curve at 110 percent
voltage to preclude Ferro-resonance and non-linear oscillations.
10.4.5 Transformers shall be capable of operation continuously, in accordance with the

applicable standard loading guide at their rated kVA and at any of the specified voltage
ratios. Under these conditions, no limitations by terminal bushings or other auxiliary
equipment shall apply.
10.4.6 The neutral terminal of windings with star connection shall be designed for the
highest over current that can flow through this winding.
10.4.7 The transformers shall be designed with particular attention to the mitigating
harmonic voltages,especially the third and fifth, so as to eliminate wave form distortion
and any possibility of high frequency disturbances reaching a magnitude as to cause
interference with communication circuits.
10. 5 CONSTRUCTION:
10.5.1 GENERAL:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.5.1.1 Transformer shall be natural Oil cooled type suitable for indoor Installation as
mentioned in the enclosed Data Sheet.
10.5.1.2 Exposed parts shall not leave pockets, where water can accumulate.
10.5.1.3 Identical parts, particularly removable ones, shall be interchangeable.
10.5.1.4 All parts of the body, cores shall be of robust design capable of withstanding any
shocks to which they may be subjected during lifting, transport, installation and service.
10.5.1.5 Noise and vibration shall be limited to values specified in NEMA TRIl.
10.5.1.6 The transformers shall be provided with flanged/ plain wheels. These wheels
shall be suitable for being turned through an on 90 deg. and locked in that position when
the whole unit is jacked up.
10.5.1.7 Rating and diagram plates of stainless steel shall be provided.
10.5.1.8 Rating and diagram plate shall be riveted to the transformer enclosure in a
visible position. The rating and diagram plate shall bear data as specified in IS 11171 or
relevant International Standard. The plate shall also bear name of purchaser. It shall
give the correct physical relationship of the terminals.
10.6 CORE:
10.6.1 The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges
development of short circuit paths within itself or to the Earthing clamping structure and
the production of flux components at right angles to the plane of the laminations, which
may cause local heating.
10.6.2 The magnetic circuit shall be of “core type” construction. The core shall be built
out of high grade, non-ageing, low loss, high permeability cold rolled grain oriented
silicon steel laminations of flux density less than 1.9 Wb/sq mm at 1.1 pU.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.6.3 Each lamination shall be coated with insulation which is unaffected by the
temperature attained by the transformer during service.
10.6.4 Core laminations shall be annealed and burrs removed after cutting. Cut edges
shall be insulated.
10.6.5 The final assembled core shall be free from distortion. It shall be rigidly clamped
to ensure adequate mechanical strength and to prevent vibration during operation.
10.6.6 The core shall be provided with suitable arrangement for lifting the complete core
and coil assembly.
10.6.7 Cores shall be with cold rolled steel having very low iron loss.
10.6.8 The grade of core laminations to be used shall be M4 or better.
10.6.9 Magnetizing current at normal voltage & frequency shall be limited to 1% of full
load current.
10.6.10 The insulation of core to clamp plates shall be able to withstand a power
frequency voltage of 2 kV (r.m.s) for one minute.
10.7 ENCLOSURE:
10.7.1 The enclosure shall be of 2 mm thick MS sheet and weather proof construction.
10.7.2 All sheet steel works used in construction of enclosure shall be degreased and
passivated.
10.7.3 The material used for gaskets shall be cork neoprene or nitrite butyl rubber
gasket.
Suitable mechanical stops shall be provided to prevent crushing of gaskets.
10.7.4 All wheels should be detachable and be made of cast iron.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.7.5 Lifting eyes or lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformer, which
require Independent handling, during loading, unloading, assembly or dismantling.
10.8 WINDINGS:
10.8.1 Winding shall be subjected to shrinking and seasoning process so that no further
shrinkage occurs during service. Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up
possible shrinkage in service.
10.8.2 Materials used in the insulation and assembly of the windings shall be of non-
hygroscopic, no catalytic and chemically inactive and shall not soften or otherwise be
affected under the operating conditions.
10.8.3 The insulation shall be of class F or higher and temperature rise of windings shall
be limited to 90°C over 50°C ambient temperature.
10.8.4 Taps shall be provided on the HV winding.
10.8.5 Neutral CT for REF protection shall be located in the common portion of the
neutral i.e. before bifurcation. Neutral CTs shall be cast resin /encapsulated having class
of accuracy PS.
10.8.6 The winding shall be designed to reduce to a minimum the out-of-balance forces in
the Transformer at all voltage ratios at all operating conditions.
10.8.7 High voltage end windings shall be suitably braced to withstand short circuit
stresses and set up by surges.
10.8.8 HV & LV winding and earthing connections shall be of electrolytic grade copper.
10.8.9 Insulation of L.V. winding shall be adequate to withstand surge voltages appearing
across them as a result of transfer due to an impulse striking on HV terminals.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.8.10 The windings shall be designed so that all coil assembly of identical voltage
rating shall be interchangeable and field repairs to the windings can be made without
special equipments.
10.8.11 The values of the impedance voltage shall be maintained as per the percentage of
impedance mentioned in IS 2026 – Part I.
10.8.12 Neutral Terminal should be brought out for grounding on LV side.
10.9 EARTHING:
10.9.1 All metal parts of the transformer, with the exception of the individual core
laminations, core bolts, and individual clamping plates shall be earthed.
10.9.2 Flexible Earthing braid shall be provided between all metal parts, joined with
gaskets.
10.9.3 2 Nos. separate Earthing pad/ terminals shall be provided on the HV Cable Box for
amour earthing from inside and for substations Grid Earthing Connection from outside.
10.9.4 Earthing Strip from Earthing bushing up to Earthing terminal shall be provided.
10.9.5 Each Terminal including the neutral shall be directly marked on both Primary &
secondary in accordance with connection diagram fixed on the Transformer which shall
confirm the latest IS 2026( part I- IV).
10.9.6 The Framework & clamping arrangements of core & coil shall be securely earthed
inside the enclosure by copper strap connection to the enclosure.
10.9.7 Two earthing pads suitable for connecting 50 x 8 mm mild steel flat shall bprovided
at positions close to ground level at the two end diagonally opposite bottom corners of
enclosure. These grounding terminals shall be suitable for bolted connection.
10.10 HV WINDING TERMINATION:

10.10.1 Transformer shall be provided with cable end box for Bottom cable entry.
10.10.2 A suitable removable gland plate shall be provided on cable box.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.10.3 HV cable box shall have degree of protection of IP55.
10.10.4 The minimum depth provided for terminating 11 kV cable shall be 650 mm (from
cable gland plate to cable lug).
10.11 LV WINDING TERMINATION:

The LV winding terminations shall be suitable for connection to a sandwiched bus duct.
10.12 TEMPERATURE INDICATORS/SCANNER

10.12.1 Winding temperature indicator/scanner shall be microprocessor type complete
with RTD and shall be provided with two electrical contacts (one for alarm and one for
trip). CT of suitable ratio shall be provided for WTI.
10.12.2 The tripping contacts of winding temperature indicators shall be adjustable to

close between 60 degrees C and 120 degrees C and alarm contacts to close between 50
degrees C and 110 degrees C and both shall reopen when temperature falls by about 10
degrees C.
10.12.3 Temperature scanner shall be provided for indication ,alarm and tripping of the
following :
a) Indication of Ambient temperature and temperature of winding of each phase
winding.
b) Contact for set temperature of winding of phases for alarm.
c) Contact for set temperature of winding of phases for tripping of breaker.
10.12.4 Connections shall be brought from the device to marshalling box by capillary
tubes, cables etc. as applicable.
10.13 MARSHALLING BOX:

10.13.1 2 mm sheet steel enclosed vermin-proof, well ventilated and water proof
marshalling box shall be provided for transformer ancillary apparatus.
10.13.2 The marshalling box shall be of weather-proof construction. Degree of protection

of the enclosure shall be IP55.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.13.3 The marshalling box shall be complete with necessary cable glands and cable
lugs. The marshalling box and components shall comply with the requirements specified
for control cabinets indicated elsewhere in this specification.
10.13.4 The marshalling box shall accommodate temperature indicators with terminals
and gland plates for incoming & outgoing cables.
10.13.5 Marshalling box shall be provided with toughened glass visor to facilitate the
reading of temperature indicators.
10.13.6 Marshalling box shall be provided with cubicle illuminating lamp along with
control switch & door limit switch.
10.13.7 All spare contacts and terminals shall be wired up to the terminal block.
10.13.8 20% spare terminals shall be provided.
10.13.9 All incoming cables shall enter the box from the Bottom.
10.14 PAINTING:
10.14.1 The interior of transformer, internal structural steel work and enclosure panel
shall be painted with heat resistant, oil insoluble insulating varnish after thorough
cleaning of all scales and dust by sand blasting.
10.15 Steel surfaces exposed to the weather shall be thoroughly cleaned and applied first
coat of zinc chromate, second coat of oil and weather resistant paint and final
coat of glossy oil and weather resistant non-fading paint of shade as specified in
data sheet.
10.16 ACCESSORIES:
Transformer shall be provided with the following accessories:
10.16.1 Conservator shall be complete with oil filling plug and cap, oil drain valve, oil
level gauge in addition to magnetic oil level gauge.
10.16.2 Pressure relief valve (PRV) shall be provided as specified in data sheet. PRV shall
be provided with alarm contact.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.16.3 Thermometer pocket with associated thermometer (0-120◦C) shall be provided.
10.16.4 Separate Buchholz relay shall be provided for main tank. This shall be double
float type with separate normally open trip and alarm contacts. For the OLTC
chamber oil surge relay shall be provided and on either side of the relay and
distance piece shall be supplied.
10.16.5 Oil temperature indicator shall be 150mm dial type with two normally open
contacts for tripping and alarm. It shall be provided with maximum reading
pointer.
10.16.6 Winding temperature indicator shall have normally open contacts one each for
tripping, alarm and starting/ stopping of cooling fan motors. It shall be provided
with maximum reading pointer.
10.16.7 Contact rating of all auxiliary devices shall be 2A, 110V DC.
10. 17 INSPECTION AND TESTING:
10.18 The owner/ consultant/ his authorized representative reserves the right to witness all
routine tests, and the contractor/ supplier shall give two week notice of tests prior to
commencement of tests.
10.19 The routine tests shall also be witnessed & approved by representatives of MSEDCL.
Contractor / supplier shall give two weeks prior notice and arrange for travel and stay (If
required) at their cost.
10.20 All apparatus, instruments etc. required for tests shall be provided by the contractor/
supplier and shall have been checked and tested for accuracy during the twelve month
period prior to the test bearing tag number of the competent authority.
10.21 The Client reserves the rights to carry out stage inspection during core assembly winding,
prior to vacuum impregnation. Supplier shall give 10 day advance intimation to the
purchaser to organize stage inspection in which assembly of core, windings and other
core materials etc. would be inspected in respect of raw material such as core stamping,
winding conductor, resin etc. Successful bidder shall use this material manufactured

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
/supplied by the standard manufacturers and furnish the manufactures test certificates.
10.22 Inspection and acceptance of any equipment under this specification by the purchaser
shall not relieve the supplier of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance
with the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection if the equipment is
found to be defective.
10.23 Pre-commissioning tests.

The following Pre-commissioning tests shall be conducted on the transformer.
10.23.1 Visual inspection of broken parts, cracks and oil level, top up, if oil level is low.
10.23.2 Three samples of oil shall to taken from the bottom of the tank and tested to
withstand a voltage of 60 kV for 60 seconds against a 2.5 mm gap as described in
IS335.
10.23.3 The insulation resistance between HV & LV windings and earth shall be tested
with 1000V DC Meggar and the valve should correspond to the factory results.
10.23.4 Wherever the oil sample tests and IR values are not satisfactory, the transformer
shall be dried out using a streamline filter. The drying process should be carried
out until the insulation resistance curve shows the Meggared IR value of not less than 2
mega ohms per kV.
10.23.5 Wherever the top cover is lifted for any reason whatsoever, the transformer shall
be dried out.
10.23.6 All transformer mountings and accessories such as breather, gauges, and
thermometer should thoroughly be checked and adjusted.
10.24 Routine tests

The following Routine tests shall be conducted on the transformer
10.24.1 Measurement of Winding Resistance.
10.24.2 Measurement of voltage ratio, polarity and phase relationship.
10.24.3 Measurement of impedance voltage.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.24.4 Measurement of no-load loss and current.
10.24.5 Load loss. (For first Transformer of the Lot).
10.24.6 Measurement of Insulation Resistance.
10.24.7 Separate source voltage withstand test.
10.24.8 Induced over voltage withstand test.
10.24.9 2.5 kV withstand test for all wiring.
10.26 Type tests

The transformer offered should have been successfully type tested in line with standard
and technical specifications, within the last 5 (five) years from the date of offer. The
tendered shall furnish the type tests reports (along with General arrangement drawing,
rating and diagram plate and internal constructional drawing) along with the offer. The
Type test report shall be as per IS clause.
10.27 GUARANTEE:
Contractor/ supplier shall guarantee the design, materials/workmanship and performance
of the equipment for a period of 24 months from the date of commissioning for
satisfactory operation of the equipment.
10.28 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION:

10.28.1 The Data Sheet attached duly filled up shall be submitted along with the Tender
andafter the order/ LOI is placed, the contractor/vendor shall submit within 30 days three
sets of following drawings for approval.
10.28.2 A drawing showing plan, elevation and side view, indicating all dimensions of
transformer fittings, accessories etc.
10.28.3 Core details drawing.
10.28.4 Rating and diagram plate.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.28.5 G.A. of Marshalling box.
10.28.6 G.A. of H.V. cable box.
10.28.7 HV and LV Bushing drawing (If applicable).
10.28.8 Schematic wiring diagram of marshalling box.
10.28.9 Schematic of RTCC & control cabinet.
10.28.10 Index for above said drawings.
10.28.10.1 The drawing shall be of A-3 (420 x 297 mm) or A4 size only. The bidder
should also supply along with his offer the pamphlets/ literatures etc. in duplicate for all
Bought-out equipment.
10.28.11 One print of each drawing will be returned to Contractor/ vendor after
marking all
necessary corrections, changes and required clarifications. Contractor/ vendor
shall incorporate these within seven days and send five prints of each drawing for
final approval.
10.28.12 Four copies of Installation & Maintenance Guide along with test
certificates shall
be required for all tests performed on the transformer.
10.29 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
10.29.1 Contractor/ supplier shall submit the Quality Assurance Plan before
commencement of work for approval.
10.29.2 The approved Quality Assurance Plan shall form the basis of Quality Assurance
and theManufacturer shall follow the same in to ensure total conformity to owner’s
Requirement.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10.30 APPROVED MAKES FOR , 11 KV / 0.433 KV OIL IMMERSED

TRANSFORMERS
10.30.1 Volt-amp,
10.30.2 Universal transformers.
10.30.3 Raychem.
10.30.4 G.E Transformer

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 415V, 750 KVA

L.T. DG SET
1.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK
1.01.00 This specification covers the technical requirement for 415 V. 50Hz Die
sets of prime rating suitable for running continuously in case of failure o
supply for long period.
The scope of work comprises of designing manufacturing,
work,packing,insurance, storage at site, installation, testing and comm
diesel generator set including its batteries, battery charger, and AMF signa
Bulk storage of diesel oil, exhaust pipes, grounding of equipment with acc
neutral grounding of generators, installation of all electrical and
accessories, louvers for ventilation and inlet and outlet, room acoustic arran
2.00.00 CODES & STANDARDS

The diesel generator sets and installation shall be designed to conform to
CPCB norms and applicable codes/standards as listed below ( latest
issues of the codes / standards will be applicable)
ISO 3046 / BS 5514 Rating of Diesel equipment
BS649 / 195B Speed of Diesel Generator
BS5000 / IS4722 Alternator
IS 3034 Code of practice for fire – safety
3.00.00 DESIGN PARAMETER

Voltage 415 v, 3-ph, star connected
Frequency 50 Hz
System earthing Effectively solidly earthed
Maximum ambient temperature 50°C
Location of set Basement.
Ventilation Induced by radiator fan and axial
fans.
Gas exhaust By pipes drawn up to a height of 30

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Mtrs. from engine exhaust.

Supported on free standing structure
on roof top.
4.00.00 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

4.00.01 Rated output at 0.8p.f 750 KVA
4.00.02 Prime mover HSD Internal
combustion diesel
engine
4.00.03 Fuel HSD
4.00.04 The DG set shall be with the following mentioned system and auxi
limited to and anything required for successful operation shall be
part of Gen set.
4.00.05 ENGINE ASSEMBLY
a) Diesel Engine
b Radiator type / cooler
c) Flywheel Assembly
d Vibration damper
e) Electric starter motor of required capacity
f) Coupled alternator
g Battery and Battery charger
h Excitation system
i) Air inlet louvers
j) Control system for starting through signal from ATS
k Exhaust louvers
l) Fuel system
m Instrumentation
n Lubrication system
o Speed Governor
p Safety & protection for engine and alternator.
q Lube oil system
r) Lube oil Filtration system
s) Combustion air filtration system
4.01.00 DIESEL ENGINE
4.01.01 Diesel engine shall be four stroke, V type cylinders turbo charger
suitable for developing required KVA and of suitable BHP output as per

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
design
4.01.02 Cylinder housing and crank case shall be of high grade cast iron with
overhead valves. Housing and heads shall be provided with cooling fins
4.01.03 Engine shall have electronic governor type with Class A1 type as per
BS:5514
4.01.04 Engine shall deliver the rated power output at an ambient temperature of
50°C
4.01.05 Engine shall be capable of withstanding an overload of 10% for 1hour,

per 12 hours of running
4.02.00 COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system shall be forced water cooled for engine and air
cooled for alternator and shall comprise of the following suitably
rated for the application and equipment
4.02.01 Engine cooling jacket
4.02.02 Jacket water pump
4.02.03 Radiator / cooler with fan & motors
4.02.04 Piping and instrumentation of the cooling system
4.03.00 FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY

This will consists of the following
4.03.01 Flexible/rigid coupling as per manufacturer’s design.
4.03.02 Flywheel
4.03.03 Flywheel Housing
4.03.04 Standard Rotation indication
4.03.05 Manual barring Arrangement
4.04.00 VIBRATION DAMPER

Necessary vibration damper pad shall be provided to restrict the vibration
of the Diesel Engine when running
4.05.00 ELECTRICAL STARTER MOTOR

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.05.01 Motor shall be electrical starting type

4.05.02 One D.C. motor shall be provided to start each Diesel engine
4.05.03 The motor shall have suitable starting torque for starting Diesel engine
from batteries supplied with generating sets.
4.06.00 COUPLED ALTERNATOR

The Alternator shall comply with IS:4722 and technical parameters shall
be as below
4.06.01 Rated Output 750 KVA at 0.8
p.f.
4.06.02 Rated voltage 415 V, 3phase,
4wire, 50 Hz
(+3% to -5%)
4.06.03 Enclosure IP23
Degreeof
protection
4.06.04 Mounting Suitable for
engine
4.06.05 Bearing As per
Manufacturer
Design
4.06.06 Insulation class Class F
4.06.07 Ambient temp 50°C
4.06.08 Relative 70% to 90%
Humidity
4.06.09 AVR regulation within + 1%
4.05.10 Response to Fast
sudden load
change
4.06.11 Excitation Revolving Field
4.06.12 The
alternator
terminatio
n shall be
suitable
for 3
phase, 3
wire +
neutral, 3

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
core
AYFY
cable and
neutral
grounding.
4.07.00 BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
4.07.01 Individual DG set shall have individual battery set the battery shall be
2nos. 12V, 160A.H supplied in dry and uncharged condition with Battery
cables and Battery stand. The batteries shall be charged after installation
in site.
4.07.02 Battery charger shall be a static type employing semiconductor devices.
The whole device shall be enclosed in an adequately ventilated
enamelled corrosion resistant case. The battery charger shall be
incorporated within the generator control panel. Battery charging shall be
in action while alternator is running and shall have facility to cut – off
during any emergency. ‘Charger ON’ indication shall be provided on
panel. Charger shall at all times monitor battery condition and
automatically control charging rate. When battery is operating, the
charger shall automatically re-charge the battery in a shortest possible
time.
4.08.00 EXCITATION SYSTEM
4.08.01 Consists of AC exciter and liberally rated silicon diode rectifier assembly
with a self – contained excitation system with electric automatic voltage
regulator
4.08.02 The AVR and control gear shall be mounted in a component box on the
side of the DG set using anti – vibration mounting
4.08.03 Electrical connection to the AVR shall be taken through a multi – way
plug and socket.
4.08.04 Voltage regulation shall be within + 1% under all conditions of load,

power factor and temperature including cold and hot variation. Voltage
drift shall be negligible. There shall be no radio or television
interference. Line voltage wave form shall be with in 2% THD.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Temperature rise and performance shall be in accordance with BSS2613

/ IS 4722 and specified ambient temperature
4.08.05 Excitation system should be such that the alternator is capable of starting
up the connected load having a starting KVA of not less than 1.8 times
the alternator rated KVA.
4.08.06 The Excitation system shall have the following features:

1. Protection against low speed operation.
2. Volts / Hertz response feature
3. Compound back – up auto regulation system in case of
regulator failure
4. Facility to limit over voltage in case of regulation failure
to the compounding level.
Smooth auto / manual changeover without the charger in
excitation level during change over.
4.09.00 AIR INLET SYSTEM

Heavy duty Air cleaner dry type, with Air Restriction indicator, shall be
provided in Diesel Engine
4.10.00 CONTROL SYSTEM

4.10.01 Engine control panel will have digital indicators to indicate battery
voltage, coolant water temperature, lube – oil pressure, engine speed, and
engine running hours and shall be BMS compatible for indications of
engine parameters.
4.10.02 Starting command to engine in case of mains failure shall be from

potential free contacts from ATS.
4.11.00 EXHAUST SYSTEM

4.11.01 The engine exhaust pipe shall be sized to limit back pressure and connect
to the engine manifold through flexible connection. A residential silencer
shall be provided in the exhaust piping. The exhaust pipe shall be
suitably insulated by mineral wool in 2 layer each layer being 50mm
having density of 64 kg/m3 and above it chicken wire mesh shall be

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
wrapped to fasten the wool and after that it will be covered with 20
gauge GI sheet
4.11.02 The extended portion of the pipe external to building shall be painted
with 2 coats of heat resistant Aluminium paint. The extended portion of
exhaust pipe shall terminate as per statutory requiremen
4.11.03 The exhaust pipe shall be independent for each engine and shall be
as straight as possible. The bending radius for any bend shall be at
least 3 times the internal diameter of the pipe. A drain plug shall be
fixed at the lowest point of piping for condense extraction. Suitable
support shall be made for proposed installation of exhaust pipes.
4.12.00 FUEL SYSTEM

4.12.01 A fuel pump with adequate discharge capacity with a stand by pump is to
be provided to pump fuel oil from bulk storage to buffer tank. The level
in buffer tank is to be maintained with level switch. The switch should
have spare potential free contacts for high & low level for BMS
connectivity.
4.12.02 Individual day tank of 990 ltr. is to be provided near each generator. The
4.12.03 filling of day tank is by gravity from buffer tank and level maintained by
float valves.
All fuel piping, shut off valves, following fuel transfer pumps & starter
suitable for hazardous location and break storage level indications
suitable for BM/s indications and any other accessories needed for the
system should be included.
4.13.00 LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM

Lubrication oil system shall consist of the following
4.13.01 Crank case breather
4.13.02 Oil cooler
4.13.03 Oil filling with level indicator
4.13.04 Oil filter
4.13.05 Oil pump, gear type
4.13.06 Oil sump
4.14.00 FILTRATION SYSTEM
Oil filers shall be provided for cleaning fuel oil.
4.14.01 Lube – Oil filtration shall be through strainer which shall be capable of

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
being cleaned with the engine in running condition.

4.14.02 Air filtration shall be through oil bath or cleanable dry type fitters.
4.15.00 SPEED GOVERNING

4.15.01 The governor shall control the engine speed with class ‘A’ limit
permissible under BS649 / 195B.
4.15.02 From the initial operation of the starting device to engine shall start, run
up to normal speed and shall be capable of accepting 80% full load in
short time
4.16.00 SAFETY AND PROTECTION

4.16.01 A cut – off circuit shall be provided to trip the engine when it runs over –
speed and at the same time shut – off fuel supply.
4.16.02 Provision for shut - off the engine at Low – lube-oil pressure shall be
with visual indication.
4.16.03 Engine cooling water temperature shall be maintained by a two – point
thermostat which shall actuate an audio - cum – visual alarm, at one
convenient point and at engine as the second point.
4.16.04 Following protection shall be provided for generator sets.
a) Reverse power sensing
b) Over current
c) Over speed
d) Short circuit
e) Earth fault
f) Differential protection.
4.16.05 Besides the above phase sequence supervision shall be provided.
4.17.06 Noise level outside DG room shall conform to CPCB norms.
4.18.00 AMF PANEL

The panel s shall be metal enclosed, free standing with bottom/Top cable
/Bus duct entry, floor mounted, compartmentalized, modular type,
suitable for indoor installation & shall be extendable at both ends. It shall
be dust & vermin proof with degree of protection IP-52. The panel shall
be fabricated out of CRCA sheet steel as follows:
Panel shall be (2 mm)-14 swg. doors & covers may be (1.6 mm) -16 swg.
Panel shall be designed for ambient temperature of 50 deg. c.
All hardwares will be zinc passivated /cadmium plated.
Panel shall be suitable for 415V, 3-ph, 50 Hz supply system.
2 nos. earthing terminals shall be provided for each panel.
All the panels shall be treated with 7-tank process.
painting:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
epoxy based powder coated siemens grey shade ral-7032 thickness of

paint shall be minimum 60 microns
Panels shall be provided with lifting hooks.
Double compression cable glands suitable for 3C of suitable size, 415V
grade, XLPE cable shall be provided.
All indicating lamps shall be led type.
10 % extra spare terminals shall be provided.
4.18.01 Microprocessor base control unit with following.
a) Voltage sensing mains supply failure monitor
b) Supply failure timer
c) Restoration timer
d) Automatic engine start / stop & failure to start lock out.
e) Generator voltage & frequency sensing
f) Selector switch and push button for operation
g) Manual / Auto / Test selector switches
h) Generator start /stop push button
i) Generator Breaker close / trip push button
j) Mains breaker close / trip push button
4.18.02 LED indication lamps shall be provided for the following

a) ‘DG ON’ indication lamp
b) ‘DG Breaker ON’ indication lamp
c) ‘Mains ON’ indication lamp
d) ‘Mains Breaker ON’ indication lamp.
4.18.03 Annunciation Window shall be provided with fault indication; alarm &
trip contact and accept, reset and test push buttons. The Annunciator
shall have at least the following facia window. (At least 20% extra
window shall be provided besides the used windows)
a) Engine fails to start.
b) Low lube – oil pressure.
c) High water temperature.
d) D.G. overload.
e) DC failure
f) DG over speed
4.18.04 Following meters shall be provided in the panel:

a) Digital voltmeter
b) Digital Ammeter

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Digital Frequency meter

d) Electronic kW m meter with counter display.
e) Digital KVA meter
f) Digital Power factor meter
g) Battery charger shall be separate.
4.18.05 The battery charger shall be SMPS based automatic and shall be
complete with the following
a) DC voltmeter
b) DC Ammeter
c) Float / Boost selector switch
d) Auto / Manual selector switch for Boost to float change over.
4.18.07 The generator terminal arrangement of panel shall be done in the bottom
of the panel to terminate cables.
4.18.08 A continuous earth bus of GI strip of 50 x 6mm cross section shall be
provided In the panel with outside termination from earthing network
on both side of the panel. The mounting plates, door mounting live
components, air circuit breaker and other electrical components shall be
earthed separately by flexible copper earth wire.
4.18.09 Necessary CTS for Over-current / Earth-fault protection, differential
protection, metering for monitoring from BMS shall be provided as per
requirement.
5.00.00 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS

The following drawing and documents shall be submitted along with
tender.
5.01.00 Technical particular of Diesel Engine.
5.02.00 Technical particular of alternator.
5.03.00 General arrangement drawing of each type of Diesel Generator
5.04.00 Description and technical particular of control panel.
5.05.00 Technical particular of Battery
5.06.00 Technical particular of all valve, level controller, pressure gages and
other components used for DG set.
5.07.00 ------
5.08.00 Technical particulars of all pumps used for cooling.
5.09.00 Drawing for exhaust system with pipeline (Based on indicative
drawings).
5.10.00 Technical particulars of all materials & constructing of an acoustic
enclosure.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.11.00 ------
5.12.00 After the order / LOI is placed the contractor / vendor shall submit within
30days three sets of following drawing for approval.
5.13.00 General Arrangement Drawing of Diesel generator
5.14.00 Layout of the generator room showing generator, Day tanks, exhaust
system, fuel feeding system.
5.15.00 Sectional elevation of the generator room exhausts system, lubricating
system and fuel feeding system.
5.16.00 P & I diagram for Diesel generator.
5.17.00 Electrical schematic / wiring diagram of AMF control panel with Battery,
Battery charger, starter motor, lubricating system, cooling system etc.
and complete safety interlock, protection etc.
5.1800 Earthing layout showing neutral earthing and equipment.
5.19.00 For cooling tower the following shall be submitted.-
5.19.01 NA
5.19.02 NA
5.19.03 NA
5.19.04 NA
5.19.05 Installation, operational & maintenance manual
5.20.00 For ventilation system the following shall be submitted
5.20.01 Layout of the ventilation system
5.20.02 Sectional elevation of ventilation system
5.20.03 Technical particular of all materials used for ventilation system
5.20.04 Installation, operation and maintenance manual
5.21.00 Installation operation and maintenance manual for
5.21.01 Diesel engine
5.21.02 Alternator
5.21.03 Battery
5.21.04 Starter motor
5.21.05 Control panel.
6.00.00 QUALITY ASSURANCE
6.01.00 Contractor / Vender shall submit Three copies of the Quality Assurance
Plan before commencement of work for approval.
6.02.00 The approved Quality Assurance Plan shall form the basis of Quality and
manufacturer shall follow the same to ensure total conformity to owner’s
requirement.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.00.00 TESTS AND TEST REPORT

7.01.00 All equipment/components to be supplied shall be of type tested quality
and contractor/vendor shall submit all the type test report of each type
equipment/component for approval from consultant/client. Type test
shall be conducted within last five years from the date of bid. If
contractor/vendor is unable to submit report of type test conducted within
the period mentioned above or in case of type test reports are found to be
deviating from the specification requirements contractor/vendor shall
conduct free of cost all tests required to prepare type test report as per
relevant IS or other international codes and shall submit the Type test
report to client/consultant for their approval.
7.02.00 Routine tests shall be carried out for all equipment/component in
manufacturers’ works and test reports shall be submitted to
Client/contractor for approval. Routine tests shall be as per relevant
IS/International codes.
12. LV SWITVHBOARDS/PANELS /DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 The scope of work comprises of Designing, Obtaining Approval of the
Consultants and Fabricating as per Approved Drawings, Testing at works, Packing and
Forwarding, supplying, Storing at Site, Checking at site. Touching up all damaged
portions, Erection and testing and commissioning at site.
1.2 The equipment shall be designed for operation in highest of ambient temperature
50°C and high humidity tropical atmospheric conditions. Means shall be provided to
facilitate ease of inspection, cleaning and repairs in the installations where continuity of
operation is of prime importance.
2.0 STANDARDS
2.1 The equipment shall be designed to conform to the following requirements and to the latest
amendments in the codes or relevant BS applicable standards & CPRI approved:
2.1.1 IS 8623 - Factory Builds Assemblies of switchgear and control gear.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.1.2 IS 4237 - General requirements for switchgears are control gear for voltage not
exceeding 1000 Volts.
2.1.3 IS 2147 - Degrees of protection provided and enclosures for low voltage switchgear
and control gear.
2.1.4 IS 375 - Marking and arrangement of bus bars.

2.2 Individual equipment housed in the LV panels shall conform to the
following IS specifications
2.2.1 IS 13947-2 Air Circuit Breaker & MCCB

2.2.2 IS 13947-2 Fuse Switch & Switch Fuse Unit
2.2.3 IS 13703-1993 HRC Fuse Links
2.2.4 IS 2705 Current Transformer
2.2.5 IS 3231 Relay
2.2.6 IS 1248 Indicating Instruments
2.2.7 IS 722 Integrating Instruments
2.2.8 IS 6875 Control Switches & Push Buttons
2.2.9 IS 8828 Miniature Circuit Breaker
2.2.10 IS12640 ELCB
2.2.11 IS2804 Shunt Capacitor for Power System
3.0 DESIGNPARAMETERS
The 415V system shall be suitable for the following parameters
Rated Voltage : 415 V, 3 Phase & Neutral.
Rated Frequency : 50Hz.
Fault Level : As specified in SLD
Enclosure : IP 52.
Maximum Allowable Bus Bar : 55°C for silver plated joints and 40°C
Temperature temperature rise for other joints above 50°C Ambient
temperature.
Operation Duty : Continuous
4.0 MATERIAL & CONSTRUCTION

4.1.1 The main Power distribution panel & distribution boards shall be used to provide
power to all sort 415 V/ 230 V equipment /systems.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.1.2 The main Power distribution panel & distribution boards shall be suitable for 415 V
±5 %, 3 Phase, 4 wire 50 Hz ±5 % supply.
4.1.3 The equipment shall be kept in a hot, humid and tropical atmosphere and shall be
made dust and vermin proof.
4.1.4 The Main Power distribution panel shall conform to the latest edition of applicable IS.
4.2 CONSTRUCTION:
4.2.1 The main Power distribution panel shall be self free standing, compartmentalized
shall be made out of CRCA M.S. Sheet of thickness not less than 1.6 mm. Thickness of all
load bearing members should not be less than 2 mm.
4.2.2 The enclosure shall confirm to IP65 protection for outdoor panels and IP52 for indoor
panels.
4.2.3 The main Power distribution panel & distribution boards shall be designed of the
requisite vertical sections, which when coupled together shall form continuous
switchboards. It should be readily extensible on both sides by addition of vertical sections
after removal of the end covers or as otherwise called for the in the bill of quantities.
4.2.4 The main Power distribution panel & distribution boards shall be constructed only of
materials capable of with-standing the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses as well as
the effects of humidity, which are likely to be encountered in normal service.
4.2.5 The gland plate shall be of minimum 3 mm thick sheet. The gland plates shall have
knock able type holes of suitable diameter of cable glands. Minimum 30% extra knock able
holes shall be provided on each gland plate. Non-magnetic gland plates shall be used where
single core cables are used for three-phase supply.
4.2.6 The terminal blocks shall be provided at convenient location for cable termination.
The distance between the terminal strip and gland plate shall be kept in such a way that the
cables can be properly dressed & no cable tension is transferred on the terminal strip / or
equipment.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.2.7 A main horizontal aluminum grounding bus, rated to carry maximum fault current,
extending along the entire of the panel shall be provided. The ground bus shall be provided
with two-bolt drilling with GI bolts and nuts at each end to receive the main Earthing grid.
4.2.8 The front framed structure shall be designed to house the components contributing to
major weight of the panel, such as circuit breaker cassettes, fuse switch units, changeover
switches, main horizontal bus-bars, vertical risers and other front mounted accessories.
4.2.9 The structure shall be mounted on a rigid base frame fabricated using ISMC channel
of minimum 75 mm height. The design shall ensure that weight of the components is
adequately supported without deformation or loss of alignment during transit or during
operation.
4.2.10 The design shall ensure generous availability of space for ease of installation and
maintenance of cabling, and adequate safety for working in one vertical section without
coming into accidental contact with live parts in an adjacent suction.
4.2.11 Front and rear doors should be fitted with synthetic rubber or neoprene gaskets
with fasteners designed to ensure proper compression of gaskets. When covers are provided
in place of doors, generous overlap shall be assured between sheet steel surfaces with
closely spaced fasteners to preclude the entry of dust.
4.2.12 The height of the panel should not be more than 2400 mm. The total depth of the
panel should be adequate to cater for proper cabling space and should not be less than 1300
mm for ACB sections and 450 mm for Switch Fuse unit and MCCB sections or should be
appropriate.
4.2.13 Doors and compartment partitions shall be fabricated using 14 Gauge thick sheet
steel. Sheet steel shrouds and partitions shall be minimum 14 Gauge thickness. All sheet
steel work forming the exterior of switch boards shall be smoothly finished. Leveled and
free from flaws. The corners should be rounded. All the boards/panels should be fabricated
using 14 gauge CRCA MS sheets only.
4.2.14 The apparatus and circuits in the panels shall be so arranged as to facilitate their
operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure the necessary degree of safety.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.2.15 Apparatus forming part of the panels shall have the following recommended
minimum clearances for non-insulated bus bars or should be as per relevant IS Codes.
Distance between Minimum Clearance in mm
Phase to Phase 30mm
Phase to Neutral 25mm
Phase to Body 30mm
When, for any reason, the above clearances are not available, suitable insulation shall
be provided. Clearances shall be maintained during normal service conditions. Creepage
distances shall comply with those specified in relevant standards.
4.2.16 All insulating material used in the construction of the equipment shall be of non-
hygroscopic material, duly treated to withstand the effects of high humidity, high
temperature tropical ambient service conditions.
4.2.17 Functional units such as circuit breakers and fuse switches shall be arranged in
multi-tier formation. All the Incoming Air Circuit Breakers shall be housed in a single tier
formation only. Air circuit breaker for outgoing feeders can be of two-tier formation.
4.2.18 Metallic/insulated barriers shall be provided within vertical sections and between
adjacent sections to ensure prevention of accidental contact with main bus bars and vertical
risers during operation, inspection or maintenance of functional units and front mounted
accessories.
4.2.19 All doors/covers providing access to live power equipment circuits shall be
provided with tool operated fasteners to prevent unauthorized access.
4.2.20 Cable Alley and Bus Trunkings:

a) Cable entries and terminals shall be provided in the switchboard to suit the number,
type and size of aluminum conductor power cables and copper conductor control cable
specified in the detailed specifications.
b) Provision shall be made for top or bottom entry of cables as required. Generous size of
cabling chambers shall be provided, with the position of cable gland and terminals such
that cables can be easily and safely terminated. The minimum depth of the panel shall be
restricted to suit for this purpose.
c) Barriers or shrouds shall be provided to permit safe working at the terminals of one
circuit without accidentally touching that of another live circuit.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) Cable risers shall be adequately supported to withstand the effects of rated short
circuit without accidentally touching that of another live circuit.
e) As per indications in the SLD LT Power cables shall be terminated on Incoming
side from bottom and Air insulated Bus Trunkings are to be terminated on Outgoing
circuits at the top of the panels. Necessary connecting bus-bar pieces with bends, offsets
and drilled holes with necessary cadmium plated nuts, bolts & washers shall be provided.
The details of the flange and bus configuration shall be obtained from the Bus Trunkings
supplier.
5.0 PAINTING
5.1 All sheet steel work used in construction of panels shall be given for proper
surface cleaning to make it free from all rusts/impurities/deposits. It shall be then provided
with two primer coat and then powder coated (electro-statically) with final paint shade
RAL7032 as per IS – 5. It shall be the process of Powder Coating with suitable primer and
having total coating thickness of 60 micron. All sheet steel work used in construction of
panels should have undergone a rigorous metal treatment 7 tank process as mentioned
below.
a) All sheet steel work shall be phosphate in accordance with the procedure mentioned
below and in accordance with relevant standards for phosphating iron and steel.
b) Oil, grease and dirt shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning.
c) Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by washing with
running water, rinsing with slightly alkaline hot water and drying.
d) A recognized phosphate process to facilitate durable coating of the paint on the metal
surface and also to prevent the speared of rustling in the event of the paint film being
mechanically damaged.
e) This again, shall be followed by hot water rinsing to remove traces of phosphate
solution.
f) After phosphating through rinsing shall be carried out with clean water followed by final
rinsing with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying.
g) Passivating in de-oxalite solution to retain and augment the effects of phosphating.
6.0 BUS BARS
6.1 The selection, design and construction of bus bars shall conform to IS
specifications and the latest amendments.
6.2 The bus bars shall be air insulated and made of high conductivity, high strength
Aluminum Bus bars.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.3 Bus bars shall be located in air-insulated enclosures and segregated from all other
compartments of the cubicle. Direct access or accidental contact with bus bars and
primary connections shall not be possible.
6.4 Bus bars shall be rated in accordance with service conditions and the rated for
continuous and short time current ratings as specified in SLD.
6.5 Maximum temperature of the bus bar and bus bar connections, under operating
conditions, while carrying rated normal current at rated frequency shall not exceed 85
degree C.
6.6 Bus bars shall be adequately supported on SMC insulators to withstand dynamic
stresses due to short circuit currents specified in SLD.
6.7 Bus bar support insulators shall be of non-hygroscopic material and shall confirm
to relevant IS standards.
6.8 The current density of the bus bars shall not be less than 1.6 Amp / sq mm. The
size of the bus bar shall be chosen on the basis of temperature rise limit of bus-bar for
continuous rated current at rated frequency and also on the basis of temperature rise
limit at rated short circuit current for 1 sec and mechanical stress capacity at rated peak
short circuit current. The neutral as well as the earth bar should also be capable of
withstanding the electrical & mechanical stresses equivalent to phase bus bars.
6.9 Appropriate clearances and creep age distance shall be provided for the bus bars
system to minimize the possibility of a fault.
6.10 Connections from the main bus bars to functional circuits shall be arranged and
supported so as to withstand without any damage or deformations the thermal and
dynamic stresses due to short circuits currents.
6.11 Bus bars should be color coded for easy identification of individual phases and
neutral.
6.12 All the bus bars should be provided with colour coded heat shrink sleeves.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.13 The size of the Earth shall be same as the size of the neutral bus bar in any case it
should not be less than 50 x 6 mm.
6.14 Earth busbar will be tinned copper.
7.0 PERFORMANCE AND CHARACTERISTICS

7.1 All switchgears and panels shall be capable of satisfactory operation for the
application, duty and other requirements as specified in these specifications.
7.2 Air circuit breakers, Moulded case circuit breakers and switches shall be suitable
for switching duty of motors, capacitors and other devices shown on drawing.
8.0 SAFETY FEATURES
8.1 The safety shutter shall be provided in breaker panels, which shall prevent in
advertent contact with isolating contacts when breaker is withdrawn from the Cradle.
8.2 It shall be possible to interchange two breakers of same frame size.
8.3 There shall be provision of positive earth connection between fixed and moving
portion of the ACB either through connector plug or sliding solid earth mechanism.
Earthing bolts shall be provided on the cradle or body of fixed ACB.
8.4 Arc chute covers shall be provided wherever necessary.
8.5 It shall be possible to bolt the draw-out frame not only in connected position but
also in TEST and DISCONNECTED position to prevent dislocation due to vibration.
8.6 All live parts of MCCB and switches when doors are opened after switching them
OFF shall be shrouded with insulators of adequate size and strength so that to prevent
accidental contacts of the live parts.
8.7
9.0 COMPONENTS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.1 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MCCB)

9.1.1 MCCB should be suitable for interchangeable line/ load connections.
9.1.2 MCCB should be provided with door operating mechanism having interlock,
defeat and padlocking facility.
9.1.3 The Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) shall conform to IEC 947 – 2.
9.1.4 The MCCB shall be suitable for temperature up to 50 deg C without de-rating.
9.1.5 The MCCB should trip free, quick make and quick break type and should be
equipped with a current limiting feature. MCCB’s of rating below 125A shall have
spreader links and terminal shroud as a feature for safety and proper heat dissipation.
9.1.6 The MCCB shall indicate its suitability for isolation and this should appear clearly
with the symbol as specified in IS 13947.
9.1.7 MCCB’s for distribution feeders shall have a minimum service breaking capacity
(Ics) of suitable up to 400 A. For the entire range, Service Breaking capacity (Ics) shall
be equal to Ultimate Breaking capacity (Icu), ( Icu = Ics )
9.1.8 All Distribution Panel incomer and subsequent feeder MCCB’s shall be with
thermo-magnetic over-current release with an adjustable overload setting range of 40%
to 100% of rated current. Magnetic setting shall also be adjustable from 5 to 10 times the
rated current.
9.1.9 All Main panels outgoing feeder MCCB’s shall be with microprocessor over-
current release with time delay setting for fault discrimination. The settings should be as
follows:
Overload setting L 40-100% In
Short circuit setting (with time delay) S 150 –
1000% Ir
Time delay (td) 0-500 m sec
Short circuit setting (Instantaneous) (I) 1100%
In

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Where In = nominal current of MCCB & Ir = rated current to which it is set.
9.1.10 All MCCB’s shall have the accessories such as, shunt release, auxiliary and alarm
switches, Front door operating mechanism with door interlock defeat facility.
9.1.11 All protection releases has

• In built thermal memory
• In built true RMS sensing
• Sensitive to heating effects of harmonics.
9.1.12 Frame sizes of MCCB’s shall be of following standard sizes.

MCCB Rating Frame Size
100 amps & below. 100 amps.
More than 100 amps up to 160 amps 160 amps.
More than 160 amps up to 250 amps 250 amps.
More than 250 amps up to 400 amps. 400 amps.
9.1.13 The breaking capacities of MCCB’s are mentioned panel wise. MCCB’s shall be
of following standard ratings.
MCCB Rating Frame Size
25 kA & Below. 25 kA
Above 25 kA up to 35 kA. 35 kA
Above 35 kA up to 50 kA 50 kA
Above 50 kA up to 70 kA 70 kA.
9.1.14 All MCCB shall be provided in the thermal magnetic releases up to 250 amps
rating unless otherwise asked for differently in the SLD.
9.2 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MCB)
9.2.1 MCB should be trip free, quick make and quick break type.
9.2.2 MCB should be suitable for interchangeable line/ load connections.
9.2.3 The MCB, RCCB, RCBO shall have minimum 10 kA breaking capacity and shall
have ISI mark as per IS8828-1996 (IEC60898)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.2.4 The MCB shall be suitable for temperature up to 50 deg C without de-rating.
9.2.5 All outgoing feeder MCB shall be provided with clip on type auxiliary contact to
interface.
9.2.6 Terminal of MCB shall be provided with insulated separators between the phases
and also on both end.
9.2.7 The size and design of the terminal should be adequate to accommodate
Aluminum cable required for the rated current of the MCB.
9.2.8 It should confirm to current limiting principle class –3 to ensure extremely low let
through energy (I²t) under fault conditions.
9.2.9 It should have ‘two position’ DIN clip ensuring easy mounting and removal.
9.2.10 It should confirm C.E. Marking (confirmation to European standards)
9.3 SWITCH FUSE UNIT

9.3.1 The fuse switch units or switch fuse units shall be of load break, heavy duty, and
industrial design and shall be of triple pole and neutral type. The switches shall be of
double break pattern with quick make and quick break pattern. However the design shall
be such as to ensure positive opening even if quick break action is lost due to the spring
stretching or breaking.
9.3.2 The ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ positions of the switch handle shall be distinctively indicated
and interlocks shall be provided to ensure that switch cover cannot be opened unless the
switch is in ‘OFF’ position. Means shall, however, be provided for releasing the
interlock to permit closing of switch by competent persons with switch cover for
inspection purposes.
9.3.3 All live parts inside the switch shall be properly shrouded and inter-phase barriers
shall be provided.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.3.4 The fuse switch units shall be provided with non-deteriorating type HRC cartridge
fuse-links complying with IS: specification and having rupturing capacity of not less
than 31 MVA at 415 V. The design of the switch units shall be such that it will not be
possible to change the fuse with the switch in the ‘ON’ position.
9.4 CONTACTORS
9.4.1 All contactors and bi-metal relays should conform to IS - 13947 - 4/IEC - 947-4
standards.
9.4.2 Contactors should be suitable for requisite duty and the contactor shall be designed
to operate even in severe operating conditions.
9.4.3 The Contactors shall be suitable for switching and controlling squirrel cage and
slipping motors as well as other AC loads such as solenoids, capacitors, lighting loads,
heating loads and transformer loads.
9.4.4 The contactors shall be suitable for operation in service temperature up to 50° C
without de-rating.
9.4.5 The contactors and bimetal relays shall have been tested for type-2 co-ordination at
50 kA, 415 V 50 Hz as per IS 13947 for both fuse protected as well as fuse-less motor
feeders.
9.4.6 The Contactor shall have coil of 220/240 V AC or as may be specifically asked
for.
9.4.7 The design of the current carrying parts, contact system and the magnet system
should be such that it should increase reliability of electrical and mechanical endurance.
9.4.8 Auxiliary contact should have double break parallel bridge contact mechanism.
9.4.9 For operator safety the contactors above 45 Amp. Should have arc-chamber. The
construction of the arc chamber should be such that there is no emission of arc by-
products on the surrounding equipment.
9.4.10 The contactor shall have funnel shaped cable entries, cable end stops and
predetermined insertion depths.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.4.11 Contactor below 63 Amp shall have captive screws preventing the screws from
falling.
9.4.12 Main contacts should be of silver alloy to have long contact life; it should
withstand to keep the contact bounce to minimum and should be shrouded with an arc
chute. Both moving and fix contacts should be accessible for inspection or replacement
without disturbing terminal wiring.
9.4.13 The magnet system should have laminated construction to minimize the losses.
Coils should withstand high temperature and ensure low power consumption. Coil
should be resin cast/encapsulated. It should have inter layer insulation.
9.4.14 Contactor should have facility to mount add-on auxiliary contact block.
9.4.15 Mechanical interlocks should be provided for sequential operations if required.
9.4.16 Contactor should be comfortably mounted in any position on a vertical plane.
9.4.17 Contactor should be capable of handling high transient currents, which occurs at a
high time of switching of capacitors.
9.4.18 It’s Insulation voltage level should be – 1000 v
9.4.19 Contactor shall be designed to have Mechanical endurance of the order of

minimum 15 million operations or better.
9.4.20 Contactor should operate without deration from - 30° C to +50°C
9.5 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

9.5.1 Current transformers shall comply with the requirements of IS. 2705.
9.5.2 They shall have ratios, outputs as specified in SLD.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.5.3 The current transformers shall be core type with cast resin/encapsulated secondary
winding.
9.5.4 CTs shall withstand stresses originated from short circuit.
9.5.5 These shall be mounted on the switchboard stationary part

.
9.5.6 The secondary CT leads from all panels should be terminated on the front of the
board on easily accessible shorting type terminal connectors so that operation and
maintenance can be carried out when the panels are in service.
9.5.7 CT’s shall be given heat run test.
9.5.8 CT’s shall be of class 1 accuracy unless otherwise specified.
9.6 INDICATING INSTRUMENTS

9.6.1 All indicating instruments shall be digital of flush mounting industrial patterns,
conforming to the requirements of I.S.
9.6.2 The instruments shall have non-reflecting bezels, clearly divided and indelibly
marked scales and shall be provided with zero adjusting devices in the front.
9.6.3 Integrating instruments shall be of flush mounting switchboard pattern, complying

with the requirements of I.S.
9.7 PROTECTION RELAYS

9.7.1 The protection relay should be microprocessor based & have 12 mm, 8 values, Set
values, Trip data and Trip History for analysis and troubleshooting.
9.7.2 All Protection Relays should be conforming to following IS/IEC standards:
IEC 61000-4-8 Power Frequency Magnetic Test

IEC 61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Interruption Test
IEC 61000-4-12 Ring Wave Test
IEC 61000-4-5 Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-3 Radiated Electromagnetic Field Test

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
IEC 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast Transient test

IEC 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-22-1 High Frequency Disturbance Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-5 Impulse Test
IS 3231/IEC 60255-5 Dielectric Test
9.7.3 The Protection relay should have built in Self Supervision and Self Testing Feature
& Self diagnostic to ensure continuous reliability.
9.7.4 The protection relay should have separate indication for Power On, Programming
Mode and Relay fault.
9.7.5 The protection relay shall have RS 485 port/MOD BUS for Communication with
BMS system.
9.7.6 The Hardware/Software Protocol for the same shall be given without any
additional cost
9.7.7 The protection Relay shall have minimum 4 No of user programmable output
relays.
9.7.8 The protection relay should have a test feature for maintenance and checking
purpose.
9.7.9 The protection relay shall have 3 phase characteristics, which shall be adjustable
over wide range to provide discrimination between multiplicities of devices.
9.8 CONTROL SWITCHES

9.8.1 Control Switches shall be of the heavy-duty rotary type with escutcheon plates
clearly marked to show the operating position. They shall be semi-flush mounting with
only the front plate and operating handle projecting.
9.8.2 Circuit breaker control switches shall be of the spring return to neutral type, while
instrument selector switches shall be of the stay-put type.
9.9 PUSH BUTTONS

9.9.1 Push buttons should be of the momentary contact, push to actuate type.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.9.2 Push Buttons should be panel mounted, flush type having 22.5 mm Ø.
9.9.3 Push Buttons should be spring returns type.
9.9.4 Lock and key head with Push turn facility.
9.9.5 Modular blocks should content NO-NC contact.
9.9.6 It should be snap-fit type for easy assembly.
9.9.7 Double break self cleaning contacts for prolong life.
9.9.8 NO-NC contact block should be colour coded for easy identification.
9.9.9 Push Buttons should have transparent shroud and rubber shroud to enhance
protection against ingress as per IP- 67.
9.9.10 It should withstand operating voltage as well as frequent operation.
9.9.11 It should have finger proof shrouded terminals.
9.10 CONTROL WIRING

9.10.1 All Control wiring shall be carried out with 1100 Volts grade single core PVC
cable conforming to IS694 having stranded copper conductors of minimum 1.5 sq mm for
potential circuits and 2.5 sq. mm. section for current transformer circuit.
9.10.2 Wiring shall be neatly bunched, adequately supported and properly routed to
allow for easy access and maintenance.
9.10.3 Wires shall be identified by numbered ferrules at each end. The ferrules shall be
of the ring type and of non-deteriorating material. They shall be firmly located on each
wire so as to prevent free movement.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.10.4 All control circuits fuses shall be mounted in front of the panel and shall be easily
accessible.
9.11 TERMINAL BLOCKS

9.11.1 Terminal blocks shall be of Elmex /Connect well make of the suitable type.
Insulating barriers shall be provided between adjacent terminals. CT Terminal blocks
shall be shorting type.
9.11.2 Terminal blocks shall have a minimum current rating of 10 Amps & 650 volt
grade rating complete with insulated barriers. Provisions shall be made for label
inscriptions.
9.11.3 It should have snap fit action.
9.11.4 It should have captive-screws and self lifting washers.
9.11.5 Withstand temp range from –30° C to 100° C.
9.11.6 Terminal Connectors should have flame retardant property confirming to UL-94,
V-2.
9.11.9 The construction material should be of high quality like polyamide 6/6 and
contacts of Nickel plated brass.
9.11.10Labels shall be of anodized aluminum, with white engraving on black

background.
9.11.11They shall be properly secured with fasteners.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.12 DIGITALENERGY METERS / LOAD MANAGERS
9.12.1 The energy meters shall be digital counter type with LCD/LED display.
9.12.2 It shall be flush mounted on panel. The size shall be at least 96 mm x 96 mm at

the front side.
9.12.3 The Class of accuracy of the meters shall be 1.
9.12.4 The meters shall be calibrated as per CT secondary current and directly from the
LT voltage, self powered and suitable for 3 phases, 4 wire system.
9.12.5 Digital Energy Meter should be confirming to following IS/IEC standards.

IEC 61000-4-8 Power Frequency Magnetic Test
IEC 61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Interruption Test
IEC 61000-4-12 Ring Wave Test
IEC 61000-4-5 Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-3 Radiated Electromagnetic Field Test
IEC 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast Transient test
IEC 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge Test
IEC 1036 Accuracy
IS 8686/IEC 60255-22-1 High Frequency Disturbance Test
IS 8686/IEC 60255-5 Impulse Test
IS 3231/IEC 60255-5 Dielectric Test
IS13779 Operating Temperature
IS 722 3 Phase Watt -Hour Meter with Maximum
Demand Indicator
9.12.6 Digital kW Meter shall have 2 Alarm set Points
9.12.7 This should have multi function facilities to measure Voltage, Current, Power
factor, KW.
9.12.8 This unit should give True RMS Measurements.
9.12.9 This unit should have four quadrant operations.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.12.10The unit should have 2 No. of relay type outputs for alarm or control action.
9.12.11The unit should have wide CT ratio selection range to suit site requirements.
9.12.12The unit shall have large and clear display with backlit facility.
9.12.13The unit shall have necessary arrangements communication port RS 485 for
energy metering.
10.0 DRAWING AND DOCUMENTS

10.1 General Arrangement drawing of panel with plan elevation and side view and
bus-duct termination flange cable entry and gland plates, earthing arrangement etc.
10.2 Mounting arrangement of circuit breakers and other components in different

chambers, bus-bar details, earth bars, door gasketing details etc.
10.3 Foundation details.
10.4 Single line diagram
10.5 Schematic wiring diagram with interlock (both mechanical and electrical),
protection and operation scheme.
10.6 Bill of materials complete with rating/range, make, type, model number, size,
materials, quantity etc.
10.7 Nameplate and inscription plate detail.
10.8 The drawing shall be preferably of A-3 or A-4 size only.
10.9 The contractor/vendor shall also submit all pamphlets/literatures etc. in triplicate
for all bought out items for approval.
10.10 One print of each drawing/document will be returned to Contractor/vendor after

marking all necessary comments, corrections, changes and required clarifications.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contractor/vendor shall revise the drawing accordingly and resubmit the revised
drawings within seven days after receipt of the commented drawings/documents.
11.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

11.1 Contractor/vendor shall submit three copies of the Quality Assurance Plan before
commencement of work for approval.
11.2 The approved Quality Assurance Plan shall form the basis of Quality Assurance
and manufacturer shall follow the same to ensure total conformity to owner’s
requirement.
12.0 TESTS AND TEST REPORT

12.1 Type Test
Type test reports shall be provided for each type of panel in accordance with relevant IS and
shall be as mentioned below:
12.1.1 Verification of Temperature rise limit.
12.1.2 Verification of dielectric properties
12.1.3 Verification of the short circuit withstands strength.

12.1.4 Verification of the effectiveness of the protective circuit.
12.1.5 Verification of clearance and creepage distances.
12.1.6 Verification of mechanical operation
12.1.7 Verification of degree of protection.
12.1.8 Type 2 co-ordination test
12.1.9 Breaker Duty cycle
12.1.10 Mechanical endurance
12.1.11 Electrical endurance.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
12.2 Routine Tests

Routine tests shall be conducted on all panels and Distribution boards in accordance
with relevant IS codes and shall be as mentioned below:
12.2.1 Insulation resistance test (IR value) by 1000V megger before HV test.
12.2.2 Dielectric test by applying 2.2 KV for 1 min and noting leakage reactance.
12.2.3 Insulation resistance test by 1000 V megger after H.V test.
12.2.4 Functional controls check for panels.
12.2.5 Logic simulation test.
12.2.6 Current injection test.
12.2.7 Test reports for all such tests shall be prepared by contractor for submission
along with Inspection offer.
13.0 INSPECTION
13.1 Inspection of the panels shall include inspection of wiring and electrical
operational tests where necessary, Dimensional & Visual verification.
13.2 Checking of Protective Measures and electrical continuity of the protective

circuits.
13.3 Primary and Secondary Injection Test for Checking of all Meters and Relays
13.4 Checking of control Circuit by simulating the conditions. Any such simulator in
case required shall be arranged by contractor / manufacturer / sub-contractor etc.
14.0 ACCEPTANCE TEST

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All the tests carried out in the routine test shall be asked for acceptance test and test shall
be carried out in similar way except the dielectric test which shall be carried out at 75%
of the routine test voltage.
15.0 DISTRIBUTION PANELS / BOARDS
15.1 Main Distribution Panels, Sub – Distribution Panels and Final Distribution Panels /
Board shall be suitable for operation on 3 Phase / single phase, 415 / 240 volts, 50 cycles,
4 wire system, neutral grounded at transformer. All Distribution panels shall be
confirming to IS 8623 and manufactured by an approved manufacturers.
15.2 All components of Distribution panels shall comply with the latest Relevant Indian
Standards and Electricity Rules and Regulations and shall be as per IS – 13947 – 1993.
15.3 CONSTRUCTION FEATURES.
15.3.1 Distribution panels shall be 2 mm thick sheet steel cabinet for indoor installations,
floor mounting /wall mounting type and shall be form 3 b construction.
15.3.2 The Distribution panels shall be totally enclosed. Completely dust and vermin
proof and shall be with hinged doors.
15.3.3 Neoprene gasket, padlocking arrangements and bolted back. All removable /
hinged doors and covers shall be grounded by flexible standard connectors. Distribution
panel shall be suitable for the climatic conditions as specified in Special Conditions.
15.3.4 Steel sheets used in the construction of Distribution panels shall be 2 mm thick and
shall be folded and braced as necessary to provide a rigid support for all components.
Joints of any kind in sheet metal shall be seam welded, all welding, slag shall be rounded
off and welding pits wiped smooth with plumber metal. The general construction shall
confirm to IS – 8623 – 1977 (Part – 1) for factory built assembled switch gear & control
gear for voltage upto and including 1100 V AC.
15.3.5 All panels and covers shall be properly fitted and square with the frame, and holes
in the panel correctly positioned. Fixing screws shall enter into holes tapped into an
adequate thickness of metal or provided with wing nuts. Self threading screws shall not

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
be used in the construction of Distribution panels. A base channel of 75 mm x 40 mm x 5

mm thick shall be provided at the bottom for floor mounted panels. Minimum clearance
of 275 mm shall be provided between the floor of Distribution panels and the lowest unit.
15.3.6 Distribution panels shall be of adequate size with a provision of spare switchgear
as indicated on the Single Line Diagram. Switches shall be arranged in multi-tier.
Knockout holes of appropriate size and number shall be provided in the Distribution
panels in conformity with the location of cable conduit connections. Removable sheet
steel plates shall be provided at the top to make holes for additional cable entry at site if
required.
15.3.7 Every cabinet shall be provided with Trifoliate or engraved metal name plates. All
panels shall be provided with circuit diagram engraved on PVC sheet. All live accessible
connections shall be shrouded and shall be finger touch proof and minimum clearance
between phase and earth shall be 20 mm and phase to phase shall be 25 mm.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
13.APFC PANEL
1.0 SCOPE:
This specification covers design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing, commissioning of
thyristorised zero crossing – Real Time Power Factor Correction (RTPFC) system with capacitor
banks and harmonic filters suitable for continuous duty. The capacities given in SLD are for
reference only and are to be verified by contractor after doing complete reactive load analysis
and also necessary changes if required in the rating of capacitors and harmonic filters is within
scope of contractor. All necessary hardware / supports required for installation of the panel is
scope of the works.
2.0 CODE AND STANDARD

The design, manufacture and performances of the power factor correction panel with capacitor
banks shall comply with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the
locations of installations. The capacitors used will also conform to the latest applicable Indian /
British / IEC standards. In particular, the equipment shall conform to the latest revisions of the
following.
IS:13340 , 13341 & 12672 Capacitors for power system.
IS:2208 , 13703 HRC cartridge fuse and links upto 600V
IS: 8828 MCB
IS: 13947 MCCBs
When the above standards are in conflict with these specifications, this specification shall
prevail.
3.0 CAPACITOR BANK
3.1 Capacitor bank shall comprise of identical three phase capacitors in case of RTPFC.
The individual capacitor unit shall be manufactured out of MPP design, comprising of bi-
axially oriented metalised polypropylene film. Capacitor shall be tubular (Cylindrical)
MPP heavy duty self healing type.
3.2 The capacitor shall consist of many such elements in series / parallel combinations
for getting desired kVAr output. The dielectric losses of capacitor shall be restricted to
0.5 watts per kVAr.
3.3 The phase terminal connections of the capacitor unit shall be brought out at the top,
for suitable connections. The capacitor shall be provided with suitably rated discharge
resistor. The capacitor shall be provided with over pressure interrupter mechanism, which

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
will automatically disconnect faulty capacitor unit from the network without bursting,
bulging or exploding the capacitor.
3.4 The rating of the step should be decided by due consideration of de-rating due to
harmonic reactors, so as to ensure that each capacitor feeder delivers net output
equivalent to the step rating. PF capacitors should be rated for minimum 525 VAC, 3-ph,
50 Hz and shall be suitable to operate continuously with the harmonic filters.
4.0 HARMONIC FILTER REACOTRS

4.1 Each feeder shall be provided with 7 % detuned harmonic filter reactor 440 V, 3-
phase, 50 Hz of step rating.
4.2 This reactor should be anti-resonance type, Aluminium wound, and low noise
with high linearity-low loss core (CRGO lamination of 46/51 grade insulation class F).
4.3 The linearity of the reactor should not be less than 1.5 In and suitable for
continuous operation at system voltage without excess heating. One no temperature
switch should be provided internally with terminals brought outside for control.
5.0 CAPACITOR PANEL

5.1 The capacitor control panel shall operate in Automatic mode as specified in SLD.
5.2 The panel for capacitor shall be fabricated from 2 mm thick sheet steel and shall be
finished with 7tank process followed by powder coating. Earthing terminal shall be
provided as per clause No 5.0 of this specification
.
5.3 The panel shall be provided with suitably rated T.P. copper bus bar supported on
epoxy insulator.
5.4 Each capacitor unit shall be connected to main bus bar through thyristor of suitable
rating with safety margin.
5.5 Protective semi-conductor fuses of suitable rating for protection of Thyristor shall be
provided with base / holder as mentioned in the drawing.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.6 Connection shall be made with PVC insulated flexible copper cables having crimped
copper lugs.
5.7 All capacitor units shall be earthed; sufficient ventilation shall be provided to limit
the temperature rise to maximum 85oC.
5.8 Cooling fans shall be provided to each heat sink as per requirement. Suitable exhaust
fans shall be provided in order to dissipate the internal heat of the panel and maintain the
internal temperature rise of the panel within safe limits.
5.9 The operation of fans shall be automatic with temperature sensor. Drawing pocket
shall be provided at the door of each panel.
5.10 A 15-amp switch & socket and the lamp holder shall also be provided for panel
illumination at the suitable location. The main Bus bar shall be terminated on suitably
rated SFU /MCCB /SDU / ACB.
5.11 Detachable gland plates shall be provided with suitable knockout for incoming
cable connection from bottom/top as specified. Capacitor unit shall be mounted a frame
of adequate strength construction.
5.12 The panel shall be mounted on MS channel section at the bottom for easy
installation. The panel shall be provided with lifting hooks /eye bolts for handling.
5.13 Dual setting (For grid power & emergency power) Automatic Power Factor
Correction Relay shall be provided with all related circuits and three load CT’s for each
phase in order to control/ achieve target Power Factor or unity as per setting. Control
wiring shall be done by using 6C x 1.5 Sq.mm Cu. Conductor, PVC insulated cable from
main PCC panel to APFC relay.
5.14 The controller shall be capable of correcting Power Factor within 2 to 120 sec in
case of RTPFC.
5.15 The capacitor shall be switched ON and OFF using thyristors from APFC
controller. Average compensation required and compensation supplied shall be

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
continuously monitored for all the three phase simultaneously and total low kVAr
requirement shall be calculated accordingly.
5.16 It would automatically switch ON and OFF the capacitor bank so as to attain the set
target power factor. The panel shall be provided as per respective drawing. The
thyristoried switching system shall have following minimum features.
5.17 Capacitor switching shall be at zero cross over and shall be smooth and surge less,
as demonstrated at the test bench.
5.18 No electromagnetic contactor/ relays/ moving parts shall be used in the switching
circuit or parallel to the switching device;
5.19 Forced cooling system to thyristor shall be provided;
5.20 Diagnostic capability shall be provided to analyse and indicate type of fault;
5.21 Power factor controlling shall be on cycle-to-cycle basis. Proportionate correction

or cutting A.C. waveform will not be allowed;
5.22 The controller shall be capable to work at phase to phase voltage between 200 to
440 volts.
5.23 Digital controller shall be provided which minimum indication of line voltage and
current, capacitor current, Power factor, active power /reactive power/ apparent power,
injected capacitive kVAr, uncompensated capacitive kVAr, CT ratio selected, switching
time;LED indication for capacitor bank step switch ON, power factor lag/lead shall be
provided. The thyristorised switching system shall inclusive of following facilities.
a. Over voltage protection.
b. Under voltage protection.
c. Over temperature protection.
d. Voltage imbalance protection in each phase.
e. Facility of manually operating capacitor bank on First-in-First out basis
6.0 EARTHING

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The enclosure of capacitor unit shall be provided with 2 no’s of M10 earth terminals or
strip, each complete with two plain and one spring washer, nuts etc. These terminals shall
be effectively bonded to the common sheet steel framework. Each bank in case of APFC
will have two external terminals in the bus bar chambers complete with hardware.
7.0 DRAWING
The following drawings will be submitted along with the bid.
7.1 General arrangement drawing showing overall dimensions, weight, internal
arrangement and mounting details.
7.2 Power wiring diagram of capacitor panel.
7.3 Control wiring diagram of capacitor panel.
7.4 C.T. Connection.
7.5 Manual for Automatic Power Factor Correction Relay and entire panel installation
diagram.
8.0 CONTROLLER APFC

The controller shall be BMS compatible & shall transfer all parameters along with
capacitor health status to BMS system. Necessary software for the same shall be part of
panel cost.
9.0 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

a. Meters Conserve/ L & T/AE
b. Indicating Lamps Technic/Siemens/Schneider /L &T
c. Push Buttons Technic/Siemens/Schneider/L &T
d. C.T. A.E./Starlite/Precise/Reco
e. Switchgears Siemens/ABB/Schneider
f. Flexible Cable Finolex/Primecab/Havells/RPG/KEI
g. P.F.Controller (Intelligent) Belluck/L&T/Electronicon/Eq.
h. Connector (cage clamp type) Wago/Connectwell/Elmex
i. Plugs and sockets. SCAME /Mennkkes/Scheider/Eq
j. Capacitors EPCOS/Electronicon/Shreem/Schneider

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
14. TECHNICAL SPECIFICAIONS FOR AUTO TRANSFER

SWITCH
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 It shall conform to the latest edition of IEC60947-6-1 and UL 1008.
1.2 Auto Transfer Switches shall be used in the incomer of PCC’s for automatic change
over from mains supply to generator supply.
1.3 It should be at least capable of withstanding the required making and breaking
current while it
will be switched on or off during fault condition (140kA during making and 65kA during
breaking)
1.4 The switch shall be 4 pole (with overlapping switched neutral)
1.5 ATS should be CE marked.
1.6 Utilization category shall be AC33A.
1.7 The switch shall have provision for manual operation as and when required.
1.8 The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The
electrical operator shall be a momentarily energized, single-solenoid mechanism. Main
operators which include over-current disconnect devices, linear motors or gears shall not
be acceptable. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only two possible
positions, normal or emergency.
1.9 The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that
contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is
minimized for maximum reliability and operating life
1.10 All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches shall have segmented,
blow-on construction for high withstand and close-on capability and be protected by
separate arcing contacts.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.11 Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without
disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors.
Switches shall have front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and
moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus
bars
1.12 Neutral conductors must be switched the ATS should be provided with fully rated
overlapping neutral transfer contacts. The neutrals of the normal and emergency power
sources shall be connected together only during the transfer and re transfer operation and
remain connected together until power source contacts close on the source to which the
transfer is being made. The overlapping neutral contacts shall not overlap for a period
greater than 100 milliseconds. Neutral switching contacts which do not overlap are not
acceptable.
1.13 The ATS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available RMS symmetrical
short circuit current at the ATS terminals with over-current protection.
1.14 The ATS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be labeled in
accordance with that standard.
1.15 Potential free Auxiliary contacts rated 5A at 240 V AC shall be provided for
operation and interlocks.
2.0 DIGITAL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER

2.1 Digital microprocessor controller shall be provided for operation and all status
indication. Besides provision of all auxiliary contacts for operation and status indication
extra contacts shall be provided for operation of Dual Source Energy Meter.
2.2 The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring
harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be
disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic
shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be
industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a
protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and
ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the
operator’s manuals.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3 The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) as follows:
a. EN 55011:1991 Emission standard - Group 1, Class A
b. EN 50082-2:1995 Generic immunity standard, from which
c. EN 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity
d. ENV 50140:1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity
e. EN 61000-4-4:1995 Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity
f. EN 61000-4-5:1995 Surge transient immunity
g. EN 61000-4-6:1996 Conducted Radio-Frequency field immunity
h. IEEE472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test
3.0 CONTROLLER DISPLAY AND KEYPAD

3.1 A four lines, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the
controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters.
Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the
serial communications input port.
3.2 The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the
controller:
a. Nominal line voltage and frequency.
b. Single or three phase sensing.
c. Operating parameter protection.
d. Transfer operating mode configuration (Open transition, Closed transition, or
Delayed transition)
3.3 All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and
accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals.
3.4 Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources shall be
continuously monitored, with respective pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities
3.5 Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating
temperature range of -20 to 60 degree C
3.6 Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either
locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.7 The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial
port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source
shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation
selected (ABC or CBA).
3.8 Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to pro-vide
digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation.
3.9 An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary

normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability shall
be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 24 VDC
power supply.
3.10 A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60

minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency.
3.11 Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on re
transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the other
for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal
source is acceptable
3.12 A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down,
adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. A time delay activated output signal shall also be
provided to drive an external relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The
controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any
of the following modes:
a) Prior to transfer only.
b) Prior to and after transfer.
c) Normal to emergency only.
d) Emergency to normal only.
e) Normal to emergency and emergency to normal.
f) All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available
3.13 The controller shall also include the following built-in time delays for optional
Closed Transition and Delayed Transition :

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
a) 1 to 5 minute time delay on failure to synchronize normal and emergency sources

prior to closed transition transfer.
b) 0.1 to 9.99 second time delay on an extended parallel condition of both power
sources during closed transition operation.
c) 0 to 5 minute time delays for the load disconnect position for delayed transition
operation.
3.14 All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended
parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments.
3.15 All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a
remote device connected to the serial communications port.
3.16 A three position momentary-type test switch shall be provided for the test /
automatic / reset modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The
reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to
normal.
3.17 A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-voltage
engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring
the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting,
regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred.
3.18 Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one
contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed,
when the ATS is connected to the emergency source.
3.19 LED indicating lights shall be provided; one to indicate when the ATS is connected
to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the
emergency source (red).
3.20 LED indicating lights shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The
lights shall provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as
determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.21 The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of being
activated through keypad programming or the serial port only when required by the user:
a) Provide the ability to select “commit/no commit to transfer” to determine whether the
load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores
before the generator is ready to accept the load.
b) Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the ATS to
transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit transfer to
emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated
through the keypad or serial port.
4.18 In-phase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor shall control
transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents,
and shall not require external control of power sources. The in-phase monitor shall be
specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer.
4.19 The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact that will allow
the transfer switch to function in a non-automatic mode using an external control device
4.20
4.21 Engine Exerciser - The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The
engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines.
For each routine, the user shall be able to:
4.23.1 Enable or disable the routine.

4.23.2 Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine.
4.23.3 Set the start time.
- time of day
- day of week
- week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every)
Set the duration of the run.
1.24.1 At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to
normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period. A 10-year life
battery that supplies power to the real time clock in the event of a power loss will
maintain all time and date information.
1.25 System Status - The controller LCD display shall include a “System Status”
screen which shall be readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the
“ESC” key a maximum of two times. This screen shall display a clear description of
the active operating sequence and switch position. For example,

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
a) Normal Failed
b) Load on Normal
c)TD Normal to Emergency
d)2min15s
Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display “coded”
system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator’s manual,
are not permissible.
5.0 SELF DIAGNOSTICS –

The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system
errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller
which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed.
6.0 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE –

The controller shall be capable of interfacing, through an optional serial communication
module, with a network of transfer switches, locally (up to 1200 mtr.) or remotely
through modem serial communications. Standard software specific for transfer switch
applications shall be available by the transfer switch manufacturer. This software shall
allow for the monitoring, control and setup of parameters.
7.0 DATA LOGGING –

The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last 99 events, even
in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and
maintained in a non-volatile memory:
8.0 EVENT LOGGING

1. Date and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency.
2. Date and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal.
3. Date and time and reason for engine start.
4. Date and time engine stopped.
5. Date and time emergency source available.
6. Date and time emergency source not available.
9.0 STATISTICAL DATA

1. Total number of transfers.
2. Total number of transfers due to source failure.
3. Total number of days controller is energized.
4. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are available.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
9.1 Communications Module –

A full duplex RS485 interface shall be installed in the ATS controller to enable serial
communications. The serial communications shall be capable of a direct connect or
multi-drop configured network. This module shall allow for the seamless integration of
existing or new communication transfer devices.
9.2 External DC Power Supply –

An optional provision shall be available to connect an external 24 V DC power supply
to allow the LCD and the door mounted control indicators to remain functional when
both power sources are dead.
9.3 Test and certification --

The complete ATS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the individual
components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating
transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the
specification requirements Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter
certifying compliance with all of the requirements of this specification including
compliance with the above codes and standards, and withstand and closing ratings. The
certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions
to the specifications, other than those stipulated at the time of the submittal, shall be
included in the certification The ATS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001
International Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification
verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation and servicing
in accordance with ISO 9001.
9.4 Service representation

The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of company-
employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States. The service
center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year.
The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number, for a
minimum of 20 years.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
15. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HT/LT CABLES

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of this section comprises of supply, delivery, store at site, lying of L.T / HT cables,
fixing of Cable glands, cable dressing and termination in proper position.
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS

The design, manufacture, testing and supply of the cables under this specification shall comply
with the latest revisions including amendments of the following standards.
IS: 7098-I Specifications for XLPE insulated cables for Working Voltages below and
including 1100 V.
IS: 7098-II Specifications for XLPE insulated cables for Working Voltages from 3.3
kV up to and including 33 kV
IS: 3961-II Recommended current ratings for cables.
IS: 8130 Conductors for insulated cables.
IS: 5831 XLPE Insulation and outer sheath of electric cables.
IS: 10418 Specification for drums for electric cables.
IS: 39751 Mild steel wire, strips, and tapes for armoring of cables.
IS: 1554 Specifications for PVC insulated cables.
IS: 10810 Methods of testing cables.
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Stranded Aluminum/Copper conductor in case of 10 sq. mm and above and solid
conductor in case of 6 Sq.mm and below.
3.2 All Aluminum/Copper XLPE cables insulation shall be of high grade Cross- linked
Polyethylene insulation for extrusion process.
3.3 The inner sheath should be bonded over with thermoplastic material for protection
against mechanical and electrical damage.
3.4 Armoring should be provided over the inner sheath to guard against mechanical
damage. Armouring should be Galvanized steel wires or galvanized steel strips. In single
core cables used in A.C. wires/strips, round steel wires should be used; where diameter
over the inner sheath does not exceed 13 mm, flat steel armor should be used. Round wire
of different sizes should be provided against specific request.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.5 Insulation shall be of XLPE type as per latest IS general-purpose insulation for
maximum rated conductor temp 90 degree C.
3.6 The XLPE insulated cables shall conform to latest revision IS read along with these
specifications. The Conductor shall be stranded Aluminium/Copper circular/sector
shaped and compacted. In multi core cables the core shall be identified by red, yellow,
blue and black coloring of insulation.
3.7 The XLPE insulated 1100Volts grade power cables shall conform to latest IS and
shall be suitable for a steady conductor temperature of 90 degree centigrade. The
conductor shall be stranded Aluminum/Copper as called for in the schedule of quantities.
The outer sheath shall be as per the requirement of type ST-2 of IS: 5831 of 1984.
3.8 Conductor shall be of electrolytic Aluminum/Copper conforming to IS: 8130 and are
compact circular or compact shaped.
3.9 Insulation, inner sheath and outer sheath shall be applied by extrusion process only.
3.10 Armoring shall be of galvanized steel as indicated in Cable schedule.
3.11 Repaired cables shall not be used.
3.12 The cables shall be suitable for laying in racks, ducts, trenches, conduits and
underground buried installations with uncontrolled back fill and chances of flooding by
water.
3.13 Progressive automatic in line sequential marking of the length of cables in meters at
every one meter shall be provided on the outer sheath of all cables.
3.14 Both ends of the cables shall be properly sealed with PVC/Rubber caps so as to
eliminate ingress of water during transportation, storage and erection.
4.0 TESTS AND TEST REPORTS

4.1 Cables shall be subjected to type tests, acceptance tests and routine tests as per 7098
Part – I & II

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.2 The owner reserves the right to witness any or all the tests for which at least 20 days
advance notice shall be given by the contractor.
4.3 Six (6) copies of all test reports shall be submitted for approval by owner before
dispatch of the materials from works.
4.4 The Contractor shall also submit the excise duty gate pass or excise documents for
all the cables along with the dispatch.
5.0 DRAWINGS AND DATE

5.1 The Contractor shall furnish technical particulars of cables, types, make and
catalogue for the approval by Owner.
5.2 The product should be coded as per IS: 7098 and the codes should be as follows:
Aluminum Conductor A
XLPE Insulation 2X
Steel round wire armor W
Steel strip armor F
Steel Double round wire armor WW
Steel Double strip armor FF
Non-magnetic (A1.) round wire armor Wa
Non-magnetic (A1.) strip armor Fa
PVC outer sheath Y
6.0 CABLE STORAGE s

6.1 Cables should be stored in a dry covered place to prevent exposure to climate
conditions and wear and tear of wooden drums and it should be preferably concrete
surface.
6.2 All drums should be stored in such a manner as to leave sufficient space between
them for air circulation. It is desirable for drums to stand on battens directly placed under
the flange. In no case should the drums be stored “on the flat” i.e. flange horizontal.
6.3 Both ends of the cables shall be properly sealed with PVC/Rubber caps so as to
prevent ingress of water, miniaturization of cores and armors during transportation,
storage and erection.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
6.4 On receipt of cable drums visual inspection of drums should be carried out for any
damages to these cables.
6.5 While unloading the cables certain precautions are to be taken to ensure the safety of
cables. The cable end to be opened on one side and tested for its insulation and
continuity.
6.6 The cable drums should not be dropped or thrown from the trucks/railway wagons
etc. during unloading operations as shock may cause serious damage to cable layers.
6.7 A crane may be used for unloading cable drums.
6.8 While lifting the cable drums with crane, it is recommended that the lagging should
be left in place to prevent the flanges from crushing on the cables.
6.9 If crane is not available a ramp should be prepared with approximate inclination of 1:
3 or 1: 4. The cable drums should be rolled over the ramp by means of ropes and
winches.
6.10 Additionally a sand bed at the foot of the ramp may be prepared to brake the rolling
of the cable drum.
6.11 Cable should not be dragged along the earth surface.
6.12 Drums should be rolled in the direction of arrow only.
7.0 CABLE GLANDS

7.1 All cable glands shall be made out of brass and of good quality as approved.
7.2 For all out door panel’s cable glands shall be of double compressions type.
8.0 CABLE LUGS

8.1 Termination/ Joining of power and control cables shall be done by means of
compression methods using solder less tinned copper or Aluminum terminal lugs.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
8.2 For control cables terminations, ring tongue or reducer pin type lugs shall be used to
suit the purpose. Proper crimping tools with crimping paste shall be used to maintain
proper conductivity and avoid any air gap.
9.0 TERMINATION KITS
The terminating kits shall be suitable for termination of the cables to indoor switchgear or to a
weatherproof cable box of an outdoor mounted transformer / motor. For outdoor terminations,
weather shields / sealing ends & any other accessories required shall also form part of the kit.
The terminating kits shall also be form one of the makes / types mentioned in the Data sheet.
10.0 JOINTING KITS

The straight through jointing kits shall be suitable for installation on overhead trays, concrete
line trenches, ducts & for underground burial with uncontrolled backfill & possibility of
flooding by water & chemicals. These shall have protection against any mechanical damage &
suitably designed to be protected against rodent & termite attack. The inner sheath similar to
that provided for cables shall be provided as part of straight through joint. The jointing kits shall
be from one of the makes / types mentioned in the Date sheet.
Note: - However HT cables shall be supplied on non returnable drums in lengths such that
straight through joints are avoided.
11.0 CABLE LAYING

11.1 For laying of cables special care is to be taken to prevent sharp bending, kinking,
twisting.
11.2 Cable should be unwound from drum by proper mounting the cable drum on a cable
wheel making sure the spindle is strong enough to carry the weight without bending and
that it is lying horizontally in the bearings, so as to prevent the drum creeping to one side
or the other, while it is rotating.
11.3 The maximum safe pulling force (when pulled by pulling eye) proper and safe
method of pulling of cable should be used depending upon the site conditions to avoid any
kind of damage to the cables. Following pulling forces to be noted.
Aluminum Conductor cables : 3.0 Kg/mm2
Copper conductor cables : 5 Kg/mm2
11.4 Special care is to be taken while laying cable at bends. Following are the
recommended bending radius for power and control cables.
S Voltage PVC/XLPE Cables

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
r rating in
. KV
Multi Single
N
Core Core
o
.
1 Up to 1.1 12 D 15 D
.
2 Above 1.1 15 D 15 D
. to 33 KV
D = D is over all diameter of cable.
11.5 Underground Cable Laying
a) If the cables are to be buried directly in the ground IS: 1255 is to be followed for code
of practice.
b) Generally cables shall be laid at a depth of 750 mm for LT cables & at a depth of
1200 mm for HT cables.
c) After the cable trench has been properly excavated and straightened, it shall be
covered with 100 mm thick layer of sand, the cable is then lifted and placed over the
sand cushion. Again the cable shall be covered with a sand layer of 100 mm thick.
d) Over this sand layer a layer of RCC tiles (450 x 230 x 65-50 mm) shall be laid. RCC
tiles shall be as per IS-5820 and with marking of the Client and the rating of the
cable.
e) Cable trenches shall then be back filled with earth, concrete of suitable grade.
f) Direction of run of the cables shall be installed at 25 meters intervals and marking
must be done in all bends.
g) In loose soil or at all road crossings, concrete pillar or Hume pipes shall be provided.
11.6 Laying of Cables in Cable trays
a) For laying cables, power cables to be placed at the bottom most layer and control
cables at the top most layer.
b) In case of multi core power cables, cables shall be laid side by side with spacing not
less than one cable diameter.
c) Multi-core cables shall be clamped by means of mild steel galvanized saddles.
d) All cables below 1.1 kV single core cables if any should be clamped by means of
non-magnetic saddles.
e) The saddles / clamps shall not be placed at the intervals more than 1000 mm for
horizontal and 750 mm for vertical runs.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) Multi core control cables can be laid touching each other in cable racks and wherever
required may be taken in two layers. These cables should be clamped by means of
PVC straps for horizontal and vertical runs. Fabricated aluminum clamps may be
used at regular intervals.
g) All the cable shall be properly identified at regular intervals by suitable cable tags.
h) All the cable shall be meggar tested with 1000 volts meggar after being laid and shall
be repeated again after the termination.
i) Cables shall be laid by skilled and experienced workmen using adequate rollers to
minimize stretching of the cable. The cable drums shall be placed on jacks before
unwinding the cable. Great care shall be exercised in laying cables to avoid forming
kinks. The relative position of the cables, laid on the cable tray shall be preserved and
the cables shall not cross each other. At all changes in direction in horizontal and
vertical planes, the cable shall be bent smooth with a radius as recommended by the
manufacturers. All cables shall be laid with minimum one diameter gap and shall be
clamped at every metre to the cable tray and shall be tagged for identification with
aluminium tag and clamped properly. Tags shall be provided at both ends and all
changes in directions both sides of wall and floor crossings. All cable shall be
identified by embossing on the tag the size of the cable, place of origin and
termination.
12.0 CABLE IDENTIFICATION

12.1 Underground cables are to be tagged with Aluminium strip embossed with tag no.
and attached to the cable by GI wire binding / cable ties indicating source and termination
point at both the ends, for every 30 mtrs. and at bends.
12.2 All other cables are to be identified at both the ends and for every 30 mtrs on cable
trays where lengths are more than 100 mtrs.
12.3 The cable tag nos scheme has to be approved by client before implementation.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
16. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LADDER TYPE / PERFORATED

CABLE TRAYS
1.0 SCOPE
Supply and fixing hot dip galvanized factory fabricated GI ladder type cable trays with “C”
type runners and welded rungs. All accessories such as bends, fish plates, ‘T’ Joints etc.,
should be factory made and suitable for the cable trays. The galvanizing film should be of
uniform thickness of minimum 65 µm.
The specifications & sizes are as under
a) 1200 mm wide ladder type.
Runners “C” section height 75 mm
Runner Collar 50 mm
Rung Size 50 x 20 mm
Interval between two rungs-250 mm
Rung slot size width 20 x 10 mm Spacing 15 mm
b) 1000 mm wide ladder type.

Runner Collar 50 mm
c) 750 mm wide ladder type.

Runner Collar 50 mm
d) 300 mm wide perforated.

Flange height 100 mm
Thickness 2.5 mm
Punch pattern 30 x 9 mm.
e) 150 mm wide perforated.
Flange height 100 mm
Thickness 2.0 mm

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Punch pattern 30 x 9 mm.
2.0 INSTALLATION DETAILS

2.1 Cable trays are to be supported on factory made suitable cable racks suspended from
roof slab or brick missionary / concrete walls.
2.2 The spacing between two supports 1.2 mtrs for ladder type cable trays & 2.0 mtrs for
perforated cable trays.
2.3 The cable tray supports are to be fixed with suitable anchor bolts for minimum cable
weights loading of
a) 1200 mm ladder trays 95 kg / mtr
b) 1000 mm ladder trays 90 kg / mtr.,
c) 2.3.3 750 mm ladder trays 65 kg / mtr.,
d) 300 mm perforated trays 40 kg / mtr.,
e) 150 mm perforated trays 20 kg / mtr.,
2.4 Maximum allowable bends for cables in Horizontal & vertical bends not less than 12D where
D is the overall diameter of the cable.
3.0 DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS

Contractor has to provide the following drawings & details prior to execution for
approval of Client / Consultant.
3.1 Detail layout drawings as per the routing indicated in reference drawing shall be
submitted for Consultant’s approval prior to execution.
3.2 Typical supporting arrangements and loading details of trays along with cables
3.3 Detail manufacture’s catalogue for cable trays, supporting racks & accessories for all
sizes shall be provided.
3.4 Guaranteed load bearing capacities for cable trays & supports to be submitted.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
17. EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

1.0 CODE AND STANDARD
IS: 3043: 1996 Code of Practice for Earthing

IS: 2309: 2005 Code of practice for protection of Buildings & allied structures
from Lightning
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 Earthing system to be provided shall comprise of pipe in pipe earth electrodes. Earth
bus/grid of GI/Cu Flats or / and bare copper earth wires or Galvanized earth wires as
detailed in Earthing schematic.
2.2 Earthing of Compound, Flood Lighting and Road Lighting poles shall be done by 40
mm GI Pipe driven in ground.
3.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT

3.1 Earthing Pits
3.1.1 Piping Electrode Earthing- Earthing electrode shall consist of a G.I. pipe (Class ‘B’)
Indian Tube Company make/Jindal or approved equal, not less than 40 mm diameter and
1.5 meters long with holes at the top to bolt GI wire for pole earthing. GI pipe shall be
atleast 300 mm above the Ground level.
3.1.2 Pipe in pipe (PIP) Earthing system- Earthing electrode shall consist of two pipes
one inside the other of minimum 40 mm outer dia and 20 mm inner dia and 3 m length
with properly galvanized (80-100 microns) and the space between the pipes to be filled
with a proper back fill compound (BFC standard of Ashlok make or equivalent). The
resultant earth resistance of the grid after the earth is settled after the installation should
be below 1 ohm. Earth electrodes shall not be installed in proximity to a metal fence. It
shall be kept clear of the buildings foundations and in no case shall it be nearer than 1
meter from the outdoor face of the wall. The main earth conductors shall be connected to
the electrode just 100 mm below the top with proper terminal lugs and check nuts. The
masonry chamber shall be provided with a pre cast concrete covers resting on concrete
chamber (450 x 450 mm)
3.2 RESISTANCE OF EARTH

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.1 The contractor shall measure the resistance of the individual Earthing pit and
report to the Consultants. The contractor will make after due consultation with
Consultants, for finalizing the number of Earth pits and its layout, such that, the overall
resistance in the earth bus and at major electric equipment does not exceed 1.0 ohm.
3.4 EARTH BUS AND EARTH CONTINUITY CONDUCTOR

3.4.1 Earth bus is a GI flat of size as indicated in earthing schematic drawings to be used
for interconnecting all earth electrodes.
3.4.2 Switchgears and Power Distribution Boards shall be earthed by a GI flat
3.4.3 Panels, fused DB’s and motors up to 30 KW rating shall be earthed by a continuity
conductor, as specified. Minimum size of continuity conductor shall be 25 x 3 mm GI
strip, soft drawn.
3.4.4 Road Lighting Poles shall be earthed with 8 SWG GI Wire.
3.5 EARTH BUS STATION

3.5.1 Earth Bus Station shall be provided to facilitate tapping of earth continuity
conductor from earth bus/grid. Earthing connections on the earhing bus are to be carried
by M10 GI Nut & Bolts with washers on both sides. For 50 & 60 mm width bus bars no.
of bolts should be 4 no’s and 2 no’s for 32 & 25 mm busbars. The Busbar sizes and
details are as indicated in the Earthing schematic.
4.0 A) Early Streamer Emission Lightning Arrestor (ESE-LA)

Scope:
Specification No (EA-LAP)
Supply, installation of early streamer emission (ESE) type lightning protection air terminal,
supporting mast, maintenance free earth electrode with earth enhancing chemical at specified
location as per drawing and design.
Design System:
Protection Radius:
h = height from the top most point of the infrastructure to be protected to the tip of the lightning
arrestor. Triggering time (∆T) for the ESE should be a minimum of 60 µsec.
When h is ≤ 5m radius of protection provided should be as per table shown in 2.2.3.3 c of NFC
17 102 (below)
Height (h) in mtr
Protection Level
2 3 4 5

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Level I (lightning current > 2.8 kA) 32 48 64 79

Level II (lightning current > 9.5 kA) 40 59 78 97
Level III (lightning current > 14.7 kA) 44 65 87 107
As a minimum, the ESE should be capable of providing a protection of 107-meter radius in

Level III when mounted on a mast of 4.5m.
System with triggering time less than 60 µsec is NOT acceptable
[A] Material require for ESE Air termination

1) ESE Lightning Arrester (Air Termination work)
The lightning arrestor should be Early Streamer Emission (ESE) type conforming to the
French standard NFC 17 102 (July 1995) for ESE lightning conductors.
Its working principle should evolve from local electrostatic field that develops naturally
around the system as a thunderstorm begins to gather. In the event of a descending lightning,
an in-built triggering device should generate high-tension pulses at the conductor tip, causing
a ‘Corona effect’. When the downward leader approaches the ground powerful upward
streamers should get triggered aided by a strong venture effect that is built in the system.
The early synchronization between the downward and upward leaders should meet the
triggering advance time of “60 µsec”. As laid down in NFC 17-102 the protection level of
such a system should be as mentioned below.
The ESE lightning arrestor should be tested as per guidelines written in Appendix C of NFC
17 102.
The ESE should also be tested at CPRI for physical deformation with an impulse current test
8/20 µsec at 40 kA for five positive and five negative impulses.
2) Counter: It is electromechanical device for counting the lightning flashes up to 100 KA
Model should be IP 65. It should have equal or more than 6 digits.
3) Supporting Mast: It should be of 4.5 mtr. Height made of SS304 with necessary
arrangement of fittings of base plate and Lightning Arrester.
4) Supporting Guy Wire: It should be of 25 mtr made of GI for fitting to Supporting Mast
for various wing velocities.
5) Test Clamp: It should be made of copper for disconnection between Lightning Arrester
and Earth Pits for Earth test.
6) Protective Sheath: It is used for insulation purpose.It should be 2 mtrs. from the ground
level to cover the down conductor.
[B] Material Require for Earth pit appropriate for ESE air Termination.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1) TEREC+ compound: TEREC+ maintenance free ground enhancing compound (1 bag of

5 kg.) for one earth pit. One ESE air termination requires three earth pits as per NFC - 17102
2) Copper bonded rod: 250 micron molecularly copper bonded rod with steel core
threading at both end, 1.2 m long, 14mm dia - 2 nos. rods per earth pit as per IS 3043
3) Tape clamp (Gun metal/GI): 25x3mm to rod which connects the earth electrode to the
down conductor
4) C.I. Cover for Chamber:Manual chamber of CI cover mean to provide a cover to the
earth pit and enable access for inspection and maintenance 1 no required for one earth pit.
One ESE air termination requires three
[C] Down Conductor (The provision of this item has to be made separately)
The ESE air terminal should be equipped with at least one down conductor. Two down
conductors should be installed on opposite side of the building if the protected structure is higher
than 28 meter or if the horizontal length of the down conductor is greater than vertical length.
The down conductor should be high conductivity bare copper or GI strip with a minimum size of
75(25 x 3) sq. mm.
The down conductor should be connected to the air terminal by means of specific clamp, which
do not damage the building waterproof ness. It should then run down the elevation pole and take
shortest viable path down the out side of the building to the earth termination system avoiding
any sharp corner, thereby providing the low impedance path from air termination system to earth
termination system.
Any metal works locate in the way of down conductor with in distance of 1 meter must be
connected for equipotential between down conductor and metal work.
A test clamp should be installed at a height 2 meter height from ground level so that down
conductor may disconnect from earth termination network to check the earth resistance value at a
regular interval.
At the down conductor base, a lightning chocks counter will be installed above the test joint.
This counter must be electromechanical and work without any external power supply.
The down conductor should protect from accidental knock and other damages by means of
protection sheath of P.V.C or steel up to 2 meter from ground level.
A tape protection sheath will be placed under the test joint in order to protect the copper tape of
any mechanical chock.
Method of Installation:
The lightning arrestor air terminal is preferably to be mounted on roof top according to drawing
and design; it must contain the supporting mast (height as per radius of protection table above)
with base plate, if required guying rope wire to protect against the wind load. The down
conductor should be 70 sq mm-single core copper flexible cables properly connected between

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
the air terminal finial to earthing system or 25 x 3 mm GI / copper strip. The counter is fixed at
eye level on down conductor.
Each down conductor should be connected to three earth pits in accordance with clause 4.2 of
NFC 17 102 and the figure 4.2 therein. Use of Earth enhancing compound as per IEEE clause 80
2000 clause 14.5 d is recommended using compound like Terec + or equivalent. The earth-
enhancing compound used should be tested at CPRI for long-term stability vis a vis conventional
earth pits.
The resistance value of each earth termination network should be 10 ohm or less.
The lightning protection earth should than be connected with general earth of the site in order to
achieve an equipotential earth network. A special coil should do the connection of electric
earthing and lightning protection earthing, which allow flow of charge on only one direction.
This connection should be housed in concrete or P.V.C inspection pit.
Mode of Measurement:
Executed quantity will be measured on number basis.
5.0 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

1. INDELC
2. ELLIPS
3. SVA Electricals

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
18. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPS SYSTEM

I. DSP based 40KVA 3-Ph Online UPS
(I) Input:
1. Voltage 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire
2. Voltage variation 320V to 475V
3. Frequency 50Hz nominal
4. Frequency variation ± 6%
5. Input Current THD Better than 5% with Active IGBT based front-end
converter at full load with grid voltage harmonics
less than 2%
6. Input Power Factor Near Unity pf with IGBT based Active front-end
converter at UPS input.
7. Efficiency Better than 88% from 50% to 100% of output load.
(II) Output:
1. Voltage 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire
2. Voltage distortion Less than 3% with linear load.
Less than 5% with non-linear load.
3. Voltage Variation ± 1% for static balanced load
± 10% for step load from 10% to 100%.
4.Rated Load KVA 40KVA
5.Output Power Factor 0.9 (36KW)
6. Overload 110% for 10 min., 150% for 1 min.
7. Output frequency 50Hz (mains synchronized) +/- 6%
+/- 0.1% free running
8. Isolation at output Inbuilt Isolation Transformer
(III) Static Bypass :

1. Inverter to Bypass:
(a) Inverter Overload Over lapped transfer
(b) Manual Command Over lapped transfer
(c) Inverter failure < 2 ms in sync mode
2. Bypass to inverter Overlapped transfer
auto &manual:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(IV) Battery :
1. Battery Voltage 360V
1. Charging Mode Constant Current Constant Voltage
2. Charging Voltage 2.25V per Cell
3. Battery Charger Rating Maximum 10 % of System capacity
4. No. of Batteries 30 Nos.
5. Battery Capacity
for 30 min. backup 12V/150AH
6. Battery Type VRLA / SMF
7.Battery Make Quanta
(V) Environment Conditions :

1. Operating temperature 0 – 40°C for guaranteed performance
2 Audible Noise < 60 dBA.
3. Cooling Forced air-cooling.
(VI) Protections :
1. Input under voltage
2. Input over voltage
3 Output under voltage
4 Output over voltage
5. Battery over charging
6 Input in rush current protection by soft start as well as pre-charge circuitry
7. Output over load
8. Battery Under voltage
9. DC Over voltage
10. Output Short circuit
(VII) 1. Metering :
1 Input voltage
2 Input current.
3. Output voltage
4. Output current
5. Battery voltage
6. Battery current
7. Output frequency
8. Input frequency
9. Faults

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Status indications :
(i) Input Converter ON
(ii) Inverter ON
(iii) Static switch on Mains / Inverter.
(iv) Battery ON
3. User operated controls :

(i) System ON / OFF.
(ii) By pass transfer.
(iii) Display mode selection.
(iv) Data Setting / Enter Key for Display
4. Networking & Monitoring interface :

(i) RS 232.
(VIII) Paralleling Provision :

1. Number of systems that can be
paralleled: Two.
2. Load Current sharing Load current will be equally shared with +/- 5%
tolerance at full load.
II. DSP based 20KVA 3-Ph Online UPS

Product Specification
(I) Input:
5. Input Current THD Better than 5% with Active IGBT based frontend
converter at full load with grid voltage
harmonics less than 2%
6. Input Power Factor Near Unity pf with IGBT based Active frontend
7. Efficiency Better than 88% from 50% to 100% of output
load.
(II) Output:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4. Rated Load KVA 20KVA
5. Output Power Factor 0.9 (18KW)

1. Inverter to Bypass
2. Bypass to inverter auto Over lapped transfer
&manual.
.
(IV) Battery :
5. Battery Capacity for 30 12V/100AH
min. backup
7. Battery Make Quanta
Note: - Environment Conditions, Protections, metering, Networking & Monitoring interface: and
Paralleling Provision will be as motioned for item no. I

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
III. DSP based 10KVA 3-Ph Online UPS

Product Specification
(I) Input:
5. Input Current THD Better than 5% with Active IGBT based frontend
converter at full load with grid voltage
harmonics less than 2%
6. Input Power Factor Near Unity pf with IGBT based Active frontend
7. Efficiency Better than 88% from 50% to 100% of output
load.
(II) Output:
4. Rated Load KVA 10KVA (9KW)
5. Output Power Factor 0.9

1. Inverter to Bypass
2. Bypass to inverter auto&manual Over lapped transfer.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
.
(IV) Battery :
6. Battery Capacity for 30 min.
Backup 12V/65AH
Note: - Environment Conditions, Protections, metering and Paralleling Provision will be as

motioned for item no. I
IV. DSP based 06KVA 1-Ph Online UPS
1 .Rating 6 KVA
2 AC Input 230V + 15% -20% Single Phase Input
3 Input Frequency 50Hz ± 6%
4 DC VOLTAGE: 180 VDC
5 Charging Time 12 Hours for 90% of full Capacity
6 Charger Type CVCC Internal Controlled Rectifier type
INVERTER:
1. Technology IGBT based, Double Conversion
2. Output Voltage 230V AC Single Phase
3. Voltage Regulation ± 1% for DC I/p variation & o/p load variation
4. Frequency 50Hz ± 0.05Hz
5. Waveform PWM Sine wave
6. Harmonic Distortion Less than 3%
7. Inverter Efficiency > 90%
8. Power Factor 0.8
9. Overload 150% for 60 sec
10. Crest Factor 3:1
11. Transient Recovery ± 4% under full load change and corrected within
60msec
12. Audible Noise Less than 45 dB at 1 Meter

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
13. Isolation Inbuilt Isolation Transformer at output
Battery :
6. Battery Capacity for 12V/26AH
7. 30 min. backup
METERING:
Microprocessor based Digital LCD Meter for Output Voltage, Output current & Frequency, DC
Voltage & Current, Battery and Load Percentage
MONITORING INTERFACE: Through SNMP
PROTECTIONS :
Output Overload & Short circuit, Output Under & Overvoltage, DC Under & Overvoltage Input
Under &
Overvoltage, Single Phasing & Phase unbalance
INDICATIONS & ALARMS:

a) Mains on Indication
b) Inverter on Indication
c) DC Low Indication & Alarm
d) Fault Indication & Alarm
e) Output Overload Indication & Alarm
f) Mains fail Indication & Alarm
BYPASS FACILITY
a) Manual Bypass Switch Provided as Standard feature
b) Static Bypass Switch
(Optional) Bi-directional
9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
This section defines details of services, activities and means necessary to complete

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
the supply of the Uninterruptible Power System.

1 Documentation
All technical documents issued by the Supplier, in particular the user handbook and
the installation, maintenance and troubleshooting guides must be in English.
2 Spare parts
The Supplier may include a list of recommended spare parts in the offer for at least
two and/or five years.
3 Packaging
The Supplier will ensure that all equipment is suitably packaged.
4 Shipment
The Supplier will ensure that the equipment is shipped to the specified address on the
agreed date.
5 Commissioning
Commissioning costs will be payable by the Supplier who will be responsible for the
work done and the personnel involved. Technical personnel will be trained to meet the
requirements of current work safety standards.
6 Service hot line

The Supplier will indicate the service centre nearest to the place of installation of the
equipment supplied under the contract. The service centre indicated must be able to
provide routine maintenance services and must be able to respond to urgent calls at the
terms and conditions specified by the Buyer.
RECOMMENDED MAKES
1. NOVATEUR ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL SYSTEMS PVT.LTD
(NUMERIC)
2. MEGATECH POWER EQUIPMENTS PVT. LTD.
3. STREAMLINE POWER SYSTEMS PVT.LTD

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
19. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPORT STEEL

WORK
1.0 SUPPORT STEEL WORK
1.1 The scope of this section comprises of supply/ fabrication, delivery, store at site, the
support steel structure, fix and erect in proper position required for any kind of
equipment/ panel /cables etc.
1.2 All MCB DB’s cable trays and other electrical equipments shall have steel supporting
or mounting frames.
1.3 MCB DB’s shall have mounting frame manufactures out of minimum 25x3 mm
angle. Cable trays supports shall be fabricated as per load bearing capacity
required and minimum of 50 x 50 x 6 mm angle.
1.4 All support steel mounting frame shall be cleaned by metal brush and painted by red-
oxide primer. On coat of finish paint followed by 1 max coat of final finish (if
required) shall be applied.
1.5 Supporting & mounting arrangements shall be got approved from Owner / Architect /
Consultant from time to time.
1.6 All Support Steel work shall be paid as a part of the main electrical item and shall not
be paid separately unless mentioned.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
20. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR POINT WIRING

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The system of wiring shall consist of PVC insulated copper conductor FRLS wires in
PVC conduits and shall be concealed or surface mounted as called for.
The scope of this section comprises of supply, delivery, store at site, prepare the conduit
assembly, fix and erect in proper position, rigid PVC HMS/ MMS conduits, as per IS
2509 of 1973, concealed work check before casting of slab, measure and tie the assembly
to reinforcements, complete with providing GI pull wires.
1.1 Applicable Standards
The relevant sections of Indian Standard Specifications as more particularly stated
herein and broadly to all the codes, status and regulations as applicable shall be strictly
enforced and adhered to. More particularly following codes should be strictly followed.
IS 2509 of 1973 Rigid non metallic conduits for Electrical Work
IS 732 Wiring Practice.
IS 3043 Code Of Practice of Earthing
IS 3202 Climate proofing of Electrical Work
2.0 RIGID PVC CONDUIT WORK
2.1 Material
2.1.1 The minimum wall thickness of Rigid PVC Conduits permitted for concealed
conduiting shall be 1.8 mm thick. HMS conduits to be used for conduiting in slab,
whereas MMS conduits shall be used for conduiting in walls.
3.1.2 Conduit & Accessories shall conform to relevant Indian standards.
3.1.3 The tubing must perfectly circular, without any burrs or kinks.
3.1.4 The conduits shall be of such type, so as to be capable of making tight

fitting joints.
3.1.5 The minimum size of Rigid PVC Conduits allowed in open / concealed
work shall be of 20 mm and above.
2.2 Conduit Accessories

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.1 All conduit accessories that are to be used in the work shall be of Rigid PVC type
conforming to latest and relevant IS codes
2.2.2 Conduit Accessories shall be capable of clean and tight fittings.
2.2.3 All junction boxes of one way or above shall be of high dome type with a depth of
minimum 65 mm and minimum 1.8 mm wall thickness.
2.2.4 In concealed work, inspection types of bends are not allowed, normal bends/elbows
may be permitted after specific approval.
2.3.0 Conduit Assembly Work:

2.3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant detail layout plan of conduit network
containing particulars regarding size and routes of conduits, number of wires carrying in
each conduit, inspection and junction boxes provided along with the routes of the
conduits. The number of wires in each conduit shall not exceed as specified in the table
of conduit capacity. All the conduits are supported using minimum 16 gauge M.S.
Spacers and G.I. Saddles fabricated using 16 gauge sheets and fixed using GI screws.
2.3.2 Initially all drawings for conduit work shall be inspected. Any discrepancies or
otherwise occurring due to site conditions or change in internal layouts or in walls shall
be reported. After rectification of the same, then the measurements and marking shall be
done for the conduit assembly, on the shuttering of the slab.
2.3.3 All conduits shall be assembled. Wherever straight runs exceed 3 m, additional pull
boxes or junction boxes shall be provided. However, the entire assembly shall be so
assembled in order to facilitate renewal of wires etc. in the future.
2.3.4 Wherever fluorescent light fixtures are shown in the layout, the conduit shall be
terminated in a high dome junction box at the centre of the fixture, unless otherwise
specified or indicated in drawings.
2.3.5 In the concealed conduit work, all junction boxes, bends, elbows shall have PVC
tapes on either side to ensure security of the accessories in its place. They shall also be
PVC taped at all joints in order to prevent cement, water or slurry entering the Rigid PVC
conduit assembly.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3.6 For all circuit wiring, i.e. from Lighting Distribution Boards to Individual
Switchboards, minimum 25 mm Rigid PVC Conduits and minimum 1.8 mm wall
thickness conduits shall be used.
2.3.7 All PVC conduits drops that are to be taken for the purpose of joining the
Distribution Board or Switch Boards shall be taken out of the shuttering with a clean
hole. Sand then shall be provided at the bottom most part of the entry in the shuttering.
The projected part of the PVC conduit shall have a coupling over the same.
2.3.8 The entire PVC conduit assembly shall be properly secured and bonded by means
of steel wires, twisted and fixed to the reinforcements. Additional fixing shall be done
near joints, junction boxes, pull boxes etc.
2.3.9 The entire Rigid PVC conduit assembly then shall be checked for rigidity and no
movement shall be allowed in the assembly.
2.3.10 The entire Rigid PVC conduit assembly shall be provided with proper GI pull
wires of minimum 14 gauge.
2.3.11 Adequate number of PVC, pull boxes of suitable sizes shall be provided in the
PVC conduit assembly.
2.3.12 It shall be the entire responsibility of the Contractor to supervise the concealed
conduit assembly work during the casting of the slabs. Adequate precautions should be
taken to spread fine sand covering the opening of the PVC conduit boxes or junction
boxes at the bottom of the slab.
2.3.13 Where the conduit passes through the flooring the same shall be passed through
galvanized pipe of suitable size fixed in the flooring, so that conduits, cables or wires can
be renewed at any time without breaking the floor.
2.3.14 Where the conduit runs in brick walls same should be necessarily fixed by using
MS clamps. In the straight run the distance between the two clamps. In the straight run
the distance between the clamps shall not exceed 500 mm and additional clamps should
be provided near end and junction box.
2.3.15 The entire jointing in PVC conduit assembly shall be done using PVC solvent
cement only. Wherever the conduits are terminated in PVC switchboard boxes or PVC.
Socket outlets boxes, the use of collars or male-female type of PVC adaptors shall be
provided.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3.16 The maximum capacity of a conduit for drawing in wires shall be in accordance
with IS 732 of 1963. The minimum size of conduit to be used shall not be less than 20
mm (approx.) and not more than two circuits connected to same phases be bunched in
one conduit. Two different phases are not allowed in one conduit.
Commonly used sizes of 650/1100 Volts FRLS wires and conduit capacities are
as tabulated below:
Size of Maximum Number of wires within conduit size

Wires (mm)
Section 20 25 32 40
Area 50
( Sq. mm. )
1.5 5 10 14 --
2.5 --
4 5 8 12 --
6 --
10 3 7 10 --
16 --
25 2 5 8 --
35 --
-- 3 5 6
--
-- 2 3 6
--
-- -- 2 4
6
-- -- -- 3
5
2.4.0 Point wiring:

The wiring shall be of the looping in system as different from the tree system.
Connectors should not be used without specific prior approval. Looping in on the phase
side shall be at the switches and that on the neutral side at the ceiling roses. Every light
point, fan point and plug point shall have individual control switch unless stated
otherwise. Earthing shall be provided for all the points according to the statutory
requirement wherever necessary. The number of points per circuit shall not exceed 10
in any case or 800 Watts.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.5.0
a) The point wiring in conduit consists of wiring from the branch distribution board in
conduit with its ancillary work, such as inspection bends, junction boxes and FRLS wires
up to the fixed terminals of ceiling roses, connectors, batten holders, etc. depending upon
the type of point.
b) For easy identification, wires with different colors shall be used for phase and neutral
as far as practicable.
c) The control switches for lights, fans, wall sockets and fan regulators shall suitably be
grouped on sheet steel cases of all welded design fabricated out of 1.2 mm (approx).
Generally, the bakelite sheet shall be 3 mm thick where SP Piano type flush mounting
switches are to be accommodated and in all. The bakelite sheet cover shall be fitted
above the sheet steel case and shall be leveled on the outer edges. Control accessories for
one circuit only shall be grouped on a sheet steel case. Not more than 2 ceiling fan
regulators shall be mounted on a sheet steel case. Suitable Earthing terminal shall be
provided on the sheet steel case. All the conduits entering and leaving D.B. shall be
bonded together with 4 Sq. mm. bare aluminium /copper wire and earth clips (as
mentioned in the schedule).
d) Point Wiring:
This shall be similar to point wiring in conduit system. The fixing of cables shall,
however, be according to the specifications.
e) All the wires shall have grade 650 /1100 volts for lighting and power wiring.
f) Termination of PVC wires used for point wiring, but one end being terminated in DB
shall be lugged type.
g) Telephone and Computer Networking cables shall be laid in separate PVC Conduit.
2.6.0 Mains and Sub-Mains Wiring:

This shall include the cost of all wires conduit accessories, clamps spacers, wires on
battens depending upon the type of wiring, all masonry work, such as cutting, neat
finishing of walls, floor openings etc. Only approximate lengths are included in the
Schedule of Quantities and Rates, but the actual lengths of the mains and sub-mains
executed will be measured between terminating points and will be paid for. Where the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
mains and sub-mains pass through the flooring, or through the wall, the same shall pass
as specified above. Mains and Sub-mains risers in conduit shall be bonded together with
4.0 Sq. mm. bare and earth clips on each floor landing / mid-landing. The wires are
provided as mains and sub-mains, the same shall be fixed as per specifications:
3.0 SWITCHES, SOCKETS & CEILING ROSES:-
3.1 Ceiling Roses:-

These shall be of bakelite and of approved make and color and shall not contain fuse
terminals. These shall be provided with brass ceiling plate and M.T. Brass screws and
washers with cord grip for termination of wires.
These shall be of single pole, double pole, two ways, one ways or otherwise as called
for in the Schedule. These shall be manufactured as per relevant IS Codes and shall
amply to Indian Electricity Rules. The minimum rating shall be 5 Amp at 250 V AC.
4.0 SOCKETS OUTLETS WITH PLUGS:-

These shall be with porcelain base, in 2 Pin and earth design of best quality, suitable
for single phase, 250 volts supply. The earth pin shall be effectively connected to the
nearest conduit or earth connections in distribution board with not less than 3 mm2 (No.
14 SWG) copper wire. The socket outlet shall be complete unit shall be with ratings of 5
Amps., 250 volts or 15 Amps., 250 volts to suit individual requirement as stated in
Schedule of Quantities and Rates. The socket - outlets shall begin flush mounting or on
plate designs as called for in the Schedule.
5.0 INTERLOCKED METAL CLAD SWITCH FUSE UNITS:-

a) The Metal Clad switch fuse unit shall of the heavy-duty type, quick make and quick
break action, of approved pattern and capable of carrying continuously the current
specified. All the switch fuse units shall have Ù' type contacts on fuse carriers and the
switch fuse units of capacities 30 Amps. and above shall be provided with spring type
contacts on the fuse bases. Unless otherwise specifically brought out in the Schedule the
metal cases shall be of cast iron and shall be provided with knockouts for incoming and
outgoing pipes or cables and earthing terminals. The cover of the switch shall be
interlocked with the switch handle so that the cover cannot be opened unless the switch is
ÒFF' and the switch cannot be made on unless the cover is fixed.
5.0 SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES (MODULAR) AND LIGHTING FIXTURES.
6.1 SWITCHES

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All switches shall be enclosed type flush mounted suitable for 240 volts Ac. All
switches shall be fixed inside the switch boxes on adjustable flat M S strips / plates with
tapped holes and brass machine screws, leaving ample space at the back and sides for
accommodating wires. Switch controlling the light point shall be connected to the phase
wire of the circuit and not more than ten lights shall be connected on one circuit and load
shall be restricted to 800 watts. All wiring accessories shall be BIS approved. Perfect
alignment shall be maintained while fixing of the back boxes.
6.2 WALL SOCKET OUTLET

Wall socket outlets shall be of the three pin. The switch controlling the socket outlet
shall be on the phase wire of the circuit and only one socket outlets of 16 amps shall be
connected on one circuit. An earth wire shall be provided along with the circuit wires
and shall be connected to earthing screw inside the box. All sockets shall be shuttered
type.
6.3 LIGHTING FIXUTES & ACCESSORIES.

The light fixtures and fittings shall be assembled and installed in position complete
and ready for service, in accordance with details, drawings, manufacturer’s instructions
and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
6.3.1 scope
Scope of work under this section shall be include inspection at suppliers
manufacturer’s premises at site, receiving at site, safe storage, transportation from point
of storage to point of erection, erection and commissioning of lighting fixtures and
accessories including all necessary supports, brackets, down rods and painting etc,. as
required.
6.3.2 standards.
The Lighting fixtures and their associated accessories such as lamps, reflectors,
housings, ballasts etc., shall comply with the latest applicable standards, more
specifically the following.
General and safety requirements for luminaries
Part – I Tubular fluorescent lamps. - IS – 1913 ( Part – I )
Industrial lighting fittings with metal reflectors - IS – 1777
Decorative lighting outfits - IS – 5077
Bayonet lamp holders. - IS – 1258
Bi-pin lamp holders for tubular fluorescent lamps - IS – 3323
Electronic Ballasts for fluorescent lamps

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
General & Safety requirement - IS – 13021 ( Part – 1)

Electronic Ballasts for fluorescent lamps
Performance requirement - IS – 13021 ( Part – 2 )
Ballast for HP MV lamps. - IS – 6616.
Tubular Fluorescent lamps. - IS – 2418 ( Part 1 to 4
)
Luminaries – General requirement - IS – 10322 ( Part - 1 )
Luminaries – Constructional requirements - IS - 10322 ( Part – 2 )
Luminaries - Screw and Screw less termination. - IS – 10322 ( Part – 3 )
Luminaries - Methods of Tests. - IS – 10322 ( Part – 4 )
Particular requirement – General purpose Luminaries - IS – 10322 ( Part –5/Sec.1)
Particular requirement - Recessed Luminaries - IS -10322 ( Part –5 / Sec.2)
Particular requirement – Luminaries for Road and
Street Lighting. - IS – 0322 (Part – 5 /Sec.3 )
Particular requirement –
Portable General purpose Luminaries - IS –10322 (Part –5
/Sec.4 )
Particular requirements – Flood Lighting. - IS–10322 (Part -5 / Sec. 5 )
High pressure mercury vapor lamps. - IS – 9900 ( Part – 1 )
Tungsten filament general electric lamps. - IS – 418.
6.3.3 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES - GENERAL

REQUIREMENTS.
a) Lighting fixtures and accessories shall be designed for continuous trouble free
operation under diverse atmospheric conditions without deterioration of materials.
Degree of projection of enclosure shall be IP – 65 for outdoor fixtures. Bulkhead fixture
shall be provided with IP-54 protection and all internal lighting fixtures shall be IP 20.
b) Fixtures shall be so designed as to facilitate easy maintenance including cleaning,

replacement of lamps / ballasts.
c) All fixtures shall be supplied complete with lamps and accessories , like electronic
ballasts, power factor improvement capacitors, etc. Out door type fixtures shall be
provided with weather proof terminal and control gear housing with IP-54 protection.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) Each fixture shall have a terminal block suitable for loop-out connection by 1100 V
PVC insulated copper conductor wires upto 4 sq.mm. Fixtures shall be pre – wired.
e) All hard wares used in the fixtures shall be suitably treated against corrosion.
f) Earthing :- Each lighting fixtures shall be provided with an earthing terminal. All
metal parts shall be bonded to earth.
g) Metal used in BODY of lighting fixtures shall be not less than 22 SWG to comply
with specification. Sheet steel reflectors shall have a thickness of not less than 20 SWG.
The metal parts of the fixtures shall be completely free from burrs and tool marks.
h) Painting / Finish :- All surfaces of the fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned treated and
degreased before painting.
i) The housing shall be powder coated / stove - enameled or anodized as required. The
surface shall be scratch resistant.
6.3.4 LIGHT FIXTURES – SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS.
a) Box Channel Industrial Lighting Fixtures with Reflector

Box channel shall be in screw-less construction manufactured from M.S. CRCA sheet
steel with cover, powder coated white. Reflector shall be Polyester Pre-coated Steel
having a reflection factor of not less than 80 %
b) Weather Proof Industrial Fixtures.

Surface mounted totally enclosed moisture proof fixtures shall be in polycarbonate
body and diffuser with transparent prismatic smooth interior with frosted end. Fixture
shall be completely sealed with polyurethane double gasket to achieve IP 65 protection.
Fixture shall be fabricated with CRCA steel sheet and white powder coated / enameled
finish reflector.
c) 18 W/ 36 W Fluorescent and 36 W CFL Low Glare Lighting Fixtures

Recessed mounted, modular fluorescent lighting fixture made of CRCA steel sheet
powder coated (white) housing, electro chemically brightened and anodized reflector,

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
three dimensional cross louvers with convace contours, fresnel top at louver saddle to
increase efficiency.
6.3.5. REFLECTORS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

Reflectors shall be made of CRCA sheet steel / aluminium / Silvered glass /
Chromium plated copper sheet as asked for . The thickness of reflectors shall be as per
relevant standards. Reflectors made of steel shall have stove enameled / vitreous
enameled / epoxy coating finish. Aluminium used for reflectors shall be anodized epoxy
stove enameled mirror polished . The finish for the erflector shall be as specified. The
reflectors shall be free from scratches and shall have a smooth and glossy surface having
optimum light reflecting coefficient. Reflectors shall be easily removable from the
housing for cleaning and maintenance without use of tools.
CODES AND STANDARDS FOR INSTALLATION
For the installation, testing and commissioning of the electrical equipment / systems / materials
/ accessories etc. shall comply with the latest applicable standards and codes of practices.
For guidelines to the contractors few of the Indian Standards are indicated below:
IS 3043 Code of Practice for Earthing

IS 3072 Code of Practice for Installation of Switchgear
IS 3202 Climate Proofing of Electrical Equipment
IS 5216 Guide for safety procedures and practices in electric work.
IS 5578 Guide for marking of insulated conductors.
IS 5820 Pre-cast concrete cables covers
IS 5908 Method of measurement of electrical installation in building
IS 6381 Specifications for construction and testing of electrical apparatus.
IS 1818 Isolator and Earthing Switches.
IS 2147 Degree of Protection provided for enclosure for Switchgear
IS 2251 Code of Practice for Danger Notice Plates
IS 2268 Buzzers / Hooters
IS 2675 Enclosed distribution fuses boards and cut-outs for voltage up to
1000 volts.
IS 162 Electric power Switchgear for Indoor and Outdoor Installation
IS 722 Three Phase Watt-hour meters with MDI Electrical wiring
installation (up to 650 Volts)
IS 1255 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables
up to and including 33KV.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
IS 10118 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance for

switchgear
IS 8061 Code of practice for design, installation and maintenance of service
lines and including 650V.
IS 2274 Code of practice for wiring installation (Exceeding 650V)
IS 5216 Guide for safety procedures and protection in electrical works.
IS 10028 Code of practice for selection, installation and Maintenance of
transformer
IS 1646 Code of practice for fire safety of buildings – Electrical Installation
IE Rules
National Electrical Code
National Building Code

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
21. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS

7 Stops, 13 Pass.
PRODUCT TYPE : Gen2 Comfort
CAPACITY –KGS : 884 Kg, 13 persons.
SPEED – MPS : 1 mps
RISE-MTS : 24 meters
STOPS : 7 Stops With (all opening on the same side)
CONTROL : ACVVVF WITH SPEED ENCODER
OPERATION : Duplex Full collective operation With / Without Attendent
CONTROLLER : Microprocessor based on Moduler system (Location – Door
column at top floor)
DRIVE : VF Regenerative
COMMUNICATION : Load type serial type communication
POWER SUPLLY : 3 Phase AC – 400 Volts, +/- 10% Variation, 50 Hz +/- 5%
Variation
MACHINE : Gearless with Permanent Magnet Motor located in the shaft at
top.
TRACTION MEDIA : Flat Polyurethane – Coated belts
CAB FINISH : Car Panels….
 Mid Panels = Glass Panel
 Rear Corner Panels = Glass Panel
 Side Corner Panels = Stainless Steel #4(Hairline)
 Return Panels = Stainless Steel #4(Hairline)
CAB DOOR FINISH : Stainless Steel #4(Hairline) Panels

HOISTWAY DOOR FINISH : Stainless Steel #4(Hairline)
CAR FLOOR TYPE : Vinyl flooring
CAR FLOOR FINISH : Vinyl Tile (Plain) 3mm Pink
CAB VENTILATION : Pressure Fan
FALSE CEILING : CD-41

CAB SIZE (WXD–MM) : About 1600 mm wide x 1350 mm Deep
SHAFT SIZE REQUIRED : About 2300 mm wide x 1700 mm deep – Finished Dimensions
(WXD–MM)
ENTRANCE TYPE : Central opening (CO) doors
ENTRANCE OPENING : Clear Opening About 900 mm X 2100 mm
(WXH- MM)
OVERHEAD – MM : 4500 mm
PIT DEPTH – MM : 1300 mm
ENTRANCE PROTECTION : High Performance Contact free infrared curtain – 2 Dimensional
SYSTEM
DOOR OPERATION : Power Operated Automatic sliding doors
DOOR OPERATOR DC door operator system

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
HUMAN INTERFACE DEVICE

(HID)  Hall button with micro stroke push buttons combined with 16
segment digital led display position indicator
 Full height car operating panel with micro stroke call push
buttons (located on side panel)
 Door open and door close button on the car operating panel
 Monochrome LCD digital display position indicator display
integrated within the car operating panel
 Battery operated alarm bell and emergency light
 Fireman’ s switch at main lobby
 Manual rescue operation
OPTIONAL FEATURES  Intercom will be provided between the lift car and Lobby.
 Intercom will be provided between the lift car and Controller.
 Emergency fireman service will be provided at a specified
landing.
 Voice Synthesizer will be provided.
 Emergency Fireman’ s Operation will be provided.
 Automatic Rescue Operation will be provided
7 Stops, 13 Pass.
PRODUCT TYPE : Gen2 Comfort
CAPACITY –KGS : 884 Kg, 13 persons.
SPEED – MPS : 1 mps
RISE-MTS : 24 meters
STOPS : 7 Stops With (all opening on the same side)
CONTROL : ACVVVF WITH SPEED ENCODER
OPERATION : Simplex Full collective operation With / Without Attendent
CONTROLLER : Microprocessor based on Moduler system (Location – Door
column at top floor)
DRIVE : VF Regenerative
COMMUNICATION : Load type serial type communication
POWER SUPLLY : 3 Phase AC – 400 Volts, +/- 10% Variation, 50 Hz +/- 5%
Variation
MACHINE : Gearless with Permanent Magnet Motor located in the shaft at
top.
TRACTION MEDIA : Flat Polyurethane – Coated belts
CAB FINISH : Car Panels….
 Mid Panels = Powder Coated Paint
 Rear Corner Panels = Powder Coated Paint
 Side Corner Panels = Powder Coated Paint
 Return Panels = Powder Coated Paint
CAB DOOR FINISH : Powder Coated Paint Panels

HOISTWAY DOOR FINISH : Powder Coated Paint
CAR FLOOR TYPE : Vinyl flooring
CAR FLOOR FINISH : Vinyl Tile (Plain) 3mm Pink

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
CAB VENTILATION : Pressure Fan

FALSE CEILING : CD-41
CAB SIZE (WXD–MM) : About 1100 mm wide x 2000 mm Deep
SHAFT SIZE REQUIRED : About 1850 mm wide x 2350 mm deep – Finished Dimensions
(WXD–MM)
ENTRANCE TYPE : Central opening (CO) doors
ENTRANCE OPENING (WXH- : Clear Opening About 800 mm X 2100 mm
MM)
OVERHEAD – MM : 4500 mm
PIT DEPTH – MM : 1300 mm
ENTRANCE PROTECTION : High Performance Contact free infrared curtain – 2 Dimensional
SYSTEM
DOOR OPERATION : Power Operated Automatic sliding doors
DOOR OPERATOR DC door operator system
HUMAN INTERFACE DEVICE (HID)
 Hall button with micro stroke push buttons combined with 16
segment digital led display position indicator
 Full height car operating panel with micro stroke call push
buttons (located on side panel)
 Door open and door close button on the car operating panel
 Monochrome LCD digital display position indicator display
integrated within the car operating panel
 Battery operated alarm bell and emergency light
 Fireman’ s switch at main lobby
 Manual rescue operation
OPTIONAL FEATURES
 Intercom will be provided between the lift car and Lobby.
 Intercom will be provided between the lift car and Controller.
 Emergency fireman service will be provided at a specified
landing.
 Voice Synthesizer will be provided.
 Automatic Rescue Operation will be provided
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

S.NO. MATERIAL MAKE
1 S.F.U./ MCCB L &T / Siemens / ABB/Schneider/Legrand
2 Distribution Boards Legrand / Siemens/ Schneider/ Hager
3 Indicating Digital Meters AE/Meco/L & T
Crimping Lugs / Glands of double
Dowells / Jainson/ Lotus
4 compression type
5 Jelly filled Telephone Cables Finolex/Universal/RPG /ITL/ Polycab
6 Tag Block with Boxes Krone / ITL
7 Rossets ITL/Tele Connectors India

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
8 MCB / RCCB/RCBO Legrand / Siemens/ Schneider/ Hager
Switches & Sockets MK / Legrand mosaic/ L & T

9
10 PVC Copper Wires (FRLS Grade) Polycab / Finolex/ RR Kabel/ LAPP/ Kenter
Polycab/ Universal/ KENTER/ RR KABEL/
L.T.Cables
11 Finolex
12 Cable glands & lugs Dowell /Braco
13 Cat-6 Lan Wire Lucent/ LAPP/ AMP
14 PVC Pipe Diamond/Precision
15 Lighting Fixtures Wipro / Philips / Crompton/ Bajaj
16 Fans & Air-circulators Crompton/ Bajaj/ Almonard/ Alfa/
17 Power factor correction Capacitors GE / Schneider / Epcos/ L&T
18 Lightning arrestors Indelec /ELLIPS/Franklin/Saint/ELMO
19 APFC relay Schneider/ L & T/ ABB / Siemens/GE / beluk /
Ashlok /Fast electrode & Equivalent CPRI
PIP Earthing stations
20 approved
21 Breakers Siemens / ABB/ Schneider / L&T/Zip
22 Protection Relay Alsthom/ Easun-Reyrolle/ Areva/ Siemens
23 Industrial Lamps, Push Buttons, Siemens/ L&T/ Technic/ Schneider
24 Selector Switch Siemens/ L&T/ Technic/ Schneider
25 HRC Fuse GE/ L&T/ Siemens / ABB
26 Breaker Control Switches GE / Easun-Reyrolle/ L&T
Meters (Ammeter, Voltmeter, KWH Enercon, HPL, Meco,Cologic, Risubh,
27 Meter, Frequency Meter, PF Meter Schneider
28 ATS 1600A, 2000A & 3200A ASCO 7000 SERIES
ASCO 300 SERIES (260A & 400A)/ HPL
ATS 250A & 400A SOCOMEC ATS02504P3S &
29 ATS04004P3S
29 Terminals Elmax/ Tosha/ Connectwell

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. FIRE FIGHTING SPECFICATIONS

SECTION 1: FIRE FIGHTING WORKS
LATEST EDITION CODES TO BE USED

1. Life Safety code - NFPA 101
2. Standard for installation of sprinkler system - TAC / NBC/ NFPA 13
3 Fire Hydrant System - TAC / NBC
4. Fire Pumps - TAC
1.0 FIRE FIGHTING SERVICES
1.1 Work under this sub-head consists of furnishing all Labour, Materials, equipment and
accessories necessary and required to completely install the Fire Fighting equipment etc.,
specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.
1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the work of Fire Fighting
System shall include the followings:
a) Providing M.S./G.I. steel pressure pipe line main for above ground & underground
pipe line & Butterfly valves for above ground pipe lines, gear operated butterfly valve,
check valve, ball valves, strainers, Fire Hydrants, Excavation for Pipe, RCC Hume pipe,
Laying of pipe, anti-corrosion material, Painting of pipe and Making Connection to
supply system.
b) Black Steel /G.I. Pipe, Mains Laterals, Branches, Valves, Hangers and
Appurtenances.
c) Hose Reels, Rubberized fabric lined hose pipes, air release valves, Hose cabinets,
Sprinkler heads, water flow switches, Pressure Reducing valve, Water Flow Meter and
Landing Valves, alarm check valves, air release valve, structural supports, hanger
supports.
d) Making RCC Pedestal for aboveground pipe lines.

e) Fire Fighting Pump set electrical driven 2no. as working(hydrant & sprinkler system
separately) ,1no. as Jockey, & 1Nos.booster pump set & 1No. Diesel engine driven pump
set as standby all accessories such as day tank, battery set, diesel engine controller etc
with complete set, panels and all connected accessories including suction & delivery
pipes.
f) Testing Commissioning and giving live demonstrations to the various Inspection

Authorities such as consultant, Chief Fire Office and Obtain Final “No Objection
Certificate” (NOC) from local authority i.e. Chief Fire Office..
2.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.1 All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to the Specifications and subject
to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2 Pipes and Fittings shall be fixed truly Vertical, Horizontal or in slopes as required in a
neat workman like manner.
2.3 Pipes shall be fixed in a manner so as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause any obstruction in shaft, passage etc.
2.4 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceiling by suitable clamps at intervals
specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be used for RCC
ceilings/columns.
2.5 Valves and other appurtenance shall be so located that they are easily accessible
for operation, repairs and maintenance.
3.0 PIPES
3.1All pipes above ground outside/inside the buildings and vertical shafts shall be G.I.
Pipes as follows:
3.1.1 Pipes 150 mm dia and below IS: 1239 Heavy Class
3.1.2 Pipe 200 mm dia and above IS 3589 of thickness specified in bill of quantity.
3.2.1 All underground pipes shall be G.I. Pipes heavy class with soil corrosion
protection.
4.0 PIPE FITTINGS
4.1 Pipes and fittings means tees, elbows, couplings, flanges, reducers etc. And all
such connecting devices that are needed to complete the piping work in its totality.fititngs
for 50mm dia and below should be socket welded and for pipes 65mm dia & above
should be butt welded.
4.2 Fabricated fittings shall not be permitted for pipe diameters 50 mm and below.
4.3 When used, they shall be fabricated, welded and inspected in workshops under
supervision of Project Managers whose welding procedures have been approved by
project manager/consultant & same will be as per director & fire advisor of government
of maharashtra for sprinkler system and applicable to hydrant, internal hose reel and
sprinkler system. For "T" connections, pipes shall be drilled and reamed. If Cutting by
gas or electrical welding beyond 65mm dia & above sizes pipe then it will be in proper

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
round as per respective pipe joint size with grinding & ensuring any burr will not fallen
inside the pipes.
5.0 JOINTING
5.1 Threaded (50 mm dia pipes and below)

Joint for black steel pipes and fittings shall be threading joints.
5.2 Welded (65 mm dia and above)

Joints between M.S. pipes and fittings shall be made with the pipes and fittings having
"V" groove and welded with electrical resistance welding in an approved manner. Buried
pipes will be subject to X Ray test from an approved agency as per the TAC norms at the
cost of contractor. (With welded M.S. fittings heavy class with V-Groove). The welding
machine shall be 3 Phase of required current and capacity.
At 10 % of all joints shall be radiographically tested as per IS: 1182 at the

locations specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Percentage of welds to be tested may
be increased or decreased by the Engineer-in-charge depending on the quality of
welds and results obtained for previous weld tests.
5.5 ROLL GROOVED FITTINGS, GATE VALVES, BALL VALVES & EXECUTION
METHOD
FM approved Mechanical Couplings: Manufactured in two segments of cast ductile

iron, conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets shall be pressure-responsive
synthetic rubber, grade to suit the intended service, conforming to ASTM D-2000.
Mechanical Coupling bolts shall be zinc plated (ASTM B-633) heat treated carbon steel
track head conforming to ASTM A-449 and A-183, minimum tensile strength 110,000
psi (758450 kPa) as provided standard FM approved.
a. Rigid Type:
1) “Installation Ready” rigid joints shall be FM approved , in sizes 1-1/4”(DN32) through
4”(DN100), which shall be designed for direct “stab” installation onto grooved pipe
without prior disassembly of the coupling. Housings shall be cast with offsetting,
angle-pattern bolt pads.
2) Standard rigid joints shall be FM approved. Housings shall be cast with offsetting,
angle-pattern bolt pads to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance
with NFPA 13.
3) Rigid couplings shall require visual pad-to-pad verification of complete

installation. Tongue and recess type couplings which require the use of a torque
wrench to achieve the exact required gap between housings are not permitted.
b. Flexible Type: Use in seismic areas where required by FM

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
approved.
Mechanical Coupling Gaskets: Pressure-responsive, synthetic rubber

listed for use with the housings.
Fire Protection Service Temperature Range Gasket

Recommendation
Dry Systems Ambient FlushSeal®,
Grade EPDM, Type
A
Freezer Applications -30°F to 0°F FlushSeal®,
Grade L, Silicone
(-34°C to -17°C)
Water/Wet Systems Ambient Grade EPDM,
Type A
Flange Adapters: For use with grooved end pipe and fittings, for mating to
ANSI Class 125 / 150 flanges. FM approved. For mating to ANSI Class 300 flanges use
FM approved.
c.FM approved Grooved End Fittings: Fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming
to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, forged steel conforming to ASTM A-234, Grade
WPB 0.375" wall (9,53 mm wall), or fabricated from Std. Wt. Carbon Steel pipe
conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F, E or S, Grade B. Fittings provided with an alkyd
enamel finish or hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-153. Zinc electroplated fittings and
couplings conform to ASTM B633.
1. FM approved Hole-Cut Branch Outlets:
A.Bolted Branch Outlet: Branch reductions on 2"(DN50) through 8"(DN200) header

piping. Bolted branch outlets shall be manufactured from ductile iron
conforming to ASTM ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with synthetic rubber gasket,
and heat treated carbon steel zinc plated bolts and nuts conforming to physical
properties of ASTM A-183 & same shall be FM approved.
b.Strapless Outlet:
1/2"(DN15) or 3/4"(DN20) NPT outlet on4"(DN100) and larger header sizes rated for
300 PSI (2065 kPa) and same shall be FM approved.
c. Strapless Thermometer Outlet: To accommodate industrial glass bulb thermometers

with standard 1-1/4"-18 NEF 2B extra fine thread and 6" (152mm) nominal bulb
length on 4" (DN100) and larger header sizes rated for 300 PSI (2065 kPa) & same
shall be .FM approved.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.3 Flanges.
Flanged joints shall be provided on:

a) Straight runs not exceeding 30 m on pipelines 80 mm dia and above.
b) Both ends of any fabricated fittings e.g. bend tees etc. of 80 mm dia or larger
diameter.
c) For jointing all types of valves, appurtenances, pumps, connections with other type of
pipes, to water tanks and other places necessary and required as good for engineering
practice.
d) Flanges shall be as per BS: 10 TABE E with appropriate number of G.I. nuts and
bolts, half threaded of GKW make or equivalent with 3 mm insertion neoprene gasket
complete for above ground pipe lines.
5.4 Unions
Provide Approved type of dismountable unions on pipes lines 65 mm and below in

similar places as specified for flanges shall be provided.
6.0 PIPE PROTECTION
6.1 All pipes above ground and in exposed locations shall be painted with one coat of
Red Oxide Primer and two or more coats of Synthetic Enamel Paint of approved shade.
6.2 All black steel pipes below ground shall be provided with protection against corrosion
by application of 100mm wide and 4mm thick layer of PYPKOTE/ MAKPOLYKOTE
over the pipe, as per manufacturer’s specifications.
7.0 PIPE SUPPORTS
Above Ground Pipe
7.1 All pipes shall be adequately supported from ceiling, columns, trusses, purlins or
walls from existing/new inserts by Structural clamps fabricated from M.S. Structural e.g.
Rods, Channels, Angles, rod and Flats as per details given in drawings and specifications.
All clamps shall be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of black Enamel
paint.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
7.2 Where inserts are not provided, the Contractor shall provide anchor fasteners.
Anchor fastener shall be fixed to walls and ceilings by drilling holes with Electrical drill
in an approved manner as recommended by the manufacturer of the fasteners.
Underground Pipe
7.3 Proper rigid surface to be made before laying pipe in excavated trenches.
8.0 TESTING
8.1 All pipes in the system shall be tested to a hydraulic pressure of 1.5 times of the
working pressure or minimum of 15 Kg/Cm2 without drop in the pressure for at least 2
hours.
8.2 Rectify all leakages, make adjustment and retest as required.
9.0 HOLIDAY TEST

On completion of the coating, it shall be tested using high voltage holiday detectors,
to 11 Kv. All holidays found shall be repaired and the repairs be tested to ensure that
adequate repairs have been made. Holiday testing shall be carried out once the pipes
have been lowered in trenches and should be carried out with the help of detachable
rings only. Testing by brush shall not be acceptable.
10.0 PAINTING
Paint shall be thoroughly stirred before pouring in small containers and while applying
to ensure uniform consistency. The operation for each coat shall consist of a stroke
of the brush given form the top downwards, another from the bottom upward over the
first stroke and similarly sideways before it dries. No brush marks, hair marks or
clogging of paint puddles shall be left. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the
next coat is applied. After the work is complete, the brushes shall be cleaned of paint
and linseed oil by rinsing by turpentine. Initial cleaning of the pipes by buffing wheel,
to be followed by 2 coats of Red Oxide primer and followed by 2 Coats of Fire Red
enamel paint even Spray Painting is compulsory for 1st coat of paint.
11.0 RCC PEDESTAL SUPPORT
11..1 Contractor shall provide suitable RCC pedestal supports of ample dimensions at
all bends, tee connection and other places required and necessary for overcoming
pressure thrusts in pipes. RCC pedestal shall be of including required plaster as per civil
engineering standard.
12. VALVES

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
12.2 Butterfly valves shall be tested to a minimum of 16 kg / cm2. The valves shall
fulfill the requirements of BS: 5155 or AWWA C 504, API 609 and MSS-SP-67. The disc
shall be heavy duty cast iron with anti corrosive epoxy or nickel coating. The valve
seat shall be high grade elastomer or nitrile rubber. The shaft shall be of EN8 grade
carbon steel. Gear operated above 150mm dia.
12.3 Check valves shall be ductile iron Double Flanged with a rating of PN1.6 valves
shall be swing check type. The body shall confirm to CI body confirming to IS 5312.
12.4 Brass Ball Valve full port with P.T.F.E. seat screwed female ends
suitable for water including either side fittings with rating of PN1.6.
All required valves locking arrangement to be done and for same no extra
charges to be paid by client to contractor.
13.0 EXTERNAL YARD HYDRANTS
13.1 The Contractor shall provide External Fire Hydrant shall comprise “Single
Headed Single Outlet Stainless steel Valve” conforming to type ‘A’ of IS: 5290-1977. in
the Ring or on External Fire Line, as per specifications as specified in Schedule of
Quantities and as shown in drawings. The spacing of the hydrants and the distance from
the building shall be maintained as per relevant requirements of latest relevant codes,
unless specified herewith. SS Cap with chain will be SS only.
13.2 Each External Fire Hydrant shall be provided with an External Fire Hose Cabinet
of M.S or fiber glass, as specified in Schedule of Quantities of size specified, as approved
by the Architect to equip 2 nos. of 63 mm dia R.R.L hose and accessories as required.
The cabinet shall be installed near the Hydrant as per details specified in drawings,
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge/consultant.
14.0 INTERNAL HYDRANTS
14.1 The Internal Hydrant outlet shall comprise “Single Headed Single Outlet Stainless
Steel Landing Valve” conforming to type ‘A’ of IS: 5290-1977. Separate valve on the
head shall form part of the landing valve construction.
14.2 A Stainless Steel cap with chain is provided on one head of the outlet. The
hydrant will have an instantaneous pattern female coupling for connecting to Hose Pipe.
14.3 The Landing Valve shall be fitted to a Tee connection on the wet riser at the
landing.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
15.0 FIRST-AID HOSE REEL EQUIPMENT
15.1 First aid hose reel equipment shall comprise reel, hose guide fixing bracket hose
tubing ball valve, union and nozzle. This shall conform to IS: 884 - 1969. The hose
tubing shall confirm to IS: 1532-1969.
15.2 The hose tubing shall be 19 mm dia and 30m long. The G.M nozzle 5mm and ball
valve shall be of 19 mm size.
15.4 The fixing bracket shall be of swinging type. Operating instructions shall be
engraved on the assembly. This heavy duty mild steel and cast iron brackets shall be
conforming to IS:884 - 1969. The first-aid hose reel shall be connected directly to the
M.S. pipe riser taken independently from ring.
16.0 HOSE PIPES, BRANCH PIPES AND NOZZLES
16.1 Hose pipes
16.1.1 Two numbers Hose Pipes shall be rubber lined woven jacketed and 63mm in dia.
15m long. They shall confirm to type A (Reinforced rubber lined) of IS: 636 - 1979. The
hose shall be sufficiently flexible and capable of being rolled.
16.1.2 Each run of hose shall be complete with necessary coupling at the ends to match
with the landing valve or with another run of hose pipe or with branch pipe. The
couplings shall be of instantaneous spring lock type & MOC will be Stainless Steel. This
shall be conforming to IS: 903.
16.2. BRANCH PIPE
16.2.1 Branch pipes

Branch pipe shall be of Stainless Steel as given in BOQ 63 mm dia and be complete
with male instantaneous spring lock type coupling for connection to the hose pipe. The
branch pipe shall be externally threaded to receive the nozzle.
16.3 Nozzle
The nozzle shall be of Stainless Steel, as specified in BOQ 20 mm in (internal)
diameter. The screw threads at the inlet connection shall match with the threading on the
branch pipe. The inlet end shall have a hexagonal head to facilitate screwing of the nozzle
on to the branch pipe with nozzle spanner.
16.3.1 End Couplings, Branch pipe, and Nozzles shall conform to IS: 903 - 1985.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
16.3.2 Two R.R.L. hoses of 15m length with couplings shall be provided with
each External (Yard) Hydrant. Two R.R.L. hoses of 7.5m length, as specified, with
couplings shall be provided with each Internal Hydrant. One nozzle and one branch pipe
with coupling shall be provided with each Yard Hydrant and Internal Hydrant.
17.0 HOSE BOX
17.1 The External/internal hose cabinet shall accommodate the Hose Pipes & Branch
Pipe and shall be fabricated from 2 mm thick or 14 mm gauge M.S sheet as specified in
Bill of Quantities. The overall size shall be 750x600x250 mm(external) & 900x1200
mm(Internal hydrant cabinet), or as specified in the consultants’ drawing. This shall have
lockable centre opening glazed doors as per the requirement and as per consultant’s
drawing along with support arraignment shown in drawings including required civil
pedestal, pad plates & fasteners etc. complete. Glass thickness shall be min. 4mm with
required rubber beading.
17.2 The hose box shall be painted red and stove enameled and woods FIRE written in
front glazed portion.
18.0 FIRE BRIGADE INLET CONNECTIONS
18.1 Fire Brigade Inlet connection shall be provided near the pump house and to the ring
main system as specified and as described in the BOQ, for the following purposes:
i) Fire Brigade suction connection for fire static tank with provision of foot
valve.
ii) Fire brigade inlet connection to fire static tank.
iii) Fire brigade inlet connection to ring main system. Each connection shall
be provided with similar dia of Butterfly valve.
18.2 The locations of these Fire brigade connections shall be suitably decided with the
approval of Consultant/Landscape Architect and with a view that these are easily
accessible to the fire brigade, without any possible Hindrance.
19.0 SPRINKLER HEADS
19.1 Sprinkler heads shall be provided at approximate spacing to cover as per FM

Global requirements per Sprinkler head. The spacing shall however, be in conformity
with the drawings and properly coordinated with Electrical Fixtures, Ventilation Ducts
and Grills and other services along the ceiling.
19.2 Sprinkler heads shall be Chrome finished Brass/Gunmetal with quartz bulb with a
temperature rating of 68°C Sprinkler heads shall be of type and quality approved by FM.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The inlet shall be screwed. Sprinkler heads shall be pendent Sprinkler types as shown in
drawings. All Sprinklers should have the FM.
19.3 Contractor shall supply spare Sprinkler Heads of each type as per requirement and
one Spanner for each type of sprinkler neatly installed in a steel box with glass shutters at
locations approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
20.0 ALARM VALVE & AUTOMATIC WATER MOTOR GONG VALVE
The alarm valve & water motor gong valve with required trims is to be provided on the
each sprinkler individual tap point as per shown in drawings & same shall be FM
approved.
21.0 FIRE FIGHTING HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SETS
21.1 Fire and Jockey Pumps
21.1.1 The selected pump capacity is inline with the recommendations of

NBC - Part IV.
The pumps shall be capable of delivering not less than 150 % of the rated
capacity of water at a head of not less than 65 % of the rated head. The shut
off head shall not exceed 120 % of the rated head
The fire pumps shall be single stage split casing type horizontal
centrifugal pumps with CI body and bronze impellers. Connecting shaft shall
be stainless
steel with bronze sleeve and grease lubricated bearings as per TAC
regulations.
The pumps shall be connected to the drive by means of spacer type love - joy
coupling which shall be individually balanced dynamically and statically.
The coupling, which joins the prime mover with the pump, shall be
provided with a sheet metal guard.
Pumps shall be installed on anti - vibration pads.
21.1.2 Pumps shall be connected to the drive by means of pin-bush type coupling, which
shall be individually balanced dynamically and statically.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
21.1.3 The coupling joins the prime mover with the pump shall be provided with a sheet
metal guard.
21.1.4 Pumps shall be capable of delivering not less than 150% of the rated capacity of
water at a head of not less than 65% of the rated head. The shut-off head shall not exceed
120% of the rated head.
21.1.5 The pump shall meet the requirements of the NFPA 20 and unit shall be design
proven in fire protection services.
21.2 Motors for Electric Driven Pumps

21.2.1 Electrically driven pumps shall be provided with totally enclosed fan cooled
induction motors. For fire pumps, the motors should be rated not to draw starting current
more than 3 times normal running current.
21.2.2 Motors for fire protection pumps shall be at least equivalent to the horse power
required to drive the pump at 150% of its rated discharge and the should follow the
NFPA curve.
21.2.3 Motors for fire pumps shall meet all requirements and specifications of the tariff
advisory committee.
21.2.4 Motors shall be suitable for 415 volts, 3 Phase,50 cycles A.C supply and shall be
designed for 33o C ambient temperature. Motors shall conform to IS: 325.
21.2.5 Motors shall be designed for auto start system.
21.2.6 Motors shall be capable of handling the required starting torque of the pumps.
21.3.0 DIESEL ENGINE

The engine shall be cold starting type without the necessity of preliminary heating of
the engine cylinders or combustion chambers. The engine shall be multi cylinder, 4
stroke cycle, water cooled engine developing suitable HP at the operating speed
specified to drive the pump. Continuous capacity available for the load shall be exclusive
of the power requirement of auxiliaries of the diesel engine and after correction for
altitude, ambient temperature and humidity for the specified environmental conditions as
mentioned. This shall be atleast 20 % greater than the maximum HP required to drive
the pump at its duty point. It shall also be capable of driving the pump at its duty point. It
shall also be capable of driving the pump at 150 % of the rated discharge at 65 % of rated
head. The engine shall be capable of continuous operation for 8 hours and atleast 3000
hours of operation before major overhaul. Diesel Engine will be heat exchanger cooled

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
type.
The engine shall have 10 % overload capacity for one hour in any period
of 12 hours continuous run.
The engine shall accept full load within 15 seconds from the receipt of signal to start. The
diesel engine shall come along with baseplate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation
bolts, antivibration pads, batteries, battery charger cum diesel engine controller, fuel
tank, exhaust piping and exhaust insulation /
painting, one complete fill of diesel for testing and one for operation.
The capacity of the fuel tank shall be for a continuous operation of 8 hrs.
Starting system
The starting system shall comprise of necessary batteries, starter motor of
adequate capacity and axle type gear to match with the toothed ring on the
flywheel. Metallic relay protection suitably integrated with engine protection
system shall be included within the scope of work to protect starting motor
from excessively long cranking runs.
The battery capacity shall be suitable for meeting the needs of the starting system.
The batteries shall be maintenance free batteries. The battery capacity shall be adequate
for 10 consecutive starts without recharging with cold engine under full compression.
The scope shall cover all cabling, terminals, initial charging etc. Exhaust system
The exhaust system shall be complete with residential type silencer
suitable for outdoor installation and silencer piping including bends and
bird / water canopy. The total backpressure shall not exceed the engine
manufacturer’s recommendation. The exhaust piping shall be suitably
lagged.
Engine shutdown mechanism
This shall be manually operated and shall return automatically to the
starting position after use.
Governing system
The engine shall be provided with an adjustable governor to control the engine speed
with 5 % of its rated speed under all conditions of load upto full load. The governor
shall be set to maintain rated pump speed at maximum pump load.
Engine instrumentation
 Lubricating oil pressure gauge.
 Lubricating oil temperature gauge.
 Water pressure gauge.
 Water temperature gauge.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Tachometer.
 Hour meter.
The instrumentation panel shall be suitably mounted on the engine.
Engine protection devices
 Low lubricating oil pressure.
 High cooling water temperature.
 High lubricating oil temperature.
 Over speed shut down.
Anti vibration mounting
Suitable anti vibration mounting duly approved (10 mm thk / 6 * 6 inch long rubber
pads) shall be employed for mounting the unit so as to minimise transmission of
vibration to the structure. The isolation efficiency achievable shall be clearly indicated.
Battery Charger cum engine controller.
Necessary float and boost charger shall be incorporated in the control section of the
power and control panel, to keep the battery under trim condition. Voltmeter to
indicate the state of charge of the batteries shall be provided. The control panel shall
be wall mounted, provided with breaker, ammeter, voltmeter, selector switch, Hz
meter lamps, terminal block special relay, interlock, autostart facility to be offered with
engine fault shut down system.
All pump sets data sheet, G.A. drawing & characteristic curve to be furnished along
with technical bid in addition to be below given data sheet format.
21.3.3 Pipe work

All pipe line with fittings and accessories required shall be provided for fuel oil, lube oil
and exhaust piping systems, heat exchanger water cooling piping of adequate sizes shall
be used for lube oil and fuel oil.
21.3.4 Anti Vibration mounting

Suitable vibration mounting duly approved by Engineer-in-charge shall be employed for
mounting the unit so as to minimize transmission of vibration to the structure. The
isolation efficiency achievable shall be clearly indicated.
21.3.5 Battery Charger

Necessary float and boost charger shall be incorporated in the control section of
the power and control panel, to keep the battery under trim condition. Voltmeter to
indicate the state of charge of the batteries shall be provided.
21.3.6 Diesel Engine Controller

Diesel Engine controller will be the part of fire MCC Panel.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
22.0 Air Vessel

The air vessel shall be provided to compensate for slight loss of pressure in the system and
to provide an air cushion for counter acting, pressure, surges, whenever the pumping sets
come into operation. Air vessel shall conform to IS: 3844. It shall be normally half full of
water, when the system is in normal operation. Air vessel shall be fabricated with 8 mm
thick M.S. plate with dished ends and suitable supporting legs. It shall be provided with
one 50mm dia connection from delivery header, one 25 mm drain with valve, one water
level gauge and 25 mm sockets for pressure switches. The air vessel shall be tested to
pressure for 12 hours at 2 times the operating pressure or 1.5 times the shut-off.
23.0 CABLES
23.1 Contractor shall provide all power control cables from the motor control centre to
various motors, level controllers and other control devices.
23.2 Cables shall conform to IS: 1554 and carry ISI mark.
23.3 Wiring cables shall conform to IS 694.
23.4 All power and wiring cables shall be aluminium conductor PVC insulated armoured
and PVC sheathed of 1100 volts grade.
23.5All control cables shall be copper conductor PVC insulated armoured and PVC
sheathed 1100 Volt grade.
23.6 All cables shall have stranded conductors. The cables shall be in drums as far as
possible and bear manufacturer’s name.
23.7 All cables joints shall be made in approved manner as per standard practice.
23.8 The cable jointing shall be Crimping type.
24.0 CABLE TRAYS
24.1 Contractor shall provide G.I. perforated cable trays at locations as shown on the
drawings and of sizes as given in the bill of quantities, with G.I. sheet thickness of
1.5mm.
24.2 Cable trays shall be supported from the bottom of the slab at intervals of 60cms at
both ends by welding support rods with insert plates OR Anchor fasteners.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
24.3 Cost of clips, bolts, nuts, support rods and any other materials required to fix the
trays in proper manner shall be included in the rate for trays.
25.0 EARTHING
25.1 There shall be an independent earthing station. The earthing shall consist of an
earth tape connected to an independent plate made of copper or G.I. having a
conductivity of not less than 100% international standard. All electrical apparatus, cable
boxes and sheath/armour clamps shall be connected to the main bar by means of branch
earth connections of appropriate size. All joints in the main bar and between main bar
and branch bars shall have the lapping surface properly tinned to prevent oxidation. The
joints shall be riveted and sweated.
25.2 Earth plates shall be buried in a pit of 1.20x1.20M at minimum depth of 3M

below ground. The connections between main bar shall be made by means of three
10mm brass studs and fixed at 100mm centres. The pit shall be filled with coke breeze,
rock salt and loose soil. A G.I. pipe of 20mm dia with perforations on the periphery shall
be placed vertically over the plate to reach ground level for watering.
25.3 A brick masonry manhole 30x30x30xcm size shall be provided to surround the
pipe for inspection. A bolted removable link connecting main bar outside the pit portion
leading to the plates shall be accommodated, in this manhole for testing.
25.4 Following sizes of earth conductors shall be used for motors:
Upto 5 KW 8 SWG G.I. Wire
5 KW to 30 KW 25 mm x 3 mm G.I. Flat
Above 30 KW 32 mm x 6 mm G.I. Flat.
The complete earthing system for the fire fighting system shall be included in
the scope of work.
This shall include earthing for MCC, motors, distribution boards, Diesel
engine controller etc
and any other interconnections to make the system complete
26.0 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE

26.1 MCC shall be cubical type i.e. one motor feeder completely in one cubicle, and
shall be fabricated from 14 gauge M.S. sheet with dust & vermin proof construction. It
shall have Powder Coated finish and shall be fitted with suitable etched plastic
identification plates for each motor. The cubicle shall comprise of the following: -
Incoming
1 no. 400A TPN SFU
1set of 400Amps. TPN AI. Bus bars with colours coded heat shrinkable PVC sleeves.
1 set of RYB indicating lamps with individual HRC control fuses.
1 No. 96 mm x 96mm. 400 Amps. Ammeter with selector switch and suitable rated
current transformers.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 No. 96mmx96mm. voltmeter with selector switch.
Outgoing
feeder for main pumps -2Nos.
1No.160A TP SFU .
Star delta starter for 100 hp with over load relay, single phase preventor and
indicating lamps for pressure ok, on,off
and automode with ON/OFF push button.
feeder for jockey pump -1No.
1 No. 40A TP MCB .
S/D starter for 15 hp with over load relay, single phase preventor and indicating lamps
for pressure ok,on,off and automode.
with ON /OFF push button.
1 No. Automanual selector switch
Feeder for booster pump -19Nos.
1 No. 40A TP MCB.
S/D starter for 12.5 hp with over load relay, single phase preventor and indicating lamps
for on,off,with ON /OFF push button.
Manual mode only
DIESEL ENGINE PUMP 1 No.

a) 10Amps. DPMCB -4 Nos.
b) battery charger with transformer with rectifier resistance DC voltmeter , trickle
/booster /off selector switch/ or smps
chargers -1 No.
c) 1 set of indicating lamps for the following :
1. battery charger on
2. DC supply on
3. control switch on
4. Engine fails to start
5. Engine fails to stop
6. Pressure sw not opretable (at start)
7. pump on
8. Low oil pressure
9. High water temperature
10. auto manual selector switch
d) 1 set of push button stations for the following :
1. Engine start
2. Engine stop
3. Engine hooter ACK
4. Engine fault reset
e) selector switches (Engine control ,mode selector) -1 No.
f) Auxilary relays / Engine controller for sequence operating for starting and stopping of
the engine - 1 set
g) Hooter for audio alarm in case of main pump start and any pump over load or engine
fault with test and ACK

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
ACK push button (industrial type ) -1 No.

All the componants shall be housed in a common cubical made of 14 swg. M.S. sheet
with required stifners
(if required ). The panel shell have top cable entry provisions and panel shall be mounted
on
pedastal of 300 mm height.
Also panel shall have min. 6Nos. Per pump set NO /NC contacts for extending the status
of fire pumps to the fire alarm panel. Overloading status to be connected to hooter located
on panel.
27.0 AIR RELEASE VALVE

The mounting shall be screwed type. The material shall be gunmetal. This
should be of spring type.
28.0 FOOT VALVE
28.1 Foot valves with strainer shall be C.I., confirming to I.S:4038 - 1979, as specified in bill
of quantities.
29.0 PRESSURE SWITCH

Fluid - Water
Working temperature - Ambient
Element type & material - Bellows type & phosphor
bronze
Connection size - ½” NPT (FM)
Switch type - Snap acting micro switch
Size of cable entry - ½” NPT
Accuracy - +/- 0.5%
Type of enclosure - Dust proof
Voltage - 230V, 50 Hz
Operating - Electrical contact closure
30.0 PRESSURE GAUGE

Fluid - Water
Working pressure - 10.0 Kg / sq.cm
Element - Bourdon tube element of SS 316
Dial Size - 150 mm diameter & scale division
shall

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Be in Metric units marked in B/W

Operating pressure - 0 to 16 Kg/cm2
Connection size - ½” NPT (M)
SECTION – 2 SHOP DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant / Fire Advisor of government of

Maharashtra two copies of Shop Drawings along with pressure drop calculation for Fire
Fighting works as an Advance Copy to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval before start
of work. Subsequent to the approval of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall submit six
copies of Shop Drawings for execution to the Engineer-in-Charge. Also the Contractor
shall submit four copies of the Technical Specifications and Catalogues.
2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following conditions:
(a) Structural supports/earthquake bracing, flexible coupling/hanging/laying and

jointing details for all types of pipes as required.
(b) Fire Fighting layout plans as required and for any changes in the layout of Fire
Fighting/Architectural drawings.
3. The Contractor can only commence the work after the approval of above documents by
Consultant & Fire Advisor of government of Maharashtra.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC WORKS

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Entire HVAC installation work shall be carried out in strict compliance with
specifications given in the section ‘Technical Specifications’.
1.2 Work shall be executed through Authorized HVAC contractor approved by

Equipment vendor. Copy of the authorization shall be enclosed by HVAC Contractor.
1.3 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and
volumes, every part of each section shall be deemed to be supplementary and
complementary to every other part and shall be read with and into the contract, so far as it
may be practicable to do so.
1.4 Contractors shall mobilize and employ sufficient resources to achieve the detailed
schedule within the broad frame work of the accepted methods of working and safety.
The contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper carrying out of the work,
including tools, plants and other materials.
1.5 No additional payment will be made to the contractor for any multiple shift work or
other incentive methods contemplated by him in his work schedules even though the time
schedule is approved by the Architect/Engineer-in-charge.
1.6 The work shall be executed as per the program drawn or approved by the Architect
and it shall be so arranged as to have full coordination with any other agency employed at
site. No claim for idle labour shall be entertained nor shall any claim on account of the
delay in the completion of the building work to be tenable except extension of time
secured by the contractor as stated elsewhere.
1.7 The contractor shall permit free access and afford normal facilities and usual
conveniences to other agencies or departmental workmen to carry out connected work or
other work services under separate arrangements. The contractor will not be allowed any
extra payment on this account.
1.8 All soil, filth or other matter of any offensive nature taken out of any trench, sewer
drain, cesspool or other place shall not be deposited on the surface, but shall at once be
carted away by the contractor free of charge to a suitable pit or place to be provided by
him.
1.9 The contractor shall provide all equipment, instruments, labour and such other
assistance required by the Engineer-in-Charge for measurement of the work, materials
etc.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.1 The scope of work shall be as defined in Technical Specifications, Schedule of

Quantities and the Drawings. The contractor shall complete the HVAC installation work
as illustrated in various sections of contract document and to entire satisfaction of the
owner/ Project
Manager/ consultant. Any item not specifically mentioned in the Schedule of

Quantities but may be required to complete the installation shall be supplied and installed
by HVAC contractor at no extra cost. The HVAC system shall comprise of following:
a) Variable Refrigerant Flow Units

b) Centrifugal/ vane-axial/ propeller fans for mechanical ventilation system.
c) Condensate drain piping including all fittings.
d) Air distribution system including GSS duct, grilles & diffusers, flexible
connections and fire cum smoke dampers.
e) Acoustic lining in ducts, sound attenuators and thermal insulation on ducts.
f) Vibration isolation for all equipment.
g) Automatic controls.
h) Balancing, testing and commissioning of entire HVAC system.
i) Training to owner’s staff.
j) As-Built drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, list of recommended
spares.
3.0 SITE CONDITIONS
The contractor shall make himself aquatinted with all conditions and situations existing at
the site. The rate quoted by the contractor shall take into account all such factors and no
extra shall be payable on any account, especially on the plea that the contractor was not
aware of any particular situation or conditions.
4.0 BY-LAWS AND REGULATIONS
The installation shall be in conformity with the Bye-laws and Regulations of the local
authority concerned in so far as these become applicable to the installation but if these
specifications and drawings call for higher standard of materials and or workmanship
than those required by any of the above regulations and standards, then these
specifications and drawings shall take precedence over the said regulations and standards.
However if the drawings or specifications require something which violates the bye laws
and regulations, then said bye-laws and regulations shall govern the requirements of this
installation.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
5.0 ASSOCIATED CIVIL WORKS
Following Civil works associated with HVAC works are excluded from the scope of
HVAC contractor. These works shall be executed by civil/other agency under direct
supervision of the HVAC contractor.
i. PCC foundation for VRF outdoor units, centrifugal fans with angle iron edging.
ii. PCC foundation blocks with angle iron edging for all AHU fan sections, motor
control centres.
iii. Supply and fixing of G.I./wooden frame for mounting of grilles.
iv. Air-tight doors with 60 minutes fire rating for fan rooms.
iv. Drain channels and sumps in AC plant room.
v. Thermal insulation of terraces above air-conditioned areas exposed to sun.
vi. Making trenches and back filling.
vii Making openings in structural walls/ floor slabs.
6.0 ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL WORKS
Following Electrical works associated with HVAC works are excluded from the scope of
HVAC contractor. These works shall be executed by Department.
i. Power supply with earthing at the incoming of main HVAC MCC, AHU fan
section control panels and ventilation fan panels.
ii. 15 amps power outlet within 3 meter reach of each single phase Units.
7.0 ASSOCIATED PLUMBING WORKS
Following Plumbing works associated with HVAC works are excluded from the scope of
HVAC contractor. These works shall be executed by plumbing contractor under direct
supervision of the HVAC contractor.
i. Drainage of HVAC rooms below ground level.

ii. Floor drains for indoor units.
8.0 INTERFACE WITH BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The scope of HVAC Contractor shall include the following for the interface to Building
Automation System.
i. Stop/Manual/ Auto switches along with potential free contacts for monitoring the
manual operation status, to be provided for those equipment whose start / stop is
controlled by Building Automation System.
ii. Potential free ‘NO’ contacts for monitoring ‘Run’ status of equipment wherever
required, including in the control panel of the outdoor units.
iii. Necessary contactor with potential free contacts and Stop/Manual/ Auto switches
to be provided for all 1-phase equipment such as indoor units, Split Units,
Propeller fans etc. wherever the starter is not provided and which requires
starting / stopping through Building Automation System.
iv. The space provision in all the equipment panel ( MCC) such as Fans, Fan sections
etc. for mounting Current/ Potential transformers & transducers and power
supply to the transducer shall be provided by the HVAC contractor. Separate
current transformers shall be provided by HVAC contractor for monitoring
current / KWH (wherever required) through BAS.
v. The installation of current transformer & Transducer along with wiring

between Current Transformer & Transducer up to the terminal block shall be
provided by the HVAC contractor. All transducers shall be supplied by BAS
contractor.
vi. The low voltage BAS Cables shall be brought up to the electric panel by BAS
contractor and all terminations into the electrical panels shall be made by HVAC
contractor after satisfying himself of the wiring system. It is to be clearly
understood that the final responsibility for the sufficiency, adequacy and
conformity to the contract requirements, of the HVAC system, lies solely with the
contractor.
vii All necessary Hardware/ Software shall be made available by the HVAC Contractor on
the chiller Microprocessor panel for the integration of VRF panels to Building
Automation System for remote monitoring / controlling of all parameters of units thru
BAS.
9.0 FEES, PERMIT AND TESTS
The consultant / Owner shall have full powers regarding the materials or work got tested
by independent agency at the HVAC contractor’s expense in order to prove their
soundness and adequacy.
10.0 MATERIALS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All materials, equipments, fittings and fixtures used in electrical works shall conform to
the Indian Standards. All material shall be new, sound and robust in construction and well
finished. Surplus material after completion of work shall be taken back by the contractor
and the cost shall be recovered if the advance payment has been made earlier by the
Client.
Unless otherwise stated in the conditions of contract, samples of all materials, fittings and
fixtures to be supplied by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer-in-
Charge for his approval. The contractor shall not commence the work until the samples
are approved, in writing from the Owner/Architect. The contractor shall ensure that all
the materials incorporated in the work are identical in all respects with the approved
sample. All samples not destroyed in testing shall be returned to the Contractor after
completion of contract. No payment shall be made for samples destroyed in testing.
11.0 DRAWINGS
The drawings, specifications and bill of quantities shall be considered as a part of this
contract. Any work or materials shown on the drawings but not included in the schedule
of quantities or vice versa, shall be executed as if specifically called for in the drawings
indicate the extent and general arrangement of various equipment and their piping etc.
and are essentially diagrammatic. The work shall be installed if found essential to
coordinate the installation of this work with other trades shall be made without any
additional cost to the Owner. The data given herein and on the drawings is for the
assistance and guidance of the contractor, the exact locations, distances and levels will be
governed by the space conditions. The contractor shall be responsible to check exact
location of all fixture outlets, the routes and lengths of pipes etc.
11.1 All the shop drawings shall be prepared on computer through AutoCAD System
based on Architectural Drawings, site measurements and Interior Designer’s
Drawings. Within four weeks of the award of the contract, contractor shall
furnish, for the approval of the Architect/Consultant, two sets of detailed shop
drawings of all equipment and materials including layouts for Plant room, AHU
room, Air distribution layout, piping layout; electrical panels inside/outside views,
power and control wiring schematics, cable trays, supports and terminations.
These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the
Project as per specifications and as required by the Architect/Consultant/Owner’s
site representative. These Drawings shall contain details of construction, size,
arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics and capacity of all
items of equipment, also the details of all related items of work by other
contractors. Each shop drawing shall contain tabulation of all measurable items of
equipment/materials/works and progressive cumulative totals from other related
drawings to arrive at a variation-in-quantity statement at the completion of all
shop drawings. Minimum 3 sets of drawings shall be submitted after final
approval along with CD.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Each item of equipment/material proposed shall be a standard catalogue product

of an established manufacturer strictly from the manufacturers listed in Appendix-
III and quoted by the tenderer in technical data part of Appendix - IV.
When the Architect/Consultant makes any amendment in the above drawings, the
contractor shall supply two fresh sets of drawings with the amendments duly
incorporated along with check prints, for approval. The contractor shall submit
further six sets of shop drawings to the Owner’s site representative for the
exclusive use by the Owner’s site representative and all other agencies. No
material or equipment may be delivered or installed at the job site until the
contractor has in his possession, the approved shop drawing for the particular
material/equipment/ installation.
11.2 Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval four weeks in advance of planned
delivery and installation of any material to allow Architect/Consultant ample time
for scrutiny. No claims for extension of time shall be entertained because of any
delay in the work due to his failure to produce shop drawings at the right time, in
accordance with the approved program.
11.3 Manufacturers drawings, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted

for approval shall be in four sets. Each item in each set shall be properly labeled,
indicating the specific services for which material or equipment is to be used,
giving reference to the governing section and clause number and clearly
identifying in ink the items and the operating characteristics. Data of general
nature shall not be accepted.
11.4 Samples of all materials like valves, pipes, insulation, control wires etc shall be
submitted to the Owner’s site representative prior to procurement. These will be
submitted in two sets for approval and retention by Owner’s site representative
and shall be kept in their site office for reference and verification till the
completion of the Project. Wherever directed a mockup or sample installation
shall be carried out for approval before proceeding for further installation.
11.5 Approval of working drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of

measurements or of building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said
approval does not mean that the drawings supersede the contract requirements,
nor does it in any way relieve the contractor of the responsibility or requirement
to furnish material and perform work as required by the contract.
11.6 Where the contractor proposes to use an item of equipment, other than that
specified or detailed on the drawings, which requires any redesign of the
structure, partitions, foundation, piping, wiring or any other part of the
mechanical, electrical or architectural layouts; all such re-design, and all new
drawings and detailing required therefore, shall be prepared by the contractor at
his own expense and gotten approved by the Architect/Consultant/ Owner’s site
representative. Any delay on such account shall be at the cost of and consequence
of the Contractor.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
11.7 HVAC Contractor shall prepare coordinated services shop drawings based on the
drawings prepared by Electrical, HVAC & Low Voltage Contractors to ensure
adequate clearances are available for installation of services for each trade.
Where the work of the contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will
interfere with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions
to make a satisfactory adjustment. If so directed by the Owner’s site
representative, the contractor shall prepare composite working drawings and
sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1:50, clearly showing how his work is to
be installed in relation to the work of other trades. If the Contractor installs his
work before coordinating with other trades, or so as to cause any interference with
work of other trades, he shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to
the Owner.
11.8 Within four weeks of approval of all the relevant shop drawings, the contractor
shall submit four copies of a comprehensive variation in quantity statement, and
itemized price list of recommended (by manufacturers) imported and local spare
parts and tools, covering all equipment and materials in this contract. The Project
Manager shall make recommendation to Owner for acceptance of anticipated
variation in contract amounts and also advise Owner to initiate action for
procurement of spare parts and tools at the completion of project.
12.0 CLARIFICATIONS OF DISCREPANCIES
In case of any discrepancy between specifications and drawings etc. furnished by the
Architect or disputes in respect thereof, the interpretation of Architect and Engineer-in-
Charge shall be final and binding.
13.0 WORK AND WORKMANSHIP
The work shall be of the highest standard, and conform to the technical specifications
both as regard its design and workmanship. Modern tools and first class, latest techniques
shall be employed for its execution.
Any damage done to the building during the execution of work shall be responsibility of
the contractor and it shall be made good by him, at his cost, to the entire satisfaction of
the Architect.
All HVAC work shall be executed by skilled workers under the direct supervision of
whole time, fully qualified Engineers and Supervisors. The contractor shall produce
requisite evidence regarding the qualifications of his Engineers, Supervisors and other
workers.
The work shall have to be coordinated with the building work and other allied jobs/trades
to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge/Architect.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
14.0 WORKING DRAWINGS
It shall be responsibility of HVAC contractor to carry out cooling loads using latest
version of HAP (hourly analysis program). Within the time frame agreed with the
Architect, the contractor shall produce working drawings using latest version of Auto
CAD. Working drawing for HVAC works shall indicate Plant Room layout with all
equipment marked along with their dimensions, service clearance and their sectional
views, AHU Room details, Fan Rooms details, Detailed Piping and Ducting layouts with
arrangement of supports, flanges, guide vanes etc. The shop drawings shall indicate
installation details with sectional views for every equipment.
The shop drawings shall be prepared based on latest architectural layout, in complete
coordination with other services. Initially 2 sets of working drawings shall be submitted
along with 1 soft copy for approval of Architect and the consultant. Upon obtaining
approval on 1 set of working drawings, contractor shall produce 6 sets of working
drawings for final approval and for issue to all concerned.
15.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
The responsibility for the performance of entire HVAC system as per design intent shall
lie with the contractor including for performance of individual equipment installed by
him. The Performa for guarantee to be submitted by contractor is included in the tender
document as Appendix- II.
16.0 TECHNICAL DATA
The bidder shall be required to fill the Technical Data sheets (Appendix- IV of the tender
document) for the equipment/material selected by the contractor.
17.0 UPTIME GUARANTEE
The contractor shall guarantee an uptime of 98% for the entire system installed by him. In
case of shortfall in any month during Defects Liability Period (DLP), the DLP shall be
extended by a month.
18.0 BALANCING, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
All air and water systems shall be balanced by the contractor as per ASHRAE standards.
Entire HVAC system shall be tested for performance in summer, monsoon and winter.
Each test shall be on three consecutive days for 10 hours operation. The results for these
tests shall be submitted to consultant for approval.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
19.0 TRAINING TO OWNER’S STAFF
To familiarize owner’s operating and maintenance team with the HVAC system installed,
the contractor shall depute his team of skilled operators and helpers to operate the HVAC
system for a minimum of 1 weeks, 10 hours operation each day.
20.0 MISCELLANEOUS
A site order book will be maintained at site which will be in the custody of the
Architect/Owner or his representative and all instructions given to the contractor will be
recorded in the site order book and the same has to be signed by the contractor to comply
with the instructions given therein.
The work will not be considered as complete and taken over by the employer till all the
components of the work after being completed at site in all respects have been inspected/
tested by the Architect/Owner to his entire satisfaction and a completion certificate issued
by the Architect to this effect.
At the completion of the work and before issuance of certificate of virtual completion, the
contractor shall submit 6 hard copies and 1 soft copy (CD) of As-Built layout drawing
and one tracing of each drawing to Architect drawn at approved scale indicating the
complete HVAC work as installed.
Prices shall remain firm and free from escalation/variation due to rise and fall in the cost
of materials and labors or any other price variation whatsoever including during extended
period of completion, if any.
Power supply shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, 415/230 volts A.C. and frequency of 50 cycles per
second. All consuming devices shall be suitable for voltage and frequency mentioned
above.
The drawing and specifications lay down minimum standard of equipment and
workmanship Deviations, if any, should be submitted by contractor in writing within one
week of issue of drawings. In the absence of any deviations, it will be deemed that the
tenderer is fully satisfied with the intent of the specifications and drawings and their
compliance with the statutory and fire insurance provisions including local codes. Where
the drawings and specifications conflict, the more stringent shall apply.
The entire installation shall be guaranteed against defective materials or workmanship for
a period of 24 months from the date of the installation certified by the consultant and
taken over by the owner. During the guarantee period all the defects shall be rectified by
the contractor free of cost.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The tenderer must see the site conditions and take all the aforesaid and foregoing factors
while quoting the rates, as no extra will be allowed on any ground arising out of or
relating to the aforesaid and foregoing.
The contractor will remove all the debris and surplus earth from work site (belonging to
his work) free of cost.
21.0 QUIET OPERATION AND VIBRATION
All work shall operate under all conditions of load without any sound or vibration which
is objectionable in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer-in-charge. In case of moving
machinery sound or vibration noticeable outside the room in which it is installed, or
annoyingly noticeable inside its own room shall be considered objectionable. Such
conditions shall be corrected by the contractor at his own expenses.
22.0 WATER AND POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION
These shall be arranged by the owner at the convenient point. Necessary extension of
these supplies will have to be got executed by the contractor at his own cost. The
contractor shall include in his rates to provide, install and maintain at his cost necessary
temporary service lines, meters etc, dismantle and cart away same on completion of the
work. The Owner will not be liable to make any payment in this regard. In case the
owner is not able to provide water and electricity, the contractor shall do so without any
extra cost or extension in completion period.
23.0 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
The electrical work related to HVAC Services shall be carried out in full knowledge and
with the complete coordination of the contractor with the other trade. The Installation
shall be in total conformity with the control wiring drawings prepared by the contractor
and approved by the Architect/ consultant understood that the final responsibility for the
sufficiency, adequacy and conformity to the contract requirements of the electrical
installation work for HVAC services lies solely with the contractor.
24.0 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS
Contractor shall provide all temporary offices, weather tight sheds for storage, mess
rooms, sanitary accommodation and all other temporary buildings required for the proper
execution of the works to the satisfaction of the Architects/owner, public health and local
authorities. All temporary buildings shall be constructed only at the location approved by
the Architects. Any taxes payable on account of such accommodation shall be borne by
the Contractor. No part of the buildings under construction may be used for messing or
latrine purposes. No materials or plant are to be stored inside the new buildings without
the prior written consent of the Architects/Consultants and no concrete, mortar, plaster or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
other similar materials may be mixed on any finished floor covering, paving or screed.
All cost towards providing above requirements shall be borne by the contractor.
25.0 REMOVAL OF SHEDS ETC.
On completion of the work the Contractor shall remove and cart away from the site all
stores, offices and other sheds.
The retention money due for payment on virtual completion of work shall be released to
the contractor only after he complies with the above requirements regarding removal of
stores, sheds, etc. to the satisfaction of the Architects/Consultants.
26.0 COMPLETION DRAWINGS
On completion of work and before the issue of certificate of virtual completion the
contractor shall submit to the Architects/Consultants 3 sets of layout drawings on cloth
mounted paper and one tracing of each drawing drawn in approved scale indicating the
complete system as installed.
The Contractor shall have to submit to the Architects/Consultants 6 sets of the above said
drawings within 15days from the date of completion of the above work as decided by the
Architect. In addition, 2 Nos. CDs containing the above drawings shall also be given by
contractor.
27.0. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
27.1 Upon completion of all work and all tests the contractor shall furnish the
necessary skilled labour and helpers for operating this entire installation for a
period of Seven (7) days. During this period the contractor shall instruct and train
the Owner’s representative in the operation adjustments and maintenance of all
equipments installed.
27.2 The contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer-in-charge a draft copy of

comprehensive operating instructions and maintenance schedule for all systems
and equipment included in this contract. This shall be supplemented but for
substituted by manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals. Upon approval
of the draft the contractor shall submit to the Architects/Engineer-in-charge three
(3) complete sets of operating and maintenance schedule along with
manufacturers printed literature.
28.0 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE
The contractor shall provide necessary skills and labour to assure the proper operation of
the complete installation by the Owner’s staff and to provide all required current and
preventive maintenance for all equipment and controls under this contract, for the defects
liability period of 12 months from the date of acceptance.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The contractor shall receive calls for any and all problems experienced in the operation of
the equipment under this contract and shall take steps to immediately correct any
deficiencies that may exists.
29.0 PARTIAL ORDERING
Owner through the Architect/Consultant/ Owner’s site representative reserves the right to
order equipment and material from any and all alternates, and /or to order high side and
/or low side equipment and materials or parts thereof from one or more tenderers.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

S. No Materials / Equipment to be Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s Name
installed
1 Variable Refrigerant Flow Units Daikin,

Panasonic,
Samsung,
Mitsubishi Electric,
LG.
2 Centrifugal Fan System air,

Maico ventilation,
Air Flow
3 Axial Flow Fan System air,
Maico ventilation,
Air Flow
4 Inline/Propeller Fan/Roof extractor System air,
Fan Maico ventilation,
Air Flow
5 Ductless Jet Fans Systemaire ,
Maico Ventilation
6 Grille/diffuser Ravi star,

Air product,
Cosmos
7 Fire Damper Ravi star ,
Air product,
Conair
8 Fire damper actuator Belimo, eqv
9 Copper Pipe Mandev,

Rajco
10 Anchor Fasteners Hilti
Fischer
11 Pre-insulated Panels ( Glass Fibre Owens Corning , UP Twiga - Isover
board )
12 Closed Cell Elastomeric along with Arma cell - Armaflex
adhesive K-Flex
13 Fibreglass (Foil Faced) Owens Corning

UP Twiga

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
23. SAFETY CODE

A. SAFETY CODE
1. Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot safely be done
from the ground, or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done
safely from ladders. When a ladder is used, an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for
holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable
footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an
inclination not sleeper than 1/4 to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical).
2. Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 meters above the ground or floor, swung or
suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support, shall have a
guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 1 meter high
above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire
length of the outside and ends thereof with only such openings as may be necessary for
the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it
form swaying from the building or structure.
3. Working platform, gangways, and stairways shall be so constructed that they do not sag
unduly or unequally, and if height of a platform or gangway or stairways is more than
3.25 meters above ground level or floor level, it shall be closely boarded, have adequate
width and be suitably fenced, as described in 2 above.
4. Every opening in floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with

suitable means to prevent fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or
railing with a minimum height of 1 meter.
5. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working
places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9
meters in length. Width between side rails in a rung ladder shall in no case be less than
30 cm. for ladders up to and including 3 meters in length. For longer ladders this width
shall be increased at least 6mm. for each additional 30 cm. of length. Uniform step
spacing shall not exceed 30 cm.
Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. No

materials on any of the Sites shall so stacked or placed as to cause danger or
inconvenience to any person or the public. The contractor shall provide all necessary
fencing and lights to protect public from accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of
defense of every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any
person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any
such person or which may with the consent of the Contractor be paid to compromise any
claim by any such person.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. Excavation and Trenching: All trenches, 1.5 meters or more in depth, shall at all times
be supplied with at least one ladder for each 30 meters in length or fraction thereof.
Ladder shall be extended from bottom of trench to at least 1 meter above surface of the
ground. Sides of a trench which is 1.5 meters or more in depth shall be stepped back to
give suitable slope, or securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides
collapsing. Excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meters of edge of trench or
half of depth of trench, whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom.
Under no circumstances shall undermining or undercutting be done.
7. All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in-

Charge shall be available for use of persons employed on the Site and maintained in a
condition suitable for immediate use; and the Contractor shall take adequate steps to
ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.
a) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective eye-
shields.
b) Stone workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use, the Contractor
shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and manholes are ventilated at least for
an hour before workers are allowed to get into them. Manholes so opened shall be
cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to
prevent accident to public.
c) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in active use the
contractor shall ensure that the following safety measure are adhered to :
i) Entry for workers into the line snail not be allowed except under supervision of
the Contractor’s Engineer.
ii) At least 5 to 6 manhole upstream and downstream should be kept open for at least
2 to 3 hours before any man is allowed to enter into the manhole for working
inside.
iii) Before entry, presence of Toxic gases should be tested by inserting wet lead
acetate paper which changes colour in the presence of such gases and gives
indication of their presence.
iv) Presence of Oxygen should be verified by lowering a detector lamp into the
manhole. In case, no oxygen is found inside the sewer line workers should be
sent only with Oxygen kit.
v) Safety belt with rope should be provided to the workers. While working inside
the manholes such rope should be handled by two men standing outside to enable
him to be pulled out during emergency.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
vi) The area should be barricaded or cordoned of by suitable means to avoid mishaps
of any kind proper warning signs should be displayed for the safety of the public
whenever cleaning works undertaken during night or day.
8. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be
maintained in a safe condition and not scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or
removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall be provided at or near places
of work.
9. These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a
notice board at a prominent place at the work spot. Persons responsible for ensuring
compliance with the Safety Code shall be named therein by the Contractor.
10. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions, arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his representatives and the Inspecting Officers.
11. All other safety norms and site Garbage / Waste Management / Handling as
required for Green Building Certification or GRIHA Certification shall be taken
care by the contractor.
11. First Aid and Industrial Injuries:
i. Contractor shall maintain first aid facilities for his employees and those of his
contractors.
ii. Contractor shall make outside arrangements for ambulance service and for treatment
of industrial injuries. Names of those providing these services shall be furnished to
Owner prior to start of constructions and their telephone numbers shall be
prominently posted in Contractor’s field office.
iii. All critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to Owner, and a copy of
Contractor’s report covering each personal injury requiring the attention of a
physician shall be furnished to the Owner.
12. Contractor’s Barricades:
i. Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades required in connection with his
operation to guard or protect:
a. Excavations
b. Hoisting Areas
c. Areas adjudged hazardous by Contractor’s or Owner’s Inspectors.
d. Owner’s existing property subject to damage by Contractor’s operations.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
ii. Contractor’s employees and those of his sub-contractors shall become acquainted
with Owner’s barricading practice and shall respect the provisions thereof.
13. Notwithstanding the above conditions, the Contractor is not exempted from the operation
of any other Act or Rule in force.
LIST OF BIS CODES
IS : 277 - 1992
Galvanized steel sheet (Plain & Corrugated) wire for fencing.
IS : 655 - 1963 (Reaffirmed 1991)

Metal air ducts.
IS : 659 – 1964 (Reaffirmed 1991)

Air conditioning (Safety Code)
IS : 660 – 1963 (Reaffirmed 1991)

Mechanical Refrigeration (Safety Code)
IS : 732 - 1989
Code of practice for electrical wiring.
IS : 1554 - 1988 (Part – I)

PVC insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables for working voltages up to and including 1100 volts.
IS : 3043 - 1987
Code of practice for earthing.
IS : 3103 – 1975 (Reaffirmed 1999)

Code of practice for Industrial Ventilation.
IS : 4894 - 1987
Centrifugal Fan.
ASHRAE Hand Books

American Society of Heating Refrigeration& Air conditioning.
Application 2003.
Fundamentals 2005.
Refrigeration 2006.
Systems & Equipment 2004.
ASHRAE Indoor air quality Standard 62.1-2007.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
24.VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW UNITS

1. SCOPE
The scope of this section comprises the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
Variable Refrigerant Volume System conforming to these specifications and in
accordance with the requirements of Drawings and Schedule of quantities.
2. TYPE
Unit shall be air cooled, variable refrigerant volume air conditioner consisting of one
outdoor unit and multiple indoor units. Each indoor unit having capability to cool
independently any room as per its requirement.
It shall be possible to connect multiple indoor units on one refrigerant circuit as shown in
the drawings or as indicated in schedule of quantities. The indoor units on any circuit can
be of different type and also controlled individually. Following type of indoor units shall
be connected to the system:
- Ceiling mounted type

- Ceiling mounted ductable type
- Slim ceiling mounted type
- Ceiling Cassette type
Compressor(s) installed in outdoor unit shall be equipped with inverter controller, and
capable of changing the rotating speed to follow variations in cooling requirement.
Outdoor unit shall be suitable for mix-match connection of all type of indoor units.
The refrigerant piping between indoor units and outdoor units shall be extended up to
100m with maximum 50 m level difference (vertical) without any oil traps. Oil recovery
system shall be managed without disturbance to normal operation cycle of the system /
compressor.
Both indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be factory assembled, tested and pre-charged with
first charge of refrigerant before delivery at site.
3. OUT DOOR UNIT
The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled, weather proof casing constructed from
heavy gauge mild steel panels with powder coated finish.
All outdoor units above 5 HP rating shall have minimum two number scroll compressors.
In case of outdoor units with multiple compressors, the operation shall not be disrupted
with failure of any compressor.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The noise level shall not be more than 60 dB (A) at normal operation measured
horizontally 1m away and 1.5 m above ground level.
The outdoor unit shall be modular in design with possibility of future expansions.
The unit shall be provided with microprocessor control panel.
4. COMPRESSOR
The compressor shall be high efficiency scroll type and capable for capacity controlling.
It shall change the speed / refrigerant mass flow rate in accordance to the variation in
cooling load requirement.
The inverter if used shall be IGBT (insulated gate bipolar transistor) type for efficient and
quiet operation.
All outdoor units shall have multiple steps of capacity control to meet load fluctuation
and indoor unit individual control. All parts of compressor shall be sufficiently
lubricated. Forced lubrication may also be employed.
Oil heater shall be provided in the compressor casing.
5. HEAT EXCHANGER
The Heat Exchanger shall be constructed with copper tubes mechanically bonded to
aluminum fins to form a cross fan coil and larger surface area.
The fins shall have anticorrosion treatment for Heat Exchanger Coil. The treatment shall
be suitable for areas of high pollution, moisture and salt laden air.
The casings, fans, motors etc. shall also be with anticorrosion treatment as a standard
features.
The unit shall be provided with necessary number of direct driven low noise level
propeller type fans arranged for vertical / horizontal discharge. Each fan shall have a
safety guard.
6. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT
The refrigerant circuit shall include a liquid receiver /accumulator, liquid & gas shut off
valves and a solenoid valve. All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure the
safety operation of the system.
7. SAFETY DEVICES
All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure safe operation of the system.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Following safety devices shall be part of the outdoor unit: high pressure switch, low
pressure switch, fuse, crankcase heater, fusible plug, over current protection for inverter,
and short recycling guard timer.
8. PIPING
All connections of Refrigerant piping shall be in high grade Copper of Refrigeration

quality with Eddy Current Testing and material test Certificates.
All connections, tees, reducers etc. shall be standard make fittings.
Insulation of cold lines shall be carried out with Armaflex / K-Flex insulation sheets and
tubes of appropriate thickness so that condensation does not occur.
For individual piping, 50 / 100 mm wide Aluminum Tape shall be used at joints of Piping
with Bands for identification.
For outdoor piping, the finish shall be woven GRP Mat finished with colored epoxy
paints to withstand outside ambient conditions and UV Radiation.
9. OIL RECOVERY SYSTEM
Unit shall be equipped with an oil recovery system to ensure stable operation with long
refrigerant piping.
System shall be designed for proper oil return to compressor along with the distribution
of oil to individual compressor.
The refrigerant piping shall be extended upped 100 M with 50-M level difference without
oil traps.
10. INDOOR UNITS
Units shall be factory assembled, wired, piped and tested.
Units shall have DX coils with copper tubes and bonded aluminum fins for highly
efficient heat transfer.
Units shall have Centrifugal fans for adequate amount of Air circulation and low Noise.
Units shall have inlet filters, which are easily cleanable and replaceable.
All components of Units are easily accessible for connection, repairs and maintenance.
Units shall have very low noise.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All units shall be fitted with, Grills having auto swing feature for proper Air distribution.
All units shall be controlled by electronic Expansion Valves only.
All units mounted inside the ceiling shall have fans capable of sustaining duct
connections, and special filters if necessary.
Visible indoor units shall have wireless remotes. Price of the same shall be included in
cost of unit by default.
Concealed indoor units shall have sensor mounted on supply air grilles / diffusers which
can be controlled with wireless remotes.
Anticorrosion treatment for avoiding corrosion of coils.
All units shall have adequate insulation or Lining to avoid condensation.
11. CEILING MOUNTED CASSETTE TYPE UNIT (MULTI-FLOW TYPE)
The unit shall be ceiling mounted type. The unit shall include pre-filter, fan section and
DX-coil section. The housing of the unit shall be powder coated galvanized steel. The
body shall be light in weight and shall be possible to suspend from four corners.
Unit shall have a external attractive panel for supply and return air. Unit shall have four
way supply air grilles on sides and return air grille in centre.
Each unit shall have high lift drain pump, fresh air intake provision, low gas level
detection system and very low operating sound.
CEILING MOUNTED DUCTABLE TYPE UNIT:
Unit shall be suitable for ceiling mounted type. The unit shall include pre filter, fan
section & DX-coil section. The housing of unit shall be light weight powder coated
galvanized steel. The unit shall have high static fan for ductable arrangement.
12. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER (OPTION IF SPECIFIED IN BOQ) :
A multi-functional centralized controller (central remote controller) shall be supplied as

an optional accessory.
The controller shall be able to control up to min. 64 zones of 64 groups (each group
consisting of max. 16 units) or 128 nos. of indoor units with the following functions.
Temperature setting for each zone, or group, or indoor unit.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
On/Off as a zone or individual unit.
Indication of operating condition.
Select ON of all operation modes for each zone.
The controller shall have wide screen liquid crystal display and shall be wired by a non
polar 2 wire transmission cable to a distance of 1000m away from the indoor unit.
The controller shall be integrated to BAS system thru software for monitoring &
controlling of all above parameters including start/ stop of each indoor / outdoor unit. All
necessary interface cards / units should be supplied as a part of the system to integrate to
the BAS Software.
UNIFIED ON/OFF CONTROLLER (OPTIONAL, IF SPECIFIED IN BOQ) :
Unified ON / OFF controller shall be supplied as an optional accessory.
The controller shall be able to control minimum 2 groups (each group containing
maximum 16 indoor units) or 128 nos. of indoor units with the following functions.
On / Off as a zone or individual unit.

Indication of operation condition of each group.
Select one of 4 operation modes.
The controller shall be wired by a non-polar 2 wire transmission cable to distance of 1 km

away from indoor unit.
The controller shall be integrated to BAS system thru software for monitoring &
controlling of all above parameters including start/ stop of each indoor / outdoor unit. All
necessary interface cards / units should be supplied as a part of the system to integrate to
the BAS Software.
CONDENSATE:
1” dia PVC pipes & fittings shall be used condensate from Evaporator Unit to drain point.
The joints shall be properly sealed so that there is no water leakage. U-trap shall be
provided at the end. Additional insulation drain tray shall be provided below the
Evaporator Unit, if required.
MOUNTING:
All indoor units shall be mounted with brackets, hangers etc. with proper size anchor
Fasteners.
FANS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
This section includes centrifugal and axial fans, in line, propeller and roof extract units,
conforming to following Specifications and in accordance with Schedule of Quantities
and approved shop drawings.
1. CENTRIFUGAL FAN
Centrifugal fan shall be DWDI / SWSI Class I construction arrangement 3 (i.e. bearings
on both the sides) for DWDI fans complete with access door, squirrel-cage induction
motor, V-belt drive, belt guard and vibration isolators, direction of discharge /
rotation, and motor position shall be as per the Approved shop drawings.
a. Housing shall be constructed of 14 gauge sheet steel welded construction. It shall

be rigidly reinforced and supported by structural angles. Split casing shall be
provided on larger sizes of fans, however neoprene / asbestos packing should
be provided throughout split joints to make it air-tight.
18 gauge galvanized wire mesh inlet guards of 5 cm sieves shall be provided on

both inlets. Housing shall be provided with standard cleanout door with handles
and neoprene gasket. Rotation arrow shall be clearly marked on the housing.
b. Fan Wheel shall be backward-curved non-over loading type. Fan wheel and
housing shall be statically and dynamically balanced. For fans up to 450 mm dia,
fan outlet velocity shall not exceed 550 meter/minute and maximum fan speed
shall not exceed 1450 rpm. For fans above 450 mm dia, the outlet velocity shall
be within 700 meter/minute and maximum fan speed shall not exceed 1000 RPM.
High static pressure fan speed shall be as per manufacturer.
c. Shaft shall be constructed of steel, turned, ground and polished.
d. Bearings: shall be of the sleeve / ball-bearing type mounted directly on the fan
housing. Bearings shall be designed especially for quiet operation and shall be of
the self-aligning, oil / grease pack pillow block type.
e. Motor : Fan motor shall be energy efficient and suitable for 415±10% volts, 50
cycles, 3 phase AC power supply, squirrel-cage, totally enclosed, fan-cooled
motor, provided with class F insulation, and of approved make. Motor name
plate horsepower shall exceed brake horsepower by a minimum of 10%. Motor
shall be designed especially for quiet operation and motor speed shall not exceed
1440 rpm. The fan and motor combination selected for the particular required
performance shall be of the most efficient (smallest horse power), so that
sound level is lowest.
f. Drive to fan shall be provided through belt with adjustable motor sheave and a
standard belt guard. Belts shall be of the oil-resistant type.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
g. Vibration Isolation : MS base shall be provided for both fan and motor, built as
an integral part, and shall be mounted on a concrete foundation through
resistoflex vibration isolators. The concrete foundation shall be at least 15 cm
above the finished floor level, or as shown in approved shop drawings.
AXIAL FLOW FAN
Fan shall be complete with motor, motor mount, belt driven (or direct driven) and
vibration isolation type, suspension arrangement as per approved shop drawings.
a. Casing: shall be constructed of heavy gage sheet steel. Fan casing, motor mount
and straightening vane shall be of welded steel construction. Motor mounting
plate shall be minimum 15 mm thick and machined to receive motor flange.
An inspection door with handle and neoprene gasket shall be provided. Casing
shall have flanged connection on both ends for ducted applications. Support
brackets for ceiling suspension shall be welded to the casing for connection to
hanger bolts. Straightening vanes shall be aerodynamically designed for
maximum efficiency by converting velocity pressure to static pressure potential
and minimizing turbulence. Casing shall be bonderized, primed and finish coated
with enamel paint.
b. Rotor: hub and blades shall be cast aluminum or cast steel construction. Blades
shall be die-formed aerofoil shaped for maximum efficiency and shall vary in
twist and width from hub to tip to effect equal air distribution along the blade
length. Fan blades mounting on the hub shall be statically and dynamically
balanced. Extended grease leads for external lubrication shall be provided. The
fan pitch control may be manually readjusted at site upon installation, for
obtaining actual air flow values, as specified and quoted.
c. Motor: shall be energy efficient squirrel-cage, totally-enclosed, fan cooled,

standard frame, constant speed, continuous duty, single winding, suitable for
415±10% volts, 50 cycles, 3 phase AC power supply, provided with class `F’
insulation. Motor shall be specially designed for quiet operation. The speed of the
fans shall not exceed 1000 RPM for fans with impeller diameter above 450 mm,
and 1440 RPM for fans with impeller diameter 450 mm and less. For lowest
sound level, fan shall be selected for maximum efficiency or minimum
horsepower. Motor conduit box shall be mounted on exterior of fan casing, and
lead wires from the motor to the conduit box shall be protected from the air
stream by enclosing in a flexible metal conduit.
d. Drive: to fan shall be provided through belt drive with adjustable motor sheave
and standard sheet steel belt guard with vented front for heat dissipation. Belts
shall be of oil-resistant type.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
e. Vibration Isolation: The assembly of fan and motor shall be suspended from the
slab by vibration isolation suspension of rubber-in-shear type.
f. Accessories : The following accessories shall be provided with all fans :
I Outlet cone for static pressure regain.

ii. Inlet cone.
Fan silencers may be provided where specifically called for in Schedule of

Quantities. Fans shall be factory assembled and shipped with all accessories
factory-mounted.
PROPELLER FAN
Propeller fan shall be direct-driven, three or four blade type, mounted on a steel mounting
plate with orifice ring.
a. Mounting Plate shall be of steel construction, square with streamlined venturi

inlet (reversed for supply applications) coated with baked enamel paint.
Mounting plate shall be of standard size, constructed of 12 to16 gauge sheet steel
depending upon the fan size. Orifice ring shall be correctly formed by spinning or
stamping to provide easy passage of air without turbulence and to direct the air
stream.
b. Fan Blades shall be constructed of aluminum or steel. Fan hub shall be of heavy
welded steel construction with blades bolted to the hub. Fan blades and hub
assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the manufacturer’s
works.
c. Shaft shall be of steel, accurately ground and shall be of ample size for the load
transmitted and shall not pass through first critical speed thru the full range of
specified fan speeds.
d. Motor shall be standard (easily replaceable) permanent split capacitor or shaded

pole for small sizes, totally enclosed with pre-lubricated sleeve or ball
bearings, designed for quiet operation with a maximum speed of 1000 rpm for
fans 60 cm dia or larger and 1440 rpm for fans 45 cm dia and smaller. Motors
for larger fans shall be suitable for 415±6% volts, 50 cycles 3 phase power
supply, and for smaller fans shall be suitable for 220 ± 6% volts, 50 cycles single
phase power supply. Motors shall be suitable for either horizontal or vertical
service as indicated on Drawings and in Schedule of Quantities.
e. Accessories : The following accessories shall be provided with propeller fans :

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
i. Wire guard on inlet side and bird screen at the outlet.
ii. Fixed or gravity louvers built into a steel frame at the outlet.
iii. Regulator for controlling fan speed for single phase fan motor.
iv. Single phase preventers for 3 phase fans.
6. PERFORMANCE DATA
All fans shall be selected for the lowest operating noise level. Capacity ratings, power
consumption, with operating points clearly indicated, shall be submitted and verified at
the time of testing and commissioning of the installation.
7. TESTING
Capacity of all fans shall be measured by an anemometer. Measured air flow capacities
shall conform to the specified capacities and quoted ratings. Power consumption shall be
computed from measurements of incoming voltage and input current.
PIPING
This section includes the all water and refrigerant pipes, all fittings and valves. All
piping inclusive of fittings and valves shall follow the applicable Indian Standards.
All pipe sizing shall be done as per indicated design parameters for each fluid flow.
Various pipe sizes indicated in the Drawings are for Contractor’s guidance only and shall
not relieve contractor of responsibility for providing smooth noiseless balanced
circulation of fluids.
REFRIGERANT PIPING
All refrigerant pipes and fittings shall be hard drawn copper tubes and wrought copper /
brass fittings suitable for connection with silver solder / phos-copper.
All joints in copper piping shall be sweat joints using low temperature brazing and / or
silver solder. Before jointing any copper pipe or fittings, its interiors shall be thoroughly
cleaned by passing a clean cloth via wire or cable through its entire length. The piping
shall be continuously kept clean of dirt etc. while constructing the joints. Subsequently, it
shall be thoroughly blown out using carbon dioxide / nitrogen.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Refrigerant lines shall be sized to limit pressure drop between the evaporator and
condensing unit to less than 0.2 kg per sq.cm.
Sight glass with moisture indicator and removable type combination dryer cum filter
with MS housing and brass wire mesh / punched brass sheet shall be installed in liquid
line of the refrigeration system incorporating a three valve by pass. After ninety days of
operation, liquid line drier cartridges shall be replaced.
After the refrigerant piping installation has been completed, the refrigerant piping
system shall be pressure tested using Freon mixed with nitrogen / carbon-dioxide
at a pressure of 20 kg per sq. cm (high side) and 10 kg per sq. cm (low side). Pressure
shall be maintained in the system for a minimum of 12 hours. The system shall then be
evacuated to a minimum vacuum of 70 cm of mercury and held for 24 hours. Vacuum
shall be checked with a vacuum gage.
All refrigeration piping shall be installed strictly as per the instructions and
recommendations of air conditioning equipment manufacturer.
10. MEASUREMENT
All piping shall be measured in Running Meters (RM). The length shall be measured
along the centerline of installed pipe. This shall include all fittings, hangers, suspenders,
supports, elbows, bends, Tees, reducers, gaskets, nuts, bolts and material wastage.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
25. AIR DISTRIBUTION

1. SCOPE
This section includes supply, fabrication, installation and testing of all galvanized sheet
metal /aluminum ducts, fire cum smoke dampers, grilles and diffusers as per
specifications laid below and in line with the schedule of quantities..
2. GOVERNING STANDARDS
Unless otherwise specified here, the construction, erection, testing and performance of
the ducting system shall conform to the SMACNA-1995 standards (“HVAC Duct
Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible – Second Edition – 1995”-SMACNA)
3. MATERIAL FOR FABRICATION
Galvanizing shall be Class VII – light coating of zinc, nominal 180gm/sq.m surface area
and Lock Forming Quality prime material along with mill test certificates. In addition, if
deemed necessary, samples of raw material, selected at random by owner’s site
representative shall be subject to approval and tested for thickness and zinc coating at
contractor's expense.
4. DUCT CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES
All transverse duct connectors (flanges/cleats) and accessories/related hardware such as

support systems shall be zinc-coated (galvanized).
5. FABRICATION STANDARDS & EQUIPMENT
All ductwork including straight sections, tapers, elbows, branches, show pieces, collars,
terminal boxes and other transformation pieces must be factory-fabricated conforming to
SMACNA standards. Equivalency will require fabrication by utilizing the following
machines and processes to provide the requisite quality of ducts and speed of supply:
a. Coil lines to ensure location of longitudinal seams at corners/folded edges only to

obtain the required duct rigidity and low leakage characteristics. Longitudinal
seams shall not be permitted along any face side of the duct.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
b. All ducts, transformation pieces and fittings to be made on CNC profile cutters for
required accuracy of dimensions, location and dimensions of notches at the
folding lines.
c. All edges to be machine treated using lock formers, flangers and roller for turning
up edges.
d. Sealant dispensing equipment for applying built-in sealant in Pittsburgh lock

where sealing of longitudinal joints are specified.
6. SELECTION OF GALVANIZED GAUGE AND TRANSVERSE CONNECTORS
Duct Construction shall be in compliance with 1” (250 Pa) w.g./2” (500 Pa) w.g. static
norms depending upon application, as per SMACNA.
All transverse connectors shall be 4 bolt slip – on flanges system with built-in sealant.
The specific class of transverse connector and duct gauge for a given duct dimensions
will be as per Table below for the suitable pressure class.
Ducts with external SP up to 250 Pa
Rectangular External Pressure up to 250 Pa

Ducts G. S. Duct Section Length 1.2 m
Duct Dimension Gage Joint Bracing
Spacing
1–1000 mm 26 4 Bolt Transverse Duct Nil
Connector-E (TDC)
with built in sealant
1001 – 1500 24 4 Bolt TDC –E Nil
mm
1501 – 1800 22 4 Bolt TDC-H Nil
mm
1801 – 2100 20 4 Bolt TDC- H Nil
mm
2101 – 2700 18 4 Bolt TDC- J Nil
mm
For Round Ducts
Duct Up to 50 mm Wg 51 – 250 mm Wg Up to 50 mm Wg
diameter static pressure (+ve) static pressure (+ve) static pressure (-ve)
mm Spiral Longitudinal Spiral Longitudinal Spiral Longitudinal
seam seam gauge seam seam gauge seam seam gauge
gauge gauge gauge

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Up to 650 26 24 24 22 24 22
651-900 24 22 22 20 22 20
901 – 22 20 20 20 20 18
1250
7. DUCT CONSTRUCTION
a. The fabricated duct dimensions shall be as per approved shop drawings and all
connecting sections shall be dimensionally matched to so as not to have any gaps.
b. All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the Contractor for
beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the building, whether or not the same are
shown on the drawings. Where necessary to avoid beams or other structural work,
plumbing or other pipes, and conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or
curved to one side (the required area being maintained) all as per the site
requirements.
c. Dimensional Tolerances: All fabricated dimensions will be within + 1.0mm of

specified dimension. To obtain required perpendicularity, permissible diagonal
tolerances shall be + 1.0 mm per metre.
i. Each duct piece shall be identified by color coded sticker which shows
specific part numbers, job name, drawing number, duct sizes and gauge.
ii. Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside. Longitudinal seams shall
be airtight and at corners only, which shall be either Pittsburgh or Snap
Button Punch as per SMACNA practice, to ensure air tightness.
iii. Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual (between 1:4
and 1:7). Turning vanes or air splitters shall be installed in all bends and
duct collars designed to permit the air to make the turn without
appreciable turbulence.
iv. Self adhesive Neoprene rubber or UV resistant PVC foam lining of 5 mm

nominal thickness shall be used between duct flanges and between duct
supports for all duct installations.
v. Plenums shall be shop/factory fabricated panel type and assembled at site.
vi. The deflection of transverse joints should be within specified limit for
rectangular duct deflection as given in SMACNA. Page no. 7.6.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Reinforcement of ducts shall be achieved by either cross breaking or straight beading

depending on length of ducts As per SMACNA page no.1.74,fig.1-8
8. SUPPORT SYSTEM
A completely galvanized system consisting of fully threaded rods, slotted angles or double-
L bottom brackets (made out of 3.0 mm M.S. sheet) nuts, washers and anchor bolts,
generally conforming to SMACNA standards should be used.
As an alternative, slotted galvanized brackets attached to the top two bolts system may also
be used as appropriate for the site condition.
To provide the required thermal break effect, Neoprene or equivalent material of suitable
thickness shall be used between duct supports and duct profiles in all supply air ducts not
enclosed by return air plenums.
9. INSTALLATION PRACTICE
All ducts shall be installed strictly as per approved shop drawings and in close coordination
with other services in the ceiling space.
i. The Contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be
required to carry out the intent of these specifications and drawings. The work
shall meet with the approval of Owner’s site representative in all its parts and
details.
ii. All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the Contractor for
beams, pipes, or other obstructions in the building whether or not the same are
shown on the drawings. Where there is interference/fouling with other beams,
structural work, plumbing and conduits, the ducts shall be suitably modified as
per actual site conditions.
iii. Ducting over false ceilings shall be supported from the slab above, or from
beams. In no case shall any duct be supported from false ceilings hangers or be
permitted to rest on false ceiling. All metal work in dead or furred down spaces
shall be erected in time so as not to delay other contractor’s work in the building.
iv. All duct work shall be independently supported from building construction. All
horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in an approved
manner, with trapeze hangers formed of galvanized steel rods and galvanized
steel angle/channel under ducts at no greater than 2 meter centre. All vertical
duct work shall be supported by structural members on each floor slab. Duct
supports may be through galvanized steel insert plates left in slab at the time of
slab casting. Galvanized steel cleat with a hole for passing the hanger rods shall
be welded to the plates. Trapeze hanger formed of galvanized steel rods and
angles/ channels shall be hung through these cleats. Wherever use of metal insert

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
plates is not feasible, duct support shall be through dash /anchor fastener driven
into the concrete slab by electrically operated gun. Hanger rods shall then hang
through the cleats.
v. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry openings, it shall be provided with
25mm thick appropriate insulation around the duct and totally covered with fire
barrier mortar for complete sealing.
vi. All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Whenever ductwork is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units
that may cause vibration in the ducts, ducts shall be provided with a flexible
connection, located at the unit discharge.
10. DOCUMENTATION & MEASUREMENT FOR DUCTING
All ducts fabricated and installed should be accompanied and supported by following
documentation:
1. Bill of material/Packing list for every duct section supplied.

Measurement sheet covering each fabricated duct piece showing dimensions and
external surface area along with summary of external surface area of duct gauge-
wise.
Each and every duct piece to have a tag number, which should correspond to the
serial number, assigned to it in the measurement sheet. The above system will
ensure speed and proper site measurement and verification.
Duct measurements shall be taken before application of the insulation. The external
surface area shall be calculated by measuring the perimeter comprising overall width and
depth, including the corner joints, in the center of each duct section, multiplying with the
overall length from flange face to flange face of each duct section and adding up areas of
all duct sections. Plenums shall also be measured in a similar manner.
For tapered rectangular ducts, the average width and depth shall be considered for
perimeter, whereas for tapered circular ducts, the diameter of the section midway
between large and small diameter shall be adopted, the length of tapered duct
section shall be the centerline distance between the flanges of the duct section.
For special pieces like bends, tees, reducers, branches and collars, mode of
measurement shall be identical to that described above using the length along the
centerline.
2. Measurement sheet covering each fabricated duct piece showing dimensions and
external surface area along with summary of external surface area of duct gauge-
wise.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. All duct pieces to have a part number, which should correspond to the serial
number, assigned to it in the measurement sheet. The above system will ensure
speedy and proper site measurement, verification and approvals.
4. The quoted unit rate for external surface of ducts shall include all wastage
allowances, flanges and gaskets for joints, nuts and bolts, hangers and angles with
double nuts for supports, rubber strip 5mm thick between duct and support,
vibration isolator suspension where specified or required, inspection
chamber/access panel, splitter damper with quadrant and lever for position
indication, turning vanes, straightening vanes, and all other accessories required
to complete the duct installation as per the specifications. These accessories shall
NOT be separately measured nor paid for.
11. TESTING
After duct installation, a part of duct section may be selected at random and tested
for leakage. The procedure for leak testing should be followed as per SMACNA- “HVAC
Air Duct Leakage Test Manual” (First Edition).
12. DAMPERS
Dampers: All duct dampers shall be opposed blade louver dampers of robust 16 G GSS
construction and tight fitting. The design, method of handling and control shall be
suitable for the location and service required.
Dampers shall be provided with suitable links levers and quadrants as required for their
proper operation. Control or setting device shall be made robust, easily operable and
accessible through suitable access door in the duct. Every damper shall have an indicating
device clearly showing the damper position at all times.
Dampers shall be placed in ducts at every branch supply or return air duct connection,
whether or not indicated on the Drawings, for the proper volume control and
balancing of the air distribution system.
13. MOTORISED FIRE DAMPERS - SMOKE & FIRE DAMPER
Fire Dampers shall be installed in the openings / passage formed by Supply and Return
air ducts when they pass through AHU room walls as well as when passing through all
floors as shown in the drawing.
Fire Dampers shall be motor operated with at least 120 minutes fire rating as per UL 555-
1995.
Fire Dampers shall be multi leaf type. The blades & outer frame shall be made of 16G
galvanized steel sheets. Fire damper assembly shall be factory fitted in a sleeve made of

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
18 G galvanized steel sheets of minimum 400 mm long. The blades shall be pivoted on
both sides using chrome plated spindles in self lubricated bronze bushes. Metallic
compression seal shall be provided on both ends to prevent smoke leakage. Stop seals
shall be provided on Top & bottom. Dual side linkage shall be provided for better
structural stability. The construction of the fire damper shall allow maximum free area to
reduce pressure drop & noise in the air passage.
For wall mounted fire dampers retaining angles shall be supplied & installed by HVAC
contractor as per established installation procedure. Whereas the Fire damper is also to be
used for Smoke management (smoke & fire damper) the same shall be as per UL 555S –
Class I.
Every motorized fire damper / smoke & fire damper shall be tested for in the factory and
will be certified by the manufacturer in form of the test certificate. Fire damper shall also
be supplied with spring locked fusible link rated for 720C (UL stamped) to close fire
damper in event of rise in duct temperature.
For fire dampers / smoke fire dampers of size higher than one approved by
certifying agency the damper shall be supplied in multiple units of size not
exceeding the tested damper by CBRI. All the multiple units shall be housed in a
common factory fitted sleeve.
14. ACTUATORS
The actuator used shall be maintenance free direct coupled spring return type suitable to
work on 24 V electric supply. The torque rating of the actuator shall exceed at least by
15% over torque required to open / close the damper. The selection of actuator size shall
be the responsibility of the manufacture of the fire damper. Spring return time shall be
20 seconds or less at ambient temperature other features of the damper actuator shall be
as under.
1. It shall have tamper proof housing with IP-54 protection rating.

2. Shall have mechanical integrity of at least one hour at 9000C.
3. It shall be capable to withstand temperature of 75o C for 24 Hrs.
4. Shall have electronic over load or digital sensing circuit to prevent damage to
actuator.
5. Should be capable of changing direction of rotation by changing mounting
orientation.
6. Shall have manual over ride facility
15. CONTROL PANEL
The Control Panel shall be supplied by damper manufacturer fitted on damper compatible
with damper actuators. The control panel shall have at least following features.
1. Power on indicating lamps with 230 V / 24 V Transformer.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Damper close & open indication

3. Reset push button
4. Push button for manual running of actuator for periodic inspection
5. Auxiliary contacts 24V & 230 V
6. Contact points to receive signal from smoke defector / fire alarm panel
The control panel shall receive 230 V A/C supply & interconnecting wiring between
control panel & actuator shall be done using fireproof cables.
Access door will be provided in the duct before each fire damper.
16. FIRE DAMPER – (FUSIBLE LINK OPERATED)
Fire Dampers shall be installed in the openings / passage formed by Supply and Return
air ducts when they pass through AHU room walls as well as through any floor as shown
in the drawing.
Fire Dampers shall be operated with at least 120 minutes fire rating as per UL 555-1995
as tested by CBRI Roorkee, India.
Fire Dampers shall be multi leaf type. The blades & outer frame shall be made of 16G
galvanized steel sheets. Fire damper assembly shall be factory fitted in a sleeve made of
18 G galvanized steel sheets of minimum 400 mm long. The blades shall be pivoted on
both sides using chrome plated spindles in self lubricated bronze bushes. Metallic
compression seal shall be provided on both ends to prevent smoke leakage. Stop seals
shall be provided on Top & bottom. Dual side linkage shall be provided for better
structural stability. The construction of the fire damper shall allow maximum free area to
reduce pressure drop & noise in the air passage.
For wall mounted fire dampers retaining angles shall be supplied & installed by HVAC
contractor as per established installation procedure.
Fire damper shall be supplied with spring locked fusible link rated for 720C (UL
stamped) to close fire damper in event of rise in duct temperature.
For fire dampers of size higher than one approved by certifying agency the damper
shall be supplied in multiple units of size not exceeding the tested damper by CBRI.
All the multiple units shall be housed in a common factory fitted sleeve.
Limit switch shall be provided to disconnect power supply to AHU fan motor in
event of fire damper closing due to temperature rise in duct.
17. AIR REGISTER
The scope of this section includes supplying, installation, testing, balancing and
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
commissioning of various air distribution products as specified here under. All air
distribution products shall have guaranteed performance rating as regards to air quantity,
throw, and noise level and pressure drop etc. Contractor shall provide selection curves at
the time of supply.
18. SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSERS:
Supply and return air registers and ceiling terminals shall be made of extruded aluminum
section as specified in BOQ. The registers/terminals shall be either anodized or powder
coated in finish as given in BOQ. Supply air registers/terminals shall be provided with
screw operated opposed blade volume control device of extruded aluminum in mill
finish. The registers shall be suitable for fixing arrangement concealed or visible screw as
approved by architect/consultant.
All registers shall be selected as per selection curves and in consultation with
architect/consultant. All registers shall have soft continuous rubber/ foam gasket between
the periphery of the registers/terminals and the surface on which it has to be mounted.
19. LINEAR REGISTERS:

Linear continuous supply or return air register shall be extruded aluminum construction
with fixed horizontal bars at 0o or 15o inclination with one way or two way deflection and
flanges on both sides. The thickness of fixed bar louvers shall be minimum 5 mm in front
and the flange shall be 20 mm wide with round edges. The register shall be suitable for
concealed fixing and horizontal bars of the register shall be mechanically crimped from
the back to hold them.
Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction in mill finish shall be

provided in S.A. duct collars.
20. LINEAR REGISTER:
Linear continuous air register shall be of extruded aluminum construction with fixed
horizontal bars at 0o or 15o inclination with one way or two way deflection and border
on both sides as approved by the architect/consultant. The thickness of fixed bar shall be
6 mm from front with visible border of 5 mm width.
The register core shall have removable arrangement with reinforcing channel mounted in
the frame assembly to give register robust design.
Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction in black mat finish shall be
21. RECTANGULAR FIXED BAR REGISTER.
Supply/Return air all side flange air register shall be extruded aluminum construction
with fixed horizontal bars at 0o or 15o inclination with one way or two way deflection

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
and flanges on both sides. The thickness of fixed bar louvers shall be minimum 5 mm in
front and the flange shall be 20 mm wide with round edges. The register shall be
suitable for concealed fixing and horizontal bars of the register shall be mechanically
crimped from the back to hold them.
22. SQUARE CEILING AIR DIFFUSER:
Square/Rectangular ceiling air terminals shall be made of extruded aluminum

construction with flush fixed pattern. The terminals shall have Anti-Smudge ring and
spring loaded removable central core in various pattern for air flow direction. The
terminal shall be mounted by concealed screw fixing arrangement. The supply air
terminal to be supplied with Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction in
black mat finish.
23. CURVED BLADE CEILING TERMINALS
Square /rectangular curved blade ceiling terminals shall be made of extruded aluminum.
The terminals shall have individual adjustable blades mounted on nylon bushes which
facilitate to adjust the direction of air as per site conditions. The terminals shall have 20
mm wide flanges all around and concealed screw fixing arrangement. The supply air
registers to be supplied with Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction
in black mat finish.
24. MULTI SLOT CEILING AIR TERMINALS:
Multi slot air terminals shall be made of extruded aluminum with various slot width and
air pattern deflectors. Deflectors in each slot provide an adjustable air pattern of 180
degree full. A special plenum shall be provided for each supply air terminal. The Linear
terminals shall have alignment strips to give straight look while installation.
Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction in black mat finish shall be
25. LINEAR CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS:
Linear ceiling mounted air terminals shall be made of extruded aluminum surface
mounted one way or two way pattern. The Linear terminals shall have alignment strips to
give straight look while installation.
Volume control device of extruded aluminum construction in mill finish shall be

26. VOLUME CONTROL DEVICE:
Opposed blade volume control device shall be made of all extruded 16 G aluminum
construction in black mat finish. Opposed blades shall be pivoted to extruded

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
aluminum frame with Nylon bushes. Specially designed blade has an overlapping lip
which ensures a tight closure. The dampers shall be provided with suitable links, levers
and quadrants as required for proper and easy operation. Every damper shall have an
indicating device showing the damper position. Damper shall be provided in every
branch supply and return air duct connection.
27. FRESH AIR INTAKE LOUVERS:
Fresh air intake louvers 50 mm deep wherever required as per shop drawing will be made
of extruded aluminum construction duly Anodized or Powder coated. Bird/insect screen
will be provided with the intake louvers. The blades are inclined at 45 (on a 40 mm blade
pitch to minimize water ingress. The lowest blade of the assembly shall extend out
slightly to facilitate disposal of rain water without falling in door/wall on which it is
mounted.
Wherever specified, the intake louvers shall be provided with factory fitted all aluminum
construction volume control dampers in black mat finish.
28. TESTING AND BALANCING
After the installation of the entire air distribution system is completed in all
respects, all ducts shall be tested for air leaks by visual inspection.
The entire air distribution system shall be balanced using an anemometer. Measured
air quantities at fan discharge and at various outlets shall be identical to or less/excess
than 5 percent in excess of those specified and quoted. Branch duct adjustments shall
be permanently marked after air balancing is completed so that these can be restored to
their correct position if disturbed at any time. Complete air balance report shall be
submitted for scrutiny and approval, and four copies of the approved balance report shall
be provided with completion documents.
F. INSULATION
1. SCOPE
This section includes thermal insulation on air conditioning ducts & pipes and acoustic
lining of ducts conforming to these specifications and in accordance with Approved
Drawings and Schedule Of Quantities. Thickness of the insulation for each application
shall be as specified herein or as included in Schedule Of Quantities. Manufacturer’s test
certificate bearing density, thermal conductivity, water vapor permeability and fire
properties shall be delivered with each lot of material.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Sample of insulation from any of the lots may be gotten tested by owner’s site
representative for insulation properties of the material at contractor’s cost. Adhesive used
for applying insulation shall be non flammable.
2. DUCT ACOUSTIC LINING
With Microban Nitril Rubber of specified thickness OR Specified as in the BOQ.
3. DUCT INSULATION
Air conditioning ducts as identified on approved drawings and all chilled water pipes
shall be thermally insulated with closed cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber or Cross linked
polyethylene foam. Thermal conductivity of the insulation material shall not exceed
0.036 W/moK at an average temperature of 23oC. The product shall have temperature
range of –40 oC to 110oC. The insulation material shall be fire rated for Class 1 as per
BS 476 Part 7, 1987. The material shall have approval from the Chief Fire Officer.
The external thermal insulation of specified thickness shall be applied on the cleaned duct
surface as described below:
Thermal insulation sheet shall be cut to piece as per the dimensions of the duct with
sufficient allowance to ensure that insulation material is not stretched under any
circumstances. Adhesive shall be applied to the outer surface of duct and inner surface of
insulation material. After adhesive becomes tack dry, insulation material sheet shall be
placed in position and pressed firmly. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be
sealed with 3 mm thick 50 mm wide nitrile rubber tape.
4. UNDERDECK INSULATION
Under deck insulation shall be 50mm thick TF Quality expanded polystyrene (32 Kg/m3)
or 30mm thick phenotherm. Under deck surface of ceiling shall be cleaned and made dirt
free. Insulation panels shall be pasted on this surface with black CPRX compound. 28g
wire net shall be tightened around insulation so as to avoid any kind of sagging. Ends of
net shall be overlapping by at least 25mm. Overlaps shall be screwed with galvanized
screws to avoid rusting.
5. MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION
Unless otherwise specified measurement for duct and pipe insulation for the project
shall be on the basis of centre line measurements described herewith
a. Pipe Insulation shall be measured in units of length along the centre line of the
installed pipe, strictly on the same basis as the piping measurements
described earlier. The linear measurements shall be taken before the application
of the insulation. It may be noted that for piping measurement, all valves, orifice
plates and strainers are separately measurable by their number and size. It is to
be clearly understood that for the insulation measurements, all these accessories

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
including cladding, valves, orifice plates and strainers shall be considered

strictly by linear measurements along the centre line of pipes and no special
rate shall be applicable for insulation of any accessories, fixtures or fittings
whatsoever.
b. Duct Insulation and Acoustic Lining shall be measured on the basis of surface
area along the centre line of insulation thickness. Thus the surface area of
externally thermally insulated or acoustically lined be based on the perimeter
comprising centre line (of thickness of insulation) width and depth of the
cross section of insulated or lined duct, multiplied by the centre-line length
including tapered pieces, bends, tees, branches, etc. as measured for bare ducting.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
I. All equipment and components supplied may be subjected to inspection and tests
by the Consultant/ Owner’s site representative during manufacture,
erection/installation and after completion. The inspection and tests shall include
but not be limited by the requirements of this contract document. Prior to
inspection and testing, the equipment shall undergo pre-service cleaning and
protection.
II. Tenderers shall state and guarantee the technical particulars listed in the Schedule
of Technical Data. These guarantees and particulars shall be binding and shall not
be varied without the written permission of the Owner’s site representative.
III. No tolerances shall be allowed other than the tolerances specified or permitted in
the relevant approved Standards, unless otherwise stated.
IV. If the guaranteed performance of any item of equipment is not met and / or if any
item fails to comply with the specification requirement in any respect whatsoever
at any stage of manufacture, test or erection, the Owner’s site representative may
reject the item, or defective component thereof, whichever he considers
necessary; and after adjustment or modification as directed by the Owner’s site
representative, the contractor shall submit the item for further inspection and /or
test.
V. The approval of the Owner’s site representative of inspection and/or test results
shall not prejudice the right of the Owner’s site representative to reject an item of
equipment if it does not comply with the contract document when erected, does
not or prove completely satisfactory in service.
VI. The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely transmission of the relevant and
appropriate sections of the contract document to manufacturers and sub-
contractors for the proper execution of all tests at their works as per contract
specifications.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. TESTS AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS
I. All tests to be performed during manufacture, fabrication and inspection shall be

agreed with the Consultant/ Owner’s site representative prior to commencement
of the work. The Contractor shall prepare the details of the schedule and submit
these to the Consultant/ Owner’s site representative for approval. It must be
ensured that adequate relevant information on the design code/standard employed,
the manufacture /fabrication/assembly procedure and the attendant quality control
steps proposed are made available to the Consultant/Owner’s site representative
who will mark in the appropriate spaces his intention to attend or waive the
invited tests, or inspections. Contractor shall arrange inspection and factory
witness test for centrifugal, screw chiller and vapour absorption chiller.
II. A minimum of twenty-one days’ notice of the readiness of equipment for test or
inspection shall be provided to the Owner’s site representative by the Contractor
(whether the tests are held at the Contractor’s or Sub-contractor’s works). The
subject items should remain available for Owner’s site representative inspection
and test up to a minimum 10 days beyond the agreed date of witnessing the test.
Every facility in respect of access, drawings, instruments and manpower shall be
provided by the Contractor and sub-contractor to enable the Owner’s site
representative to carry out the necessary inspection and testing of the Plant.
III. No plant shall be packed, prepared for shipment, or dismantled for the purpose of
packing for shipment, unless it has been satisfactorily inspected, all tests called
for have been successfully carried out in the presence of the Owner’s site
representative or approved for shipment, or alternatively inspection has been
waived.
IV. Functional electrical, mechanical and hydraulic tests shall be carried out on
completed assemblies in the works. The extent of these tests and method of
recording the results shall be submitted to, and agreed by, the Owner’s site
representative in sufficient time to enable the tests to be satisfactorily witnesses,
or if necessary for any changes required to the proposed programme of tests to be
agreed.
V. The Consultant/Owner’s site representative reserves the right to visit the

Manufacturer’s works at any reasonable time during fabrication of equipment and
to familiarize him with the progress made and the quantity of the work to date.
VI. Within 30 days of completion of any tests, triplicate sets of all principal test
records, test certificates and correction and performance curves shall be supplied
to the Owner’s site representative.
VII. These test records, certificates and performance curves shall be supplied for all
tests, whether or not they have been witnessed by the Owner’s site representative
or not. The information given on such test certificates and curves shall be

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
sufficient to identify the material or equipment to which the certificate refers and
should also bear the Contract reference title.
VIII. When all equipment has been tested, the test certificates from all works and site
tests shall be compiled by the Contractor into volumes and bound in an approved
from complete with index and four copies of each volume shall be supplied to
Consultant/ Owner’s site representative.
IX. Stage wise inspection of equipment in factory in waived.
11. PERFORMANCE TESTS AT MANUFACTURER’S WOKS
I. All equipment may be subjected to routine performance tests at the

Manufacturer’s Works in accordance with the relevant ANSI, ASME, ASTM,
BIS standard including operating tests of complete assemblies to ensure correct
operation of apparatus and components.
II. Pumps, fans, compressor, and other rotating equipment shall be given full load
tests, and run to 15% over speed for 5 minutes to check vibration. Main and
auxiliary gear boxes shall be subjected to shock load tests and a six-hour
endurance run at rated speed and maximum torque.
III. The Contractor shall submit single line diagrams including the layout of the Plant
together with the location of test instrumentation and the principal dimensions of
the layout. All calculations to derive performance data shall be made strictly in
accordance with format given in the approved standards. Any alterations or
deviations from the approved standard test layout or formulae shall be subjected
to the prior approval of the Owner’s Site Representative.
IV. The performance test shall be conducted over the full operating range of the pump
to a closed valve condition and a minimum of five measurement points covering
the full range shall be taken. Curves indicating Quality vs. Head, Quantity vs.
Power absorbed, and Quantity vs. Pump efficiency shall be provided. In addition
a curve of the NPSH required vs. Quantity shall be provided except when the
suction conditions do not require this test. Any proposal for the omission of this
test shall be to the approval of the Consultant/ Owner’s site representative.
V. On completion of the tests the Contractor shall submit a report showing the test
results obtained together with the curves corrected to the site operating conditions.
GENERAL
Mechanical services shall generally be designed and installed with provisions to contain
noise and the transmission of vibration, generated by moving plant and equipment at
source where illustrated on the tender drawings and plant and equipment schedules to
achieve acceptable noise rating specified for occupied areas.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
In addition to the provisions specified in the Specification, particular attention must be

given to the following details at time of ordering plant and equipment and their
installation:-
a. All moving plant, machinery and apparatus shall be statically and dynamically
balanced at manufacturers works and certificates issued.
b. The isolation of moving plant, machinery and apparatus including lines

equipment from the building structure.
c. Where duct work and pipe work services pass through walls, floors and ceilings,
or where supported shall be surrounded with a resilient acoustic absorbing
material to prevent contact with the structure and minimize the outbreak of noise
from plant rooms.
d. The reduction of noise breakout from plant rooms and the selection of externally
mounted equipment and plant to meet ambient noise level requirements of the
Specifications.
e. Electrical conduits and connections to all moving plant and equipment shall be
carried out in flexible conduit and cables to prevent the transmission of vibration
to the structure and nullify the provisions of anti-vibration mountings.
f. All duct connections to fans shall incorporate flexible connections, except in cases
where these are fitted integral within air handling units.
Duct work connections to the fan inlets / outlets shall be concentricity aligned so
that the flexible connections are not subjected to any strain and not used as a
means of correcting bas misalignment.
g. All resilient acoustic absorbing materials shall be non flammable, vermin and rot
proof and shall not tend to break up or compress sufficiently to transmit vibration
or noise from the equipment to the structure.
h. Where practicable, silencers shall be built into walls and floors to prevent the
flanking of noise the duct work systems and their penetrations sealed in the
manner previously described.
Where this is not feasible, the exposed surface of the duct work between the
silencer and the wall subjected to noise infiltration shall be acoustically clad as
specified.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
26. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING WORK

A. Standards and specifications.
B. Instructions.
C. Technical specifications.
A. Standards and specifications.

IS Codes And Reference Standards unless otherwise specified.
Codes and reference standards referred to in the contract shall be
understood to form a part of the contract.
The contractor shall be responsible for adherence to reference standard
requirements by subcontractors and suppliers.
The specified reference standards are INDIAN STANDARD CODES (BIS)
unless otherwise specified and are intended to establish the minimum
quality of materials and workmanship required for the works. Reference
standards published in other countries may also be acceptable providing that
the Contractor furnishes sufficient data for the Owner's Consultant to
determine if the quality of materials and workmanship at least equals or
exceeds all tests prescribed by the specified reference Indian Standards
codes.
Such other reference standards published by the following will be

considered ;
BSI : British Standards Institute
AFNOR : Association Francaise de Normalisation
(French Standards Institute)
DIN : Deutsche Industries Norman (German Standards)
ANSI : American National Standards Institute
ASTM : American Society for Testing and Materials
Should regulatory requirements or the contract conflict with specified

reference standards or specifications, the more stringent in each case shall
govern.
Contractor shall obtain copies of codes applying to the Work, manufacturer's

directions and reference standards referred to in the contract within 30 days
of signing the contract.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contractor shall submit a copy of each code, reference standard and

specification, manufacturer's directions, instructions and specifications, to
which reference is made in the specification to the Owner's Authorized
Representative's.
In addition to National Building Code (NBC), a reference is also made to
Uniform Plumbing Code – India (UPC-I) published by Indian Plumbing
Association for installation standards.
Standards, specifications, associations, and regulatory bodies are generally
referred to throughout the specifications by their abbreviated designations.
The materials workmanship shall be in accordance with the requirement
of the appropriate I.S code wherever applicable together with any building
regulations or bye-laws governing the works.
B. Instructions.
The form of Contract shall be according to the "Conditions
of Contract".
The following clauses shall be considered as an extension and not in
limitation of the obligation of the Contractor.
Work under the Contract shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials,
sundry materials if any required, equipment and appliances necessary and
required. The Contractor is required to completely furnish all the
plumbing and other specialized services as described hereinafter and as
specified in the schedule of quantities and/or shown on the plumbing
drawings. It is mandatory to confirm the end note about the awareness and
familiarity to the technical specifications by the person furnishing the tender,
to make the tender valid for any further consideration. At the end of
measurements following certificate shall be recorded,
"The above work has been carried out as per the specifications"
Work under the contract shall be carried out strictly in accordance with
specifications mentioned herein under.
In case of items not covered under these specifications or due to any
ambiguity or misprints, or additional works, the work shall be carried
out as per specifications of the latest Central Public Works Department after
the prior approval of the engineers in charge.
Execution of work
The work shall be carried out in conformity with the plumbing drawings
and within the requirements of architectural, HVAC, electrical, structural,
landscaping and other specialized services drawings.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Contractor shall co-operate with all trades and agencies working on
the site. He shall make provision for hangers, sleeves, structural openings and
other requirements well in advance to prevent hold up of progress of the
construction schedule.
Drawings
Plumbing drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as
actual construction permits. Any deviations made shall be in conformity with
the architectural and other services drawings.
Architectural drawings shall take precedence over plumbing or other services
drawings as to all dimensions.
Contractor shall verify all dimensions at site and bring to the notice of the
Project Manager all discrepancies or deviations noticed. Decision of the
Project Manager shall be final.
Large size details and manufacturers dimensions shall take precedence
over
small scale drawings.
Inspection and testing of materials

Contractor shall be required, if requested, to produce manufacturer’s test
certificate for the particular batch of materials supplied to him. The tests
carried out shall be as per the relevant Indian Standards.
For examination and testing of materials and works at the site Contractor shall
provide all testing and gauging equipment necessary to conduct test of
materials
on site and test the work done.
All such equipment shall be tested for calibration at any approved
laboratory,
if required by the Project Manager.
Reference drawings
The Contractor shall maintain one set of all drawings issued to him as
reference drawings. These shall not be used on site. All important drawings
shall be mounted on boards and placed in racks indexed. No drawings shall
be rolled.
All corrections, deviations and changes made on the site shall be shown on
these reference drawings for final incorporations in the completion ‘as built’
drawings. All changes to be made shall be initialed by the Project Manager or
Architects.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Shop drawings
The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager four copies of the final
accepted shop drawings. Contractor shall ensure that shop drawing shall be
prepared for specific areas solely on the basis of the latest architectural
drawings. Project Managers will arrange issue of these drawings to the
contractor to ensure that changes and equipment layout are planned within
available space allotted for the particular equipment. No shop drawings are to
be submitted for general plumbing work if it is being executed as per the
plumbing drawings issued by the owners or their consultants
Shop drawings shall be submitted under following conditions:-
Showing any changes in layout in the plumbing drawings.
Equipment layout, piping and wiring diagram.
Manufacturer's or Contractor's fabrication drawings for any materials or
equipment supplied by him.
Completion drawings
On completion of work, Contractor shall submit "as built" drawings to
the Project Manager, in the manner prescribed earlier, incorporating the
changes recorded in the ‘Reference Drawings’. These drawings shall have the
following information.
Run of all piping, pipe diameters on all floors, vertical stacks etc. Layout
plans of external services showing ground and invert levels of all drainage
pipes together with location of all manholes and connections up-to
outfall. Run of all water supply lines with diameters, locations of control
valves, access panels. Location of all mechanical equipment with layout and
piping connections.
System diagrams to indicate the system in its totality. No completion
certificate shall be issued unless the above drawings are submitted.
Contractor shall provide four sets of catalogues, service manuals
manufacturer's drawings, performance data and list of spare parts together
with the name and address of the manufacturer for all electrical and
mechanical equipment provided by him.
All "warranty cards" given by the manufacturers shall be handed over to the
Project Manager.
Testing
Piping and drainage works shall be tested as specified under the relevant
clauses of the specifications.
Tests shall be performed in presence of the Project Managers or their
authorized representatives.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
All materials and equipment found defective shall be replaced and whole
work tested to meet the requirements of the specifications. Contractor shall
provide all labour, equipment and materials for the performance of the tests.
Site clearance and cleanup

The Contractor shall, from time to time, clear away all debris and excess
materials accumulated at the site. After the fixtures, equipment and appliances
having been installed and commissioned, Contractor shall clean-up the same
and remove all plaster, paints, stains, stickers and other foreign matter or dis-
colouration leaving the same in a ready to use condition.
Cutting of Water Proofing Membrane

No walls terraces shall be cut for making and opening after water proofing
has been done without written approval of Project Manager/Architects.
Cutting of structural members

No structural member shall be chased or cut without the written permission
of the Project Manager.
Materials
Unless otherwise specified and expressly approved in writing by the
Project Manager, only materials of makes and specification as mentioned
in the list of approved makes attached with the specifications shall be used.
If required, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials proposed to be
used in the works. Approved samples shall be kept in the office of the
Project Manager and returned to the Contractor at the appropriate time.
Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the plumbing
installations shall confirm to the following technical
specifications:-
C. Technical specifications.
1. Sanitary ware and Crome plated fittings.
1.1.1 Water closets (European type).
1.1.2 Water closets (Indian type).
1.1.3 Bidets
1.1.4 Urinals.
1.1.5 Squatting pans.
1.1.6 Wash hand basins.
1.1.7 Sinks.
1.1.8 Bath tubs.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
1.2.1 Flush valves.

1.2.2 Wash basin faucets and accessories.
1.2.3 Sensors and actuators.
1.2.4 Bath tub fillers.
1.2.5 Sink faucets.
1.2.6 Angle valves, flexible connections and accessories.
1.2.7 Health faucets, Jet sprays and accesories.
2. Water supply systems.

2.1 Concealed piping.
2.1.1 Stainless steel piping.
2.1.2 cPVC piping.
2.1.3 Polybutylene piping.
2.1.4 Galvanized piping.
2.1.5 uPVC piping.
2.1.6 Multilayer piping (PE-Al-PEx)
2.1.7 Multilayer piping (cPVC-Al-cPVC)
2.1.8 Copper pipiing.
2.1.9 PEx piping.
2.2 Exposed piping.
2.2.2 cPVC piping.
2.2.5 uPVC piping.
2.2.9 HDPE piping.
2.2.10 MDPE piping.
2.3 Underground piping.
2.3.2 cPVC piping.
2.3.5 uPVC piping.
2.3.9 HDPE piping.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3.10 MDPE piping.

2.4 Valves and accessories.
2.4.1 Ball valves.
2.4.2 Butterfly valves.
2.4.3 Sluice valves.
2.4.4 Gate valves.
2.4.5 Globe valves.
2.4.6 Non return valves.
2.4.7 Strainer valves.
2.4.8 Foot valves.
2.4.9 Float Valves.
2.4.10 Air release valves.
2.4.11 Purge valves.
2.4.12 Pinch Valves.
2.5 Insulation.
2.5.1 Elastomeric nitryle rubber.
2.5.2 P.U. insulation.
2.5.3 Cladding as vacuum barriers.
2.6 Supports and fixed points.
2.6.1
3. Soil, Waste & Vent pipes & fittings.

4. Rain water pipes & fittings.
5. Pump room and storage tanks.
6. Hot water generation.
7. External sewerage systems.
8. External storm water systems.
9. Support structures.
10. Civil work required for plumbing installations.
11. Labelling and Tagging.
12. O&M Manuals.
WATER SUPPLY:-
Materials:-
Galvanized pipes :-

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(ERW Hot Dip Galvanized Iron Pipes) confirming to IS:1239 (Part-1) 2004
(Equivalent to BS:1387) (Equivalent to EN:10255)
The heavy duty (Class “C”) G.I. pipes for concealed / below ground. The medium
grade(Class B) galvanized M.S. pipes, hot finished, welded or electric resistance
welded, galvanized conforming to IS: 1239 (Part I) and IS: 4736 - 1986 shall be used
in work unless otherwise specified. The pipes shall have specified marking code as
per IS.
The fitting shall be mild- steel tubular or wrought steel fittings, conforming to IS:
1239 (Part II). The fitting may be butter welded or seamless. Alternatively fittings
may comply with the requirements of I.S. 1879 (Part 1 to 10). The fittings shall be
galvanized.
These pipes and fittings shall be well galvanized internally and externally.
These shall be free from any visible or hidden defects. Galvanizing shall be uniform,
reasonably smooth, free from imperfections such as flux, ash, black spot, pimples,
runs, rust stains, blisters, etc.
ASTM SCH 40 & 80 Upvc PIPES:-

All PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from a Type I, Grade I Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) compound with a Cell Classification of 12454 per ASTM D1784.
The pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D1785, consistently
meeting and/or exceeding the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard
with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion
quality. The pipe shall be manufactured in the USA, using domestic materials, by an
ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. Standard lengths of pipe sizes 6” and larger shall be
beveled each end by the pipe manufacturer. All pipes shall be stored indoors after
production at the manufacturing site until shipped from factory.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Schedule 80 Dimensions
Nom. Pipe Nom. Max. W.P.

O.D. Average I.D. Min. Wall
Size (in) Wt./Ft. PSI**
1/8" .405 .195 0.095 0.063 1230
1/4" .540 .282 0.119 0.105 1130
3/8" .675 .403 0.126 0.146 920
1/2" .840 .526 0.147 0.213 850
3/4" 1.050 .722 0.154 0.289 690
1" 1.315 .936 0.179 0.424 630
1-1/4" 1.660 1.255 0.191 0.586 520
1-1/2" 1.900 1.476 0.200 0.711 470
2" 2.375 1.913 0.218 0.984 400
2-1/2" 2.875 2.290 0.276 1.500 420
3" 3.500 2.864 0.300 2.010 370
3-1/2" 4.000 3.326 0.318 2.452 350
4" 4.500 3.786 0.337 2.938 320
5" 5.563 4.768 0.375 4.078 290
6" 6.625 5.709 0.432 5.610 280
8" 8.625 7.565 0.500 8.522 250
10" 10.750 9.493 0.593 12.635 230
12" 12.750 11.294 0.687 17.384 230
14" 14.000 12.410 0.750 20.852 220
16" 16.000 14.213 0.843 26.810 220
18" 18.000 16.014 0.937 33.544 220
20" 20.000 17.814 1.031 41.047 220
24" 24.000 21.418 1.218 58.233 210

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Schedule 40 Dimensions
Nom. Pipe
Max. W.P.
O.D. Average I.D. Min. Wall Nom. Wt./Ft.
PSI**
1/8" 0.405 0.249 0.068 0.051 810
1/4" 0.540 0.344 0.088 0.086 780
3/8" 0.675 0.473 0.091 0.115 620
1/2" 0.840 0.602 0.109 0.170 600
3/4" 1.050 0.804 0.113 0.226 480
1" 1.315 1.029 0.133 0.333 450
1-1/4" * 1.660 1.360 0.140 0.450 370
1-1/2" * 1.900 1.590 0.145 0.537 330
2" * 2.375 2.047 0.154 0.720 280
2-1/2" 2.875 2.445 0.203 1.136 300

3" * 3.500 3.042 0.216 1.488 260
3-1/2" 4.000 3.521 0.226 1.789 240
4" * 4.500 3.998 0.237 2.118 220
5" 5.563 5.016 0.258 2.874 190
6" * 6.625 6.031 0.280 3.733 180
8" * 8.625 7.942 0.322 5.619 160
10" * 10.750 9.976 0.365 7.966 140
12" * 12.750 11.889 0.406 10.534 130

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
14" * 14.000 13.073 0.437 12.462 130
16" * 16.000 14.940 0.500 16.286 130
18" * 18.000 16.809 0.562 20.587 130
20" * 20.000 18.743 0.593 24.183 120
24" * 24.000 22.544 0.687 33.652 120
cPVC SDR 11 & 13.5 pipes and fittings – CPVC Pipes - The pipes from 15mm
to 50mm dia. (copper tube size) shall be as per ASTMD- 2846 requirements.
They shall be of the nominal diameter (nominal bore) specified on the description
of the item. The sockets shall be designated by the respective nominal bores of
the pipes for which they are intended
SDR 13.5 PRESSURE RATING
Nominal Size Pressure Rating PSI (kg. / cm2)

Inch (mm) 73.4 F 23° 180 F (82° C )
½ (12.7) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
¾ (19.05) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
1 (25.4) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
1-
(31.75) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
1-
S
(38.1) D 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
R
2 (50.8) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SDR 11 PRESSURE RATING
Nominal Size Pressure Rating PSI

Inch 73.4 F (23° C) 180 F (82° C )
½ 400 100
¾ 400 100
1 400 100
1-1/4 400 100
1-1/2 400 100
2 400 100
SDR1 DIMENSION DETAILS
Nominal Size Outside Diameter in MM Wall Thickness in MM

Inch Average Tolerance Minimum Tolerance
½ 0.625 (15.9) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.068 (1.73) +0.020 (+0.51)
¾ 0.875 (22.2) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.080 (2.03) +0.020 (+0.51)
1 1.125 (28.6) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.102 (2.59) +0.020 (+0.51)
1-1/4 1.375 (34.9) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.125 (3.18) +0.020 (+0.51)
1-1/2 1.625 (41.3) ± 0.004 (± 0.10) 0.148 (3.76) +0.020 (+0.51)
2 2.125 (54.0) ± 0.004 (± 0.10) 0.193 (4.90) +0.023 (+0.58)

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SDR 26 DIMENSIONAL DETAILS
Inside
Nominal Size Outside Diameter Wall Thickness
Diameter
in Inches in MM in MM
in MM
2-1/2 73.03 66.78 3.13
3 88.09 81.51 3.69
4 114.30 104.95 4.68
6 168.28 154.51 6.89
Nominal Size Temperature Pressure

Inch C F PSI (Kg. / cm2) MPA
2-1/2 23 73.4 160 11.25 1.100
3 30 86 146 10.27 1.000
4 40 104 131 9.21 0.905
6 50 122 104 7.31 0.717
COIL SDR 13.5 DIMENSIONAL DETAILS

½ 15.8 ± 0.08 1.40 +0.51

¾ 22.2 ± 0.08 1.65 +0.51
1 28.6 ± 0.08 2.12 +0.51

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
COIL SDR 13.5 PRESSURE RATING
Nominal Size Pressure Rating PSI (kg. / cm2)

Inch (mm) 73.4 F 23° 180 F (82° C )
½ (12.7) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
¾ (19.05) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
1 (25.4) 320 (22.5) 80 (5.6)
COIL SDR 11 DIMENSIONAL DETAILS

1/2 0.625 (15.9) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.068 (1.73) +0.020 (+0.51)
3/4 0.875 (22.2) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.080 (2.03) +0.020 (+0.51)
1 1.125 (28.6) ± 0.003 (± 0.08) 0.102 (2.59) +0.020 (+0.51)
Nominal Size Pressure Rating PSI

Inch 73.4 F (23° C) 180 F (82° C )
½ 400 100
¾ 400 100
1 400 100

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
cPVC Pipe Fittings
The fittings shall be of perfect size and should be as per CTS (Copper tube size)
the fitting should be as per the specifications of ASTMD 2846.
cPVC Jointing material
All purpose cement solvents should not be used. Solvent cement manufactured as
per ASTM F – 493 only shall be used.
Table of Usage of CPVC Solvent Cement
Dia of Pipe in inch 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1.1/4" 1.1/2” 2”

(in mm) 12.7 19.05 25.4 31.75 38.1 50.8
Approximate Nos. of
joints which can be made
per ltr. of Solvent Cement 400 200 153 110 83 42
Cross Linked Polyethylene Piping:-
Such piping must confirm to the following standards and certifications. It must be
compatible to systems like PEX Crimp Tool + PEX Crimp Rings (Copper) + PEX
Crimp Fittings (Brass or Poly) + PEX Cutter
Standards, Approvals & Certifications
ASTM F876: Standard Specification for Cross linked Polyethylene (PEX)

Tubing.
ASTM F877: Standard Specification for Cross linked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic
Hot- and Cold- Water Distribution Systems.
ASTM F2023: Oxydative resistance of PEX to Hot Chlorinated Water per NSF
protocol P171 (Non-Barrier PEX Tubing).

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
CSA B137.5: Cross linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure
Applications
NSF/ANSI 14, nsf-rfh: Evaluated for use in Radiant Floor Heating (NSF-rfh)
Applications (Oxygen Barrier PEX tubing)
NSF/ANSI 61, nsf-pw: Complies with NSF/ANSI standard 61 for Drinking Water
System Components (Non-Barrier PEX Tubing)
DIN 4726: Meets and exceeds oxygen diffusion barrier standard.
UPC listed by IAPMO (International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical

Officials).
ABS Piping:-

D1527-99(2005) - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 General standards.
D1598-02(2009) - Standard Test Method for Time-to-Failure of Plastic Pipe
under Constant Internal Pressure
D1599-99(2005) - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Short-Time Hydraulic
Pressure of Plastic Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings
D1785-06 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40, 80, and 120
D2122-98(2010) - Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of
Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings
HDPE Piping for water supply:-
Manufactured from virgin pipe grade raw materials (PE80, PE100).
Manufactured as per IS-4984, ISO-4427, DIN8074, ASTM D 3035 and BS-6437

standards in PE-63, PE-80 and PE-100 grades.
Manufactured from 20 to 1600 mm sizes at various pressure rating from 2.5 to 16

kg/cm² (35.5 to 227.5 psi).

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Material Grade PE 63 All dimension are in mm

PN 2.5 PN 4 PN 6 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
OD Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
20.0 20.3 - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.8 2.8 3.3 3.4 4.0
25.0 25.3 - - - - - - 2.3 2.8 2.8 3.3 3.4 4.0 4.2 4.9
32.0 32.3 - - - - 2.3 2.8 3.0 3.5 3.6 4.2 4.4 5.1 5.4 6.2
40.0 40.4 - - 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.7 4.3 4.5 5.2 5.5 6.3 6.7 7.6
50.0 50.5 - - 2.4 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.6 5.3 5.6 6.4 6.8 7.7 8.4 9.5
63.0 63.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.5 4.4 5.1 5.8 6.6 7.0 7.9 8.6 9.7 10.5 11.8
75.0 75.7 2.3 2.8 3.6 4.2 5.3 6.1 6.9 7.8 8.4 9.5 10.2 11.5 12.5 14.0
90.0 90.9 2.8 3.3 4.3 5.0 6.3 7.2 8.2 9.3 10.0 11.2 12.2 13.7 15.0 16.7
110.0 111.0 3.4 4.0 5.3 6.1 7.7 8.7 10.0 11.2 12.3 13.8 14.9 16.6 18.4 20.5
125.0 126.2 3.8 4.4 6.0 6.8 8.8 9.9 11.4 12.8 13.9 15.5 16.9 18.8 20.9 23.2
140.0 141.3 4.3 5.0 6.7 7.6 9.8 11.0 12.8 14.3 15.6 17.4 19.0 21.1 23.4 26.0
160.0 161.5 4.9 5.6 7.7 8.7 11.2 12.6 14.6 16.3 17.8 19.8 21.7 24.1 26.7 29.6
180.0 181.7 5.5 6.3 8.6 9.7 12.6 14.1 16.4 18.3 20.0 22.2 24.4 27.1 30.0 33.2
200.0 201.8 6.1 7.0 9.6 10.8 14.0 15.6 18.2 20.3 22.3 24.8 27.1 30.1 33.4 37.0
225.0 227.1 6.9 7.8 10.8 12.1 15.7 17.5 20.5 22.8 25.0 27.7 30.5 33.8 37.5 41.5
250.0 252.3 7.6 8.6 12.0 13.4 17.5 19.5 22.8 25.3 27.8 30.8 33.8 37.4 41.7 46.1
280.0 282.6 8.5 9.6 13.4 15.0 19.6 21.8 25.5 28.3 31.2 34.6 37.9 41.9 46.7 51.6
315.0 317.9 9.6 10.8 15.0 16.7 22.0 24.4 28.7 31.8 35.0 38.7 42.6 47.1 52.5 58.0
355.0 358.2 10.8 12.1 17.0 18.9 24.8 27.5 32.3 35.8 39.5 43.7 48.0 53.0 59.2 65.4
400.0 403.6 12.2 14.3 19.1 22.2 28.0 32.4 36.4 42.8 44.5 51.4 54.1 62.5 - -
450.0 454.1 13.7 16.0 21.5 25.0 31.4 36.4 41.1 47.4 50.0 57.7 - - - -
500.0 504.5 15.2 17.7 23.9 27.7 34.9 40.4 45.5 52.6 55.6 64.2 - - - -
560.0 565.0 17.0 19.8 26.7 31.0 39.1 45.2 51.0 58.9 - - - - - -
630.0 635.7 19.1 22.2 30.0 34.7 44.0 50.8 57.3 66.1 - - - - - -
710.0 716.4 21.6 25.1 33.9 39.2 49.6 57.3 - - - - - - - -
800.0 807.2 24.3 28.2 38.1 44.1 55.9 64.5 - - - - - - - -
900.0 908.1 27.3 31.6 42.9 49.6 - - - - - - - - - -
1000.0 1009.0 30.4 35.2 47.7 55.1 - - - - - - - - - -
Note : Pressure Rating in : Kg/cm²
All dimension are in mm

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Material Grade PE 80
PN 6 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
OD
Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
20.0 20.3 - - - - - - 2.3 2.8 2.8 3.3
25.0 25.3 - - - - 2.3 2.8 2.8 3.3 3.5 4.1
32.0 32.3 - - 2.4 2.9 3.0 3.5 3.6 4.2 4.5 5.2
40.0 40.4 2.3 2.8 3.0 3.5 3.7 4.3 4.5 5.2 5.6 6.4
50.0 50.5 2.9 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.6 5.3 5.6 6.4 6.9 7.8
63.0 63.6 3.6 4.2 4.7 5.4 5.8 6.6 7.0 7.9 8.7 9.8
75.0 75.7 4.3 5.0 5.6 6.4 6.9 7.8 8.4 9.5 10.4 11.7
90.0 90.9 5.1 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.2 9.3 10.0 11.2 12.5 14.0
110.0 111.0 6.3 7.2 8.2 9.3 10.0 11.2 12.3 13.8 15.2 17.0
125.0 126.2 7.1 8.1 9.3 10.5 11.4 12.8 13.9 15.5 17.3 19.3
140.0 141.3 8.0 9.0 10.4 11.7 12.8 14.3 15.6 17.4 19.4 21.6
160.0 161.5 9.1 10.3 11.9 13.3 14.6 16.3 17.8 19.8 22.1 24.6
180.0 181.7 10.2 11.5 13.4 15.0 16.4 18.3 20.0 22.2 24.9 27.6
200.0 201.8 11.4 12.8 14.9 16.6 18.2 20.3 22.3 24.8 27.6 30.6
225.0 227.1 12.8 14.3 16.7 18.6 20.5 22.8 25.0 27.7 31.1 34.5
250.0 252.3 14.2 15.9 18.6 20.7 22.8 25.3 27.8 30.8 34.5 38.2
280.0 282.6 15.9 17.7 20.8 23.1 25.5 28.3 31.2 34.6 38.7 42.8
315.0 317.9 17.9 19.9 23.4 26.0 28.7 31.8 35.0 38.7 43.5 48.1
355.0 358.2 20.1 22.4 26.3 29.2 32.3 35.8 39.5 43.7 49.0 54.1
400.0 403.6 22.7 26.4 29.7 34.4 36.4 42.1 44.5 51.4 55.2 63.7
450.0 454.1 25.5 29.6 33.4 38.7 41.0 47.7 50.0 57.7 - -
500.0 504.5 28.4 32.9 37.1 42.9 45.5 52.6 55.6 64.2 - -
560.0 565.0 31.7 36.7 41.5 48.0 51.0 58.9 - - - -
630.0 635.7 35.7 41.3 46.7 54.0 57.3 66.1 - - - -
710.0 716.4 40.2 46.5 52.6 60.7 - - - - - -
800.0 807.2 45.3 52.3 - - - - - - - -
900.0 908.1 51.0 58.9 - - - - - - - -
1000.0 1009.0 56.7 65.5 - - - - - - - -
All dimension are in mm

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Material Grade PE 100

PN 6 PN 8 PN 10 PN 12.5 PN 16
OD
Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness Wall Thickness
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
20.0 20.3 - - - - - - - - 2.3 2.8
25.0 25.3 - - - - - - 2.3 2.8 2.9 3.4
32.0 32.3 - - - - 2.4 2.9 2.9 3.4 3.7 4.3
40.0 40.4 - - 2.4 2.9 3.0 3.5 3.7 4.3 4.6 5.3
50.0 50.5 2.3 2.8 3.0 3.5 3.7 4.3 4.6 5.3 5.7 6.5
63.0 63.6 2.9 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.7 5.4 5.7 6.5 7.1 8.1
75.0 75.7 3.5 4.1 4.5 5.2 5.6 6.4 6.8 7.7 8.5 9.6
90.0 90.9 4.1 4.8 5.4 6.2 6.7 7.6 8.2 9.3 10.2 11.5
110.0 111.0 5.0 5.7 6.6 7.5 8.1 9.2 10.0 11.2 12.4 13.9
125.0 126.2 5.7 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.2 10.4 11.3 12.7 14.1 15.8
140.0 141.3 6.4 7.3 8.4 9.5 10.3 11.6 12.7 14.2 15.8 17.6
160.0 161.5 7.3 8.3 9.6 10.8 11.8 13.2 14.5 16.2 18.1 20.2
180.0 181.7 8.2 9.3 10.8 12.1 13.3 14.9 16.3 18.2 20.3 22.6
200.0 201.8 9.1 10.3 12.0 13.4 14.8 16.5 18.1 20.2 22.6 25.1
225.0 227.1 10.3 11.6 13.5 15.1 16.6 18.5 20.4 22.7 25.4 28.2
250.0 252.3 11.4 12.8 15.0 16.7 18.4 20.5 22.6 25.1 28.2 31.3
280.0 282.6 12.8 14.3 16.8 18.7 20.6 22.9 25.3 28.1 31.6 35.0
315.0 317.9 14.4 16.1 18.9 21.0 23.2 25.8 28.5 31.6 35.5 39.3
355.0 358.2 16.2 18.1 21.2 23.6 26.2 29.1 32.1 35.6 40.0 44.2
400.0 403.6 18.2 21.2 23.9 27.7 29.5 34.2 36.2 41.9 45.1 52.1
450.0 454.1 20.5 23.8 26.9 31.2 33.1 38.3 40.7 47.7 50.8 58.7
500.0 504.5 22.8 26.5 29.9 34.6 36.8 42.6 45.2 52.2 56.4 65.1
560.0 565.0 25.5 29.6 33.5 38.8 41.2 47.6 50.6 58.4 - -
630.0 635.7 28.7 33.3 37.7 43.6 46.4 53.6 56.9 65.7 - -
710.0 716.4 32.3 37.4 42.4 49.0 52.3 60.4 - - - -
800.0 807.2 36.4 42.1 47.8 55.2 58.9 68.0 - - - -
900.0 908.1 41.0 47.4 53.8 62.1 - - - - - -
1000.0 1009.0 45.5 52.6 - - - - - - - -
Multilayer pipe (PEx-AL-PE):-

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Such pipes shall confirm to following standards and certification. ASTM F1987 -
01(2011) Standard Specification for Multilayer Pipe Type 2, Compression
Fittings, and Compression Joints for Hydronic Heating Systems
VALVES:-
All valves (gate, globe, check, safety, etc.) shall be either of brass or gunmetal,
suitable for the particular service. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design
called for, similar to Leader or G.G. Bombay make or approved equivalent. Valves
shall be tested to 21 kg/sq. cm pressure at manufacturer's works. Valves may be either
screw type or flange type, with suitable flanges and non corrosive bolts and gaskets.
Tail pieces as required shall be supplied along with valve. Gate globe and check
valves shall conform to I.S. 778 and non return valves to I.S. 5312 (Part I).
SLUICE VALVES:-
Sluice valves shall have flanged ends of cast iron body. The spindle, wall, seat and
wedge nuts shall be of gun metal. They shall generally have rising spindle and shall
be of the particular duty design called for the valves shall be supplied with suitable
flanges, non corrosive bolts and asbestos fiber gaskets. Sluice valve shall conform to
I.S. 780 and I.S. 2S06.
STOP VALVES:-
The stop valves shall be of brass polished or chromium plated.
Minimum weights shall be.
15 mm 0.4 Kg.
20 mm 0.75 Kg.
The chromium plating shall conform to I.S. 1069.
WASHERS :-
Washers for cold water taps shall be of selected leather, rubber asbestos composition
or of plastics as directed. Washers for hot water taps shall be of good quality fibre or
rubber asbestos composition as directed.
Metallic washers where required shall also be chromium plated, brass or brass
polished matching to over all fittings.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
BALL VALVES WITH FLOATS:-

Ball valves with floats to be fixed in underground storage tanks shall consist of brass
lever arms having copper balls (28 SWG) screwed to arm integrally. The copper ball
shall have bronze welded seams. The closing / opening mechanism incorporating the
position and cylinder shall be of a non corrosive metal and include washers. The size
and construction of ball valve and float shall be suitable for desired working pressure
operating the supply system. Ball valves shall be supplied with brass hexagonal back
nuts to secure them to the tanks and a socket to supply pipes.
WATER METERS:-
Water meters of approved make and design shall be supplied and installed at
locations as shown. The water meters shall meet with the approval of the local supply
authorities. Suitable valves & chambers to house the meters shall also be provided
along with the meters.
All meters shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 779 - 1978 or IS: 2273 - 1981 and of
a approved manufacturer. Where called for water meter shall be located in masonry
chamber of appropriate size as indicated.
GARDEN HYDRANTS:-
Garden hydrants shall be of 20 mm size, unless otherwise indicated. All hydrants
shall be provided with gate valve and threaded nipple to receive Hose Pipe. Where
called for garden hydrant shall be located in masonry chambers of 300 x 300 x 300
mm size.
WORKMANSHIP.
PIPES TRENCHES:-
Excavation and refilling shall comply with earth work section detailed earlier.
Also items pertaining to building work shall be as per relevant sections detailed in
this contract.
The trench excavation shall be very carefully carried out especially bottom of
trench to allow pipes well bedded for their whole length on a firm surface and one
true to level and gradient. Any extra depth cut out at the bottom of the pipeline
shall be made good with cement concrete of mix 1:5:10.
In some cases tormented finished surface becomes soft after leveling. It shall be
treated by providing 80 mm thick gravel or broken stone layer base well
compacted.
In case of excavation in rock, the trench shall be excavated 150 mm below
required depth. The trench shall be brought to the required levels by filling with a

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
layer of fine selected material or where there is steep gradient on a layer of

concrete.
Refilling of trenches shall not be carried out until pipes are tested checked and
approved by Engineer-in-charge.
PIPE LAYING:-
Pipes shall be examined carefully for any visible defects before being shifted.
Any coating, sheathing of pipes shall be examined and repaired where necessary.
Pipes shall be cleaned and cleared of all foreign matter before being laid. They
shall be brushed internally to remove any soil that might have accumulated
therein.
Pipes up to 250 mm dia may be handled without mechanical equipment. In no
case pipes shall be rolled and dropped into the trench. Mechanical device shall be
used in case of large pipes.
Pipes of large diameter shall be laid at gradient to allow air travels to air valves.
When pipes are laid on pillars, the socket should be well clear of machinery to
allow the lead joints to be caulked.
At the end of each day's work the last pipe shall be securely closed to prevent
entry of water, soil, rats, etc.
Galvanized steel pipes shall be jointed with screwed and socketed joints, using
screwed fittings, Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the ends of the
pipes after thread cutting. White lead or an equivalent jointing compound shall be
used, according to the manufacturer's instructions, with a grummet of a few
strands of fine yarn while tightening. Compounds containing red lead shall not be
used because of the danger of contamination of water. Any threads exposed after
jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.
Pipes and joints laid for water supply system shall be tested to a pressure of 5 Kg
per sq. cm for two hours without developing leaks/fall in pressure. In case of leaks
piping shall be redone in such portions and the test repeated till achieving
satisfactory result.
All Pipes shall run on the surface or walls and ceilings and not in chase. The
fixing shall be done with standard pattern holder bat damp of required size
keeping clear distance of about 1 to 1.5 cm from wall. Where pipes are ordered
chased and concealed these shall be insulated for hot water and painted with tar or
bitumen in cases. G.I. pipes shall be jointed with screwed and socket joints.
Threads shall be cleaned to remove burrs. White lead or equivalent jointing
compound with a grummet of a few standards of fine yarn shall be used while
fitting.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Water supply shall be tested to a pressure of 5 kg/sq.cm for internal and 7

kg/sq.cm for all external pipes for two hours without developing leaks/fall in
pressure. All leaking pipes to be removed and replaced at no extra cost of
contract.
The spacing of pipe damping shall be as suggested under:

SIZE OF PIPE IN MM DISTANCE IN METER
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
15 2 4.5
20 4.5 3
25 4.5 3
32 4.5 3
40 3 3.5
50 3 3.5
Clamps at turning and near to fitting shall be fixed closely to give full rigidity.
All pipes laid below ground shall rest on solid prepared bed concrete base and shall
be protected by cement concrete up till haunches of the pipes. Other than small pipes
under low pressure, all pipes shall be provided with concrete thrust blocks of
specified size at bends to transmit hydraulic thrust on to the undisturbed ground.
Concrete anchor blocks of sufficient weight shall be made after the joints have been
caulked with lead.
The sluice valve shall be cleared of all foreigner matter and examined prior to use in
works. It shall be fixed in position by means of bolts, nuts and 3 mm rubber insertions
or chemically treated compressed fiber board 1.5 mm thickness and weight not less
than 0.183 gm per sq. cm. The tail piece shall conform to IS: 1983 - 1960. These shall
be jointed to the pipe by means of lead caulked joints.
Required reflex, check, non-return valves or flap valves must be provided in the
piping to control burst in main and where flow reverse its directions.
Foot valves shall be provided at end of suction lines of pumps and they shall be in
vertical position.
Relief valve shall be provided in delivery pipe of pumping station to save pump, from
damage or strain in case of sudden stoppage of water flow. With two more pumps
discharging into the same main, each of them shall be provided with a non-return and
an air relief valve.
Codes of practice listed in 1.0 shall be followed strictly.
It shall be responsibility of contractor to repair, restore to its original condition any
damage caused to the building, to electric, sanitary, water supply or other installation,

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
etc. No extras shall be paid on these accounts unless damage is not due to any failure
on the part of contractor. EIC's decision in this regard shall be final and binding on
all parties without any further discussion at any level. Checking The Quality of Pipes
Before Using in the Works :
The Pipes and fittings shall be inspected at site before use to ascertain that they
confirm to the specification given in para 1.1 above. Thickness of pipe wall and
weight of pipe for one meter length of pipe shall be necessarily checked to ensure the
appropriate class of pipe (medium class/heavy class) before acceptance of the pipe for
use in the building. The wall thickness of pipe has to be checked accordingly to
second decimal of a millimeter using a screw gauge. The defective pipes shall be
rejected. While curing, laying and jointing for internal and external works, where the
pipes have to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out so that no
obstruction to bore is offered. The requirements of IS 554-1985 with pipe dies and
taps be observed carefully in such a manner as will not result in slackness of joints
when the two pieces are screwed together. The taps and dies shall be used only for
straightening screw threads which have become bent or damaged and shall not be
used for turning of the threads so as to make them slack, as the later procedure may
not result in a water tight joint. The screw threads of pipes and fittings shall be
protected from damage until they are fitted.
Jointing of GI Pipes
The pipes shall be cleaned and cleared of all foreign matter before being laid. In
jointing the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screw end of the pipes shall be
oiled and rubbed over with white lead and a few turns of spun yarn wrapped round
the screwed end of the pipe. The end shall then be screwed in the socket, tee etc.,
with the pipe wrench. Care should be taken that all pipes and fittings are properly
jointed so as to make the joints completely water tight and pipes are kept at all time
free from dust and dirt during fixing. Burr from the joint shall be removed after
screwing. After laying the open ends of the pipes shall be temporarily plugged to
prevent access of water, soil or any other foreign matter. Any threads exposed after
jointing shall be painted or in the case of underground pipes thickly coat of approved
anticorrosive paint be applied to prevent corrosion.
EXCAVATION IN TRENCHES:-
Authorized quantities or those actually excavated, whichever are less shall be
allowed.
For the purpose of calculating cubic contents, cross sections shall normally be taken
at suitable intervals, i.e. manhole or wall chamber intervals except in abnormal cases

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
like sudden change in strata or undulating ground, etc. When they may be taken at
closure intervals as approved by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final,
conclusive and binding.
DRAINS AND SEWERAGE:-

Indian Standard to be followed shall be as under:-
13592 & 4985 Specification for fittings.
458- 1871 Specification for concrete pipes.
3486 - 1960 Specification for cast iron spigot and socket drain pipes.
5455 – 1969 Specification for cast Iron steps for manhole.
1729-1984 Specification for sand cast iron spigot and socket soil waste
and vent pipe and accessories.
1537-1960 Specification for vertically cast iron pressure pipes for
water, gas and sewage.
1742 - 1972 Code of practice for building drainage.
1172 - 1971 Code of basic requirements for water supply, drainage
and sanitation.
783 - 1958 Code of practice for laying of concrete pipes.
1230 – 1968 Specification for cast iron rain water pipes and fittings.
1626 – 1960 Specification for asbestos cement building pipes and
fittings (spigot and socket type).
MATERIALS:
STONEWARE PIPES AND FITTINGS:-
The salt glazed stoneware pipes and fittings shall conform to grade A class. Surfaces
remaining exposed internally and externally of pipes and fitting shall be glazed. Pipes
shall be sound, free from fire cracks, hair cracks which impair the strength, durability
and serviceability. The glaze of the pipes and fittings shall be free from casing. There
shall be no broken blisters. The pipes and fitting shall give clear note when struck
with a light hammer. Pipes and fittings shall conform to I.S. 651 - 1980.
The pipes shall be hard, smooth, even textured, truly circular in cross section,
perfectly straight and of standard nominal diameter with correct depth and diameter
of socket.
CEMENT CONCRETE PIPES:-

The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and shall be of specified
class. These shall conform to I.S.: 458- 1971. The reinforced cement concrete pipes

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
shall be manufactured by centrifugal (or spun) process while un-reinforced cement

concrete pipes by spun or pressure process. All pipes shall be true to shape, straight,
perfectly sound and free from cracks and. flaws. The external and internal surface of
the pipes shall be free from defects resulting from imperfect grading of the aggregate
mixing or moulding.
Concrete used for the manufacture of reinforced and un-reinforced pipes and c.c. shall
not be leaner than 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 grade stone aggregate.) The
maximum size of the aggregate should not exceed one third of the thickness of the
pipe or 20mm whichever is smaller. The reinforcement in the reinforced concrete
pipes shall extend through out the length of the pipe. The circumferential
reinforcement shall be adequate to with-stand the hydrostatic pressure and further
bending stresses due to the weight of the water when running full across the span
equal to the length of the pipe plus three times its own weight.
MANHOLE COVERS AND FRAMES:-

All manholes covers and frames shall be of precast fibre reinforced concrete covers or
RCC as indicated in schedule of quantities. Light duty, medium duty and heavy duty
shall be employed depending upon location, type of traffic expected to be carried over
them. Covers shall be marked with sewer or storm depending upon its use while
being cast.
Covers shall have raised chequered design to provided non-slippery surface. They
shall be painted with black bituminous composition to withstand temperature upto 63
degree C and 0 degree C. Covers shall be recessed to provide grip for lifting keys.
Covers and frames shall have proper seals to avoid gases coming out.
GULLY TRAPS:-
S.W. gully traps shall be conforming to I.S. 651. Gully trap shall be provided with
RCC cover 300 mm x 300 mm and frame. The minimum weight of cover shall be
4.53 Kg. and of frame 2.72 Kg. RCC cover and frames shall be of good quality free
from any defects and seal faces and edges truly square machined.
NAHANI TRAP:-
The CI long arm deep seal (Minimum 50 mm), nahani trap shall be sound and free
from porosity or any other defect which affects serviceability. It shall conform to
relevant Indian Standard and as approved by EIC or of specified or equivalent
approved make. Trap shall be self cleansing design and size as shown in drawing or
as specified. Trap shall be provided with PVC grating screwed to trap with even
perforations (as specified in BOQ). Joints of nahani trap shall be with rubber ring.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
VENT SHAFT:-
Vent shaft may be UPVC pipes conforming to relevant I.S.
RUNGS:-
Cast iron steps conforming to I.S. 5455 shall be used. G.l. rungs if approved by
Engineer-in-charge may be permitted in place of C.I. specified.
WORKMANSHIP:-
GENERAL:-
Various trades required to be carried out along with these items shall follow relevant
specifications given for such work in relevant sections.
All sewers and /drains laid below ground shall be water light
First operation of refilling shall be done carefully as far as possible hand packing by
fine selected material. Packing operation should be simultaneous on both sides of
pipe and should continue till 150 mm above top of pipe. Filling shall be done in dry
trenches only.
All pipes, when laid above ground shall be air and water light.
Pipes shall rest on solid prepared bed concrete. SW pipes shall be provided with
cement concrete all-round the pipe where as RCC pipes shall be provided with
cement concrete upto the haunches of the pipe.
If excavation has been carried out lower than required packing shall be in cement
concrete 1:.5:10 (1 cement: 5 fine sand: 10 graded stone aggregate).
Pipes shall be laid with socket leading up till and shall rest on solid and even
foundations for ful1 lengths of the barrel.
Collar pits, socket holes shall be formed sufficiently deep, to allow just sufficient
space for pipe jointer to work light round the pipes.
Trenches shall be kept free from water until joints are sufficiently set.
Pipes shall be examined to see that there are no cracks or defects.
Work shall be tested and got approved in writing by EIC prior to covering of pipes.
DROP CONNECTIONS:-
Where it is uneconomical or impractical to arrange the connection within 600 mm
height above the invert of the manhole, the connections shall be made by constructing
a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
At the end of branch sewer line sand cast iron tee shall be fixed to the line which shall
be extended through the wall of the manhole by a horizontal piece of SCI pipe to an
inspection or cleaning eye. Open end shall be provided with chain and lid. The SCI
drop pipe shall be connected to the tee at the top and to the SCI bend at the bottom by
CI pipe to allow discharge into channel.
Required channels shall be made in cement concrete 1:2:4 smooth finished.
The exposed portion of the drop connection shall be encased allround with 150 mm
thick concrete 1:5:10.
MANHOLES:-
Manholes of different types and size shall be constructed in sewer lines at location
indicated on drawings or as directed by Engineer-in-charge in due course. Size of
manhole referred shall be internal clear size in every case.
Sewers of unequal sectional area shall not be jointed at same invert in manhole. The
invert of smaller sewer at its junction with main shall be at least 2/3rd the diameter of
the main above the invert of the main. The main branch sewer should deliver
sewerage in the manhole in the manholes direction of main flow and junction must be
made care so that flow in main is not impeded.
No drain from house fittings E.G. gully trap or soil pipe etc to manhole shall normally
exceed a length of 6 meter unless it is unavoidable.
Normally standard for manhole sizes shall be as under. It is to be noted that various
sizes will depend upon the number of connections to be done in manhole.
Manholes 900 x 450 mm are generally constructed within the compound for house
drainage only and near the buildings for house drainage for depth of 1.20 meter or
less conical manholes 1.2 m. dia. (bottom) are constructed for drainage work for
depth between 1.2 and 2.5 meters. Manholes 1.5 m dia. (bottom) are of the conical
type and are generally constructed for main drainage works where depth is 2.50 meter
or more.
Standard manhole construction shall be as under:
BED CONCRETE:-
The manhole shall be built on a bed of cement concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 coarse
sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) the thickness of the bed concrete
shall be 15 cms for manholes upto 1 meter depth, 20 cm for manholes from 1 meter
to.2 meter depth and 30 cm for manholes of greater depth. Projection of bed concrete
beyond the masonry wall shall be 15 cm.
WALL:-

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
The wall of the manhole shall be of the following

Brick masonry shall be in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand)
The jointing face of each block being well buttered with cement mortar before lying
so as to ensure a full joint.
PLASTER:-
The inside of walls shall be plastered 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement:
5 sand) and finished with a floating coat or neat cement. All angles shall be rounded
to 7.5 cm radius and all rendered external surface shall have hard impervious finish
obtained by using a steel trowel. The internal joints of the masonry shall be finished
smooth. In wet ground 20 mm thick cement plaster of the above specifications shall
be carried on the outside surface of the walls also. This shall be water proofed with
addition of water proofing compound in the proportion by weight recommended by
manufacturers.
CHANNELS AND BENCHING:-

Channels shall be semicircular in the bottom half and of diameter equal to the sewer.
Above the horizontal diameter, the sides shall be extended vertically to the same level
as the crown of the outgoing pipe and the top edge shall be suitably rounded off. The
branch channels shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the benching but
their junction with the main channel on appropriate fall suitably rounded off in the
direction or flow in the main channel shall be given. The channels and benching shall
be done in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate
20 mm nominal size) rising at slope of 1 in 6 from the edge of channel. The channels
of bottom of the chamber shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2
coarse sand) and steel trowelled smooth with respect to the benching but thaw
junction with the main channel on appropriate fall suitably rounded off in the
direction of flow in the main channel shall be given. The channels and benching shall
be done in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate
20 mm nominal size) rising at slope of 1 in 6 from the edge of channel. The channels
of bottom of the chamber shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2
coarse sand) and steel trowelled smooth.
COVER SLABS:-
These shall be of RCC 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size) 15 cm thick reinforced with 10 mm bars at 15 cm centre’s both
ways, surface and edges finished fair. Full bearing equal to the width of the wall shall
be given to the slab on all sides. The frame of the manhole cover shall be embedded

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
firmly in the RCC slab so that the top of the frame remains flush with the top of the
RCC slab.
TESTING:-
Manholes shall be tested by filling with water to a depth not exceeding 1.2 meter as
directed by the Engineer - in - charge.
INSPECTION CHAMBER: -
Inspection chamber with provision of inlets of specified size for under ground drains
shall be constructed as per the following details:-
SIZE:-
The inside dimensions shall be taken as the clear internal dimensions between the
masonry wall faces.
EXCAVATION:-
The excavation shall be done to dimensions and levels shown on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer in charge.
BED CONCRETE:-
The foundation concrete shall consist of 15 cm thick cement concrete 1:4:8 (1
cement: 4 fine sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size). Projection of bed
concrete beyond the masonry walls shall be 7.5 cm.
WALLS:-
The specifications of walls in para 3.3.3.5 (b) shall apply.
PLASTER:-
The specifications at plaster in para 3.3.3.5 (c) shall apply.
CHANNEL & BENCHING:-

The specifications of para 3.3.3.5 (e) of manholes shall apply.
COVERS AND FRAMES:-

The specifications of para 3.2.3 of covers and frames shall apply.
SANITARY FITTINGS:-
All fittings and fixtures shall be of good quality conforming to I.S. or brand specified
or equivalent as approved by EIC.
Fitting and fixtures shall be installed basically with required basic accessories as
noted in catalogue of manufacturer. All additional or optional fixtures and fittings
shall be as per BOQ or direction of EIC.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Method of fixing, fitting and fixtures shall be as per suggestion given by

manufacturers as per drawing and as directed by EIC.
For general practice, following minimum norms shall be followed.
FITTINGS:-
INDIAN WATER CLOSET (IWC):- (ORRISA PAN)
It is advisable to provide a sunken R.C.C. floor slab of depth about 500 mm.
required size opening from beam or wall shall be provided to carry out connection
with "P or S trap as per location. The pan shall be leveled in position keeping top of
pan at required finished level allowing margins for slopes of drain of floor. Pan shall
be concreted with nominal mix of 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 sand: 10 stone I brick
aggregate).
This concrete shall be kept 50 to 60 mm below finished floor level to carry out
flooring operation as detailed in flooring section.
The P or S trap, shall be provided with 50 mm seal. Joints between the trap shall be
made leak proof with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine sand) and lead Pash strip.
After laying the floor, foot rests of specified shall be fixed in cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement: 3 coarse sand). Location shall be about 175 mm from back side inner edge
of the pan.
4.2.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM:-

4.2.2.1 CISTERN:-
These shall be high or low level. IWC shall be provided with high level cistern
connected with lead flushing pipe. EWC shall be provided with low level cistern.
High level cistern shall be at 2.0 M and low level cisterns shall be minimum at 300
mm from top of pan.
FLUSH PIPE CONNECTION:-
I.W.C. pan shall be connected to the cistern by PVC flush pipe of 40 mm dia. Flush
pipe shall be fixed to wall with clamps. The flush pipe shall be connected to closet by
means of cement. The flush pipe securely connected to the cistern outlet by means of
coupling nut made out of non corrosive material.
Low level cistern shall be connected to the closet by means of 40 mm dia white
porcelain enameled flush bend/CP bend using Indian rubber adopter joints. The other
specifications are same as above.
WASTE FITTING FOR SINKS:-
The waste fitting shall be of chromium plated brass. The fittings stall conform to IS:
2863 – 1964 and shall be sound free from laps, blow holes and pitting and other

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
manufacturing defects. External and internal surface shall be clean and smooth. The
body and the nut shall be truly machined so that nut smoothly moves on the busy. The
waste pipe of the sink shall be UPV C/Plastic pipes.
“P” TRAP:
“ P “ traps for wash basins, shall be deep seal (minimum 5 cm seal) of 32 mm size
cast brass “ P “ traps, heavy chromium plated. All “P “traps shall be provided with
suitable extension pieces, flare nut all chromium plated. “ P “traps shall be of
approved make and design.
****
STORM WATER AND DOMESTIC UNDER GROUND DRAINAGE
GENERAL :
The particular specifications are to be read in conjunction with specifications
contained in the description of items of Schedule ‘A’, Specifications contained in
Standard Specifications’ published by the Public Works & Housing Department of
Government of Maharashtra, relevant Indian Standard Specifications and drawings.
Generally, specifications given in the particular specifications have precedence over
any other specifications (except Schedule ‘A’ description). In case of ambiguities or
conflicting specifications in various documents mentioned in the tender, where
particular specifications do not cover trade items included in the contract, the
specifications given in ‘Standard Specifications’ or relevant I.S. specifications shall
apply.
EXCAVATION SOIL, MURUM ETC. :
Excavation for foundation, drains etc. shall be excavated to exact width, length and
depth shown on drawings, extra width for working space if any will be at the
contractor’s cost. Extra depth if any shall be brought up by (1:3:6) cement concrete
filling and width filled in by earth thoroughly rammed or as otherwise as directed by
Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost. Excavated material shall be used to fill in
trenches or it shall be spread elsewhere on or near the site of work including watering,
ramming and consolidating or removal from site free of charge as may be ordered.
Contractor shall make provision for temporarily supporting utility facilities service,
trenches, separating and stacking serviceable material neatly, shoring, pumping,
bailing out drainage water whether subsoil or rain water. General excavation will
include all strata except rock.
Excavation in hard rock :
Anything that does not come out with shovels and pickaxes but required blasting,
chiseling or wedging for removal shall be treated as rock. Boulders have 0.5 cu.m.
will be treated as rock. Rubble shall be stacked properly in heaps.
Contractor shall obtain license from District authorities for carrying out blasting work
as well as for obtaining, transporting and storing explosives as per the “Explosives

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rules 1940” or as amended. He shall purchase the explosives, fuses, detonators etc.
only from licensed dealer. He shall maintain the account of explosive etc. purchased
and used by him. He shall be responsible for safe custody or proper accounting of
explosive materials. Engineer shall have access to check stores of explosives and
accounts thereof. All precautions shall be taken and all rules complied with.
Where blasting is not practicable or prohibited, excavation shall be done by wedging
or chiseling and it shall be restricted to the quantity required to the minimum. Of
trenches exceed those shown in drawings, the excess quantity shall not be paid for.
EARTH FILLING :
Filling shall be done worth good earth, murum, stone chips. It shall be free from
salts, organic matter, black cotton or slushy earth and combustible material. All clods
shall be broken.
Filling in trench shall be done in layers not exceeding 300 mm. Apply watered and
consolidated by ramming with iron or wooden rammers weighing 7 to 8 kgs. And
having base 30 cm. Sq. or 20 cm. Diameter. The filling trenches, the finished level
surface shall be flooded with water for at least 24 hours allowed to dry and then
rammed and consolidated after making good any settlement in order to avoid
settlement at a later stage. Finished level of filling shall be kept to a slope intended to
be given to the ground.
RUBBLE SOLING :
It shall be clean, hard and obtained from trap or ballast stone. Stone aggregate 9from
trap or ballast stone) of 200 to 230 mm shall be used. It shall be clean hard and
reasonably free from laminations. The rate shall be inclusive of packing with smaller
stone chips. Filling with grit or sand, watering the surfaces and consolidating each
layer with 8/10 tonnes roller or manually as directed.
DRAINAGE PIPE LINES

Technical specifications
I. Manufacturing of R.C.C.
pipe NP2 and NP3
Pipes (NP2 or NP3 class) : Manufacturing of pipe as per IS 458
with the latest amendment as per

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Clause 6 with amendment, casting

pipe by spinning, vibrating the
concrete method.
Flexible Rubber joints like pipe
socket-spigot shall provided.
1) Cement : As per IS 8041, IS 8043 and IS 8112 a
latest version for the manufactures of
concrete pipes.
2) Steel wire fabric : Mild steel grade-I, as per IS:432 Part-I
& II structural steel as per IS:2062.
ii) As per IS 1566 and IS 1786 and IS
226 of latest amendments.
3) Class of pipe NP2 : Spigot and socket as per Table No.9 of
IS code 458 with latest amendment
(Rubber Ring Roll on
joint) and design as per Table No.2 with
amendments.
NP3 : Spigot and socket as per Table No.10
and 10A of I.S. code 458 with latest
(Rubber Ring Roll on
amendment. Design as per Table 3
joint)
with amendment. Barrel thickness
design should be approved before
taking work of manufacturing the pipe
for NP3 class pipes.
4) Aggregates : Aggregates used as per I.S.383 latest
version and as per Clause No.4.3 of IS
458-1988 with amendment No.2.
5) Concrete : Pipe concrete should conforming to
IS:456-1978 code of practice for plain
and RCC (fourth revision) as per
clause No.4.5 with latest amendment.
6) Water : As per IS 456-2000.
7) Testing at factory : Contractor has to make arrangement of
testing of pipe at factory before supply
at site. Sampling as per IS code as per
IS 458 clause 9 with latest
amendment/cube test are as per IS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
516-1959 and IS 5816-1999 at factory.

Test are :
i) Hydrostatic test as per IS
3599-1998.
ii) Three-edge bearing test as per
IS 3599-1998.
iii) Permeability test as per IS
3597-1998.
iv) Absorption test as per IS
3599-1998.
v) Straightness test as per IS
3599-1998.
Sampling and inspection should be as
per clause No.10 of 458 with
amendment.
8) Marking on pipes : i) Name of manufacture with
register trademark.
ii) Class of pipe
iii) Date of manufacturer
iv) I.S.I. mark
II Rubber Rings : Rubber ring chords used for pipes
joints shall conform to IS:5382-1967
with amendment. Gasket shall be
made of a properly vulcanized virgin
rubber compound of containing no
scrap or reclaim.
Tests : i) Hardness Test as per IS:3400
ii) Tensile Test of Ring as per
IS:3400
iii) Compression Test as per
IS:3400.
iv) Accelerated ageing in air as

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
per IS:3400.
v) Water absorption Test as per
I.S.3400.
Sampling the time lapse : As per IS code 5382 class 6 clause 7
for testing. Marking on with appendix – D.
Rings
i) The manufactures name and
Trade mark if any
ii) Month and year of
manufacturer
iii) The type follower by a word
such Gas or Water or Sewer
depending on the
applications.
iv) ISI mark
III Manholes : As per IS:411 (Part-I) 1986 and as per
drawing issued by CLIENT for
execution purpose and as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
Type/spacing of : As per CLIENT drawing and schedule

manholes and of Rate.
construction of manholes
IV Steps : As per Schedule of item and drawing
note.
As per IS:5455-1969.
Load Test : One sample of step of 50 samples may
be subjected to load test as per
Appendix A
Marking : ISI mark
Manufacture Name
V Precast Concrete : As per Tender Schedule and Drawing
Manhole cover and frame and IS Code 12592-2002.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
i) Grade and Type : Heavy duty HD 20 Rectangular or

Circular
ii) Cement : IS:269, IS:455, IS:8043, IS:8112.
iii) Aggregates : IS 383
iv) Concrete : IS : 456-2000. M-30 Grade.
v) Steel : As per Clause 4.4 of IS:12592.
vi) Test : Load Test as per clause o.9.3 of
IS:12592. Sampling and/or testing
should be done in accordance with
Clause No.11 of IS:12592.
vii) Marking : ISI mark, BIS mark.
VI Laying of Sewer Line : As per Schedule of rate of Tender and
Particular Specifications and IS Code
783. Width of excavation is as per
Particular Specification.
Testing : As per Clause No.15.5 of IS Code
783-1985. 5% amount against
hydraulic testing of sewer line shall be
with held from the items 6 to 17 i.e.
providing & laying sewer line and the
same shall be released after
satisfactory testing.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
27. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

SCOPE OF WORK
This specification is intended to provide generally for the following works viz.
Construction of sewer,
Construction of manholes on sewer,
Erection of ventshafts,
Such other work or works incidental to the construction of the sewer.
DATUM FOR LEVEL

All levels referred to in connection with these works are based on the plane known as G.T.S.
EXCAVATION
The total excavation will be classified and paid for under two heads only, viz. (a)
General excavation to include excavation in road surfaces of every description
together with their foundation, clay, loose sand stone, murum, boulders, sand, lime,
cement masonry and all other materials of whatever description not requiring to be
blasted.
Rock excavation (Definition of Rock)
Rock excavation to compromise excavation in rock, big boulders more than 0.5 cubic
metre in volume very hard sand stone or literal concrete, requiring to be blasted by an
explosive or burst out in small pieces by iron wedges or chisels.
3.3 Class of excavation to be determined

In case of any question arising as to the class of excavation, the Engineer shall
determine (subject to the Chief Engineer's decision in case of dispute by the
Contractor) under which category, and to what extent, any particular excavation shall
be classified.
3.4 Trial holes

Trial holes/pits of such sizes and depths and n such position as may be necessary or
directed by the Engineer shall be dug and subsequently made good as may be ordered
by and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Trial holes/pits shall be allowed for in the rates for excavation and sufficient trial
holes must be dug to accurately locate and determine the positions of service,
culverts, and obstructions in advance of the main excavation.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
In all cases the trial pits are to be excavated in accordance with the specifications for
excavation, refilling and reinstatement etc.
Excessive excavation
After excavating the sites on which the various parts of the works are to be
constructed, if it is found that due to no fault of the contractor and part of the
formation is unsuitable to provide a satisfactory foundation, such portions shall be
further excavated to such depths as the Engineer may direct, and refilled to original
formation level with mass concrete M-100 or hardcore of quarry waste as may be
directed. Payment will be made for such additional excavation and filling at
appropriate rates.
Widths of excavation for different diameter of pipes

The width of excavation for a built up drain or sewer unless otherwise stated will be
calculated to 250 mm on either side of the extreme edge of the footings and the depth
upto the bottom of foundation. In case of pipes of different diameters and manholes
the width of the trenches will, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer in writing, be
paid for as mentioned in the table below. This width shall include the extra width
required for shoring in one or more stages and working space required for
construction brick masonry or plastering the same for laying and jointing of the pipes
or any other purpose in connection with the excavation of the work.
Where rock is met with unless otherwise determined by the Engineer, the width of the
trench below the point at which the rock is met, shall be calculated as shown in the
accompanying table, irrespective of the depth of the trench. In case of built up drains
this shall be calculated to 75 mm on either side of the extreme edge of the footings.
Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for either 1.20 M. or 1.50 M.
(Inside) Circular or 1.50 M. x 1.50 M. square manholes in sewerage works.
Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.8 M. dia. circular
manholes and 1.50 M. scraper type manholes.
A - Without drop arrangement :
I -In ordinary soil
3.70 M. square 1st stage upto 5.0 M.
3.40 M. square 2nd stage below 5.0 M.
II -In trenches where rock is met with :
3.70 M sq. upto the point where the rock is met with
3.40 M sq. below the point where the rock is met with
B - With drop arrangement on both sides :
I - In ordinary soil : Across and along :

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
4.10 M x 3.70 M 1st stage upto 5.0 M

3.80 M x 3.4 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M
II - In trenches where rock is met with
4.10 M x 3.70 M upto the point where the rock is met with
3.8 M x 3.4 M below the point where the rock is met with
Note : 1) If the drop arrangement is provided only on one side the width given above
for manholes with drop arrangement shall be reduced by 0.2 M across the trench.
The size of the manhole etc. mentioned above are approximately rounded figures.
Marginal variations in the sizes of manhole covers are acceptable.
Statement showing widths to be given for excavation for 1.80 M x 2.40 M scraper
type manholes.
A - Without drop arrangement
I - Ordinary soil
3.70 M x 4.30 M rectangular 1st stage below 5 M
3.4 M x 4.00 M rectangular 2nd stage below 5.0 M
II - In trenches where the rock is met with :
3.70 M x 4.30 M rectangular upto the point where the rock is met with
3.40 M x 4.00 M rectangular below the point where the rock is met with
B - With drop arrangement on both sides 1.80 M length
I - In ordinary soil : across and along
4.10 M x 4.30 M 1st stage below 5.0 M
3.80 M x 4.00 M 2nd stage below 5.0 M
II - Trenches where the rock is met with :
4.10 M x 4.30 M up to the point where the rock is met with
3.80 M x 4.00 M below the point where the rock is met with
Statement showing the proposed widths to be given for excavation of Trenches and
paid for in Sewerage works :
Excavation in Ordinary soil

Excavation in rock wherever it
Shoring in one stage
is met with
Size of pipe
Shoring in Shoring in Shoring in
Above 3 M
Upto 3 M two stage one stage two stages
& upto 5 M
depth more than 5 upto 5 M More than 5
depth
M depth depth M depth

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
150mm
0.80 M 0.90 M
S.W.
230mm 1.4 M upto
0.90 M 1.00 M 0.90 M 1.00 M
S.W. 5M
1.0 M
below 5 M
300mm 1.4 M upto
0.90 M 1.00 M 0.90 M 1.0 M
S.W. 5M
1.0 M
below 5 M
350mm 1.8 M upto
1.30 M 1.50 M
R.C. pipe 5M
1.5 M
1.30 M 1.50 M
below 5 M
1.5 M
below 5 M
400mm 1.9 M upto
1.40 M 1.60 M 1.40 M 1.60 M
R.C. pipe 5M
1.6 M
below 5 M
450mm 2.0 M upto
1.50 M 1.70 M
R.C. pipe 5M
1.7 M
1.50 M 1.70 M
below 5 M
1.7 M
below 5 M
500mm 2.0 M upto
1.50 M 1.70 M 1.50 M 1.70 M
R.C. pipe 5M
1.70 M
below 5 M
600mm 2.10 M upto
1.60 M 1.80 M 1.60 M 1.80 M
R.C. pipe 5M
1.80 M
below 5 M

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
2.20 M upto
700mm 1.70 M 5M 1.90 M
1.90 M 1.70 M
R.C. pipe 1.90 M 1.90 M
below 5 M
800mm 2.60 M upto
2.00 M 2.30 M. 2.00 M 2.30 M
R.C. pipe 5M
2.30 M
below 5 M
900mm 2.70 M upto
2.10 M 2.40 M 2.10 M 2.40 M
R.C. pipe 5M
2.40 M
below 5 M
1000mm 2.80 M upto
2.20 M 2.50 M 2.20 M 2.50 M
R.C. pipe 5M
2.50 M
below 5 M
1100mm 2.90 M upto
2.30 M 2.60 M 2.30 M 2.60 M
R.C. pipe 5M
2.60 M
below 5 M
1200mm 3.00 M upto
2.40 M 2.70 M 2.40 M 2.70 M
R.C. pipe 5M
2.70 M
below 5 M
1400mm 3.30 M upto
2.70 M 3.00 M 2.70 M 3.00 M
R.C. pipe 5M
3.00 M
below 5 M
1600mm 3.50 M upto
2.90 M 3.20 M 2.90 M 3.20 M
R.C. pipe 5M
3.20 M
below 5 M
1800mm 3.70 M upto
3.10 M 3.40 M 3.10 M 3.40 M
R.C. pipe 5M
3.40 M
below 5 M

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
DEPTH OF EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES

The depth for the trenches will be calculated from the surface to the bed of the pipes
and in case when a layer of concrete/or precast blocks are required to be placed below
the pipeline, the depth of the bottom of the concrete/or the block below the underside
of the pipeline will be paid.
The depth of excavation for manhole shall be measured from the surface of the
existing ground level to the bottom of foundation.
No payment will be made for any excavation beyond this width or depth.
MEASUREMENT LENGTH OF EXCAVATION

The lengths of excavation for trenches will be measured from and clear of the settled
width allowed for the excavation of trench from which it starts on which it come into
contact and the centre of the pipe or masonry for which the trench has been excavated
shall be considered as the centre of such trench.
A GRIP TO BE CUT WHERE PIPE SOCKET OCCURS

Wherever a pipe socket occurs a grip is to be cut in the bottom of the trench or
concrete bed to a depth of atleast 75 mm below the bed of the pipe so that the pipe
may have a fair bearing on its shaft and to rest upon its socket. Such grip shall be of
sufficient size in every respect to admit the hand all around the socket in order to
make the joint, and the grip shall be maintained clear until the joint has been passed
by the Engineer.
TRENCHES IN ROCKY GROUNDS

The trenches for pipe drains, if in stony or rocky ground, are to be excavated all along
to the full depth of 75 mm below the intended level of the bed of the pipes to be laid
therein, and layer of soft clean earth 75 mm thick is to be deposited for the reception
of the pipes and in case where a layer of the concrete and/or precast block is required
to be placed below the pipe line, the bottom of the excavation shall not be higher at
any point than the bottom of the concrete layer or block.
Wherever excavation is done in rock, the excavated stuff shall be stacked separately
for chiselled rock and blasted rock. The excavation shall be paid or stack
measurement with deduction of 40% for voids to be made from the stack
measurement.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
CARRYING OUT EXCAVATION AND STACKING THE EXCAVATED STUFF

In carrying out excavation, ground shall be broken at such places and in such lengths
as shall be sanctioned by the Engineer. Work of excavation shall proceed in such
proportion at one time as the Engineer may direct, and no permanent works shall be
begun, until the Engineers have approve of the excavation which shall be out to a
sufficient depth and width to receive the permanent work and to allow of their being
sufficiently placed, built, constructed, laid or erected. The length of trench excavated
ahead of the pipe laying and the length of trench which may remain open at one time
shall at all times be subject to the approval of the Engineer. It shall be at no time
greater than can properly be protected from caving.
The road metal and also the rubble packing ad khankies (if any) first be stripped off
for the whole width of the trench and for the whole extent of the masonry or chamber
required and separately deposited in such place or places as may be determined upon
by the Engineer. In case of the metal packing or khandkies not being so deposited or
being mixed up with excavated materials and not available for refilling and making
good the excavation the cost of the new metal, packing or khandkies required shall be
charged to the Contractors.
The other material from the excavation shall be deposited on either side of the trench
leaving a clear berm on one side at least 40 cm wide or at such further distance from
the edges of the trench as may be necessary to prevent the weight of materials from
casting the side of the trench to slip or fall or at such a distance and in such a manner
as to avoid covering fire hydrants sluice valves gas-syphone, manholes covers and the
like and so as to avoid abutting any wall or structure or casing inconvenience to the
public or other persons or otherwise as the Engineer may direct.
In case where the Engineer decides that the width of the road or lane where the work
of excavation is to be carried out is so narrow as to warrant stacking or excavated
material away from the site of the work the contractor shall have to remove the same
if so directed within a lead of 250 M. The excavated stuff shall be brought back for
refilling the trenches when required. The surplus material shall be removed as
directed. No claims for stacking the excavated stuff away from the site of work or
bringing it back for refilling trenches shall be entertained.
FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF TRENCHES TO BE SATURATED WITH

WATER
All foundation and the bottom of all trenches shall be saturated with water well
rammed wherever the Engineer may consider it necessary to do so.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
EXCESS EXCAVATION DUE TO NATURE OF SUB-SOIL FOR ADDITIONAL

FOUNDATION
If in any place the Engineer may consider that on account of the nature of sub-soil,
additional foundations of concrete, rubble or otherwise are necessary or if in any
place, he may require the excavation, for any purpose, whatsoever, to be carried
deeper than shown on the plans or described in the specification, the excavation shall
be carried out as may be ordered by the Engineer and such additional works shall be
measured and paid for to the contractors according to the rates entered in the Bill of
Quantities and Rates.
UNAUTHORISED EXCESS EXCAVATION

Where excavation are made in excess of the limits delineated on the drawings, either
by error or by accident, the voids so formed shall be filled in with lime concrete or
rubble masonry or otherwise at the discretion and to the satisfaction of the Engineer
and at the expense of the contractors.
FENCING/LIGHTING AND WATCHING

The contractor shall make all proper provisions for protecting the work be fences and
by watching and lighting at night, or otherwise as may be directed by the Engineer.
The posts of fencing shall be timber securely fixed in the ground not more than 3 M.
apart, and they shall not be less than 75 mm in diametre or less than 1.2 M. above the
surface of the ground. There shall be two rails, one near the top of the posts and the
other about 450 mm above the surface of the ground and each shall be from 50 mm to
70 mm in diametre and sufficiently long to run from post to post, to which they shall
be bound with strong rope. The method of projecting rails beyond the posts and tying
them together where they meet will not be allowed on any account. All along the
edges of the excavated trenches a bank of earth about 1.20 M. high shall be formed
where required by the Engineer for further protection. Proper provisions shall be
made for lighting at night and watchman shall be kept to see that this is properly
done. In the event of the contractors not fully complying with the provisions of these
clause, the Engineer may, with or without notice to the contractors, put up a fence or
improve the fence already put up or provide or improve the lighting or adopt such
measures as he may deem necessary and all the cost of such procedure as may be
adopted by the Engineer, shall be borne by the contractors.
In addition to the normal lighting arrangements, the contractor shall provide,
wherever a sewer work is in progress, battery operated blinking lights (6 volts) in the
beginning and end of a trench with a view to provide suitable indication to the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
vehicular traffic. The contractor shall also provide and display special boards painted
with fluorescent paints indicating the progress of the work along a particular road.
MAINTENANCE OF WATER PIPES, GAS PIPES AND DRAINS, ETC. MET IN

EXCAVATION
The contractor shall, at the rates entered in the Bill of Quantities and Rates, excavate
all such works, as the Engineer may requires in order to locate the position of water
pipes, drains, sewers or any other work and all water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers
or other work, which may be met up, in or about any excavation whatever, shall if the
Engineer deem it practicable be properly maintained by the contractors, and by means
of shoring, strutting, planking over, padding or otherwise as the Engineer may direct,
shall be protected by the contractors from damage during the progress of the work or
if damaged together with all matters and things resulting from the same, shall be
made good and effectually remedied either by the contractors or by other agency, as
the Engineer may decide and wholly in either case at the expense of the contractors.
In the event of the failure on the part of the contractors to carry out to the satisfaction
of the Engineer, any of the above protective provisions or to execute to his
satisfaction of the Engineer, any of the above protective provisions or to execute to
his satisfaction such remedial work, as he may decide that they shall do, the Engineer
may, with or without notice to the contractors, adopt such measures as he may deem
necessary at the expense and risk of the contractors. If, however, the Engineer
considers impracticable for the contractors to maintain any such water pipes, gas
pipes, drains, sewers or other works, and that exigencies of the work necessitate the
breaking down, removal or diversion of any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains,
sewers or other work, then, though the cost of breaking down or removing any such
trench or sewers and of providing such chutes, pumps or other appliance, as the
Engineer may direct for the raising and temporary passage of the water or sewerage
which may escape from any such water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other work
shall be borne by the contractors, yet the cost of breaking down and removing any
such water pipes or gas pipes, and of rebuilding, replacing diverting or reinstating any
such water pipes, gas pipes, drains, sewers or other works, as may be required by the
Engineer shall be paid to the contractors as provided by the contract, if done by them,
or the same or any part thereof may be carried out under the Engineer's orders by
other agency and in such cases without charge to the contractors. The Engineer's
opinion as to the amount of the charges, which under this clause are payable to the
contractors, shall be final and binding on the contractor. It should be allowed for
arbitration being non-technical matter.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SHORING
Wherever shoring may deemed necessary by the Engineer the contractor shall provide
the same in the best possible manner with the best material and to the satisfaction of
the Engineer. The contractor shall employ such kind or kinds of shoring as the
Engineer may consider the exigencies of the work to require and it is to be distinctly
understood that the work 'shoring' is to comprise all clauses of such work and all
appliances and appurtenances including polling boards, sheet piling and runners
(whether the joints be butt, groove and tongue feather edge and groove, birds mouth
and double splay, rebated or otherwise), together with walling struts prope, point
blank shores, raking shores, blocks, wedges, iron dogs, bolts, screws, nails and
everything that may be required for due execution of the work.
No part of the shoring shall at any time be removed by the contractor without
obtaining permission from the Engineer. While taking out shoring plank the hollows
if any, formed must simultaneously be filled in with soft earth well rammed with
rammers and with water.
Shoring left in trenches

The Engineer may order portions of shoring to be left in the trenches at such places,
where it is found absolutely necessary to do so as to avoid any damage which may be
caused to building, cables, gas-mains, water mains, sewers etc. in close proximity of
the excavation, by pulling out the shoring from the excavations. The contractors shall
be paid at the rate inserted by them in the Schedule of Rates and Quantities or to be
decided by the Engineer as per clause 22 of General Conditions, only by the order of
Engineer, and they shall not claim, on any reason, whatsoever for the shoring which
may have been left in by them at their own discretion.
Any allowance for shoring left in the portions of rakers, struts, or other timber cut off
and not permanently left in the work will not be included.
Any allowance for shoring such as plates struts or other timber cut off and not left
permanently in any position of the trench will not be paid.
Steel trench sheeting

Where the sub-soil conditions are expected to be of a soft and unstable character, in
trench excavation the normal methods of timbering will probably prove insufficient to
avoid subsidence of the adjoining road surface and other services. The contractor will
be held responsible for all such damages as specified elsewhere.
In such circumstances, the contractor will be required to use steel trench sheeting or
sheet steel piling adequately supported by timber struts walling etc. The contractor
will be expected to supply pitch, drive and subsequently remove trench sheeting or

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
piling in accordance with other items of the specifications and the terms Timber or
Timbering shall apply to steel trench sheeting or sheet steel piling throughout.
Rates
The rates for excavation shall be held to include the cost of shoring and no allowance
of width or width beyond those already described shall be made on account of the
necessity of shoring.
Engineer may put up or improve shoring

In the event of the contractors not complying with the provisions of this contract in
respect of shoring, the Engineer may, with or without notice to the contractor put up
shoring or improve shoring already put up or adopt such other measures as he may
deem necessary and all the cost of such procedures adopted by the Engineer, shall be
borne by the contractor.
LIABILITY FOR TIMBERING

No work done by the Engineer or his workmen for the fact that the timbering has
complied wit his specifications shall absolve the contractor from his responsibility
and he will be responsible for making good any damage caused as a result of the
timbering failing to give proper support to the sides of the excavation.
The timbering to the sides of excavation for structures shall be carried out in such a
way that there is no obstruction caused to the filling of formwork for the walls. The
supporting struts and walling shall be removed by the contractor in stages to suit
progress of concreting.
If the Engineer is not satisfied that the standard of timbering is equal to that shown on
the approved drawing or that the sides of the excavation have not been secured in a
manner to render such excavating safe for working, he may, one hour after notifying
the contractor or his representative in writing, employ his own men to alter the
timbering and the cost of such workman and materials employed shall be paid for by
the contractors.
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURE SHORING AND OR ALL

DAMAGES
The contractor will be held responsible for providing secure shoring and for adopting
every other precaution which may be necessary or proper for protecting any building

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
which may be damaged or be liable to damage by the excavation of any trench or

otherwise by the execution of the work in the vicinity of such building. If the
Engineer shall require the adoption of any special or extra measures or precautions,
the contractors shall forthwith adopt and supply the same, but this provision is not to
be read or understood as in any degree of relieving the contractors from responsibility
or from liability under Clause 53 of General Conditions of Contract, in respect of
claims made against the Corporation by for loss or damage which may be caused to
any such building by the execution of any of the works or otherwise. After the work
is completed near buildings, the contractor shall remove any shoring and make good
any cutting out or other damage that may have been done.
VENTILATION
The contractor shall provide adequate ventilation and efficient apparatus to keep all
excavation, trenches tunnels and headings structures, sewers and manholes free from
all gases whether generated in strata arising from the use of explosive for blasting
sewage gases or otherwise and he shall take precautions to ascertain that they are in a
safe condition before allowing workman to proceed.
PUMPING OUT WATER

The contractors shall provide and work at their own cost all pumps engines and
machinery requisite to keep the trenches for the sewers, drains or foundations and all
other excavations clear of water, whether sub-soil water, storm water, leakage from
tanks, wells drains, sewers, water mains, tide water etc. so that there may be no
accumulations of such water and that no setting out may be done, no masonry may be
laid, no concrete deposited, no joints made and no measurements taken in water. The
pumping shall be continued so long after execution of any portion of work and
repeated so after as the Engineer may consider as necessary. The pumps and power
applied must be such as the Engineer may determine to be sufficient at any particular
time, so he may himself supply pumps and power at contractor's expenses, so he may
stop the work together until he is satisfied and also impose a fine upon the
contractors. The rate excavation includes pumping out any quantities of water as
mentioned above by using any number of pumps and for any length and time singly
or in combination. Nothing extra, whatsoever, will be paid on this account during the
execution of the whole work.
KEEP EXCAVATION CLEAR OF WATER

Where ground water is encountered or anticipated, the contractor shall provide
sufficient pumps to handle the ingress of water and must provide and maintain in
working order stand by pumping units to be available and employed in the event of

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
mechanical failure. The contractor must also arrange for night and day manning and
operating of the pumps wherever necessary to ensure that at all times and weather the
work may proceed.
The contractors shall not allow any accumulation of water either from the discharge
of their dewatering pumps or their water connection on the site of their work. If an
accumulation is unavoidable, it shall be treated with insecticides to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
BLASTING PROCEDURE
Blasting shall not be done without the previous consent of the Engineer and shall be
restricted to the hours which he may prescribed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,
blasting would be dangerous to persons or adjacent structures, or is being carried on
in a reckless manner, the rock shall be excavated by other means.
STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVE
It shall be as per Clause 45 of General Conditions of Contract.
The contractor shall obtain the previous permission of the appropriate authority for
the site, manner and method of storing explosives near the site of work. All handling
of explosives including storage, transporting shall be carried out under the rules
approved by the Explosives Department of the Government.
In carrying out rock blasting the contractors shall take all necessary precautions by
the use of screens weighted down and other means for the protection of life and
property, and shall strictly comply with all rules and regulations that may be laid
down by the commissioner of police, by the Engineer or by other regularly
constituted authority having jurisdiction relative to handling, storing and use of
explosive.
In order to ensure the safety of surrounding property and persons, no charge shall be
used which is larger than necessary to properly start
RATES FOR EXCAVATION

The rates for excavation shall be held to include and cover without extra charge all
the stipulations contained in every portion of these present with regard o setting out,
provisions for the passage of traffic and for access to premises, arrangement for the
continuance of drainage, water supply or lighting if interrupted by the work,
arrangements for the efficient protection of the life and property, fencing, lighting,
watching, shoring, pumping, shaping the trenches, maintenance of water pipes, gas
pipes, drains and other work met with in or about the excavation, watering and
ramming foundations, temporary refilling, consolidation and subsequent re-
excavation, on account of rain, holidays or special occasions, filling in, ramming,
watering and consolidating, surplus excavated material as stipulated, here in and all

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
necessary matters and thing, connected with and rendered necessary or otherwise
involved by the excavation. The rate of excavation also includes pumping out any
quantity of water from any source by using any number of pumps and for any length
of time singly or in combination. Nothing extra will be paid on this account during
the excavation of the whole work.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the exigencies of the work require that in any part
the whole quantities of excavation shall be done upto the full measurement paid for,
the contractors shall have no claim for extra payment on account of the allowance or
concessions shall not be applicable to any work, unless it comes completely under
one of the above descriptions to which a settled mode of measurement is applied.
FOUNDATIONS IN SOFT GROUNDS
When work of constructing the sewers has to be carried out in soft under ground
strata, such as puddle etc. or in a reclaimed land, a good foundations shall be provided
for the pipes and manholes. For the former, excavation in the trench shall be taken 75
mm deeper than what is ordinarily required and for this depth the whole of the
trenches shall be covered with M-150 concrete slab of the required width, reinforced
with BRC fabric No. 9 or any other fabric approved by the Engineer. The foundation
concrete of the manholes shall similarly be reinforced with the same fabric, spread to
cover the whole area of the foundation.
The fabric shall be suitably cut to the requirements and securely joined together with
adequate laps which should not be less than 200 mm. The fabric in the line and
manholes must also be securely jointed together. The rates in both the cases shall be
held to include all lapping, joining and also any probable wastage.
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN PERMISSION BEFORE LAYING PIPES,

CONCRETE OR CONSTRUCTION OF MASONRY
When any portion of the excavation shall have been carried down to the necessary
depth, the contractors shall obtain permission from the Engineer, before commencing
the laying of pipes or concrete or the construction of masonry.
LAYING OF PIPES
The pipes are to be laid with sockets facing up the gradients beginning at the lower
end. No pipe to be laid until the trench has been excavated its required depth for a
distance of 20 M in front of the pipe to be laid. (This distance may vary as directed
by the Engineer)
All the pipes are to be laid perfectly true, both in line and on gradient. The pipes in a
trench shall be all laid and fitted previous to the jointing being commenced.
Properly fitted temporary wooden stoppers shall be provided and constantly used to
close the ends of all in completed pipe lines. The stopper are only to be removed
when pipes are being and jointed.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
FOUNDATION FOR PIPE LAYING
Concrete bed, haunching and surround to pipes

At approximately every four pipes or 7 M whichever is less interval, the contractors
shall form a joint in the concrete bed or surround by vertically shuttering the bed.
Bedding of Stoneware Pipe :
The bedding for stoneware pipes shall be of M-200 concrete and has the size and
shape as indicated in the plan.
Foundation for R.C. Pipes :
The foundation for R.C. Pipes drain or sewer if required shall be formed of cradle
block or full encasement of M-200 concrete of the shape and dimensions shown on
the drawings. The same should be carefully laid on a bed of atleast 25 mm of sand
cushion to the required grade and alignment.
ENCASING
If pipes are required to be wholly encased concrete in encasement the pipes may be
required to be laid in two stages or in one as may be decide by the Engineer. When it
is decided to do the work in two stages, the work in the first stage may have to be
done either (I) the method described above for laying bed blocks for the foundation or
(ii) putting in bed concrete in such lengths as may be required by the Engineer. After
the pipes are laid and jointed on those beds and the joints tested, the remaining work
of concreting in the 2nd stage will be allowed.
When it is decided to do the work of encasing in one stage only pipes shall be laid on
bricks or stone chips to the required level and joint. After the joints are tested the
work of concreting will be done.
The contractor shall be not entitled to any extra payment in either case. The
contractor shall prepare the necessary form work for the encasement as required by
the Engineer.
After the pipes are jointed, a period of atleast 24 hours must elapse, before the top
concrete over the pipes are laid.
While encasing of R.C. Pipes of NP 3 class, a clear open space of 25 mm all around
shall be left in the encasement at each joint for flexibility without any extra cost.
JOINTING OF PIPES
Jointing of stones ware pipes :
All the pipe joints shall be caulked with tarred gasket (prepared ready for use before
being brought on the work) in one length for each joint and sufficiently long to
entirely surround the spigot end of the pipe the gasket to be driven as far as possible
by means of a suitable instrument. After the pipes are thoroughly cleaned and

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
moistened, mixture of one part of cement and one part of clean fine sand tempered
with just sufficient water have a consistency of semi-dry condition should be forced
into the joints and well rammed with caulking tools the whole space around the spigot
between it and the socket is united full, and the joints shall be finished off with a
splayed fillet sloping at 45 degrees to the side of the pipe. The shaft or a pipe
entering or leaving a manhole shall have splayed fitlet of neat cement laid around the
same extending on the outside plastering of the manhole 75 mm beyond the outside of
the pipe and 75 mm beyond the outside plastering of the manhole. Such fillets shall
be deemed to be included in the rates for pipe laid complete.
Great care must be taken after the joints are made that the pipes be not moved or
shaken before the cement has thoroughly set.
The rate for providing, laying and jointing of S.W. or R.C. pipes shall also include the
cost of plugging up the mouths of these pipes with brick in cement mortar 1:6 with
cement plaster 1:3 wherever directed by the Engineer.
Jointing concrete Pipes
Each concrete pipe with the rubber ring accurately positioned on the spigot shall be
pushed well home into the socket of the previously laid pipe by means of uniformly
applied pressure with the aid of a jack or similar appliance.
Concrete pipes of the spigot and socket type with roll on rubber rings shall be used,
and the manufacturer’s instructions shall be deemed to form a part of this
specification.
Rubber rings shall be lubricated before making the joint and the lubricant shall only
be soft soap water or an approved lubricant supplied by the manufacturer.
In case of R.C. pipe entering or leaving a manhole a flexible joint may be provided
atleast within 0.60 M from the outer end of the manhole.
A drop in water level of not more than 50 mm in one hour shall be permitted, in case
of hydraulic test of manhole.
ALL WORKS TO BE WATER TIGHT
The drains, manholes and all joints of pipes must be made thoroughly sound and
water tight and any joint which may be proved to be leaky at any time during the
progress of works or during the contractors subsequent period of maintenance shall be
immediately made sound by the contractors at their own expense. The contractors,
when required by the Engineer shall at their own cost prove all works to be water
tight by filling it with water to such height as the Engineer may determine. Any
additional precautionary measures or appliances that may be found necessary to
ensure the water tightness of the manholes, flush stains, disc plugs in junctions and
the joints of pipes shall be adopted by the contractor without extra charges, the
responsibility of making them when completely water tight resting upon the
contractor.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Immediately after the test with the double disc or cylinder as mentioned in Clause No.
41.0 has been completed and any defect hereby disclosed have been made good the
contractor shall prove the joints of the stretch of the under ground pipe whether of
stoneware, cast iron or R..C. pipes, to be water tight by filling in pipes with water
before filling in the trenches to the level of 1.5 M above the top of the highest pipe in
the stretch and heading the water up for the period of one hour or such further time as
the Engineer may direct. The apparatus used for the purpose of testing shall be
approved by the Engineer. The contractor, if required by the Engineer, shall pump
the excavation dry and keep it so during the period of testing. No test applied to part
of a stretch when adding water from a measuring vessel at regular 10 minutes
interval, and noting the quantity required to maintain the original water level. For the
purpose of this test the average quantity added should not excess 1 litre / hour / 100
linear metres /10 mm of nominal internal diameter).
Any leakage including excessive sweating which cause a drop in the test water level
will be visible and the defective part of the work should be removed and made good.
In the case of cast iron rising mains, they shall be tested for a safe pressure as directed
by the Engineer.
The manholes when they have been raised above the highest subsoil water level
expected in the monsoon shall similarly tested for water tightness as for the pipe
lines. The procedure for this shall be as follows.
The mouths of all pipes entering the manholes shall be suitably plugged with brick, or
wooden any other type of plug. The manhole under test shall then be filled with
water upto the general subsoil water level and observed for a period of one hour. If
the level dose not drop by more than 50 mm in one hour, it shall be assumed that the
manhole is tight.
During the period of the test the out side trench shall be kept free from any
accumulation of subsoil water. In case of a drop of more than 50 mm in the water
level, the contractor shall note the places from where the leakage is taking places and
take step to stop the leakage.
INSPECTION OF THE JOINTS
After the joints of any pipes in underground works have thoroughly set the Engineer
(or any person whom he may appoint) may inspect the joints and if he has any doubt
as to their soundness he may required the contractor to cut open and clean away the
cement or lead as the case may be of any joint, that he may select and to make good
the same at their expense provided that unless defect to be found, they shall not be
required to open more than one joint in 20 M of pipe though if the defect be found the
Engineer may direct them to open as many joints as be may seem necessary.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
CLEANING OF THE PIPES

As soon as a stretch of pipes whether of stoneware or cast iron or R.C. pipes has been
laid complete from manhole, the contractor shall run through the pipes both
backwards and forwards a double disc or solid or closed cylinder 75 mm less in
diameter than the internal diameter of the pipes. The open end of an incomplete
stretch of pipe line shall be securely closed as may be directed by the Engineer to
prevent entry of mud or silt etc.
If, as a result of the removal of the obstruction, the Engineer considers that damages
may have been caused to the pipe he shall be entitled to order the length to be retested
at the expense of the Contractor. Should such retest prove unsatisfactory, the
Contractor shall, at his own expense, amend the work and carry out such further tests
as are required by the Engineer.
If shall also be ascertained by the contractors that each stretch from manhole to
manhole is absolute clear and without any obstruction visual examination of the
interior of the pipe line suitably enlightened by projected sunlight or otherwise.
FRACTURE OF PIPES
In the event of pipes being fractured after being to all appearances properly laid
whether due to imperfect loads having being found or the material for refilling having
being improperly selected or to any other causes, the contractor in every instance will
be held responsible and will be called upon to replace the defective pipes at his own
cost, if such defect appears before the expiration of the period of maintenance.
Any pipe of length of pipe found to be defective shall be immediately removed and
replaced at the contractors expense, and leakage joints shall be remade, the
inspections tests shall then be repeated as often as necessary, until the whole line
under inspection or test is accepted by the Engineer.
ALL WORKS TO BE CLEARED, CLEAN AND PERFECT
The contractor shall after completion or whenever required by the Engineer, prove all
pipes and fittings to be clear, clean and perfect, and for this purpose shall, at their
own expense and in the presence of the Engineer, or his appointee provide suitable
instruments and appliances and pass them through the pipes and shall if required,
throw in water and show that it passed freely through every portion of the work.
Brick, mortar and rubbish shall not be allowed to fall in into the manholes or sewer
lines while fixing or if allowed shall be removed by the contractor at their own
expense.
The contractors to clean and use existing pipes met with
The contractors are if and when required, to take up any existing pipes that be met
with a clean and prepare them for reuse for such work they will be paid at the contact
rates for excavation and filling, such excavation will be measured 0.90 M wide for

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
225 mm to 450 mm pipes, 0.60 M wider for smaller pipes and only in case to the
depth of pipes bed. The filling consolidation etc. shall be done as described for new
rocks and under the same conditions in every respect.
MEASUREMENT OF PIPES
All pipes be measured according to the works actually done by them, and no
allowances will be made for any waste in cutting to the exact length required. An
exception to this will be made only in the case of short branches of 100 mm dia
stoneware pipes, which be treated in the manner hereafter described with regard to
fittings. The contractor shall be under obligation to use the pieces or part of the
pieces out of from 100 mm stoneware pipes, if it be deemed by the Engineer
practicable to do so and no further payment shall be made for the same to the
contractor. A socket attached to a straight pipe will not be measured, but a spigot end
of a straight pipe whether such end be free for entering into a socket will be measured
to its full length. Pieces of cut pipe not used in the work will become the property of
the contractors except pieces of 100 mm dia stoneware pipes, for which they have
been or may be paid direct. When a cast iron pipe may have necessary been cut for
the exigencies of the work, the contractors will be given credit for the piece not used
in work at the rate at which they are charged by the corporation provided that the
cuttings have been properly done and the portion used in the work be sound.
A bend, junction, or any separate piece of fitting which may have necessarily been cut
for the exigencies of the work will be taken into account as if whole, provided that the
cutting has been done properly and that the portion used in the work is sound. This
clause shall not apply to a straight pipe under any circumstances except only to 100
dia stoneware pipes as hereinbefore described. In measuring the lengths of pipes laid,
deduction shall be made for the lengths of channels between the inside face of the
walls of the manholes.
The cost of every joint between metal pipes or fittings and stoneware pipes or sockets
or masonry shall be held to be included in the rate entered in the Bill of quantities and
rates for the metal pieces connected with the stoneware pipe, socket or with the
masonry.
MANHOLES/CHAMBERS
The manholes/chambers on the sewers shall be constructed in the form and of the
dimensions shown on the drawings. The depth of the manholes/chambers shall be
measured from the top of cover to the invert level of the manholes.
The manholes/chambers shall be constructed at places shown in the drawings of
wherever directed by the Engineer. Type designs for the manholes are shown on the

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
drawings but the actual dimensions shall in each case be determined by the Engineer
as the circumstances may require.
Construction of brick masonry manholes
The walls of the manholes shall be built in brickwork in cement mortar and wall and
the cap is plastered both from inside and outside with cement plaster 1:1. In the case
of conical manholes, the walls shall be brought up to within 475 mm of the road
surface over which 30 mm thick concrete cap of M-150 furncated conical shape as
shown in the drawing and is cast in situ and shall be covered over with a cast iron
frame and cover or cast iron plate with a cast iron frame and cover as may be in each
case be required by the Engineer. Whether rectangular manholes are to be
constructed the brick walls shall be brought up to with 100 mm to 150 mm as
required, of the road surface and shall at this depth be covered over with a reinforced
cement concrete slab with an opening of the site and in the position as directed by the
Engineer. The opening shall be formed by means of joists of sizes as shown on
drawings, resting on the side walls and embedded in the slab. On these joists as
support wall of brick in cement shall be erected and brought upto within 475 mm of
the road surface where they shall be covered with cast iron frame and cover etc. as
described above. The work shall be properly added and the courses brought up in
regular and uniform manner.
RATE OF MANHOLE
The rate to be quoted in the bill of quantities and the rate for the manholes shall
include complete structure, concrete cap, plastered with cement both inside and
outside, bottom concrete and channel or channel with the C.I. frame and cover C.I.
sheets, etc. everything complete as type design drawing including 3” x 3” (75 mm x
75 mm) vata all round the extended wall at its junction with the hedding and
including cutting the pipes flush with the inside plaster of the wall of flush without
excavation and rubble soling if required 150 m dia, vertical pipe 150 mm dia, S.W.
double tee unction 150 mm dia S.W. right angled bend, etc or branch connection will
be paid for separately.
GUIDELINES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL MANHOLES

Additional manholes is constructed on the sewer line so as to facilitate:-
Cleaning the body of the sewer if the length between the manhole is more than 30 M
(100 feet)
To eliminate the body connection by constructing the manhole at the above place so
as to eliminate frequent chokes.
The purpose of constructing additional manhole is to facilitate cleaning of the
manhole and remove the silt upto the invert level and to facilitate removing silt from

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
the body of the sewer by manually or by operating winching machines or to facilitate

passing disc or operating acquitator or compressor or jetting machines or by any other
mechanical means.
To serve the above purpose, manholes should be constructed right upon the invert
level of the sewer. For this purpose excavation is to be done upto the foundation
level by the side of the pipe or avoid sewer without damaging the pipe or ovoid
sewer.
In pipe sewer sufficient bedding of concrete should be placed and walls should be
constructed of the standard thickness on the foundation upto the top of road level as
per standard design of circular manholes. In ovoid sewer walls should be
constructed upto the top of the arch and concrete beams should be provided above the
ovoid sewer in a rectangular shape, so that the weight of masonry above does not fall
on the arch of ovoid sewer, and walls should be constructed upto road level as per
standard design of a rectangular manhole (including steps). After all, the plaster work
is done and frame and covers are fixed above usual 0.30 M ( 1.’0”) thick concrete
block. The top of the pipe or the ovoid sewer should be broken. This should be done
by person standing top of the road level, by using long crow bars by heavy weight
fixed at the bottom or by some other mechanical device. As getting inside the
manhole and breaking with sledge hammer or chisel may cause sudden raise in level
of water or poisonous gas may com out suddenly and may endanger the lift of the
workman.
After sufficiently big manhole is made in the arch of pipe, four manholes should be
kept open in the stretch where manhole is to be constructed, two on upstream side and
two on downstream side.
The manhole covers should be kept open for an hour and tests are carried out viz.
Davy’s safety lamp, lead acetate paper test and candle test. After the tests are
successful another workman should get down in the newly constructed manhole
preferably when the channel condition is seen on the manhole upstream or
downstream side. He should apply coconut oil all over body and after tying rope
around his waist and the other end held by another workman at the top the work man
should get down the manhole and chisel the pipe ends or ovoid arches ends so that the
same is in flush with the wall of the manhole. Plaster in cement mortar 1:1 or if a big
gap is there, concrete should be placed over exposed surface. (1 : 11/2:3 c.c.)
The manhole should then be cleared of all debris etc. and should be thoroughly
cleaned and handed over to CIDCO, if the manholes are constructed above main
sewer, it should be shown to the Engineer, before handing over to the CIDCO.
No utility service should be allowed to remain inside the manhole. Care should be
taken to shift the same outside manhole.
Steps should be provide on the side or place where there are no connections.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
After completing the work, the same should be handed over to CLIENTfor
maintenance. A copy of the memo acknowledging the taking over should be handed
over to the respective superintending Engineer (Construction).
Drop Arrangement
The rate of providing 150 mm, 230 mm dia vertical drop arrangement 0.60 M high in
manholes with drop arrangement will include :
Providing 150 mm, 230 mm, 300 mm dia S.W. pipe of required length embedded in the
masonry of the manholes at the upper and lower ends of the drop arrangement.
ii) Providing and fixing 1 No. 150 mm, 230 mm or 300 mm S.W. right angled bend
and 1 No. 150 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm, 230 mm x 230 mm x 230 mm or 300 mm x
300 mm x 300 mm S.W. double tee junction including cutting the ends of required
and jointing and filletting as specified.
½ brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all around with extra brick work below
the bend upto the excavation level of manhole and that in the tapeing portion of the
manhole including curing and finishing smooth with cement plaster 20 mm thick 1:1.
Plugging the open mouths of the double tee junctions and house connection pipes
where directed so as to make them water tight.
The rate for extra each meter height of 150 M 230 mm, 300 mm, vertical drop
arrangement shall include the following :
providing 150 mm, 230 mm, 300 mm S.W. pipes including cutting, jointing,
filletting etc. all complete.
½ brick thick 1:2 brick masonry encasement all round including curing and finishing
smooth the exposed surface with cement plaster 20 mm thick 1:1.
For the payment of the items of vertical drop arrangement the height will be measured
from the invert of the right angled bend to the invert of the sewer or house connection
that is being dropped 600 mm height being paid under the item of ‘Providing
arrangement and the remaining height under the item of Extra per Metre height of
drop arrangement.
In case of drop arrangement above 300 mm dia, the class of R.C. pipe used shall be
NP 2 class. It shall consist of right angled bend of required diameter and double ‘T’
junction. It will be surrounded by ½ brick thick masonry (1:2) encasement all round
with extra brick work below etc. as mentioned above.
FLOORS AND HALF CHANNEL PIPES

The floors shall consist of cement concrete. Salt glazed or concrete of R.C. half
channel pipes of the required size and curves shall be laid and bedded in cement on
the concrete base to the same line and fall as sewers unless otherwise directed. Both
sides of the channel pipes shall be benched up in concrete and rendered in cement
mortar 20 mm thick and formed to a slope of not less than 1 in 12 to the channel.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
STEPS
Where the depth of the invert exceeds 0.20 M below the surface of the ground, cast
iron steps weighing not less than 5.44 kg. And of approved pattern shall be built at
every four courses or 40 cm intervals in concrete manhole with such additional hand
irons as may be necessary for safety. The first step shall be provided at 0.6 M below
the road surface or top of manhole cover.
SAFETY CHAINS
Safety chains shall be made of alluminium alloy as approved by the Engineer.
LADDERS
Except where otherwise specified ladders shall be of alluminium alloy of approved
design and manufacture.
The ladder rings shall be at 300 mm centres and the stringers 400 mm apart strong
support stays shall be provided on both sides of the ladder at not more than 2.5 M
centres.
Pipes entering and leaving manhole :
Whenever a pipe enters or leaves, manholes, bricks on edge laid around the upper half
of the pipe so as to form an arch. All round the pipe, there shall be a joint of cement
mortar 13 mm thick between it and the bricks or cement concrete. The ends of all
pipes shall be properly built in and neatly finished of with cement mortar. The pipe
projections are to be cut so that the ends are flush with plastered surface.
Vent shafts
Vent shafts are to be provided at the heads of all sewers and also where as shown on
the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The height and the material, whether
galvanized sheet iron or cast iron or R.C. shall be decided by the Engineer.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION- II
SR. DRAWING WORKING DRAWING
NO NO.
DWG NO.1 1-A-WD-STP_SITE PLAN SITE PLAN
1
DWG NO.2 2-A-WD-STP_GROUND FLOOR PLAN GROUND FLOOR PLAN
2
DWG NO.3 3-A-WD-STP_FIRST FLOOR PLAN
3 FIRST FLOOR PLAN
DWG NO.4 4-A-WD-STP_SECOND FLOOR PLAN
4 SECOND FLOOR PLAN
DWG NO.5 5-A-WD-STP_THIRD FLOOR PLAN
5 THIRD FLOOR PLAN
DWG NO.6 6-A-WD-STP_FOURTH FLOOR PLAN
6 FOURTH FLOOR PLAN
DWG NO.7 7-A-WD-STP_TERRACE FLOOR PLAN
7 TERRACE FLOOR PLAN
DWG NO.8 8-A-WD-STP_BASEMENT 1 PLAN
8 BASEMENT 1 PLAN
DWG NO.9 9-A-WD-STP_BASEMENT 2 PLAN
9 _BASEMENT 2 PLAN
DWG NO.10 9-A-WD-STP_SECTIONAA,BB
10 SECTIONAA,BB
DWG 10A-A-WD-STP_SECTIONCC,DD
10A NO.10A SECTIONCC,DD
DWG NO.11 11-A-WD-STP_ELEVATIONS1,2,3
11 ELEVATIONS1,2,3
DWG NO.12 12-A-WD-STP_ELEVATIONS4,A,B
12 ELEVATIONS4,A,B
DWG NO.13 13-A-WD-STP_ELEVATIONSC,D
13 ELEVATIONSC,D
14 DWG 14-A-WD-STP_STAIRCASE DETAIL
A NO.14A STAIRCASE DETAIL
DWG 14-A-WD-STP_STAIRCASE DETAIL
14 B NO.14B STAIRCASE DETAIL
DWG 14-A-WD-STP_STAIRCASE DETAIL
14 C NO.14C STAIRCASE DETAIL
14 DWG 14-A-WD-STP_ RAILING DETAIL
D NO.14D RAILING DETAIL
DWG 14-A-WD-STP_ RAILING DETAIL
14 E NO.14E RAILING DETAIL
DWG NO.15 15-A-WD-STP_PORCH DETAIL
15 PORCH DETAIL
DWG NO.16 16-A-WD-STP_DOOR WINDOW DETAIL
16 DOOR WINDOW DETAIL
DWG NO.17 17-LS-STP_LANDSCAPE LAYOUT
17 LANDSCAPE LAYOUT
ELECTRICAL DRAWING
DWG NO.18 18-ELE-STP-MAIN SLD-MAIN SLD

18 MAIN SLD
19-ELE-STP-POWER LAYOUT GROUND POWER LAYOUT
DWG NO.19
19 FLOOR GROUND FLOOR
20-ELE-STP-POWER LAYOUT FOR POWER LAYOUT
DWG NO.20
20 FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
21-ELE-STP-POWER LAYOUT SECOND POWER LAYOUT

DWG NO.21
21 FLOOR SECOND FLOOR
22-ELE-STP-POWER LAYOUT THIRD POWER LAYOUT THIRD
DWG NO.22
22 FLOOR FLOOR
23-ELE-STP-POWER LAYOUT FOURTH POWER LAYOUT
DWG NO.23
23 FLOOR FOURTH FLOOR
24-ELE-STP-LIGHTING FOR GROUND LIGHTING FOR GROUND
DWG NO.24
24 FLOOR FLOOR
25-ELE-STP-LIGHTING FOR FRIST LIGHTING FOR FRIST
DWG NO.25
25 FLOOR FLOOR
26-ELE-STP-LIGHTING FOR SECOND LIGHTING FOR SECOND
DWG NO.26
26 FLOOR FLOOR
27-ELE-STP-LIGHTING LAYOUT THIRD LIGHTING LAYOUT
DWG NO.27
27 FLOOR FOURTH FLOOR
28-ELE-STP-LIGHTING LAYOUT
DWG NO.28 FOURTH FLOOR
28
29 DWG NO.29 29-ELE-STP-FICO FOR BASEMENT 1 FICO FOR BASEMENT 1
30 DWG NO.30 30-ELE-STP-FICO FOR BASEMENT 2 FICO FOR BASEMENT 2
PLUMBING DRAWINGS
31-PL-STP-WATER SUPPLY
DWG NO.31 SCHEMATIC-R0-WATER SUPPLY SLD
31 WATER SUPPLY SLD
32-PL-STP- BASEMENT-2 STORM
32 DWG NO.32 WATER LAYOUT-R0-STORM DRAIN BASEMENT-2 STORM
GUTTER WATER LAYOUT
33-PL-STP-BASEMENT-1 STORM
33 DWG NO.33 WATER LAYOUT-R0-STORM DRAIN BASEMENT-1 STORM
GUTTER WATER LAYOUT
34-PL-STP-PART TERRACE RWP PART TERRACE RWP
DWG NO.34 LAYOUT 1ST FLOOR-R0-1ST
34 LAYOUT 1ST FLOOR
35-PL-PART TERRACE RWP LAYOUT PART TERRACE RWP
DWG NO.35 3RD FLOOR-R0-3RD FLOOR
35 LAYOUT 3RD FLOOR
36-PL-STP-TOP & PART TERRACE RWP TOP & PART TERRACE
36 DWG NO.36 LAYOUT 4TH FLOOR-R0-4th floor RWP LAYOUT 4TH
FLOOR
37-PL-STP-TOILET LAYOUT 1 TO 6 -R0-
DWG NO.37 TOILET -1 & 2
37 TOILET LAYOUT
DWG NO.38 TOILET -3
38 TOILET LAYOUT
DWG NO.39 TOILET -4 & 5
39 TOILET LAYOUT
DWG NO.40 TOILET -6
40 TOILET LAYOUT
41-PL-STP-TOILET LAYOUT 7 -R0-
DWG NO.41
41 TOILET -7 TOILET LAYOUT

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
42-PL-STP-TOILET LAYOUT 8TO 11 &

42 DWG NO.42 kitchen details -R0-KIITCHEN TOILET LAYOUT
DWG NO.43 kitchen details -R0-TOILET -8
43 TOILET LAYOUT
44 DWG NO.44 kitchen details -R0-TOILET -9 & 10 TOILET LAYOUT
45 DWG NO.45 kitchen details -R0-TOILET -11 TOILET LAYOUT
FIRE FIGHTING
46-FF-STP-SPRINKLAR LAYOUT FOR GR SPRINKLAR LAYOUT
DWG NO.46 FLOOR
46 FOR GR FLOOR
47-FF-STP-SPRINKLAR LAYOUT FOR SPRINKLAR LAYOUT
DWG NO.47 1ST FLOOR
47 FOR 1ST FLOOR
DWG NO.48 2ND FLOOR
48 FOR 2ND FLOOR
DWG NO.49 3RD FLOOR
49 FOR 3RD FLOOR
DWG NO.50 4TH FLOOR
50 FOR 4TH FLOOR
DWG NO.51 BASEMENT-1 FLOOR FOR BASEMENT-1
51 FLOOR
DWG NO.52 BASEMENT-2 FLOOR FOR BASEMENT-2
52 FLOOR
STRUCTURAL DRAWING
53-S-STP-FOUNDATION PLAN FOUNDATION PLAN/
DWG NO.53
53 BASEMENT 2
54-S-STP-BASEMENT 1 FLOOR LEVEL BASEMENT 1 FLOOR
DWG NO.54
54 LEVEL
55-S-STP-GROUND FLOOR LEVEL GROUND FLOOR
DWG NO.55
55 LEVEL
DWG NO.56 56-S-STP-FIRST FLOOR LEVEL
56 FIRST FLOOR LEVEL
DWG NO.57 57-S-STP-SECOND FLOOR LEVEL
57 SECOND FLOOR LEVEL
DWG NO.58 58-S-STP-THIRD FLOOR LEVEL
58 THIRD FLOOR LEVEL
DWG NO.59 59-S-STP-FOURTH FLOOR LEVEL
59 FOURTH FLOOR LEVEL
60-S-STP-TERRACE FLOOR LEVEL TERRACE FLOOR
DWG NO.60
60 LEVEL
61-S-STP-DETAILS AT PORCH LEVEL DETAILS AT PORCH
DWG NO.61
61 LEVEL
62-S-STP-STUCTURAL GLAZING STUCTURAL GLAZING
DWG NO.62
62 DETAILS DETAILS

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
63 DWG NO.63 63-S-STP-RAMP DETAILS

RAMP DETAILS
DWG NO.64 64-S-STP-STAIRCASE DETAIL
64 STAIRCASE DETAIL
65 DWG NO. 65-A-STP_3D VIEW 3D VIEW
SET OF DRAWINGS IS ATTACHED SEPERATLY AS PER ABOVE LIST.

Exparrs orr of Adrninistrative lluil<ling lbr Satcs
tax flt yertvada, putre
Common Set of Deviatiorrs (CSD) 1' t, .. i .ir ,., i.. r ,_.

age No lix isting Provision ru
I Modified provision
ltern No 59 47 of Vol-lII
.l_--_
ltenr No.59 :-l,r.ovidingand-- l___ I
I Itenr No.59 :-n.ovidingin,l fixing-

I fixing suspended false ceiling of I suspended fatse
I ceiting of lO to 12
I IO to tZ mm rhick decorarive rnrn thicl< decorative gypsum board
boards of fibrous plasrer ofparis I including
I scaffotding if n".e.rury,
| /gypsum board including all arclritectural work like
I scaffolding
- ifnecessary, all nrouldings, cornics, coves, don.res,
I architectural work tike cr.lps, as per detailed drawings and
I moulclings, cornics, coves, three co' ', rl'spray painting ro
I domes, cups, as per detailed boards err ôrnplete.
I drawings and three coars ol-
I spray painting to boards
I etc.cornplete.
148 Vol-III l-I'OTAL of Part A - t- TOTAL of Part A - \5,572,460

15,572,460
2- PART -B
3- Total Rupees Part C -
I1,542,046 I Description: Lifting,shifting &
Installation of Indoor Unit euantity-
144 Nos. Rate: 2962.5O
Rate In Words:- Rupees Two
Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty Two
and Paise Fifty - Amount- 4266O0
3- Total Rupees Part C - 11,542,046
General Itefer Additional Drawing Numbers

- 60Rl and 66 , 68 to 74 as the part
of Volume-IV.
Genelal Recomnrended brands for
DG Sets are as follows:-
l) Cumnrins,
i 2) I(irloskar,
3) Catterpiller
%-,
x@
tRt.-r:s*ani&fi!@
-t.Fi-- q o
Re".ffi;,l"d b;nds for Fire

Figlrting works incitrded in
Arrtrexttre-l
For tl-t" cement collcl'ete ltelrs'

1 river sand has been
00%o
considered. ln case the mixed
design allou's ci-ush sand to be
useJinstead of river sand' the
rates rvill be reduced
proportionatell'. The Engineer
in Charge's decision regarding
rates rvi-ll be final and bindi
Tadrt,"".l-R"."-"'endedbrands
in
General io. Electti"ol works included
Annexure-II
Annexure-I
Recommended Mak6;f Ftre Protection works'
REtltvt&Prc.undfos
l.Fire PumPs
KOEL/CIL
2.Diesel Engine
J indal/Tata/Zenith
3.G.I. / M.S. PiPes
R brand / Unique/ M's Fittings
4.Pipe Fittings
Advance/Venus/'lntervalve/Kartar
5.ButterflY Valves
ey'Kai-tar
AdvanceAy'enus/Irrtervalv
6.Non Retum Valve
v alv e/Kartar
Advance/Venu s/I nter
7.Gate Vavles
lntervalve/Kartar/Zo I cto
8.Ball Valves
g.Strainers
Alko/Tel Flow/Grand Pix
Forbes tnarshall/Eureka
lO.FIow meter
Irrdfoss/Danfoss/IFM
l l.Pressure Switch
H.Guru/Fiebig/Pricol
l2.Pressure Gauge
IWL/Rustech/RePuted
l3 .Anticorrosive
Material
Pri)'anka/Essel/Newage
l4.HYdrant Valves
PriYanka/EsselAI ewage
l5.Branch PiPe with nozzle
/Rubber hose FriYanka/Essel/Newage/CRC
l6.Fire l{oses
/1
ti
€ q'r{'* to
17.[-[ose Cotrplings Priyan l<a/Essc l/Newage
l S.Hose Reel Vilas/SRi

I9.Flose boxes V i las/Eversa flelM in imax
20.Fire Extinguishers Safex/Fire Fite/Mi n imax
2l.Sprinklers Tyco/V ikin g/Monslrer/HD

,2.Sprinkler alarnr valve Tyco/V ikin g/Monsher/H D
23. FIow Switch System Sensor/Levcon/Switzer
24. Paint Asian/Berger
25. Air release Valves Priyanka/Essel/Newage
26. Welding Eelctrodes ESAB/ADVAI\I/Mangalam

27. Rosette palte matlrs
2S.FIanger Support Hitech/Chilley

29.Anchor Fastner Shakti/FIilti
AT
Additionat R;A
l. Electric Motor KEC/CG/ABB

2.Battery Exide/Anrar Raja/Standard
3.Motor control center L&T/ABLI/Siemens
4.Control/Power Cables Polycab/Asian/CCI
5.MCCB I-&T/ABB/Siemens
6.Control MCCB L&T/ABB/Siemens
T.Voltmeter S/w L&T/KAYCEE/Salzer
8.VoltmeteI.(AC/DC) MECO/AE
9.Amrneter(AC/DC) MECO/AE
l0.Power Contactors L&T/ABB/Siemens
I l.lndication lamps(LED) Binay/TEKNIC
I
BWffi*qo
t*sBB
f'
l2.Push Butioil
TEKNIC/SIEI\4ENS
I 3.Auto/rnanual Selectol.
Salzer/KAyCEE
l4.Timers
EAPL/ AE
l5.Terminal Blocks
I 6.Current Transformers ELMEX/WAGO
KALPA/VOLTAMPSiKAPPA
lT.Over load relay
L&T/Siemens
I S.Single phase preventers
Minilec/AE
t 9.Engine control selector
SALZER/KAYCEE/L&T
20.Main Supply Selector I
S iemens/Merlinger in
2l .Battery charging selector
SALZF'PJL&T/KAYCEE
22.Battery charger
KAYBEE/CHABBI
23.SIREN/lIooter
Kheraj
24.Toggle switch
Juy
25.End terminations
26.Cable tray Dowells/Multi
Storrack/pANd\4AG
]J
lFsr--
It--'
-fl
ll
tl
.n....
il
r!...
-E
*-8
IL
..n....
It
rl,,-
4
fl
n....
{
r}...-
llt
--fl
E ES m-q6
I I t l'"fa
d
..,./---'.lF-
--to
', ')t.
,)
t
'iI
.1
mep
ffi {s. :
-€,
q-d
'.- !_...-.-.,rii,;...-,'...
tt tr
d
l- r.rt t.a da l i r..r rrrr rr

r*!. i hunil fririE EerirE Il
_
| _ rr!. rr.t iru I: r.r+ .r.r El

'. ur. E^t Ert l.i r.u [B'
ii, l:'r-,l:::::fl ::,: :.: r::::::ffi$H]:::3::::::::::::::r0::ri::;:l::E::::::!:
rl 11..1! ... .. .t! rr !. r. rl ii ri
6
tr. l
.t
!
i
,-3_--,
(,
1--%
",
T$"fi,'1i'*-qo
FIFor-11{
-€
6
BESqE*8',o
Llt\
2l
sl
i6 ltilt
l!^,r
sEIt!#
to
(u,
T
lrr"
;.;E
*i'rt.'
SIli
i[:#
:'rfl
'n,,,,,
l'...
"p -.' .
li
,:*..!:
,

Nircon Construction: Contractor Document For EXPANSION of ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING at Yerwada Pune

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Nircon Construction: Contractor Document For EXPANSION of ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING at Yerwada Pune

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

t4"

Expansion of Administrative Building fOr Sales Tax Department at Yerawada,

offer at 7.SYo above estimated cost.)

work. The time limit for the work is as under'

Copy submitted to-

t :\a.D.xumsr DE\5.1.i T.t BuildintvoA\wqt otd€''5'lo't3

Sahakari Bank lJrJ.. pr

rid;r ''rr,^ ..ir-'-y6rflm

ffi -lllS Usodoo

i 'fi ''--T 1:r-- $ o

2. ln consideration of the payments to be made to the contractor for the

3. ln consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of

4, The contractor does hereby agree to pay to ilre corporation

5. All disputes arising out of or in any way connected

i",..'., .:,1" i--- -------..-.-' -'--''--'..'-.-*r+3 i

Signed and delivered for and on belralf of:

ln the presence of:

1) f] : v)b :49il='q aRe,s H

This is to inform you that

Thousand' Four Hundrecl and

Contract Document for Construction of

Architects & Consultants

SUNIL PATIL AND ASSOCIATES

ARCHITECTS & INTERIOR DESIGNERS

Contractor Employer Page 2

Sr .No. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1 BRIEF TENDER NOTICE 4 - 4

2 DETAILED TENDER NOTICE 5 - 8

3 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) 8 - 32

4 DECLARATION OF CONTRACTOR 33- 33

5 “B1” - FORM GENERAL RULES& DIRECTIONS 34- 37

7 CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL BROUGHT BY 63- 66

8 PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE 67- 71

9 ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONDITIONS& 72- 120

10 CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATION FOR GREEN 121- 124

11 ELECTRIAL INSTALLATION SPECIAL 125- 132

12 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR WATER 133 – 136

13 LETTER OF CONSENT BY ELECTRIAL & A/C 137- 137

14 GUARANTEE BOND FOR WATER PROOFING 138 – 138

15 SAMPLE FORMS 139 – 154

Contractor Employer Page 3

MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD DEVLEOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED, MUMBAI

Phone No – 022-23626112, Fax No. 022-23684943

1. BRIEF TENDER NOTICE

Notes :- For Additional Details Please refer to website www.msrdc.org of MSRDC

Contractor Employer Page 4

MAHARASHTRA STATE ROAD DEVELOPMENT

Near Priyadarshini Park, Nepean Sea Road, Mumbai-400 036, INDIA.

2. DETAILED E-TENDER NOTICE

7 Eligibility Criteria for Bidders

Contractor Employer Page 5

c.) One Similar completed work costing not less than

8 Pre Bid Conference

Contractor Employer Page 6

Technical offer 17/07/2013 17/07/2013

Contractor Employer Page 7

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

Contractor Employer Page 8

3. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

The Bidding Documents can only be downloaded from www.msrdc.orgon payment

The Bid Documents shall comprise of:

Volume I Containing Instructions to bidders, Conditions of Contract and

Volume IV Containing Specifications, Drawings and Designs.